PDF generated using the open source mwlib toolkit. See http://code.pediapress.com/ for more information. PDF generated at: Wed, 24 Apr 2013 09:08:34 UTC
List of distinct cell types in the adult human body Wet stratified barrier epithelial cells • Surface epithelial cell of stratified squamous epithelium of cornea, tongue, oral cavity, esophagus, anal canal, distal urethra and vagina • basal cell (stem cell) of epithelia of cornea, tongue, oral cavity, esophagus, anal canal, distal urethra and vagina • Urinary epithelium cell (lining urinary bladder and urinary ducts)
3
Nervous system
Sensory transducer cells • • • • • • • • Auditory inner hair cell of organ of Corti Auditory outer hair cell of organ of Corti Basal cell of olfactory epithelium (stem cell for olfactory neurons) Cold-sensitive primary sensory neurons Heat-sensitive primary sensory neurons Merkel cell of epidermis (touch sensor) Olfactory receptor neuron Pain-sensitive primary sensory neurons (various types) • Photoreceptor rod cells • Photoreceptor blue-sensitive cone cell of eye • Photoreceptor green-sensitive cone cell of eye • Photoreceptor red-sensitive cone cell of eye Proprioceptive primary sensory neurons (various types) Touch-sensitive primary sensory neurons (various types) Type I carotid body cell (blood pH sensor) Type II carotid body cell (blood pH sensor) Type I hair cell of vestibular apparatus of ear (acceleration and gravity) Type II hair cell of vestibular apparatus of ear (acceleration and gravity) Type I taste bud cell
• Photoreceptor cells of retina in eye:
• • • • • • •
Autonomic neuron cells • Cholinergic neural cell (various types) • Adrenergic neural cell (various types) • Peptidergic neural cell (various types) Sense organ and peripheral neuron supporting cells • • • • • • • • • Inner pillar cell of organ of Corti Outer pillar cell of organ of Corti Inner phalangeal cell of organ of Corti Outer phalangeal cell of organ of Corti Border cell of organ of Corti Hensen cell of organ of Corti Vestibular apparatus supporting cell Taste bud supporting cell Olfactory epithelium supporting cell
List of distinct cell types in the adult human body • Enteric glial cell Central nervous system neurons and glial cells • • • • Astrocyte (various types) Neuron cells (large variety of types, still poorly classified) Oligodendrocyte Spindle neuron
References External links
• Types of neurons from NeuroLex (http://neurolex.org/wiki/Cell_Types_With_Definitions) • Eukaryotic cell types in COPE database (http://www.copewithcytokines.de/cope.cgi?key=cell types).
Salivary gland
7
Salivary gland
Salivary gland
Salivary glands: #1 is Parotid gland, #2 is Submandibular gland, #3 is Sublingual gland Latin glandulae salivariae
The salivary glands in mammals are exocrine glands, glands with ducts, that produce saliva. They also secrete amylase, an enzyme that breaks down starch into maltose. In other organisms such as insects, salivary glands are often used to produce biologically important proteins like silk or glues, and fly salivary glands contain polytene chromosomes that have been useful in genetic research.
Histology
The gland is internally divided into lobules. Blood vessels and nerves enter the glands at the hilum and gradually branch out into the lobules.
Ducts
In the duct system, the lumina are formed by intercalated ducts, which in turn join to form striated ducts. These drain into ducts situated between the lobes of the gland (called interlobar ducts or secretory ducts). All of the human salivary glands terminate in the mouth, where the saliva proceeds to aid in digestion. The saliva that salivary glands release is quickly inactivated in the stomach by the acid that is present there but the saliva also contains enzymes that are actually activated by the acid.
Salivary gland
8
Anatomy
Parotid glands
The parotid gland is a salivary gland wrapped around the mandibular ramus in humans. It is one of a pair being the largest of the salivary glands, it secretes saliva through Stensen's ducts into the oral cavity, to facilitate mastication and swallowing and to begin the digestion of starches. The secretion produced is mainly serous in nature and enters the oral cavity via Stensen's duct. It is located posterior to the mandibular ramus and in front of the mastoid process of temporal bone. This gland is clinically relevant in dissections of facial nerve branches while exposing the different lobes of it since any iatrogenic lesion will result in either loss of action or strength of muscles involved in facial expression.
Submandibular glands
The submandibular glands are a pair of glands located beneath the The salivary glands are situated at the entrance to lower jaws, superior to the digastric muscles. The secretion produced is the gastrointestinal system to help begin the a mixture of both serous fluid and mucus, and enters the oral cavity via process of digestion. Wharton's ducts. Approximately 70% of saliva in the oral cavity is produced by the submandibular glands, even though they are much smaller than the parotid glands.You can usually feel this gland, as it is in the upper neck and feels like a rounded ball. It is located about two fingers above the Adam's apple (on a man) and about two inches apart under the chin.
Sublingual glands
The sublingual glands are a pair of glands located beneath the tongue, anterior to the submandibular glands. The secretion produced is mainly mucus in nature, however it is categorized as a mixed gland. Unlike the other two major glands, the ductal system of the sublingual glands do not have striated ducts, and exit from 8-20 excretory ducts. Approximately 5% of saliva entering the oral cavity come from these glands.
Minor salivary glands
There are 800-1000 minor salivary glands located throughout the oral cavity within the submucosa[1] of the oral mucosa, apart from areas including the anterior third of the hard palate, the attached gingivaand the anterior third of the dorsal surface of the tongue.[] They are 1-2mm in diameter and unlike the other glands, they are not encapsulated by connective tissue only surrounded by it. The gland is usually a number of acini connected in a tiny lobule. A minor salivary gland may have a common excretory duct with another gland, or may have its own excretory duct. Their secretion is mainly mucous in nature (except for Von Ebner's glands) and have many functions such as coating the oral cavity with saliva. Problems with dentures are sometimes associated with minor salivary glands.[1]
Salivary gland Von Ebner's glands Von Ebner's glands are glands found in circumvallate papillae of the tongue. They secrete a serous fluid that begin lipid hydrolysis. They facilitate the perception of taste.
9
Innervation
Salivary glands are innervated, either directly or indirectly, by the parasympathetic and sympathetic arms of the autonomic nervous system. Both result in increased amylase output and volume flow. • Parasympathetic innervation to the salivary glands is carried via cranial nerves. The parotid gland receives its parasympathetic input from the glossopharyngeal nerve (CN IX) via the otic ganglion, while the submandibular and sublingual glands receive their parasympathetic input from the facial nerve (CN VII) via the submandibular ganglion. These nerves release acetylcholine and substance P, which activate the IP3 and DAG pathways respectively. • Direct sympathetic innervation of the salivary glands takes place via preganglionic nerves in the thoracic segments T1-T3 which synapse in the superior cervical ganglion with postganglionic neurons that release norepinephrine, which is then received by β-adrenergic receptors on the acinar and ductal cells of the salivary glands, leading to an increase in cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) levels and the corresponding increase of saliva secretion. Note that in this regard both parasympathetic and sympathetic stimuli result in an increase in salivary gland secretions.[2] The sympathetic nervous system also affects salivary gland secretions indirectly by innervating the blood vessels that supply the glands.
Role in disease
See mumps (parotiditis epidemica), Sjögren's syndrome, Mucocele, Graft versus host disease and Salivary gland neoplasm. Salivary duct calculus may cause blockage of the ducts, causing pain and swelling of the gland because of cysts. Many anti-cancer treatments may impair salivary flow. Radiation therapy may cause permanent xerostomia, whereas chemotherapy may cause only temporary salivary impairment. Graft versus host disease after allogeneic bone marrow transplantation may manifest as dry mouth and many small mucoceles. Tumors of the salivary glands may occur. A sialogram is a radiocontrast study of a salivary duct. Saliva production may be pharmacologically stimulated by so-called sialagogues (e.g., pilocarpin, cevimeline). It can also be suppressed by so-called antisialagogues (e.g., tricyclic antidepressants, SSRI, antihypertensives, polypharmacy). [] The salivary glands of some species, however, are modified to produce enzymes; salivary amylase is found in many, but by no means all, bird and mammal species (including humans, as noted above). Furthermore, the venom glands of poisonous snakes, Gila monsters, and some shrews, are modified salivary glands.[]
Micrograph of chronic inflammation of the salivary gland sialadenitis).
Salivary gland
10
References
[1] A.R TEN CATE, "Oral histology. Development, structure, and function".(1998), 2003, 2008|page=3|Edition=5thISBN=0-8151-2952-1
External links
• Salivary Gland Disorders at intelihealth.com (http://www.intelihealth.com/IH/ihtIH/WSIHW000/9339/9658. html) • Illustration at merck.com (http://www.merck.com/media/mmhe2/figures/fg111_1.gif) • Illustration at .washington.edu (http://www.orthop.washington.edu/_Rainbow/Album/ 10357m26b8e09e-6490-41ab-8955-725a7a75ec05.gif) • plastic/371 (http://www.emedicine.com/plastic/topic371.htm#) at eMedicine - "Parotid Tumors, Benign" • Medical Encyclopedia Medline Plus: Salivary gland (http://vsearch.nlm.nih.gov/vivisimo/cgi-bin/ query-meta?v:project=medlineplus&query=Salivary+Gland+&x=25&y=14)
Von Ebner's gland
Ebner's glands, also Von Ebner's glands are exocrine glands found in the mouth. More specifically, they are serous salivary glands which reside adjacent to the moats surrounding the circumvallate papillae in the posterior one-third of the tongue, anterior to the terminal sulcus. Von Ebner's glands (also called gustatory glands) are named after Anton Gilbert Victor von Ebner, Ritter von Rosenstein, who was an Austrian histologist. These glands are located around circumvallate and foliate papillae in the tongue, and they secrete lingual lipase, beginning the process of Human Von Ebner's Gland. lipid hydrolysis in the mouth. These glands empty their serous secretion into the base of the moats located around the foliate and circumvallate papillae. This secretion presumably flushes material from the moat to enable the taste buds to respond rapidly to changing stimuli. The Von Ebner glands are innervated by Cranial Nerve IX, the glossopharyngeal nerve. It secretes lingual lipase.[1]
References External links
• Anton Gilbert Viktor Ebner, Ritter von Rofenstein entry @ whonamedit.com (http://www.whonamedit.com/ doctor.cfm/2269.html) • pubmed/16859632 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16859632) • synd/2602 (http://www.whonamedit.com/synd.cfm/2602.html) at Who Named It? • BU Histology Learning System: 09503loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/09503loa.htm) • Histology at OU 126_05 (http://w3.ouhsc.edu/histology/Glass slides/126_05.jpg) • Dental histology at usc.edu (http://www.usc.edu/hsc/dental/ohisto/Cards/muc/57_bb.html)
Mammary gland
11
Mammary gland
Mammary gland in a human female
Cross section of the breast of a human female
Dissection of a lactating breast. 1 – Fat 2 – Lactiferous duct/lobule 3 – Lobule 4 – Connective tissue 5 – Sinus of lactiferous duct 6 – Lactiferous duct Latin Gray's Artery glandula mammaria subject #271 1267
[1]
Mammary gland A mammary gland is an organ in female mammals that produces milk to feed young offspring. Mammals get their name from the word "mammary." In humans, the mammary glands are situated in the breasts. In ruminants such as cows, goats, and deer, the mammary glands are contained in the udders. The mammary glands of mammals having more than two breasts, such as dogs and cats, are sometimes called dugs.
12
Humans
Histology
A mammary gland is a specific type of apocrine gland specialized for manufacture of colostrum when giving birth. Mammary glands can be identified as apocrine because they exhibit striking "decapitation" secretion. Many sources assert that mammary glands are modified sweat glands.[3][4][] Some authors dispute that and argue instead that they are sebaceous glands.[3]
Structure
The basic components of a mature mammary gland are the alveoli (hollow cavities, a few millimeters large) lined with milk-secreting cuboidal cells and surrounded by myoepithelial cells. These alveoli join to form groups known as lobules. Each lobule has a lactiferous duct that drains into openings in the nipple. The myoepithelial cells contract under the stimulation of oxytocin, excreting the milk secreted by alveolar units into the lobule lumen toward the nipple. As the infant begins to suck, the oxytocin-mediated "let down reflex" ensues and the mother's milk is secreted – not sucked from the gland – into the baby's mouth. All the milk-secreting tissue leading to a single lactiferous duct is called a "simple mammary gland"; in a "complex mammary gland" all the simple mammary glands serve one nipple. Humans normally have two complex mammary glands, one in each breast, and each complex mammary gland consists of 10–20 simple glands. The presence of more than two nipples is known as polythelia and the presence of more than two complex mammary glands as polymastia. Maintaining the correct polarized morphology of the lactiferous duct tree requires another essential component – mammary epithelial cells extracellular matrix (ECM) which, together with adipocytes, fibroblast, inflammatory cells, and others, constitute mammary stroma. [] Mammary epithelial ECM mainly contains myoepithelial basement membrane and the connective tissue. They not only help to support mammary basic structure, but also serve as a communicating bridge between mammary epithelia and their local and global environment throughout this organ's development.[][]
Development and hormonal control
Mammary glands develop during different growth cycles. They exist in both sexes during embryonic stage, forming only a rudimentary duct tree at birth. In this stage, mammary gland development depends on systemic (and maternal) hormones,[] but is also under the (local) regulation of paracrine communication between neighboring epithelial and mesenchymal cells by parathyroid hormone-related protein(PTHrP).[5] This locally secreted factor gives rise to a series of outside-in and inside-out positive feedback between these two types of cells, so that mammary bud epithelial cells can proliferate and sprout down into the mesenchymal layer until they reach the fat pad to begin the first round of branching.[] At the same time, the embryonic mesenchymal cells around the epithelial bud receive secreting factors activated by PTHrP, such as BMP4. These mesenchymal cells can transform into a dense, mammary-specific mesenchyme, which later develop into connective tissue with fibrous threads, forming blood vessels and the lymph system.[6] A basement membrane, mainly containing laminin and collagen, formed afterward by differentiated myoepithelial cells, keeps the polarity of this primary duct tree. Lactiferous duct development occurs in females in response to circulating hormones. First development is frequently seen during pre- and postnatal stages, and later during puberty. Estrogen promotes branching differentiation,[7]
Mammary gland whereas in males testosterone inhibits it. A mature duct tree reaching the limit of the fat pad of the mammary gland comes into being by bifurcation of duct terminal end buds (TEB), secondary branches sprouting from primary ducts[][8] and proper duct lumen formation. These processes are tightly modulated by components of mammary epithelial ECM interacting with systemic hormones and local secreting factors. However, for each mechanism the epithelial cells' "niche" can be delicately unique with different membrane receptor profiles and basement membrane thickness from specific branching area to area, so as to regulate cell growth or differentiation sub-locally.[9] Important players include beta-1 integrin, epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), laminin-1/5, collagen-IV, matrix metalloproteinase(MMPs), heparan sulfate proteoglycans, and others. Elevated circulating level of growth hormone and estrogen get to multipotent cap cells on TEB tips through a thin, leaky layer of basement membrane. These hormones promote specific gene expression. Hence cap cells can differentiate into myoepithelial and luminal (duct) epithelial cells, and the increased amount of activated MMPs can degrade surrounding ECM helping duct buds to reach further in the fat pads.[10][11] On the other hand, basement membrane along the mature mammary ducts is thicker, with strong adhesion to epithelial cells via binding to integrin and non-integrin receptors. When side branches develop, it is a much more “pushing-forward” working process including extending through myoepithelial cells, degrading basement membrane and then invading into a periductal layer of fibrous stromal tissue.[] Degraded basement membrane fragments (laminin-5) roles to lead the way of mammary epithelial cells migration.[12] Whereas, laminin-1 interacts with non-integrin receptor dystroglycan negatively regulates this side branching process in case of cancer.[13] These complex "Yin-yang" balancing crosstalks between mammary ECM and epithelial cells "instruct" healthy mammary gland development until adult. Secretory alveoli develop mainly in pregnancy, when rising levels of prolactin, estrogen, and progesterone cause further branching, together with an increase in adipose tissue and a richer blood flow. In gestation, serum progesterone remains at a stably high concentration so signaling through its receptor is continuously activated. As one of the transcribed genes, Wnts secreted from mammary epithelial cells act paracrinely to induce more neighboring cells' branching.[14][15] When the lactiferous duct tree is almost ready, "leaves" alveoli are differentiated from luminal epithelial cells and added at the end of each branch. In late pregnancy and for the first few days after giving birth, colostrum is secreted. Milk secretion (lactation) begins a few days later due to reduction in circulating progesterone and the presence of another important hormone prolactin, which mediates further alveologenesis, milk protein production, and regulates osmotic balance and tight junction function. Laminin and collagen in myoepithelial basement membrane interacting with beta-1 integrin on epithelial surface again, is essential in this process.[][] Their binding ensures correct placement of prolactin receptors on the basal lateral side of alveoli cells and directional secretion of milk into lactiferous ducts.[][] Suckling of the baby causes release of the hormone oxytocin, which stimulates contraction of the myoepithelial cells. In this combined control from ECM and systemic hormones, milk secretion can be reciprocally amplified so as to provide enough nutrition for the baby. During weaning, decreased prolactin, missing mechanical stimulation (baby suckling), and changes in osmotic balance caused by milk stasis and leaking of tight junctions cause cessation of milk production. In some species there is complete or partial involution of alveolar structures after weaning, in humans there is only partial involution and the level of involution in humans appears to be highly individual. In some other species (such as cows), all alveoli and secretory duct structures collapse by programmed cell death (apoptosis) and autophagy for lack of growth promoting factors either from the ECM or circulating hormones.[16][17] At the same time, apoptosis of blood capillary endothelial cells speeds up the regression of lactation ductal beds. Shrinkage of the mammary duct tree and ECM remodeling by various proteinase is under the control of somatostatin and other growth inhibiting hormones and local factors.[18] This major structural change leads loose fat tissue to fill the empty space afterward. But a functional lactiferous duct tree can be formed again when a female is pregnant again.
13
Mammary gland
14
Breast cancer
Tumorigenesis in mammary glands can be induced biochemically by abnormal expression level of circulating hormones or local ECM components,[19] or from a mechanical change in the tension of mammary stroma.[20] Under either of the two circumstances, mammary epithelial cells would grow out of control and eventually result in cancer. Almost all instances of breast cancer originate in the lobules or ducts of the mammary glands.
Other mammals
The constantly protruding breasts of the adult human female, unusually large relative to body size, are a unique evolutionary development whose purpose is not yet fully known (see breasts); other mammals tend to have less conspicuous mammary glands that protrude only while actually filling with milk. The number and positioning of complex and simple mammary glands varies widely in different mammals. The nipples and glands can occur anywhere along the two milk lines, two nearly parallel lines along the ventral aspect of the body. In general most mammals develop mammary glands in pairs along these lines, with a number approximating the number of young typically birthed at a time. The number of nipples varies from 2 (in most primates) to 18 (in pigs). The Virginia Opossum has 13, one of the few mammals with an odd number.[21][22] The following table lists the number and position of glands normally found in a range of mammals:
Species [23] Anterior Intermediate Posterior (thoracic) (abdominal) (inguinal) 0 0 2 Total
Goat, sheep, horse guinea pig Cattle Cat Dog [24]
2
0 2 4 6 6 6 2
0 2 2 0 2 6 0
4 4 2 or 4 4 4 6 0
4 8 8 or 10 10 12 18 2
Mouse Rat Pig proboscideans, primates
Male mammals typically have rudimentary mammary glands and nipples, with a few exceptions: male mice do not have nipples, and male horses lack nipples and mammary glands.[citation needed] The male Dayak fruit bat has lactating mammary glands.[25] Male lactation occurs infrequently in some species, including humans. Mammary glands are true protein factories, and several labs have constructed transgenic animals, mainly goats and cows, to produce proteins for pharmaceutical use.[26] Complex glycoproteins such as monoclonal antibodies or antithrombin cannot be produced by genetically engineered bacteria, and the production in live mammals is much cheaper than the use of mammalian cell cultures.
Evolution
The evolution of the mammary gland is difficult to explain; this is because mammary glands are typically required by mammals to feed their young. There are many theories on how mammary glands evolved, for example, it is believed that the mammary gland is a transformed sweat gland, more closely related to apocrine sweat glands.[27] Since mammary glands do not fossilize well, supporting such theories with fossil evidence is difficult. Many of the current theories are based on comparisons between lines of living mammals – monotremes, marsupials and eutherians. One theory proposes that mammary glands evolved from glands that were used to keep the eggs of early mammals moist[28][29] and free from infection[30][31] (monotremes still lay eggs). Other theories suggest that early
Mammary gland secretions were used directly by hatched young,[32] or that the secretions were used by young to help them orient to their mothers.[33] Lactation is assumed to have developed long before the evolution of the mammary gland and mammals; see evolution of lactation.
15
Gallery
Cattle
Cat
Pig
Sheep
Goat
Elephant
Human
References
[3] Ackerman (2005) ch.1 Apocrine Units (http:/ / www. derm101. com/ content/ 13501) [4] Moore (2010) ch.1 Thorax, p. 99 [22] Stockard, Mary (2005) Raising Orphaned Baby Opossums (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20100701012225/ http:/ / www. awrc. org/ Baby Opossums. htm). Alabama Wildlife Center. [24] Dog breeds vary in the number of mammary glands: larger breeds tend to have 5 pairs, smaller breeds have 4 pairs. [28] Lactating on Eggs (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20090419024229/ http:/ / nationalzoo. si. edu/ ConservationAndScience/ SpotlightOnScience/ oftedalolav20030714. cfm). Smithsonian National Zoo, July 14, 2003. [30] Breast beginnings (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20070312005054/ http:/ / scienceblogs. com/ pharyngula/ 2006/ 05/ breast_beginnings. php). scienceblogs.com
Bibliography
• Ackerman, A. Bernard; Almut Böer, Bruce Bennin, and Geoffrey J. Gottlieb (2005). Histologic Diagnosis of Inflammatory Skin Diseases An Algorithmic Method Based on Pattern Analysis (http://www.derm101.com/ content/13501). ISBN 978-1-893357-25-9. • Moore, Keith L. et al. (2010) Clinically Oriented Anatomy 6th Ed
External links
• Comparative Mammary Gland Anatomy (http://web.archive.org/web/20051201011719/http://classes.aces. uiuc.edu/AnSci308/anatomycompar.html) by W. L. Hurley • On the anatomy of the breast (http://jdc.jefferson.edu/cooper/61/) by Sir Astley Paston Cooper (1840). Numerous drawings, in the public domain. • mammary+gland (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=mammary+gland) at eMedicine Dictionary
Lacrimal gland
16
Lacrimal gland
Lacrimal gland
Lacrimal apparatus of the right eye. The lacrimal gland is to the upper left. The right side of the picture is towards the nose.
Tear system. a = lacrimal gland b = superior lacrimal punctum c = superior lacrimal canal d = lacrimal sac e = inferior lacrimal punctum f = inferior lacrimal canal g = nasolacrimal canal Latin Gray's Artery Nerve glandula lacrimalis subject #227 1028 lacrimal artery lacrimal nerve, Zygomatic nerve via Communicating branch
[1]
The lacrimal glands are paired almond-shaped glands, one for each eye, that secrete the aqueous layer of the tear film. They are situated in the upper, outer portion of each orbit, in the lacrimal fossa of the orbit formed by the frontal bone.[1] Inflammation of the lacrimal glands is called dacryoadenitis. The lacriminal gland produces tears which then flow into canals that lead to the lacriminal sac. From this sac, the tears drain through a passage into the nose. [citation needed] Anatomists divide the gland into two sections. The smaller palpebral portion, lies close to the eye, along the inner surface of the eyelid; if the upper eyelid is everted, the palpebral portion can be seen. The orbital portion contains fine interlobular ducts that unite to form 3 - 5 main excretory ducts, joining 5 - 7 ducts in the palpebral portion before the secreted fluid may enter on the surface of the eye. Tears secreted collect in the fornix conjunctiva of the upper lid, and pass over the eye surface to the lacrimal puncta, small holes found at the inner corner of the eyelids. These pass the tears on to the lacrimal sac, in turn to the nasolacrimal duct, which dumps them out into the nose.[2]
Lacrimal gland
17
Microanatomy
The lacrimal gland is a compound tubuloacinar gland, it is made up of many lobules separated by connective tissue, each lobule contains many acini. The acini contain only serous cells and produce a watery serous secretion. Each acinus consists of a grape-like mass of lacrimal gland cells with their apices pointed to a central lumen. The central lumen of many of the units converge to form intralobular ducts, and then unite to from interlobular ducts. The gland lacks striated ducts.
Innervation
The parasympathetic nerve supply originates from the lacrimal nucleus of the facial nerve in the pons. Just distal to the geniculate ganglion, the facial nerve gives off the greater petrosal nerve. This nerve carries the parasympathetic secretomotor fibers through the pterygoid canal, where it joins the deep petrosal nerve (containing postganglionic sympathetic fibers from the superior cervical ganglion) to form the nerve of the pterygoid canal (vidian nerve). This nerve travels through the pterygoid canal to the pterygopalatine ganglion. Here the fibers synapse and postganglionic fibers join the fibers of the maxillary nerve, which travels through the inferior orbital fissure. Once it has traversed this opening, the parasympathetic secretomotor fibers branch off with the zygomatic nerve and then branch off again, joining with the lacrimal branch of the ophthalmic division of CN V, which supplies sensory innervation to the lacrimal gland along with the eyelid and conjunctiva. The sympathetic postganglionic fibers originate from the superior cervical ganglion. They travel as a periarteriolar plexus with the middle meningeal artery, before they merge and form the deep petrosal nerve, which joins the greater petrosal nerve in the pterygoid canal. Together, greater petrosal and deep petrosal nerves form the nerve of the pterygoid canal (vidian nerve) and reach the pterygopalatine ganglion in the pterygopalatine fossa. In contrast to their parasympathetic counterparts, sympathetic fibers do not synapse in the pterygopalatine ganglion, having done so already in the sympathetic trunk. However, they continue to course with the parasympathetic fibers innervating the lacrimal gland.
Blood supply
The lacrimal artery, derived from the ophthalmic artery supplies the lacrimal gland. Venous blood returns via the superior ophthalmic vein.
Nerve supply
The lacrimal nerve, derived from the ophthalmic nerve supplies the lacrimal gland
Applied anatomy
• The upper part of the lacrimal sac is covered by the medial palpabral ligament. Hence the abscesses within the sac bulge below the medial palpabrel ligament, where it should be incised for letting out the pus. • The angular vein is in front of the sac and it should be take care during incising the sac. Between the lacrimal sac and the fascia coverning the sac there is the collection of venous plexus present hence the incising causes considerable bleeding. • Around the nasolacrimal duct there is the rich plexus of veins, in the form of an erectile tissue, which may engorge and cause obstruction to the duct.
Lacrimal gland
18
Pathology
• Dacryoadenitis • Sjögren's syndrome
Additional images
The ophthalmic artery and its branches.
Nerves of the orbit. Seen from above.
Sympathetic connections of the sphenopalatine and superior cervical ganglia.
The tarsal glands, etc., seen from the inner surface of the eyelids.
Alveoli of lacrimal gland.
Extrinsic eye muscle. Nerves of orbita. Deep dissection.
Extrinsic eye muscle. Nerves of orbita. Deep dissection.
Extrinsic eye muscle. Nerves of orbita. Deep dissection.
Extrinsic eye muscle. Nerves of orbita. Deep dissection.
Extrinsic eye muscle. Nerves of orbita. Deep dissection.
References
[1] Clinically Oriented Anatomy (http:/ / www. amazon. com/ dp/ 0781775256), Moore, Dalley & Agur. [2] "eye, human."Encyclopædia Britannica. 2010. Encyclopædia Britannica 2010 Ultimate Reference Suite DVD 2010
External links
• Lacrimal+gland (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=Lacrimal+gland) at eMedicine Dictionary • lesson3 (http://mywebpages.comcast.net/wnor/lesson3.htm) at The Anatomy Lesson (http://home.comcast. net/~wnor/homepage.htm) by Wesley Norman (Georgetown University) ( orbit2 (http://mywebpages.comcast. net/wnor/orbit2.jpg))
Ceruminous gland
19
Ceruminous gland
Ceruminous glands are specialized sudoriferous glands (sweat glands) located subcutaneously in the external auditory canal. Ceruminous glands are simple, coiled, tubular glands made up of an inner secretory layer of cells and an outer myoepithelial layer of cells.[1] The glands drain into larger ducts, which then drain into the guard hairs that reside in the external auditory canal.[2] Here they produce cerumen, or earwax, by mixing their secretion with sebum and dead epidermal cells. Cerumen keeps the eardrum pliable, lubricates and cleans the external auditory canal, waterproofs the canal, kills bacteria, and serves as a barrier to trap foreign particles (dust, fungal spores, etc.) by coating the guard hairs of the ear, making them sticky.[1] These glands are capable of developing both benign and malignant tumors. The benign tumors include ceruminous adenoma, ceruminous pleomorphic adenoma, and ceruminous syringocystadenoma papilliferum. The Malignant tumors include ceruminous adenocarcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, and mucoepidermoid carcinoma.[2]
References
[1] Saladin,Kenneth. Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, Fifth Edition. McGraw-Hill. 2010 [2] http:/ / emedicine. medscape. com/ article/ 1960501-overview
A sectional view of the skin (magnified), with eccrine glands highlighted. Latin System Nerve Precursor MeSH Code Glandula sudorifera merocrina; Glandula sudorifera eccrina Integumentary
[] []
Cholinergic sympathetic nerves Ectoderm
[] [1]
Eccrine+Glands
TH H3.12.00.3.03009
Eccrine glands (/ˈɛkrən/, /ˈɛˌkraɪn/, or /ˈɛˌkrin/; from ekkrinein "secrete";[1] sometimes called merocrine glands) are the major sweat glands of the human body, found in virtually all skin.[1] They produce a clear, odorless substance, consisting primarily of water and NaCl (note that the odor from sweat is due to bacterial activity on the secretions of the apocrine glands). NaCl is reabsorbed in the duct to reduce salt loss.[2] They are active in thermoregulation and emotional sweating (induced by anxiety, fear, stress, and pain).[]:170 Eccrine glands are composed of an intreaepidermal spiral duct, the "acrosyringium"; a dermal duct, comprising a straight and coiled portion; and a secretory tubule, coiled deep in the dermis or hypodermis.[]:172 Eccrine glands are innervated by the sympathetic nervous system, primarily by cholinergic fibers, but by adrenergic fibers as well.[3] Dermcidin is a newly isolated antimicrobial peptide produced by the eccrine sweat glands.[4]
References External links
• American Academy of Dermatology – Eccrine and Apocrine Glands (http://www.aad.org/education/students/ glands.htm)
Apocrine sweat gland
21
Apocrine sweat gland
Apocrine sweat gland
Latin System Nerve Glandula sudorifera apocrina Integumentary system Adrenergic nerves
[1] [] []
An apocrine sweat gland (/ˈæpəkrən/, /ˈæpəˌkraɪn/, or /ˈæpəˌkrin/, from Greek apo– "away" and krinein "to separate")[3][4] is a sweat gland composed of a coiled secretory portion located at the junction of the dermis and subcutaneous fat, from which a straight portion inserts and secretes into the infundibular portion of the hair follicle.[1] In humans, apocrine sweat glands are found only in certain locations of the body: the axillae (armpits), areola and nipples of the breast, ear canal, eyelids, wings of the nostril, perianal region, and some parts of the external genitalia.[5] Modified apocrine glands include the ciliary glands in the eyelids; the ceruminous glands, which produce ear wax; and the mammary glands, which produce milk.[1] The rest of the body is covered by eccrine sweat glands.[] Most non-primate mammals, however, have apocrine sweat glands over the greater part of their body.[5] Domestic animals such as dogs and cats have apocrine glands at each hair follicle but eccrine glands only in foot pads and snout. Their apocrine glands, like those in humans, produce an odorless, oily, opaque secretion[] that gains its characteristic odor upon bacterial decomposition.[6] Eccrine glands on their paws increase friction and prevent them from slipping when fleeing from danger.[7]
Structure
The apocrine gland comprises a glomerulus of secretory tubules and an excretory duct that opens into hair follicle;[8] on occasion, an excretory duct opens to the skin surface next to the hair.[9] The gland is large and spongy, located in the subcutaneous fat deep in the dermis,[][10] and has a larger overall structure and lumen diameter than the eccrine sweat gland.[11][5] Unlike eccrine secretory tubules, secretory tubules of the apocrine gland are single-layered (lacking ductal cells),[10] vary in diameter from place to place, and sometimes branch off into multiple ducts. The tubules are wrapped in myoepithelial cells, which are more developed than their eccrine gland counterparts.[12][13]
Sweating
In hoofed animals and marsupials, apocrine glands act as the main thermoregulator, secreting watery sweat.[] For most mammals, however, apocrine sweat glands secrete an oily (and eventually smelly) compound that acts as a pheromone,[] territorial marker, and warning signal.[][14][15] Being sensitive to adrenaline, apocrine sweat glands are involved in emotional sweating in humans (induced by anxiety, stress, fear, sexual stimulation, and pain).[14] In a five-month-old human fetus, apocrine glands are distributed all over the body; after a few weeks, they exist in only restricted areas,[] including the armpits and external genitalia.[5] They are inactive until stimulated by hormonal changes in puberty.[14]
Apocrine sweat gland
22
Mechanism
The apocrine gland secretes an oily fluid with proteins, lipids, and steroids that is odorless before microbial activity. It appears on the skin surface mixed with sebum, as sebaceous glands open into the same hair follicle.[16] Unlike eccrine sweat glands, which secrete continuously, the apocrine glands secrete in periodic spurts.[] Apocrine sweat glands were originally thought use only apocrine secretion: vesicles pinch off the secretory cells, then degrade in the secretory lumen, releasing their product.[] More recent research has also shown that merocrine secretion takes place.[] Myoepithelial cells form a smooth muscle lining around the secretory cells; when the muscle contracts, they squeeze the secretory ducts and push out the accumulated fluid into the hair follicle.[][] Sweat and sebum are mixed in the hair follicle and arrive mixed at the epidermal surface.[] The apocrine sweat is cloudy, viscous, initially odorless, and at a pH of 6–7.5. It contains water, protein, carbohydrate waste material, and NaCl.[] The sweat only attains its characteristic odor upon being degraded by bacteria, which releases volatile odor molecules.[16] More bacteria (especially corynebacteria) leads to stronger odor. The presence of axillary hair also makes the odor worse, as secretions, debris, keratin, and bacteria accumulate on the hairs.[10]
Prevalence
Non-primate mammals have usually apocrine sweat glands over most of their bodies.[5] Horses use them as a thermoregulatory device, as they are regulated by adrenaline and more widely distributed on equines than on other groups.[] Skunks, on the other hand, use the glands to release a stench that acts as a defense mechanism.[] The "axillary organs", limited regions with equal numbers of apocrine and eccrine sweat glands, only exist in humans, gorillas, and chimpanzees.[] In humans, the apocrine glands in this region are the most developed (with the most complex glomeruli).[12] Men have fewer apocrine sweat glands than women in all axillary regions.[17][18] East Asians have fewer such glands than Europeans and people of African descent, which decreases their susceptibility to body odor.[17][19] Individuals of African ancestry have the largest and most active apocrine glands.[20] Racial differences also exist in the cerumen glands: apocrine sweat glands which produce earwax.[1] East Asians have predominantly dry earwax, as opposed to sticky; the gene encoding for this is strongly linked to reduced body odor, whereas those with wet, sticky earwax (Europeans and Africans) are prone to more body odor.[21]
Notes
[1] Krstic 2004, p. 466. [2] Tsai 2006, p. 496. [5] Kurosumi, Shibasaki & Ito 1984, p. 255. [6] Eroschenko 2008, pp. 228–229. [7] Wilke et al. 2007, p. 170. [8] Kurosumi, Shibasaki & Ito 1984, pp. 255–256. [9] Tsai 2006, pp. 496–497. [10] Tsai 2006, p. 497. [11] Krstic 2004, p. 468. [12] Kurosumi, Shibasaki & Ito 1984, p. 256. [13] Eroschenko 2008, p. 226. [14] Wilke et al. 2007, p. 171. [16] Wilke et al. 2007, p. 175. [17] Wilke et al. 2007, p. 174. [18] Stoddart 1990, p. 60. [19] Stoddart 1990, p. 61.
Apocrine sweat gland
23
References
• Eroschenko, Victor P. (2008). "Integumentary System". DiFiore's Atlas of Histology with Functional Correlations. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. pp. 212–234. ISBN 9780781770576. • Krstic, Radivoj V. (18 March 2004). Human Microscopic Anatomy: An Atlas for Students of Medicine and Biology. Springer. pp. 464, 466–469. ISBN 9783540536666. • Kurosumi, Kazumasa; Shibasaki, Susumu; Ito, Toshiho (1984). "Cytology of the Secretion in Mammalian Sweat Glands". In Bourne, Geoffrey H.; Danielli, James F. Protein Diffusion in Cell Membranes: Some Biological Implications. Orlando, Florida: Academic Press. pp. 253–330. ISBN 9780123644879. • Stoddart, D. Michael (1990). The scented ape: The biology and culture of human odour. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. pp. 60–61. ISBN 0521375118. • Tsai, Ren-Yu (1 January 2006). "Treatment of Excessive Axillary Sweat Syndrome (Hyperhidrosis, Osmidrosis, Bromhidrosis) with Liposuction". In Shiffman, Melvin A.; Di Giuseppe, Alberto. Liposuction: Non-Cosmetic Applications. Germany: Springer. pp. 496–497. ISBN 9783540280439. • Wilke, K.; Martin, A.; Terstegen, L.; Biel, S. S. (June 2007). "A short history of sweat gland biology" (http:// onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1467-2494.2007.00387.x/pdf) (pdf). International journal of cosmetic science 29 (3): 169–179. doi: 10.1111/j.1467-2494.2007.00387.x (http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j. 1467-2494.2007.00387.x). ISSN 1468-2494 (http://www.worldcat.org/issn/1468-2494).
External links
• Diagram of eccrine and apocrine sweat glands (http://www.mayoclinic.com/health/medical/IM00027) from Mayo Clinic
Moll's gland
24
Moll's gland
Gland of Moll
Latin glandulae ciliares conjunctivales Gray's subject #227 1025 [1]
Glands of Moll, also known as ciliary glands, are modified apocrine sweat glands that are found on the margin of the eyelid. They are next to the base of the eyelashes, and anterior to the Meibomian glands within the distal eyelid margin. These glands are relatively large and tubular-shaped. The glands of Moll are named after Dutch oculist Jacob Anton Moll (1832–1914). Glands of Moll empty into the adjacent lashes. Glands of Moll and Zeis secrete lipid that adds to the superficial layer of the tear film, retarding evaporation. The glands of Moll are prone to infection and blockage of its duct with sebum and cell debris. Blockage of the gland's duct causes swelling which can manifest itself as a stye.
References
• American Family Physician, Eyelid Disorders: Diagnosis and Management [2] • Anatomy of the Human Eyelid [3]
Sebaceous gland
25
Sebaceous gland
Sebaceous gland
Schematic view of hair follicle & sebaceous gland.
Cross-section of all skin layers. A hair follicle with associated structures. (Sebaceous glands labeled at center left.) Latin Gray's MeSH glandula sebacea subject #234 1069
[1] [2]
Sebaceous+glands
The sebaceous glands are microscopic glands in the skin that secrete an oily/waxy matter, called sebum, to lubricate and waterproof the skin and hair of mammals.[1] In humans, they are found in greatest abundance on the face and scalp, though they are distributed throughout all skin sites except the palms and soles.[1] In the eyelids, meibomian sebaceous glands secrete a special type of sebum into tears. There are several related medical conditions, including acne, sebaceous cysts, hyperplasia, sebaceous adenoma and sebaceous gland carcinoma (see section below: Pathology).
Locations and morphology
A branched type of acinar gland, the sebaceous glands exist in humans throughout the skin except in the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. Sebaceous glands can usually be found in hair-covered areas, where they are connected to hair follicles (see image at top). The glands deposit sebum on the hairs, and bring it to the skin surface along the hair shaft. The structure consisting of hair, hair follicle, arrector pili muscle, and sebaceous gland is known as a pilosebaceous unit. Sebaceous glands are also found in non-haired areas (glabrous skin) of eyelids, nose, penis, labia minora and nipples. Here, the sebum traverses ducts that terminate in sweat pores on the surface of the skin.[citation needed] At the rim of the eyelids, meibomian glands are a specialized form of sebaceous gland. They secrete a form of sebum (called (meibum)) onto the eye, slowing the evaporation of tears.
Sebaceous gland
26
Sebum
Sebaceous glands secrete the oily, waxy substance called sebum (Latin, meaning fat or tallow) that is made of triglyceride oils, wax, squalene, and metabolytes of fat-producing cells.[2][3] In the glands, sebum is produced within specialized cells and is released as these cells burst; sebaceous glands are thus classified as holocrine glands. Seborrhoea is the name for the condition of greasy skin caused by excess sebum.[4] Sebum keeps hair and skin supple. Sebum is odorless, but its bacterial breakdown can produce odors. Sebum is the cause of some people's experiencing "oily" hair,[5] as in hot weather or if not washed for several days. Earwax is partly composed of sebum.
Function
All of the sebaceous glands in humans have been demonstrated to show similarity in structure and secrete sebum by a holocrine process. Sebum excreted by the sebaceous gland is primarily composed of tryglycerides, wax esters, and squalene.[6] Wax esters, like squalene, are unique to sebum and not produced anywhere else in the body.[7] Sebum also contains 45% water-insoluble fatty acids known to have broad antimicrobial activity.[][8] Additionally, sebaceous gland secretion provides Vitamin E to the upper layers of facial skin.[9] Sebaceous lipids contribute to maintaining the integrity of the skin barrier, and express pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory properties.[10][][] Recent research suggests that sebum may represent a delivery system for antioxidants, antimicrobial lipids, pheromones, and hydration of stratum corneum.[] During the last gestation trimester, it is known that sebaceous glands produce vernix caseosa which protects the embryonic skin from amniotic water.[11] Sebaceous secretions in conjunction with apocrine glands also play an important thermoregulatory role. In hot conditions, the secretions emulsify and foment formation of and prevent the loss of sweat drops from the skin. In colder conditions, sebum repels rain from skin and hair.[] Increased facial surface sebum secretion is also associated with the development of acne.[]
Composition
The composition of sebum varies across species. In humans, the lipid content is as follows:[12]
Percent composition Substance 25% 41% 16% 12% wax monoesters triglycerides free fatty acids squalene
Sapienic acid is a sebum fatty acid that is unique to humans.
Sebaceous gland
27
Control
The following treatments have been shown to reduce sebum secretion rates: • Isotretinoin[13] • SMT D002[14] • Spironolactone[15] (suitable for females only)
Changes during development
The sebaceous glands of a human fetus in utero secrete a substance called Vernix caseosa, a "waxy" or "cheesy" white substance coating the skin of newborns. The activity of the sebaceous glands increases during puberty because of heightened levels of androgens, producing smegma. In males, sebaceous glands begin to appear predominantly on the penis, on the shaft and around the rim of the penile head during and after puberty. This is however normal, not to be confused with an STD. In females, they appear predominantly in the labia minora.
Pathology
Sebaceous glands are involved in skin problems such as acne and keratosis pilaris. In the skin pores, sebum and keratin can create a hyperkeratotic plug called a "microcomedone". The prescription drug isotretinoin significantly reduces the amount of sebum produced by the sebaceous glands, and is used to treat acne. The extreme use (up to 10 times doctor-prescribed amounts) of anabolic steroids by bodybuilders, for muscle gain can cause acne. The sebaceous gland is stimulated due to some steroids conversion into dihydrotestosterone. This may cause serious acne on the face, neck, chest, back and shoulders. It is a common misconception that a blocked sebaceous gland is known as a sebaceous cyst. Cysts that are commonly called sebaceous cysts actually do not involve a sebaceous gland. Instead, they are collection of keratin and dead keratinocytes which develop within the epidermal skin layer. These cysts are called Epidermal Cysts. A condition involving enlarged sebaceous glands is known as sebaceous hyperplasia. Sebaceous gland carcinoma is a rare and aggressive form of cancer involving the sebaceous glands; sebaceous adenoma is a more benign neoplasm of the sebaceous glands. Sebum can also build up around body piercings.[16]
Importance to other animals
Certain species of Demodex mites feed on sebum and are commonly found in the sebaceous glands of mammals, including those of humans. The preputial glands of mice and rats are large modified sebaceous glands that produce pheromones.
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 08801loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/08801loa.htm) - "Integument: scalp" • Sebaceous Glands (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Sebaceous+Glands) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH)
Olfactory glands
29
Olfactory glands
Olfactory glands
Section of the olfactory mucous membrane. Latin Gray's Code glandulae olfactoriae subject #223 996
[1] [2]
TH H3.05.00.0.00026
Bowman's glands (a.k.a. olfactory glands, glands of Bowman) are situated in the olfactory mucosa, beneath the olfactory epithelium, in the lamina propria, a connective tissue also containing fibroblasts, blood vessels, and bundles of fine axons from the olfactory neurons.[1] The structure of the Bowman's glands consists of an acinus in the lamina propria and a secretory duct going out through the olfactory epithelium. Electron microscopy studies show that Bowman's glands contain cells with large secretory vesicles.[2] Bowman's glands might secrete proteins such as Lysozyme, amylase and IgA similarly to serous glands. The exact composition of the secretions from Bowman's glands is unclear, but there is evidence that Bowman's glands do not produce odorant binding protein.[3]
References External links
• Slide at ouhsc.edu (http://w3.ouhsc.edu/histology/Glass slides/11_07.jpg) This article incorporates text from a public domain edition of Gray's Anatomy.
Brunner's glands
30
Brunner's glands
Brunner's glands
Section of duodenum. (Duodenal glands in submucosa are labeled at right, fourth from the top.) Latin Gray's glandulae duodenales subject #248 1176
[1]
Brunner's glands (or duodenal glands) are compound tubular submucosal glands found in that portion of the duodenum which is above the hepatopancreatic sphincter (Sphincter of Oddi). The main function of these glands is to produce a mucus-rich alkaline secretion (containing bicarbonate) in order to: • protect the duodenum from the acidic content of chyme (which is introduced into the duodenum from the stomach); • provide an alkaline condition for the intestinal enzymes to be active, thus enabling absorption to take place; • lubricate the intestinal walls. They also secrete urogastrone, which inhibits parietal and chief cells of the stomach from secreting acid and their digestive enzymes. This is another form of protection for the duodenum. They are the distinguishing feature of the duodenum, and are named for the Swiss physician who first described them, Johann Conrad Brunner.
Prostate with seminal vesicles and seminal ducts, viewed from in front and above. Latin Gray's Artery Vein Nerve Lymph Precursor MeSH prostata subject #263 1251
[1]
The prostate (from Greek προστάτης – prostates, literally "one who stands before", "protector", "guardian"[1]) is a compound tubuloalveolar exocrine gland of the male reproductive system in most mammals.[][2] It differs considerably among species anatomically, chemically, and physiologically. In 2002, female paraurethral glands, or Skene's glands, were officially renamed the female prostate by the Federative International Committee on Anatomical Terminology.[3]
Prostate
32
Function
The function of the prostate is to secrete a slightly alkaline fluid, milky or white in appearance,[] that usually constitutes 50–75% of the volume of the semen along with spermatozoa and seminal vesicle fluid.[] Semen is made alkaline overall with the secretions from the other contributing glands, including, at least, the seminal vesicle fluid. The alkalinity of semen helps neutralize the acidity of the vaginal tract, prolonging the lifespan of sperm. The alkalinization of semen is primarily accomplished through secretion from the seminal vesicles.[4] The prostatic fluid is expelled in the first ejaculate fractions, together with most of the spermatozoa. In comparison with the few spermatozoa expelled together with mainly seminal vesicular fluid, those expelled in prostatic fluid have better motility, longer survival and better protection of the genetic material. The prostate also contains some smooth muscles that help expel semen during ejaculation.
Secretions
Prostatic secretions vary among species. They are generally composed of simple sugars and are often slightly acidic. In human prostatic secretions, the protein content is less than 1% and includes proteolytic enzymes, prostatic acid phosphatase, beta-microseminoprotein, and prostate-specific antigen. The secretions also contain zinc with a concentration 500–1,000 times the concentration in blood.
Regulation
To work properly, the prostate needs male hormones (testosterones), which are responsible for male sex characteristics. The main male hormone is testosterone, which is produced mainly by the testicles. Some male hormones are produced in small amounts by the adrenal glands. However, it is dihydrotestosterone that regulates the prostate.
Development
The prostatic part of the urethra develops from the pelvic (middle) part of the urogenital sinus (endodermal origin). Endodermal outgrowths arise from the prostatic part of the urethra and grow into the surrounding mesenchyme. The glandular epithelium of the prostate differentiates from these endodermal cells, and the associated mesenchyme differentiates into the dense stroma and the smooth muscle of the prostate.[5] The prostate glands represent the modified wall of the proximal portion of the male urethra and arises by the 9th week of embryonic life in the development of the reproductive system. Condensation of mesenchyme, urethra and Wolffian ducts gives rise to the adult prostate gland, a composite organ made up of several glandular and non-glandular components tightly fused.
Female prostate gland
The Skene's gland, also known as the paraurethral gland, found in females, is homologous to the prostate gland in males. However, anatomically, the uterus is in the same position as the prostate gland. In 2002 the Skene's gland was officially renamed to female prostate by the Federative International Committee on Anatomical Terminology.[6] The female prostate, like the male prostate, secretes PSA and levels of this antigen rise in the presence of carcinoma of the gland. The gland also expels fluid, like the male prostate, during orgasm.[]
Prostate
33
Structure
A healthy human prostate is classically said to be slightly larger than a walnut. The mean weight of the "normal" prostate in adult males is about 11 grams, usually ranging between 7 and 16 grams.[7] It surrounds the urethra just below the urinary bladder and can be felt during a rectal exam. It is the only exocrine organ located in the midline in humans and similar animals. The secretory epithelium is mainly pseudostratified, comprising tall columnar cells and basal cells which are supported by a fibroelastic stroma containing randomly orientated smooth muscle bundles. The epithelium is highly variable and areas of low cuboidal or squamous epithelium are also present, with transitional epithelium in the distal regions of the longer ducts.[] Within the prostate, the urethra coming from the bladder is called the prostatic urethra and merges with the two ejaculatory ducts. The prostate can be divided in two ways: by zone, or by lobe.[] It does not have a capsule, rather an integral fibromuscular band surrounds it.[8] It is sheathed in the muscles of the pelvic floor, which contract during the ejaculatory process.
Micrograph of benign prostatic glands with corpora amylacea. H&E stain.
Zones
The "zone" classification is more often used in pathology. The idea of "zones" was first proposed by McNeal in 1968. McNeal found that the relatively homogeneous cut surface of an adult prostate in no way resembled "lobes" and thus led to the description of "zones."[9] The prostate gland has four distinct glandular regions, two of which arise from different segments of the prostatic urethra:
Urinary bladder (black butterfly-like shape) and hyperplastic prostate (BPH) visualized by Medical ultrasonography technique
Name Peripheral zone (PZ)
Fraction of gland
Description
Up to 70% in young The sub-capsular portion of the posterior aspect of the prostate gland that surrounds the distal [10][11] men urethra. It is from this portion of the gland that ~70–80% of prostatic cancers originate. Approximately 25% This zone surrounds the ejaculatory ducts. The central zone accounts for roughly 2.5% of prostate normally cancers although these cancers tend to be more aggressive and more likely to invade the seminal [] vesicles. 5% at puberty ~10–20% of prostate cancers originate in this zone. The transition zone surrounds the proximal urethra and is the region of the prostate gland that grows throughout life and is responsible for the [10][11] disease of benign prostatic enlargement. (2) This zone is usually devoid of glandular components, and composed only, as its name suggests, of muscle and fibrous tissue.
Central zone (CZ)
Transition zone (TZ)
Anterior fibro-muscular Approximately 5% zone (or stroma)
Prostate
34
Lobes
The "lobe" classification is more often used in anatomy.
Prostate with a large median lobe bulging upwards. A metal instrument is placed in the urethra which passes through the prostate. This specimen was almost 7 centimeters long with a volume of about 60 cubic centimetres on transrectal ultrasound and was removed during a Hryntschak procedure or transvesical prostatectomy (removal of the prostate through the bladder) for benign prostatic hyperplasia.
roughly corresponds to part of transitional zone roughly corresponds to peripheral zone spans all zones
Median lobe (or middle lobe) roughly corresponds to part of central zone
Prostate
35
Prostate disorders
Prostatitis
Prostatitis is inflammation of the prostate gland. There are primarily four different forms of prostatitis, each with different causes and outcomes. Two relatively uncommon forms, acute prostatitis and chronic bacterial prostatitis, are treated with antibiotics (category I and II, respectively). Chronic non-bacterial prostatitis or male chronic pelvic pain syndrome (category III), which comprises about 95% of prostatitis diagnoses, is treated by a large variety of modalities including alpha blockers, phytotherapy, physical therapy, psychotherapy, antihistamines, anxiolytics, nerve modulators, surgery,[12] and more.[] More recently, a combination of trigger point and psychological therapy has proved effective for category III prostatitis as well.[] Category IV prostatitis, relatively uncommon in the general population, is a type of leukocytosis.
Micrograph showing an inflamed prostate gland, the histologic correlate of prostatitis. A normal non-inflamed prostatic gland is seen on the left of the image. H&E stain.
Benign prostatic hyperplasia
Benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) occurs in older men;[] the prostate often enlarges to the point where urination becomes difficult. Symptoms include needing to urinate often (frequency) or taking a while to get started (hesitancy). If the prostate grows too large, it may constrict the urethra and impede the flow of urine, making urination difficult and painful and, in extreme cases, completely impossible. BPH can be treated with medication, a minimally invasive procedure or, in extreme cases, surgery that removes the prostate. Minimally invasive procedures include transurethral needle ablation of the prostate (TUNA) and transurethral microwave thermotherapy (TUMT).[13] These outpatient procedures may be followed by the insertion of a temporary prostatic stent, to allow normal voluntary urination, without exacerbating irritative symptoms.[] The surgery most often used in such cases is called transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP or TUR). In TURP, an instrument is inserted through the urethra to remove prostate tissue that is pressing against the upper part of the urethra and restricting the flow of urine. TURP results in the removal of mostly transitional zone tissue in a patient with BPH. Older men often have corpora amylacea[14] (amyloid), dense accumulations of calcified proteinaceous material, in the ducts of their prostates. The corpora amylacea may obstruct the lumens of the prostatic ducts, and may underlie some cases of BPH. Urinary frequency due to bladder spasm, common in older men, may be confused with prostatic hyperplasia. Statistical observations suggest that a diet low in fat and red meat and high in protein and vegetables, as well as regular alcohol consumption, could protect against BPH.[]
Prostate
36
Prostate cancer
Prostate cancer is one of the most common cancers affecting older men in developed countries and a significant cause of death for elderly men (estimated by some specialists at 3%). Despite this, the American Cancer Society's position regarding early detection is "Research has not yet proven that the potential benefits of testing outweigh the harms of testing and treatment" and that they believe "that men should not be tested without learning about what we know and don’t know about the risks and possible benefits of testing and treatment. Starting at age 50 Micrograph showing normal prostatic glands and (age 45 if you are of Black race or if your father or brother acquired glands of prostate cancer (prostate prostate cancer before age 65), talk to your doctor about the pros and adenocarcinoma) – right upper aspect of image. cons of testing so you can decide if testing is the right choice for HPS stain. Prostate biopsy. you".[15] If checks are performed, they can be in the form of a physical rectal exam, measurement of prostate specific antigen (PSA) level in the blood, or checking for the presence of the protein Engrailed-2 (EN2) in the urine. Co-researchers Hardev Pandha and Richard Morgan published their findings regarding checking for EN2 in urine in the 1 March 2011 issue of the journal Clinical Cancer Research.[16] A laboratory test currently identifies EN2 in urine, and a home test kit is envisioned similar to a home pregnancy test strip. According to Morgan, "We are preparing several large studies in the UK and in the US and although the EN2 test is not yet available, several companies have expressed interest in taking it forward."[17]
Male sexual response
During male ejaculation, sperm is transmitted from the ductus deferens into the male urethra via the ejaculatory ducts, which lie within the prostate gland. It is possible for men to achieve orgasm solely through stimulation of the prostate gland, such as prostate massage or receptive anal intercourse.[][][]
Vasectomy and risk of prostate cancer
In 1983, the Journal of the American Medical Association reported a connection between vasectomy and an increased risk of prostate cancer. Reported studies of 48,000 and 29,000 men who had vasectomies showed 66 percent and 56 percent higher rates of prostate cancer, respectively. The risk increased with age and the number of years since the vasectomy was performed. However, in March of the same year, the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development held a conference cosponsored by the National Cancer Institute and others to review the available data and information on the link between prostate cancer and vasectomies. It was determined that an association between the two was very weak at best, and even if having a vasectomy increased one's risk, the risk was relatively small. In 1997, the NCI held a conference with the prostate cancer Progressive Review Group (a committee of scientists, medical personnel, and others). Their final report, published in 1998 stated that evidence that vasectomies help to develop prostate cancer was weak at best.[18]
Prostate
37
Unclogging a prostate
A surgeon can unclog a blocked prostate by inserting an artificial 'tube' called a stent. Stents can be temporary or permanent. They are inserted into the urethra. This is mostly done on an outpatient basis under local or spinal anesthesia and takes about 30 minutes.
Additional images
Urinary bladder
Structure of the penis
Lobes of prostate
Zones of prostate
Prostate
38
Prostate
Microscopic glands of the prostate
Male Anatomy
The deeper branches of the internal pudendal artery.
Prostate
39
Lymphatics of the prostate.
Fundus of the bladder with the vesiculæ seminales.
Vesiculae seminales and ampullae of ductus deferentes, front view.
Vertical section of bladder, penis, and urethra.
Prostate
40
Dissection of prostate showing prostatic urethra.
References
The text of this article was originally taken from NIH Publication No. 02-4806, a public domain resource.[19]
[5] Moore, Keith L.; Persaud, T. V. N. and Torchia, Mark G. (2008) Before We Are Born, Essentials of Embryology and Birth Defects, 7th edition, Saunders Elsevier, ISBN 978-1-4160-3705-7 [10] "Basic Principals: Prostate Anatomy" (http:/ / www. urologymatch. com/ ProstateAnatomy. htm). Urology Match. Www.urologymatch.com. Web. 14 June 2010. [11] "Prostate Cancer Information from the Foundation of the Prostate Gland." (http:/ / www. prostate-cancer. com/ prostate-cancer-treatment-overview/ overview-prostate-anatomy. html) Prostate Cancer Treatment Guide. Web. 14 June 2010. [15] American Cancer Society American Cancer Society Guidelines for the early detection of cancer Cited: September 2011 (http:/ / www. cancer. org/ Healthy/ FindCancerEarly/ CancerScreeningGuidelines/ american-cancer-society-guidelines-for-the-early-detection-of-cancer). Cancer.org. Retrieved on 2013-01-21. [17] New prostate cancer twice as effective as a PSA test could be available by next year (http:/ / www. medicinechest. co. uk/ index. php?option=com_content& view=article& id=543). medicinechest.co.uk (2 March 2011)
Bulbourethral gland
41
Bulbourethral gland
Bulbourethral gland
Male Anatomy
The deeper branches of the internal pudendal artery. (Bulbourethral gland labeled at center left.) Latin Gray's Artery Precursor MeSH glandulæ bulbourethrales subject #264 1253
[1]
Artery of the urethral bulb Urogenital sinus Bulbourethral+Glands
[2]
A bulbourethral gland, also called a Cowper's gland for anatomist William Cowper, is one of two small exocrine glands present in the reproductive system of male mammals (including humans). They are homologous to Bartholin's glands in females.
Bulbourethral gland
42
Location
Bulbourethral glands are located posterior and lateral to the membranous portion of the urethra at the base of the penis, between the two layers of the fascia of the urogenital diaphragm, in the deep perineal pouch. They are enclosed by transverse fibers of the sphincter urethrae membranaceae muscle.
Structure
The bulbourethral glands are compound tubulo-alveolar glands, each approximately the size of a pea. They are composed of several lobules held together by a fibrous covering. Each lobule consists of a number of acini, lined by columnar epithelial cells, opening into a duct that joins with the ducts of other lobules to form a single excretory duct. This duct is approximately 2.5 cm long and opens into the urethra at the base of the penis. The glands gradually diminish in size with advancing age.[1] Wikipedia:Identifying reliable sources
Function
During sexual arousal each gland produces a clear, salty, viscous secretion known as pre-ejaculate. This fluid helps to lubricate the urethra for spermatozoa to pass through, neutralizing traces of acidic urine in the urethra,[2] and helps flush out any residual urine or foreign matter. It is possible for this fluid to pick up sperm, remaining in the urethral bulb from previous ejaculations, and carry them out prior to the next ejaculation. The Dissection of prostate showing the bulbourethral glands within the fibers of the external urethral sphincter just underneath the prostate. Cowper's gland also produces some amount of prostate-specific antigen (PSA), and Cowper's tumors may increase PSA to a level that makes prostate cancer suspected.[citation needed]
Gallery
Structure of the penis
Male pelvic organs seen from right side.
Vertical section of bladder, penis, and urethra.
Bulbourethral gland
43
Notes
[1] Gray's Anatomy, 38th edn, p 1861.
Bartholin's gland
Bartholin's gland
Genital organs of female. Latin Gray's Artery Nerve Lymph Precursor MeSH glandula vestibularis major subject #270 1266
[1] [1]
The Bartholin's glands (also called Bartholin glands or greater vestibular glands) are two glands located slightly posterior and to the left and right of the opening of the vagina. They secrete mucus to lubricate the vagina and are homologous to bulbourethral glands in males. However, while Bartholin's glands are located in the superficial perineal pouch in females, bulbourethral glands are located in the deep perineal pouch in males.
Function
They secrete mucus to provide vaginal lubrication.[2][3] Bartholin's glands secrete relatively minute amounts (one or two drops) of fluid when a woman is sexually aroused.[] The minute droplets of fluid were once believed to be important for lubricating the vagina, but research from Masters and Johnson demonstrated that vaginal lubrication comes from deeper within the vagina.[] The fluid may slightly moisten the labial opening of the vagina, serving to make contact with this sensitive area more comfortable for the woman.[]
Bartholin's gland
44
Pathology
Although unusual, it is possible for the Bartholin's glands to become irritated or infected, resulting in pain.[] If the duct becomes obstructed, a Bartholin's cyst can develop, and a Bartholin's cyst in turn can become infected and form an abscess. Adenocarcinoma of the gland is rare, but benign tumors and hyperplasia are even more rare.[4]
Eponym
Bartholin's glands were first described in the 17th century by the Danish anatomist Caspar Bartholin the Younger (1655–1738).[5] Some sources mistakenly ascribe their discovery to his grandfather, theologian and anatomist Caspar Bartholin the Elder (1585–1629).[6]
References
[1] Greater Vestibular (Bartholin) gland (http:/ / summit. stanford. edu/ ourwork/ PROJECTS/ LUCY/ lucywebsite/ vestib_gl. html) [6] C. C. Gillispie (ed.): Dictionary of Scientific Biography, New York 1970. See the article on Thomas Bartholin.
Uterus and uterine tubes. (Endometrium labeled at center right.) Latin Gray's MeSH Dorlands/Elsevier tunica mucosa uteri subject #268 1262 Endometrium Endometrium
[2] [3] [1]
The endometrium is the inner mucous membrane of the mammalian uterus.
Function
The endometrium is the innermost glandular layer and functions as a lining for the uterus, preventing adhesions between the opposed walls of the myometrium, thereby maintaining the patency of the uterine cavity. During the menstrual cycle or estrous cycle, the endometrium grows to a thick, blood vessel-rich, glandular tissue layer. This represents an optimal environment for the implantation of a blastocyst upon its arrival in the uterus. The endometrium is central, echogenic (detectable using ultrasound scanners), and has an average thickness of 6.7 mm. During pregnancy, the glands and blood vessels in the endometrium further increase in size and number. Vascular spaces fuse and become interconnected, forming the placenta, which supplies oxygen and nutrition to the embryo and foetus.
Cycle
The endometrial lining undergoes cyclic regeneration. Humans and the great apes display the menstrual cycle, whereas most other mammals are subject to an estrous cycle. In both cases, the endometrium initially proliferates under the influence of estrogen. However, once ovulation occurs, in addition to estrogen, the ovary will also start to produce progesterone. This changes the proliferative pattern of the endometrium to a secretory lining. Eventually, the secretory lining provides a hospitable environment for one or more blastocysts. If a blastocyst implants, then the lining remains as decidua. The decidua becomes part of the placenta; it provides support and protection for the gestation. If there is inadequate stimulation of the lining, due to lack of hormones, the endometrium remains thin and inactive. In humans, this will result in amenorrhea, or the absence of a menstrual period. After menopause, the lining is often described as being atrophic. In contrast, endometrium that is chronically exposed to estrogens, but not to progesterone, may become hyperplastic. Long-term use of oral contraceptives with highly potent progestins can also induce endometrial atrophy.[1][2] In humans, the cycle of building and shedding the endometrial lining lasts an average of 28 days. The endometrium develops at different rates in different mammals. Its formation is sometimes affected by seasons, climate, stress, and other factors. The endometrium itself produces certain hormones at different points along the cycle. This affects
Endometrium other portions of the reproductive system.
46
Histology
The endometrium consists of a single layer of columnar epithelium resting on the stroma, a layer of connective tissue that varies in thickness according to hormonal influences. Simple tubular uterine glands reach from the endometrial surface through to the base of the stroma, which also carries a rich blood supply of spiral arteries. In a woman of reproductive age, two layers of endometrium can be distinguished. These two layers occur only in endometrium lining the cavity of the uterus, not in the lining of the Fallopian tubes:[3] • The functional layer is adjacent to the uterine cavity. This layer is built up after the end of menstruation during the first part of the previous menstrual cycle. Proliferation is induced by estrogen (follicular phase of menstrual cycle), and later changes in this layer are engendered by progestrone from the corpus luteum (luteal phase). It is adapted to provide an optimum environment for the implantation and growth of the embryo. This layer is completely shed during menstruation. • The basal layer, adjacent to the myometrium and below the functional layer, is not shed at any time during the menstrual cycle, and from it the functional layer develops. In the absence of progesterone, the arteries supplying blood to the functional layer constrict, so that cells in that layer become ischaemic and die, leading to menstruation. It is possible to identify the phase of the menstrual cycle by observing histological differences at each phase:
Phase Menstrual phase Days 1–4 Thickness Thin Absent Epithelium High magnification micrograph of decidualized endometrium due to exogenous progesterone (oral contraceptive pill). H&E stain.
Low magnification micrograph of decidualized endometrium. H&E stain.
Proliferative phase 4–14 Secretory phase
Intermediate Columnar Columnar. Also visible are helicine branches of uterine artery
15–28 Thick
Chorionic tissue can result in marked endometrial changes, known as an Arias-Stella reaction, that have an appearance similar to cancer.[] Historically, this change was diagnosed as endometrial cancer and it is important only in so far as it should not be misdiagnosed as cancer.
Endometrium
47
Pathological conditions
Adenomyosis is the growth of the endometrium into the muscle layer of the uterus (the myometrium). Endometriosis is the growth of endometrial tissue outside the uterus. Endometrial cancer is the most common cancer of the human female genital tract. Asherman's syndrome, also known as intrauterine adhesions occurs when the basal layer of the endometrium is damaged by instrumentation (e.g., D&C) or infection (e.g., endometrial tuberculosis) resulting in endometrial sclerosis and adhesion formation partially or completely obliterating the uterine cavity. Thin endometrium may be defined as an endometrial thickness of less than 8 mm. It usually occurs after menopause. Treatments that can improve endometrial thickness include Vitamin E, L-arginine and sildenafil citrate.[4] Gene expression profiling using cDNA microarray can be used for the diagnosis of endometrial disorders.[5]
Additional images
The initial stages of human embryogenesis
Vertical section of mucous membrane of human uterus.
Endometrioid adenocarcinoma from biopsy. H&E stain.
Micrograph of the endometrium.
Micrograph of decidualized endometrium due to exogenous progesterone. H&E stain.
Micrograph of decidualized endometrium due to exogenous progesterone. H&E stain.
Micrograph showing endometrial stromal condensation, a finding seen in menses.
References
[1] Effects of hormone therapy on the endometrium, http:/ / www. ncbi. nlm. nih. gov/ pubmed/ 8426860 [2] William's Gynecology, McGraw 2008, Chapter 8, Abnormal Uterine Bleeding [3] Blue Histology - Female Reproductive System. School of Anatomy and Human Biology - The University of Western Australia http:/ / www. lab. anhb. uwa. edu. au/ mb140/ CorePages/ FemaleRepro/ FemaleRepro. htm Accessed 20061228 20:35
External links
• SUNY Figs 43:05-15 (http://ect.downstate.edu/courseware/haonline/figs/l43/430515.htm) - "The uterus, uterine tubes and ovary with associated structures." • BU Histology Learning System: 18902loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/18902loa.htm) - "Female Reproductive System uterus, endometrium" • Swiss embryology (from UL, UB, and UF) gnidation/role02 (http://www.embryology.ch/anglais/gnidation/ role02.html)
Endometrium • Histology at OU 20_01 (http://w3.ouhsc.edu/histology/Glass slides/20_01.jpg) • Histology at utah.edu. Slide is proliferative phase - click forward to see secretory phase (http://medlib.med. utah.edu/WebPath/FEMHTML/FEM017.html)
The urethral or periurethral glands (also Littre glands after Alexis Littré)[] are glands that branch off the wall of the urethra of male mammals. The glands secrete mucus[1] and are most numerous in the section of the urethra that runs through the penis. Urethral glands produce a colloid secretion containing glycosaminoglycans; this secretion protects the epithelium against urine.[2] Unsafe sex can lead to urethritis. Untreated, this can lead to infection of the urethral glands, which can cause the urethra to be impeded by strictures.
References
[2] Human Microscopic Anatomy: An Atlas for Students of Medicine and Biology By Radivoj V. Krstić, page 382
External links
• Slide at uottawa.ca (http://courseweb.edteched.uottawa.ca/Medicine-histology/English/Reproduction/male/ fig22malerepro.htm) • glands+of+the+male+urethra (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=glands+ of+the+male+urethra) at eMedicine Dictionary
Gastric chief cell
49
Gastric chief cell
Chief cell
H&E stain of fundic gland polyp showing shortening of the gastric pits with cystic dilatation
A fundus gland. A. Transverse section of gland. Latin Code exocrinocytus principalis TH H3.04.02.1.00031
A gastric chief cell (or peptic cell, or gastric zymogenic cell) is a cell in the stomach that releases pepsinogen, gastric lipase and chymosin.[1] The cell stains basophilic upon H&E prep due to the large proportion of rough endoplasmic reticulum in its cytoplasm. Chief cells release the zymogen (enzyme precursor) pepsinogen when stimulated by a variety of factors including cholinergic activity from the vagus nerve and acidic condition in the stomach. Gastrin and secretin may also act as secretagogues.[2] It works in conjunction with the parietal cell, which releases gastric acid, converting the pepsinogen into pepsin.
Gastric chief cell
50
Nomenclature
The terms "chief cell" and "zymogenic cell" are often used without the word "gastric" to name this type of cell. However those terms can also be used to describe other cell types (for example, parathyroid chief cells.) Chief cells are also known as peptic cells.
Pepsin is an enzyme whose zymogen (pepsinogen) is released by the chief cells in the stomach and that degrades food proteins into peptides. It was discovered in 1836 by Theodor Schwann who also coined its name from the Greek word pepsis, meaning digestion (peptein: to digest).[][] It was the first enzyme to be discovered, and, in 1929, it became one of the first enzymes to be crystallized, by John H. Northrop.[] Pepsin is a digestive protease, a member of the aspartate protease family.[1] Pepsin is one of three principal protein-degrading, or proteolytic, enzymes in the digestive system, the other two being chymotrypsin and trypsin. The three enzymes were among the first to be isolated in crystalline form. During the process of digestion, these enzymes, each of which is specialized in severing links between particular types of amino acids, collaborate to break down dietary proteins into their components, i.e., peptides and amino acids, which can be readily absorbed by the intestinal lining. Pepsin is most efficient in cleaving peptide bonds between hydrophobic and preferably aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine.[]
History
The term "pepsin" was first coined by Theodor Schwann in the early 19th century. Scientists around this time began discovering many biochemical compounds that play a significant role in biological processes and pepsin was one of them. It was with the identification of a chemical agent found in the stomachs of animals, that scientists began looking into the digestive properties of organisms. This acidic substance that was able to convert nitrogen based foods into water soluble material was determined to be pepsin.[]
Precursor
Pepsin is expressed as a pro-form zymogen, pepsinogen, whose primary structure has an additional 44 amino acids. In the stomach, chief cells release pepsinogen. This zymogen is activated by hydrochloric acid (HCl), which is released from parietal cells in the stomach lining. The hormone gastrin and the vagus nerve trigger the release of both pepsinogen and HCl from the stomach lining when food is ingested. Hydrochloric acid creates an acidic environment, which allows pepsinogen to unfold and cleave itself in an autocatalytic fashion, thereby generating pepsin (the active form). Pepsin cleaves the 44 amino acids from pepsinogen to create more pepsin. Pepsin will digest up to 20% of ingested amide bonds by cleaving preferentially after the N-terminal[]:96 of aromatic amino acids such as phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine.[]:675 Pepsin exhibits preferential cleavage for hydrophobic, preferably aromatic, residues in P1 and P1' positions. Increased susceptibility to hydrolysis occurs if there is a sulfur-containing amino acid close to the peptide bond, which has an aromatic amino acid. Pepsin cleaves Phe1Val, Gln4His, Glu13Ala, Ala14Leu, Leu15Tyr, Tyr16Leu, Gly23Phe, Phe24Phe and Phe25Tyr bonds in the B chain of insulin.[2] Peptides may be further digested by other proteases (in the duodenum) and eventually absorbed by the body. Pepsin is stored as pepsinogen so it will only be released when needed, and does not digest the body's own proteins in the stomach's lining.
Pepsin
53
Activity and stability
Pepsin is most active in acidic environments between 37°C and 42°C.[3][4] Accordingly, its primary site of synthesis and activity is the stomach (pH 1.5 to 2). Pepsin exhibits maximal activity at pH 2.0 and is inactive at pH 6.5 and above, however pepsin is not fully denatured or irreversibly inactivated until pH 8.0.[] Therefore pepsin in solution of up to pH 8.0 can be reactivated upon re-acidification. The stability of pepsin at high pH has significant implications on disease attributed to laryngopharyngeal reflux. Pepsin remains in the larynx following a gastric reflux event.[][] At the mean pH of the laryngopharynx (pH = 6.8) pepsin would be inactive but could be reactivated upon subsequent acid reflux events resulting in damage to local tissues.
In laryngopharyngeal reflux
Pepsin is one of the primary causes of mucosal damage during laryngopharyngeal reflux.[][] Pepsin remains in the larynx (pH 6.8) following a gastric reflux event.[][] While enzymatically inactive in this environment, pepsin would remain stable and could be reactivated upon subsequent acid reflux events.[] Exposure of laryngeal mucosa to enzymatically active pepsin, but not irreversibly inactivated pepsin or acid, results in reduced expression of protective proteins and thereby increases laryngeal susceptibility to damage.[][][] Pepsin may also cause mucosal damage during weakly acidic or non-acid gastric reflux. Weak or non-acid reflux is correlated with reflux symptoms and mucosal injury.[][][5][] Under non-acid conditions (neutral pH), pepsin is internalized by cells of the upper airways such as the larynx and hypopharynx by a process known as receptor-mediated endocytosis.[] The receptor by which pepsin is endocytosed is currently unknown. Upon cellular uptake, pepsin is stored in intracellular vesicles of low pH at which its enzymatic activity would be restored. Pepsin is retained within the cell for up to 24 hours.[] Such exposure to pepsin at neutral pH and endoyctosis of pepsin causes changes in gene expression associated with inflammation, which underlies signs and symptoms of reflux,[] and tumor progression.[] This and other research[] implicates pepsin in carcinogenesis attributed to gastric reflux. Pepsin in airway specimens is considered to be a sensitive and specific marker for laryngopharyngeal reflux.[][] Research to develop new pepsin-targeted therapeutic and diagnostic tools for gastric reflux is ongoing.
Storage
Pepsins should be stored at very cold temperatures (between −80 °C and −20 °C) to prevent autolysis (self-cleavage).
Inhibitors
Pepsin may be inhibited by high pH (see "Activity" and "Stability", above) or by inhibitor compounds. Pepstatin is a low molecular weight compound and potent inhibitor specific for acid proteases with a Ki of about 10−10 M for pepsin. The statyl residue of pepstatin is thought to be responsible for pepstatin inhibition of pepsin; statine is a potential analog of the transition state for catalysis by pepsin and other acid proteases. Pepstatin does not covalently bind pepsin and inhibition of pepsin by pepstatin is therefore reversible.[] 1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-penylethane reversibly inactivates pepsin at pH 5, a reaction which is accelerated by the presence of Cu(II).[] Pepsin also undergoes feedback inhibition; a product of protein digestion slows down the reaction by inhibiting pepsin.[][]
Pepsin
54
Applications
Commercial pepsin is extracted from the glandular layer of hog stomachs. It is a component of rennet used to curdle milk during the manufacture of cheese. Pepsin is used for a variety of applications in food manufacturing: to modify and provide whipping qualities soy protein and gelatin,[] to modify vegetable proteins for use in nondairy snack items, to make precooked cereals into instant hot cereals[] and to prepare animal and vegetable protein hydrolysates for use in flavoring foods and beverages. It is used in the leather industry to remove hair and residual tissue from hides and in the recovery of silver from discarded photographic films by digesting the gelatin layer that holds the silver.[] Pepsin was historically an additive of Beemans gum brand chewing gum by Dr. Edward E. Beeman. It also gave name to Pepsi-Cola, originally formulated with pepsin and cola nuts. Pepsin is commonly used in the preparation of F(ab')2 fragments from antibodies. In some assays, it is preferable to use only the antigen-binding (Fab) portion of the antibody. For these applications, antibodies may be enzymatically digested to produce either an Fab or an F(ab')2 fragment of the antibody. To produce an F(ab')2 fragment, IgG is digested with pepsin, which cleaves the heavy chains near the hinge region. One or more of the disulfide bonds that join the heavy chains in the hinge region are preserved, so the two Fab regions of the antibody remain joined together, yielding a divalent molecule (containing two antibody binding sites), hence the designation F(ab')2. The light chains remain intact and attached to the heavy chain. The Fc fragment is digested into small peptides. Fab fragments are generated by cleavage of IgG with papain instead of pepsin. Papain cleaves IgG above the hinge region containing the disulfide bonds that join the heavy chains, but below the site of the disulfide bond between the light chain and heavy chain. This generates two separate monovalent (containing a single antibody binding site) Fab fragments and an intact Fc fragment. The fragments can be purified by gel filtration, ion exchange, or affinity chromatography.[] Fab and F(ab')2 antibody fragments are used in assay systems where the presence of the Fc region may cause problems. In tissues such as lymph nodes or spleen, or in peripheral blood preparations, cells with Fc receptors (macrophages, monocytes, B lymphocytes, and natural killer cells) are present which can bind the Fc region of intact antibodies, causing background staining in areas that do not contain the target antigen. Use of F(ab')2 or Fab fragments ensures that the antibodies are binding to the antigen and not Fc receptors. These fragments may also be desirable for staining cell preparations in the presence of plasma, because they are not able to bind complement, which could lyse the cells. F(ab')2, and to a greater extent Fab, fragments allow more exact localization of the target antigen, i.e., in staining tissue for electron microscopy. The divalency of the F(ab')2 fragment enables it to cross-link antigens, allowing use for precipitation assays, cellular aggregation via surface antigens, or rosetting assays.[]
Genes
The following three genes encode identical human pepsinogen A enyzmes:
pepsinogen 3, group I (pepsinogen A)
Identifiers Symbol Entrez HUGO OMIM RefSeq UniProt PGA3 643834 8885 [34]
[35] [36] [37]
169710
NM_001079807 P00790 [38]
Pepsin
55
Other data EC number Locus 3.4.23.1 [39] [40]
Chr. 11 q13
pepsinogen 4, group I (pepsinogen A)
Identifiers Symbol Entrez HUGO OMIM RefSeq UniProt PGA4 643847 8886 [41]
[42] [43] [44]
169720
NM_001079808 P00790 Other data [38]
EC number Locus
3.4.23.1
[39] [40]
Chr. 11 q13
pepsinogen 5, group I (pepsinogen A)
Identifiers Symbol Entrez HUGO OMIM RefSeq UniProt PGA5 5222 8887 [45] [46] [47] [48]
169730
NM_014224 P00790 Other data [38]
EC number Locus
3.4.23.1
[39] [40]
Chr. 11 q13
A fourth human gene encodes gastricsin also known as pepsinogen C:
Pepsin
56
progastricsin (pepsinogen C)
Identifiers Symbol Entrez HUGO OMIM RefSeq UniProt PGC 5225 8890 [49] [50] [51] [52]
169740
NM_001166424 P20142 [53]
Other data EC number 3.4.23.3 [54] Locus Chr. 6 pter-p21.1 [55]
References
[2] IUBMB Enzyme Nomenclature: http:/ / www. chem. qmul. ac. uk/ iubmb/ enzyme/ EC3/ 4/ 23/ 1. html [4] "Brenda-enzymes: Entry of pepsin A (EC-Number 3.4.23.1 )". Retrieved 2008-12-14 [5] Oelschlager BK, Quiroga E, Isch JA, et al. Gastroesophageal and pharyngeal reflux detection using impedance and 24-hour pH monitoring in asymptomatic subjects: defining the normal environment. J Gastrointest Surg 2006;10:54–62.
External links
• The MEROPS online database for peptidases and their inhibitors: Pepsin A A01.001 (http://merops.sanger.ac. uk/cgi-bin/merops.cgi?id=A01.001), Pepsin B A01.002 (http://merops.sanger.ac.uk/cgi-bin/merops. cgi?id=A01.002), Pepsin C (Gastricsin) A01.003 (http://merops.sanger.ac.uk/cgi-bin/merops.cgi?id=A01. 003) • Pepsin A (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Pepsin+A) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Pepsinogens (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Pepsinogens) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Pepsinogen A (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Pepsinogen+A) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Pepsinogen C (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Pepsinogen+C) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Beemans Gum (http://beemansgum.org) • Pepsin: Molecule of the Month (http://www.rcsb.org/pdb/101/motm.do?momID=12), by David Goodsell, RCSB Protein Data Bank
Parietal cell
57
Parietal cell
Parietal cell
Human parietal cells (pink staining) - stomach
Control of stomach acid Latin MeSH Code exocrinocytus parietalis Gastric+Parietal+Cells TH H3.04.02.1.00033
[1]
Parietal cells, or oxyntic cells, are the stomach epithelium cells that secrete gastric acid (HCl) and intrinsic factor in response to histamine (H2 receptor), acetylcholine (M3 receptors[]) and gastrin (CCK2 receptors). The histamine receptors act by increasing intracellular cAMP, whereas the muscarinic and gastrin receptors increase intracellular Ca2+ levels. Both cAMP and Ca2+ act via protein kinases to increase the transport of acid into the stomach. Gastrin is more important indirectly by increasing histamine synthesis in ECL cells,[1] as gastrin has no effect on the maximum histamine-stimulated gastric acid secretion.[2] Parietal cells contain an extensive secretory network (called canaliculi) from which the HCl is secreted by active transport into the stomach. The enzyme hydrogen potassium ATPase (H+/K+ ATPase) is unique to the parietal cells and transports the H+ against a concentration gradient of about 3 million to 1, which is the steepest ion gradient formed in the human body. Hydrochloric acid is formed in the following manner: • Hydrogen ions are formed from the dissociation of water molecules. The enzyme carbonic anhydrase converts one molecule of carbon dioxide and one molecule of water indirectly into a bicarbonate ion (HCO3-) and a hydrogen ion (H+). • The bicarbonate ion (HCO3-) is exchanged for a chloride ion (Cl-) on the basal side of the cell and the bicarbonate diffuses into the venous blood, leading to an alkaline tide. • Potassium (K+) and chloride (Cl-) ions diffuse into the canaliculi. • Hydrogen ions are pumped out of the cell into the canaliculi in exchange for potassium ions, via the H+/K+ ATPase.
Parietal cell The resulting highly-acidic environment causes proteins from food to unfold (or denature), exposing the peptide bonds that link together amino acids. HCl also activates pepsinogen, an endopeptidase, allowing it to help digestion by breaking specific peptide bonds, a process known as proteolysis. Furthermore, the sudden increase in gastric acid secretion following a meal can cause a physiological phenomenon called an alkaline tide, which is due to the production and export of bicarbonate from parietal cells. The alkaline tide is neutralized by the action of the pancreatic duct which produces a bicarbonate secretion that is deposited into the lumen of the duct while the byproduct, hydrogen ions, are pumped out the basal membrane into the portal blood stream, thereby neutralizing the bicarbonate from the stomach. Parietal cells secrete acid in response to three types of stimuli:[3] • H2 histamine receptors (most significant contribution) • Acetylcholine from parasympathetic activity via the vagus nerve and enteric nervous system • gastrin (least significant contribution, but note that histamine secretion by ECL cells is due in part to gastrin) Upon stimulation, adenylate cyclase is activated within the parietal cells. This increases intracellular cyclic AMP, which leads to activation of protein kinase A. Protein kinase A phosphorylates proteins involved in the transport of H+/K+ ATPase from the cytoplasm to the cell membrane. This causes resorption of K+ ions and secretion of H+ ions. The pH of the secreted fluid can fall by 0.8.
58
Intrinsic factor
Parietal cells also produce intrinsic factor. Intrinsic factor is required for the absorption of Vitamin B12 in the diet. A long-term deficiency in vitamin B12 can lead to megaloblastic anemia, characterized by large fragile erythrocytes. Pernicious anemia is a condition where intrinsic factor is not produced and leads to the same type of anemia. Atrophic gastritis, particularly in the elderly, will cause an inability to absorb B12 and can lead to deficiencies such as decreased DNA synthesis and nucleotide metabolism in the bone marrow.
Canaliculus
A canaliculus is an adaptation found on gastric parietal cells. It is a deep infolding, or little channel, which serves to increase the surface area, e.g. for secretion. The membrane of parietal cells is dynamic; the numbers of canaliculi rise and fall according to secretory need. This is accomplished by the fusion of canalicular precursors, or "tubulovesicles", with the membrane to increase surface area, and the reciprocal endocytosis of the canaliculi (reforming the tubulovesicles) to decrease it.
Diseases of parietal cells
• Peptic ulcers can result from over-acidity in the stomach. Antacids can be used to enhance the natural tolerance of the gastric lining. Antimuscarinic drugs such as pirenzepine or H2 antihistamines can reduce acid secretion. Proton pump inhibitors are more potent at reducing gastric acid production since that is the final common pathway of all stimulation of acid production. • In pernicious anemia, autoantibodies directed against parietal cells or intrinsic factor cause a reduction in vitamin B12 absorption. It can be treated with injections of replacement vitamin B12 (methylcobalamin, hydroxocobalamin or cyanocobalamin).
Immunofluorescence staining pattern of gastric parietal antibodies on a stomach section
• Achlorhydria is another autoimmune disease of the parietal cells. The damaged parietal cells are unable to produce the required amount of gastric acid. This leads to an increase in gastric pH, impaired digestion of food and increased risk of gastroenteritis.
Parietal cell
59
References
[1] Waldum, Helge L., Kleveland, Per M., et al. (2009)'Interactions between gastric acid secretagogues and the localization of the gastrin receptor',Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology,44:4,390 — 393 [2] Kleveland PM, Waldum HL, Larsson M. Gastric acid secretion in the totally isolated, vascularly perfused rat stomach. A selective muscarinic-1 agent does, whereas gastrin does not, augment maximal histamine-stimulated acid secretion. Scand J Gastroenterol 1987;/22:/705�13.
External links
• Illustration of Chief cells and Parietal cells at anatomyatlases.org (http://www.anatomyatlases.org/ MicroscopicAnatomy/Section01/Plate0105.shtml) • The Parietal Cell: Mechanism of Acid Secretion at vivo.colostate.edu (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/ pathphys/digestion/stomach/parietal.html) • BU Histology Learning System: 11303loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/11303loa.htm) - Digestive System: Alimentary Canal: fundic stomach, gastric glands, lumen" • Physiology at MCG 6/6ch4/s6ch4_8 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section6/6ch4/s6ch4_8.htm) • Physiology at MCG 6/6ch4/s6ch4_14 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section6/6ch4/s6ch4_14.htm) • Parietal cell antibody (http://www.antibodypatterns.com/gpc.php) • Antibody to GPC (http://www.ii.bham.ac.uk/clinicalimmunology/CISimagelibrary/GPC.htm)
Hydrochloric acid
60
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrochloric acid
Identifiers CAS number ChemSpider UNII EC number ChEMBL ATC code 7647-01-0 10633809
[1] [2] [3]
QTT17582CB 231-595-7
[4]
CHEMBL1231821 A09 AB03 Properties
[6]
[5] [7]
,B05 XA13
Appearance
Colourless, transparent liquid Hazards
MSDS EU Index R-phrases S-phrases
External MSDS 017-002-01-X R34, R37 (S1/2), S26, S45 Related compounds
Supplementary data page Structure and properties Thermodynamic data Spectral data
(verify) [8]
n, ε , etc.
r
Phase behaviour Solid, liquid, gas UV, IR, NMR, MS
(what is: / ?) Except where noted otherwise, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C, 100 kPa)
Infobox references
Hydrochloric acid Hydrochloric acid is a clear, colourless solution of hydrogen chloride (H Cl) in water. It is a highly corrosive, strong mineral acid with many industrial uses. Hydrochloric acid is found naturally in gastric acid. Historically called muriatic acid, and spirits of salt, hydrochloric acid was produced from vitriol (sulfuric acid) and common salt. It first appeared during the Renaissance, Wikipedia:Verifiability and then it was used by chemists such as Glauber, Priestley and Davy in their scientific research. With major production starting in the Industrial Revolution, hydrochloric acid is used in the chemical industry as a chemical reagent in the large-scale production of vinyl chloride for PVC plastic, and MDI/TDI for polyurethane. It has numerous smaller-scale applications, including household cleaning, production of gelatin and other food additives, descaling, and leather processing. About 20 million tonnes of hydrochloric acid are produced annually.
61
Etymology
Hydrochloric acid was known to European alchemists as spirits of salt or acidum salis (salt acid). Both names are still used, especially in non-English languages, such as German: Salzsäure and Dutch: Zoutzuur. Gaseous HCl was called marine acid air. The old (pre-systematic) name muriatic acid has the same origin (muriatic means "pertaining to brine or salt"), and this name is still sometimes used.[][1]
History
Aqua regia, a mixture consisting of hydrochloric acid and nitric acid, prepared by dissolving sal ammoniac in nitric acid, was described in the works of Pseudo-Geber, the 13th-century European alchemist.[2][][][3][4] Other references suggest that the first mention of aqua regia is in Byzantine manuscripts dating to the end of the thirteenth century.[][5][6][7] Free hydrochloric acid was first formally described in the 16th century by Libavius, who prepared it by heating salt in clay crucibles.[] Other authors claim that pure hydrochloric acid was first discovered by the German benedictine monk Basil Valentine in the 15th century,[8] by heating common salt and green vitriol,[9] whereas others claim that there is no clear reference to the preparation of pure hydrochloric acid until the end of the sixteenth century.[] In the seventeenth century, Johann Rudolf Glauber from Karlstadt am Main, Germany used sodium chloride salt and sulfuric acid for the preparation of sodium sulfate in the Mannheim process, releasing hydrogen chloride gas. Joseph Priestley of Leeds, England prepared pure hydrogen chloride in 1772, and in 1818 Humphry Davy of Penzance, England proved that the chemical composition included hydrogen and chlorine.[] During the Industrial Revolution in Europe, demand for alkaline substances increased. A new industrial process by Nicolas Leblanc (Issoundun, France) enabled cheap large-scale production of sodium carbonate (soda ash). In this Leblanc process, common salt is converted to soda ash, using sulfuric acid, limestone, and coal, releasing hydrogen chloride as a by-product. Until the British Alkali Act 1863 and similar legislation in other countries, the excess HCl was vented to air. After the passage of the act, soda ash producers were obliged to absorb the waste gas in water, producing hydrochloric acid on an industrial scale.[][] In the twentieth century, the Leblanc process was effectively replaced by the Solvay process without a hydrochloric acid by-product. Since hydrochloric acid was already fully settled as an important chemical in numerous applications, the commercial interest initiated other production methods, some of which are still used today. After the year 2000, hydrochloric acid is mostly made by absorbing by-product hydrogen chloride from industrial organic compounds production.[][][] Since 1988, hydrochloric acid has been listed as a Table II precursor under the 1988 United Nations Convention Against Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances because of its use in the production of heroin, cocaine, and methamphetamine.[]
Hydrochloric acid
62
Chemical properties and reactions
Hydrogen chloride (HCl) is a monoprotic acid, which means it can dissociate (i.e., ionize) only once to give up one H+ ion (a single proton). In aqueous hydrochloric acid, the H+ joins a water molecule to form a hydronium ion, H3O+:[][] The other ion formed is Cl−, the chloride ion. Hydrochloric acid can therefore be used to prepare salts called chlorides, such as sodium chloride. Hydrochloric acid is a strong acid, since it is essentially completely dissociated in water.[][] Monoprotic acids have one acid dissociation constant, Ka, which indicates the level of dissociation in water. For a strong acid like HCl, the Ka is large. Theoretical attempts to assign a Ka to HCl have been made.[] When chloride salts such as NaCl are added to aqueous HCl they have practically no effect on pH, indicating that Cl− is an exceedingly weak conjugate base and that HCl is fully dissociated in aqueous solution. For intermediate to strong solutions of hydrochloric acid, the assumption that H+ molarity (a unit of concentration) equals HCl molarity is excellent, agreeing to four significant digits.[][] Of the six common strong mineral acids in chemistry, hydrochloric acid is the monoprotic acid least likely to undergo an interfering oxidation-reduction reaction. It is one of the least hazardous strong acids to handle; despite its acidity, it consists of the non-reactive and non-toxic chloride ion. Intermediate-strength hydrochloric acid solutions are quite stable upon storage, maintaining their concentrations over time. These attributes, plus the fact that it is available as a pure reagent, make hydrochloric acid an excellent acidifying reagent. Hydrochloric acid is the preferred acid in titration for determining the amount of bases. Strong acid titrants give more precise results due to a more distinct endpoint. Azeotropic or "constant-boiling" hydrochloric acid (roughly 20.2%) can be used as a primary standard in quantitative analysis, although its exact concentration depends on the atmospheric pressure when it is prepared.[10] Hydrochloric acid is frequently used in chemical analysis to prepare ("digest") samples for analysis. Concentrated hydrochloric acid dissolves many metals and forms oxidized metal chlorides and hydrogen gas, and it reacts with basic compounds such as calcium carbonate or copper(II) oxide, forming the dissolved chlorides that can be analyzed.[][] HCl + H2O → H3O+ + Cl−
Physical properties
Concentration Density Molarity pH Viscosity Specific heat kJ/(kg·K) 3.47 2.99 2.60 2.55 2.50 2.46 2.43 Vapour pressure kPa 1.95 1.40 2.13 3.73 7.24 14.5 28.3 Boiling point °C 103 108 90 84 71 61 48 Melting point °C −18 −59 −52 −43 −36 −30 −26
The reference temperature and pressure for the above table are 20 °C and 1 atmosphere (101.325 kPa). Vapour pressure values are taken from the International Critical Tables, and refer to the total vapour pressure of the solution.
Hydrochloric acid
63
Physical properties of hydrochloric acid, such as boiling and melting points, density, and pH, depend on the concentration or molarity of HCl in the aqueous solution. They range from those of water at very low concentrations approaching 0% HCl to values for fuming hydrochloric acid at over 40% HCl.[][][] Hydrochloric acid as the binary (two-component) mixture of HCl and H2O has a constant-boiling azeotrope at 20.2% HCl and 108.6 °C (227 °F). There are four constant-crystallization eutectic points for hydrochloric acid, between the crystal form of HCl·H2O (68% HCl), HCl·2H2O (51% HCl), HCl·3H2O (41% HCl), HCl·6H2O (25% HCl), and ice (0% HCl). There is also a metastable eutectic point at 24.8% between ice and the HCl·3H2O crystallization.[]
Melting temperature as a function of HCl [11][12] concentration in water.
Production
Hydrochloric acid is prepared by dissolving hydrogen chloride in water. Hydrogen chloride can be generated in many ways, and thus several precursors to hydrochloric acid exist. The large-scale production of hydrochloric acid is almost always integrated with the industrial scale production of other chemicals.
Industrial market
Hydrochloric acid is produced in solutions up to 38% HCl (concentrated grade). Higher concentrations up to just over 40% are chemically possible, but the evaporation rate is then so high that storage and handling need extra precautions, such as pressure and low temperature. Bulk industrial-grade is therefore 30% to 34%, optimized for effective transport and limited product loss by HCl vapors. Solutions for household purposes in the US, mostly cleaning, are typically 10% to 12%, with strong recommendations to dilute before use. In the United Kingdom, where it is sold as "Spirits of Salt" for domestic cleaning, the potency is the same as the US industrial grade.[] Major producers worldwide include Dow Chemical at 2 million metric tons annually (2 Mt/year), calculated as HCl gas, and FMC, Georgia Gulf Corporation, Tosoh Corporation, Akzo Nobel, and Tessenderlo at 0.5 to 1.5 Mt/year each. Total world production, for comparison purposes expressed as HCl, is estimated at 20 Mt/year, with 3 Mt/year from direct synthesis, and the rest as secondary product from organic and similar syntheses. By far, most hydrochloric acid is consumed captively by the producer. The open world market size is estimated at 5 Mt/year.[]
Applications
Hydrochloric acid is a strong inorganic acid that is used in many industrial processes. The application often determines the required product quality.[]
Pickling of steel
One of the most important applications of hydrochloric acid is in the pickling of steel, to remove rust or iron oxide scale from iron or steel before subsequent processing, such as extrusion, rolling, galvanizing, and other techniques.[][] Technical quality HCl at typically 18% concentration is the most commonly used pickling agent for the pickling of carbon steel grades. Fe2O3 + Fe + 6 HCl → 3 FeCl2 + 3 H2O The spent acid has long been re-used as iron(II) chloride (also known as ferrous chloride) solutions, but high heavy-metal levels in the pickling liquor have decreased this practice.
Hydrochloric acid The steel pickling industry has developed hydrochloric acid regeneration processes, such as the spray roaster or the fluidized bed HCl regeneration process, which allow the recovery of HCl from spent pickling liquor. The most common regeneration process is the pyrohydrolysis process, applying the following formula:[] By recuperation of the spent acid, a closed acid loop is established.[] The iron(III) oxide by-product of the regeneration process is valuable, used in a variety of secondary industries.[] 4 FeCl2 + 4 H2O + O2 → 8 HCl+ 2 Fe2O3
64
Production of organic compounds
Another major use of hydrochloric acid is in the production of organic compounds, such as vinyl chloride and dichloroethane for PVC. This is often captive use, consuming locally produced hydrochloric acid that never actually reaches the open market. Other organic compounds produced with hydrochloric acid include bisphenol A for polycarbonate, activated carbon, and ascorbic acid, as well as numerous pharmaceutical products.[] 2 CH2=CH2 + 4 HCl + O2 → 2 ClCH2CH2Cl + 2 H2O (dichloroethane by oxychlorination) wood + HCl + heat → activated carbon (chemical activation)
Production of inorganic compounds
Numerous products can be produced with hydrochloric acid in normal acid-base reactions, resulting in inorganic compounds. These include water treatment chemicals such as iron(III) chloride and polyaluminium chloride (PAC). Fe2O3 + 6 HCl → 2 FeCl3 + 3 H2O (iron(III) chloride from magnetite) Both iron(III) chloride and PAC are used as flocculation and coagulation agents in sewage treatment, drinking water production, and paper production. Other inorganic compounds produced with hydrochloric acid include road application salt calcium chloride, nickel(II) chloride for electroplating, and zinc chloride for the galvanizing industry and battery production.[] CaCO3 + 2 HCl → CaCl2 + CO2 + H2O (calcium chloride from limestone)
pH Control and neutralization
Hydrochloric acid can be used to regulate the acidity (pH) of solutions. OH− + HCl → H2O + Cl− In industry demanding purity (food, pharmaceutical, drinking water), high-quality hydrochloric acid is used to control the pH of process water streams. In less-demanding industry, technical quality hydrochloric acid suffices for neutralizing waste streams and swimming pool treatment.[]
Regeneration of ion exchangers
High-quality hydrochloric acid is used in the regeneration of ion exchange resins. Cation exchange is widely used to remove ions such as Na+ and Ca2+ from aqueous solutions, producing demineralized water. The acid is used to rinse the cations from the resins.[] Na+ is replaced with H+ and Ca2+ with 2 H+. Ion exchangers and demineralized water are used in all chemical industries, drinking water production, and many food industries.[]
Hydrochloric acid
65
Other
Hydrochloric acid is used for a large number of small-scale applications, such as leather processing, purification of common salt, household cleaning,[13] and building construction.[] Oil production may be stimulated by injecting hydrochloric acid into the rock formation of an oil well, dissolving a portion of the rock, and creating a large-pore structure. Oil well acidizing is a common process in the North Sea oil production industry.[] Many chemical reactions involving hydrochloric acid are applied in the production of food, food ingredients, and food additives. Typical products include aspartame, fructose, citric acid, lysine, hydrolyzed vegetable protein as food enhancer, and in gelatin production. Food-grade (extra-pure) hydrochloric acid can be applied when needed for the final product.[][]
Presence in living organisms
Gastric acid is one of the main secretions of the stomach. It consists mainly of hydrochloric acid and acidifies the stomach content to a pH of 1 to 2.[] [14] Chloride (Cl−) and hydrogen (H+) ions are secreted separately in the stomach fundus region at the top of the stomach by parietal cells of the gastric mucosa into a secretory network called canaliculi before it enters the stomach lumen.[] Gastric acid acts as a barrier against microorganisms to prevent infections and is important for the digestion of food. Its low pH denatures proteins and thereby makes them susceptible to degradation by digestive enzymes such as pepsin. The low pH also activates the enzyme precursor pepsinogen into the active enzyme pepsin by self-cleavage. After leaving the stomach, the hydrochloric acid of the chyme is neutralized in the duodenum by sodium bicarbonate.[]
Diagram of alkaline mucous layer in stomach with mucosal defense mechanisms
The stomach itself is protected from the strong acid by the secretion of a thick mucus layer, and by secretin induced buffering with sodium bicarbonate. Heartburn or peptic ulcers can develop when these mechanisms fail. Drugs of the antihistaminic and proton pump inhibitor classes can inhibit the production of acid in the stomach, and antacids are used to neutralize existing acid.[][15]
Concentrated hydrochloric acid (fuming hydrochloric acid) forms acidic mists. Both the mist and the solution have a corrosive effect on human tissue, with the potential to damage respiratory organs, eyes, skin, and intestines irreversibly. Upon mixing hydrochloric acid with common oxidizing chemicals, such as sodium hypochlorite (bleach, NaClO) or potassium permanganate (KMnO4), the toxic gas chlorine is produced. NaClO + 2 HCl → H2O + NaCl + Cl2 2 KMnO4 + 16 HCl → 2 MnCl2 + 8 H2O + 2 KCl + 5 Cl2 Personal protective equipment such as rubber or PVC gloves, protective eye goggles, and chemical-resistant clothing and shoes are used to minimize risks when handling hydrochloric acid. The United States Environmental Protection Agency rates and regulates hydrochloric acid as a toxic substance.[16] The UN number or DOT number is 1789. This number will be displayed on a placard on the container.
References External links
• NIST WebBook, general link (http://webbook.nist.gov/) • Hydrochloric Acid – Part One (http://www.periodicvideos.com/videos/mv_HCl1.htm) and Hydrochloric Acid – Part Two (http://www.periodicvideos.com/videos/mv_HCl2.htm) at The Periodic Table of Videos (University of Nottingham) General safety information • EPA Hazard Summary (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/hlthef/hydrochl.html) • Hydrochloric acid MSDS by Georgia Institute of Technology (http://grover.mirc.gatech.edu/data/msds/50. html) • NIOSH Pocket Guide to Chemical Hazards (http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/npg/npgd0332.html) Pollution information • National Pollutant Inventory – Hydrochloric Acid Fact Sheet (http://www.npi.gov.au/substances/ hydrochloric-acid/index.html)
Human gastrointestinal tract
67
Human gastrointestinal tract
Human gastrointestinal tract (Digestive System)
Stomach colon rectum diagram Latin Tractus digestorius (mouth to anus), canalis alimentarius (esophagus to large Intestine), canalis gastrointestinales (stomach to large Intestine]
System Digestive system
The human gastrointestinal tract is the stomach and intestine,[1] sometimes including all the structures from the mouth to the anus.[2] (The "digestive system" is a broader term that includes other structures, including the accessory organs of digestion).[3] In an adult male human, the gastrointestinal (GI) tract is 5 metres (20 ft) long in a live subject, or up to 9 metres (30 ft) without the effect of muscle tone, and consists of the upper and lower GI tracts. The tract may also be divided into foregut, midgut, and hindgut, reflecting the embryological origin of each segment of the tract. The GI tract always releases hormones to help regulate the digestive process. These hormones, including gastrin, secretin, cholecystokinin, and grehlin, are mediated through either intracrine or autocrine mechanisms, indicating that the cells releasing these hormones are conserved structures throughout evolution.[4]
Human gastrointestinal tract
68
Upper gastrointestinal tract
The upper gastrointestinal tract consists of the esophagus, stomach, and duodenum.[5] The exact demarcation between "upper" and "lower" can vary. Upon dissection, the duodenum may appear to be a unified organ, but it is often divided into two parts based upon function, arterial supply, or embryology.
Lower gastrointestinal tract
The lower gastrointestinal tract includes most of the small intestine and all of the large intestine.[6] According to some sources, it also includes the anus.[citation needed] • Bowel or intestine • Small Intestine: Has three parts: • Duodenum: Here the digestive juices from the pancreas (digestive enzymes) and hormones and the gall bladder (bile) mix. The digestive enzymes break down proteins and bile and emulsify fats into micelles. The duodenum contains Brunner's glands which produce bicarbonate. In combination with bicarbonate from pancreatic juice, this neutralizes HCl of the stomach.
Upper and Lower human gastrointestinal tract
• Jejunum: This is the midsection of the intestine, connecting the duodenum to the ileum. It contains the plicae circulares, and villi to increase the surface area of that part of the GI Tract. Products of digestion (sugars, amino acids, fatty acids) are absorbed into the bloodstream. • Ileum: Has villi and absorbs mainly vitamin B12 and bile acids, as well as any other remaining nutrients. • Large Intestine: Has three parts: • Caecum: The Vermiform appendix is attached to the caecum. • Colon: Includes the ascending colon, transverse colon, descending colon and sigmoid Flexure: The main function of the Colon is to absorb water, but it also contains bacteria that produce beneficial vitamins like vitamin K. • Rectum • Anus: Passes fecal matter from the body. The Ligament of Treitz is sometimes used to divide the upper and lower GI tracts.[]
Human gastrointestinal tract
69
Embryology
The gut is an endoderm-derived structure. At approximately the sixteenth day of human development, the embryo begins to fold ventrally (with the embryo's ventral surface becoming concave) in two directions: the sides of the embryo fold in on each other and the head and tail fold toward one another. The result is that a piece of the yolk sac, an endoderm-lined structure in contact with the ventral aspect of the embryo, begins to be pinched off to become the primitive gut. The yolk sac remains connected to the gut tube via the vitelline duct. Usually this structure regresses during development; in cases where it does not, it is known as Meckel's diverticulum. During fetal life, the primitive gut can be divided into three segments: foregut, midgut, and hindgut. Although these terms are often used in reference to segments of the primitive gut, they are also used regularly to describe components of the definitive gut as well. Each segment of the gut gives rise to specific gut and gut-related structures in later development. Components derived from the gut proper, including the stomach and colon, develop as swellings or dilatations of the primitive gut. In contrast, gut-related derivatives — that is, those structures that derive from the primitive gut but are not part of the gut proper, in general develop as out-pouchings of the primitive gut. The blood vessels supplying these structures remain constant throughout development.[7]
Part Part in adult Gives rise to Esophagus, Stomach, Duodenum (1st and 2nd parts), Liver, Gallbladder, Pancreas, Superior portion of pancreas (Note that though the Spleen is supplied by the celiac trunk, it is derived from dorsal mesentery and therefore not a foregut derivative) lower duodenum, jejunum, ileum, cecum, appendix, ascending colon, and first two-third of the transverse colon last third of the transverse colon, descending colon, rectum, and upper part of the anal canal Arterial supply celiac trunk
Foregut Esophagus to first 2 sections of the duodenum
Midgut
lower duodenum, to the first two-thirds of the transverse colon
branches of the superior mesenteric artery branches of the inferior mesenteric artery
Hindgut last third of the transverse colon, to the upper part of the anal canal
Transit time
The time taken for food or other ingested objects to transit through the gastrointestinal tract varies depending on many factors, but roughly, it takes less than an hour after a meal for 50% of stomach contents to empty into the intestines and total emptying of the stomach takes around 2 hours. Subsequently, 50% emptying of the small intestine takes 1 to 2 hours. Finally, transit through the colon takes 12 to 50 hours with wide variation between individuals.[8] [9]
Pathology
There are a number of diseases and conditions affecting the gastrointestinal system, including: • • • • • • • • • • Appendicitis Cancer Celiac Disease Cholera Colorectal cancer Diarrhoea Diverticulitis Enteric duplication cyst Gastroenteritis, also known as "stomach flu"; an inflammation of the stomach and intestines Giardiasis
Immune function
The gastrointestinal tract is also a prominent part of the immune system.[10] The surface area of the digestive tract is estimated to be the surface area of a football field. With such a large exposure, the immune system must work hard to prevent pathogens from entering into blood and lymph.[11] The low pH (ranging from 1 to 4) of the stomach is fatal for many microorganisms that enter it. Similarly, mucus (containing IgA antibodies) neutralizes many of these microorganisms. Other factors in the GI tract help with immune function as well, including enzymes in saliva and bile. Enzymes such as Cyp3A4, along with the antiporter activities, also are instrumental in the intestine's role of detoxification of antigens and xenobiotics, such as drugs, involved in first pass metabolism. Health-enhancing intestinal bacteria serve to prevent the overgrowth of potentially harmful bacteria in the gut. These two types of bacteria compete for space and "food," as there are limited resources within the intestinal tract. A ratio of 80-85% beneficial to 15-20% potentially harmful bacteria generally is considered normal within the intestines. Microorganisms also are kept at bay by an extensive immune system comprising the gut-associated lymphoid tissue (GALT).
Histology
The gastrointestinal tract has a form of general histology with some differences that reflect the specialization in functional anatomy.[12] The GI tract can be divided into four concentric layers in the following order: • Mucosa • Submucosa • Muscularis externa (the external muscular layer) • Adventitia or serosa
Mucosa
General structure of the gut wall The mucosa is the innermost layer of the gastrointestinal tract. that is surrounding the lumen, or open space within the tube. This layer comes in direct contact with digested food (chyme),
The mucosa is made up of three layers: • Epithelium - innermost layer. Responsible for most digestive, absorptive and secretory processes. • Lamina propria - a layer of connective tissue. Unusually cellular compared to most connective tissue • Muscularis mucosae - a thin layer of smooth muscle. Function is still under debate The mucosae are highly specialized in each organ of the gastrointestinal tract to deal with the different conditions. The most variation is seen in the epithelium. In the esophagus, the epithelium is stratified, squamous and non-keratinising, for protective purposes.
Human gastrointestinal tract In the stomach it is simple columnar, and is organised into gastric pits and glands to deal with secretion. The gastro-oesophageal junction is extremely abrupt. The small intestine epithelium (particularly the ileum) is specialised for absorption; it is organised into plicae circulares and villi, and the enterocytes have microvilli. This creates a brush border which greatly increases the surface area for absoption. The epithelium is simple columnar with microvilli. In the ileum there are occasionally Peyer's patches in the lamina propria. The colon has simple columnar epithelium with no villi. There are goblet cells. The appendix has a mucosa resembling the colon but is heavily infiltrated with lymphocytes. The ano-rectal junction (at the pectinate line) is again very abrupt; there is a transition from simple columnar to stratified squamous non-keratinising epithelium (as in the oesophagus) for protective purposes.
71
Submucosa
The submucosa consists of a dense irregular layer of connective tissue with large blood vessels, lymphatics, and nerves branching into the mucosa and muscularis externa. It contains Meissner's plexus, an enteric nervous plexus, situated on the inner surface of the muscularis externa.
Muscularis externa
The muscularis externa consists of an inner circular layer and a longitudinal outer muscular layer. The circular muscle layer prevents food from traveling backward and the longitudinal layer shortens the tract. The layers are not truly longitudinal or circular, rather the layers of muscle are helical with different pitches. The inner circular is helical with a steep pitch and the outer longitudinal is helical with a much shallower pitch. The coordinated contractions of these layers is called peristalsis and propels the food through the tract. Food in the GI tract is called a bolus (ball of food) from the mouth down to the stomach. After the stomach, the food is partially digested and semi-liquid, and is referred to as chyme. In the large intestine the remaining semi-solid substance is referred to as faeces. Between the two muscle layers are the myenteric or Auerbach's plexus. This controls peristalsis. Activity is initiated by the pacemaker cells (interstitial cells of Cajal). The gut has intrinsic peristaltic activity (basal electrical rhythm) due to its self-contained enteric nervous system. The rate can of course be modulated by the rest of the autonomic nervous system. The thickness of muscularis externa varies in each part of the tract. In the colon, for example, the muscularis externa is much thicker because the faeces are large and heavy, and require more force to push along. The outer longitudinal layer of the colon thins out into 3 discontinuous longitudinal bands, known as tiniae coli (bands of the colon). This is one of the 3 features helping to distinguish between the large and small intestine. Occasionally in the large intestine (2-3 times a day) there will be mass contraction of certain segments, moving a lot of faeces along. This is generally when one gets the urge to defecate. The pylorus of the stomach has a thickened portion of the inner circular layer: the pyloric sphincter. Alone among the GI tract, the stomach has a third layer of muscularis externa. This is the inner oblique layer, and helps churn the chyme in the stomach.
Human gastrointestinal tract
72
Adventitia/serosa
The outermost layer of the GI tract consists of several layers of connective tissue. Intraperitoneal parts of the GI tract are covered with serosa. These include most of the stomach, first part of the duodenum, all of the small intestine, caecum and appendix, transverse colon, sigmoid colon and rectum. In these sections of the gut there is clear boundary between the gut and the surrounding tissue. These parts of the tract have a mesentery. Retroperitoneal parts are covered with adventitia. They blend in to the surrounding tissue and are fixed in position. For example, the retroperitoneal section of the duodenum usually passes through the transpyloric plane. These include the oesophagus, pylorus of the stomach, distal duodenum, ascending colon, descending colon and anal canal. In addition, the oral cavity has adventitia.
References
[4] Nelson RJ. 2005. Introduction to Behavioral Endocrinology. Sinauer Associates: Massachusetts. p 57. [8] Kim SK. Small intestine transit time in the normal small bowel study. American Journal of Roentgenology 1968; 104(3):522-524. [9] (http:/ / www. ncbi. nlm. nih. gov/ pmc/ articles/ PMC3325313/ ) Uday C Ghoshal, Vikas Sengar, and Deepakshi Srivastava. Colonic Transit Study Technique and Interpretation: Can These Be Uniform Globally in Different Populations With Non-uniform Colon Transit Time? J Neurogastroenterol Motil. 2012 April; 18(2): 227–228. [11] Animal Physiology textbook
External links
• • • • Pediatric Overview of Human Digestive System (http://www.pediatricfeeding.org/gi_anatomy.html) Anatomy atlas of the Digestive System (http://www.innerbody.com/image/digeov.html) Overview (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/digestion/) at Colorado State University Your Digestive System and How It Works at National Institutes of Health (http://digestive.niddk.nih.gov/ ddiseases/pubs/yrdd/)
Goblet cell
73
Goblet cell
Goblet cell
Section of mucus membrane of human stomach, near the cardiac orifice. X 45. c. Cardiac glands. d. Their ducts. cr. Gland similar to the intestinal glands, with goblet cells. mm. Mucous membrane. m. Muscularis mucosae. m’. Muscular tissue within the mucous membrane.
Transverse section of a villus, from the human intestine. X 350. a. Basement membrane, here somewhat shrunken away from the epithelium. b. Lacteal. c. Columnar epithelium. d. Its striated border. e. Goblet cells. f. Leucocytes in epithelium. f’. Leucocytes below epithelium. g. Blood vessels. h. Muscle cells cut across. Latin Code exocrimohsinocytus caliciformis TH H3.04.03.0.00009; H3.04.03.0.00016 H3.05.00.0.00006
Goblet cells are glandular simple columnar epithelial cells whose function is to secrete mucin, which dissolves in water to form mucus. They use both apocrine and merocrine methods for secretion. The majority of the cell's cytoplasm is occupied by mucinogen granules, except at the bottom. Rough endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria, the nucleus, and other organelles are concentrated in the basal portion. The apical plasma membrane projects microvilli to increase surface area for secretion. Recent study suggests that glycoprotein is
Goblet cell located inside goblet cells. It is an organ-specific antigen in the gut.
74
Locations
They are found scattered among the epithelial lining of organs, such as the intestinal and respiratory tracts.[1] They are found inside the trachea, bronchus, and larger bronchioles in respiratory tract, small intestines, the colon, and conjunctiva in the upper eyelid.(Goblet cells are the chief source of tear mucus. These occur throughout the conjunctiva, especially the plica semilunaris. These are most dense in nasal conjunctiva, least dense in upper temporal fornix and absent in palpebral mucocutaneous junction and limbus.) They may be an indication of metaplasia, such as in Barrett's esophagus.
Histology
In mucicarmine stains, deep red mucin found within goblet cell bodies. The nuclei of goblet cells tend to be displaced toward the basal end of the cell body, leading to intense basophilic staining.
Etymology
The term goblet refers to these cells' goblet-like shape. The apical portion is shaped like a cup, as it is distended by abundant mucinogen granules; its basal portion is shaped like a stem, as it is narrow for lack of these granules. There are other cells that secrete mucus (as in the foveolar cells of the stomach[2]), but they are not usually called "goblet cells" because they do not have this distinctive shape.
Basal secretion
This is the normal base level secretion of mucus, which is accomplished by cytoskeletal movement of secretory granules.
Stimulated secretion
Secretion may be stimulated by dust, smoke, etc. Other stimuli include viruses, bacteria, etc.
Role in Oral Tolerance
Oral tolerance is the proccess by which the immune system is prevented from responding to antigen derived from food products, as peptides from food may pass into the bloodstream via the gut, which would in theory lead to an immune response. A recent paper published in Nature, has shed some light on the process and implicated goblet cells as having a role in the process.[] It was known that CD103 expressing dendritic cells of the lamina propria had a role to play in the induction of oral tolerance (potentially by inducing the differentiation of regulatory T cells), and this paper suggests that the goblet cells act to preferentially deliver antigen to these CD103+ dendritic cells.[]
section of mouse intestine. Mucus of goblet cells in blue.
External links
• Histology at KUMC epithel-epith08 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/epithel/ epith08.htm) "Slide 8: Trachea" • Goblet+cell (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=Goblet+cell) at eMedicine Dictionary • Goblet Cells at cvmbs.colostate.edu (http://arbl.cvmbs.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/misc_topics/goblets. html) • Diagram at uwlax.edu (http://bioweb.uwlax.edu/) • Bioweb at UWLAX Zoolab (http://bioweb.uwlax.edu/zoolab/Table_of_Contents/Lab-1b/ Cross_section_of_the_small_int/Goblet_cells/goblet_cells.htm)
Respiratory tract
76
Respiratory tract
In humans the respiratory tract is the part of the anatomy involved with the process of respiration. The respiratory tract is divided into 3 segments: • Upper respiratory tract: nose and nasal passages, paranasal sinuses, and throat or pharynx • Respiratory airways: voice box or larynx, trachea, bronchi, and bronchioles • Lungs: respiratory bronchioles, alveolar ducts, alveolar sacs, and alveoli The respiratory tract is a common site for infections. Upper respiratory tract infections are probably the most common infections in the world. Most of the respiratory tract exists merely as a piping system for air to travel in the lungs, and alveoli are the only part of the lung that exchanges oxygen and carbon dioxide with the blood. Moving down the respiratory tract starting at the trachea, the tubes get smaller and divide into more and more tubes. There are estimated to be about 20 to 23 divisions, ending up at an alveolus. Even though the cross-sectional area of each bronchus or bronchiole is smaller, because there are so many, the total surface area is larger. This means there is less resistance at the terminal bronchioles. (Most resistance is around the 3-4 division from the trachea due to turbulence.)
General histology
The respiratory tract is covered in an epithelium, the type of which varies down the tract. There are glands and mucus produced by goblet cells in parts, as well as smooth muscle, elastin or cartilage. Most of the epithelium (from the nose to the bronchi) is covered in pseudostratified columnar ciliated epithelial cells, commonly called respiratory epithelium. The cilia beat in one direction, moving mucus towards the throat where it is swallowed. Moving down the bronchioles, the cells get more cuboidal in shape but are still ciliated. Cartilage is present until the small bronchi. In the trachea they are C-shaped rings, whereas in the bronchi they are interspersed plates.
This image compares the histological differences along the respiratory tract.
Glands are abundant in the upper respiratory tract, but there are fewer lower down and they are absent starting at the bronchioles. The same goes for goblet cells, although there are scattered ones in the first bronchioles. Smooth muscle starts in the trachea, where it joins the C-shaped rings of cartilage. It continues down the bronchi and bronchioles, which it completely encircles. Instead of hard cartilage, the bronchi and bronchioles are composed of elastic tissue.
Respiratory tract
77
References
• Syllabus: Infectious Diseases (http://www.kcom.edu/faculty/chamberlain/Website/lectures/syllabi3.htm) see Respiratory Tract Infections by Neal Chamberlain, PhD. Kirksville College of Osteopathic Medicine, Missouri, USA
Mucus
In vertebrates, mucus (adjectival form: "mucous") is a slippery secretion produced by, and covering, mucous membranes. Mucous fluid is typically produced from cells found in mucous glands. Mucous cells secrete products that are rich in glycoproteins and water. Mucous fluid may also originate from mixed glands, which contain both serous and mucous cells. It is a viscous colloid containing antiseptic enzymes (such as lysozyme), immunoglobulins, inorganic salts, proteins such as lactoferrin,[1] and glycoproteins known as mucins that are produced by goblet cells in the mucous membranes and submucosal glands. This mucus serves to protect epithelial cells (the lining of the tubes) in the respiratory, gastrointestinal, urogenital, visual, and auditory systems in mammals; the epidermis in amphibians; and the gills in fish. A major Mucous cells on the stomach lining function of this mucus is to protect against infectious agents such as fungi, bacteria and viruses. The average human body produces about a litre of mucus per day.[2] Bony fish, hagfish, snails, slugs, and some other invertebrates also produce external mucus. In addition to serving a protective function against infectious agents, such mucus provides protection against toxins produced by predators, can facilitate movement and may play a role in communication. The rest of this article is devoted entirely to mucus production and function in humans.
Respiratory system
In the human respiratory system, mucus aids in the protection of the lungs by trapping foreign particles that enter it, in particular, through the nose, during normal breathing. "Phlegm" is a specialized term for mucus that is restricted to the respiratory tract, whereas the term "nasal mucus" describes secretions of the nasal passages. Nasal mucus is produced by the nasal mucosa; and mucosal tissues lining the airways (trachea, bronchus, bronchioles) is produced by specialized airway epithelial cells (goblet cells) and submucosal glands. Small particles such as dust, particulate pollutants, and allergens, as well as infectious agents bacteria are caught in the viscous nasal or airway mucus and prevented from entering the system. This event along with the continual movement of the respiratory mucus layer toward the oropharynx, helps prevent foreign objects from entering the lungs during breathing. This explains why coughing often occurs in those who smoke filtered cigarettes. The body's natural reaction is to increase mucus production. In addition, mucus aids in moisturizing the inhaled air and prevents tissues such as the nasal and airway epithelia from drying out.[] Nasal and airway mucus is produced continuously, with most of it swallowed unconsciously, even when it is dried.[] Increased mucus production in the respiratory tract is a symptom of many common illnesses, such as the common cold and influenza. Hypersecretion of mucus can occur in inflammatory respiratory diseases such as respiratory allergies, asthma, and chronic bronchitis.[] The presence of mucus in the nose and throat is normal, but increased quantities can impede comfortable breathing and must be cleared by blowing the nose or expectorating phlegm from the throat.
Mucus
78
Diseases involving mucus
In general, nasal mucus is clear and thin, serving to filter air during inhalation. During times of infection, mucus can change color to yellow or green either as a result of trapped bacteria[3] or due to the body's reaction to viral infection.[4] The green color of mucus comes from the heme group in the iron-containing enzyme myeloperoxidase secreted by white blood cells as a cytotoxic defense during a respiratory burst. In the case of bacterial infection, the bacterium becomes trapped in already-clogged sinuses, breeding in the moist, nutrient-rich environment. Sinusitis is an uncomfortable condition which may include congestion of mucus. A bacterial infection in sinusitis will cause discolored mucus and would respond to antibiotic treatment; viral infections typically resolve without treatment.[5] Almost all sinusitis infections are viral and antibiotics are ineffective and not recommended for treating typical cases.[6] In the case of a viral infection such as cold or flu, the first stage and also the last stage of the infection cause the production of a clear, thin mucus in the nose or back of the throat. As the body begins to react to the virus (generally one to three days), mucus thickens and may turn yellow or green. Viral infections cannot be treated with antibiotics, and are a major avenue for their misuse. Treatment is generally symptom-based; often it is sufficient to allow the immune system to fight off the virus over time.[7] Cystic fibrosis Cystic fibrosis is an inherited disease that affects the entire body, but symptoms begin mostly in the lungs with extremely viscous (thick) production of mucus that is difficult to expel. Mucus as a medical symptom Increased mucus production in the upper respiratory tract is a symptom of many common ailments, such as the common cold. Nasal mucus may be removed by blowing the nose or by using nasal irrigation. Excess nasal mucus, as with a cold or allergies may be treated cautiously with decongestant medications. Excess mucus production in the bronchi and bronchioles, as may occur in asthma, bronchitis or influenza, may be treated with anti-inflammatory medications as a means of reducing the airway inflammation, which triggers mucus over-production. Thickening of mucus as a "rebound" effect following overuse of decongestants may produce nasal or sinus drainage problems and circumstances that promote infection.
Cold weather and mucus
During cold weather, the cilia, which normally sweep mucus away from the nostrils and toward the back of the throat (see respiratory epithelium), become sluggish or completely cease functioning. This results in mucus running down the nose and dripping (a runny nose).Template:Citation neeeded Mucus also thickens in cold weather; when an individual comes in from the cold, the mucus thaws and begins to run before the cilia begin to work again.Template:Citation neeeded
Mucus
79
Digestive system
In the human digestive system, mucus is used as a lubricant for materials that must pass over membranes, e.g., food passing down the esophagus. A layer of mucus along the inner walls of the stomach is vital to protect the cell linings of that organ from the highly acidic environment within it.[] Mucus is not digested in the intestinal tract. Mucus is also secreted from glands within the rectum due to stimulation of the mucous membrane within. [citation needed]
Reproductive system
In the human female reproductive system, cervical mucus prevents infection. The consistency of cervical mucus varies depending on the stage of a woman's menstrual cycle. At ovulation cervical mucus is clear, runny, and conducive to sperm; post-ovulation, mucus becomes thicker and is more likely to block sperm.[citation needed] In the human male reproductive system, the seminal vesicles contribute up to 100% of the total volume of the semen and contain mucus, amino acids, prostaglandins, vitamin C, and fructose as the main energy source for the sperm.[citation needed]
Notes References
Enzyme
Enzymes (pron.: /ˈɛnzaɪmz/) are large biological molecules responsible for the thousands of chemical interconversions that sustain life.[1][2] They are highly selective catalysts, greatly accelerating both the rate and specificity of metabolic reactions, from the digestion of food to the synthesis of DNA. Most enzymes are proteins, although some catalytic RNA molecules have been identified. Enzymes adopt a specific three-dimensional structure, and may employ organic (e.g. biotin) and inorganic (e.g. magnesium ion) cofactors to assist in catalysis. In enzymatic reactions, the molecules at the beginning of the process, called substrates, Human glyoxalase I. Two zinc ions that are needed for the enzyme to catalyze its are converted into different molecules, reaction are shown as purple spheres, and an enzyme inhibitor called called products. Almost all chemical S-hexylglutathione is shown as a space-filling model, filling the two active sites. reactions in a biological cell need enzymes in order to occur at rates sufficient for life. Since enzymes are selective for their substrates and speed up only a few reactions from among many possibilities, the set of enzymes made in a cell determines which metabolic pathways occur in that cell.
Enzyme Like all catalysts, enzymes work by lowering the activation energy (Ea‡) for a reaction, thus dramatically increasing the rate of the reaction. As a result, products are formed faster and reactions reach their equilibrium state more rapidly. Most enzyme reaction rates are millions of times faster than those of comparable un-catalyzed reactions. As with all catalysts, enzymes are not consumed by the reactions they catalyze, nor do they alter the equilibrium of these reactions. However, enzymes do differ from most other catalysts in that they are highly specific for their substrates. Enzymes are known to catalyze about 4,000 biochemical reactions.[3] A few RNA molecules called ribozymes also catalyze reactions, with an important example being some parts of the ribosome.[4][5] Synthetic molecules called artificial enzymes also display enzyme-like catalysis.[6] Enzyme activity can be affected by other molecules. Inhibitors are molecules that decrease enzyme activity; activators are molecules that increase activity. Many drugs and poisons are enzyme inhibitors. Activity is also affected by temperature, pressure, chemical environment (e.g., pH), and the concentration of substrate. Some enzymes are used commercially, for example, in the synthesis of antibiotics. In addition, some household products use enzymes to speed up biochemical reactions (e.g., enzymes in biological washing powders break down protein or fat stains on clothes; enzymes in meat tenderizers break down proteins into smaller molecules, making the meat easier to chew).
80
Etymology and history
As early as the late 17th and early 18th centuries, the digestion of meat by stomach secretions[] and the conversion of starch to sugars by plant extracts and saliva were known. However, the mechanism by which this occurred had not been identified.[7] In 1833, French chemist Anselme Payen discovered the first enzyme, diastase. A few decades later, when studying the fermentation of sugar to alcohol by yeast, Louis Pasteur came to the conclusion that this fermentation was catalyzed by a vital force contained within the yeast cells called "ferments", which were thought to function only within living organisms. He wrote that "alcoholic fermentation is an act correlated with the life and organization of the yeast cells, not with the death or putrefaction of the cells."[8] In 1877, German physiologist Wilhelm Kühne (1837–1900) first used the term enzyme, which comes from Greek ενζυμον, "in leaven", to describe this process.[9] The word enzyme was used later to refer to nonliving substances such as pepsin, and the word ferment was used to refer to chemical activity produced by living organisms. In 1897, Eduard Buchner submitted his first paper on the ability of yeast extracts that lacked any living yeast cells to ferment sugar. In a series of experiments at the University of Berlin, he found that the sugar was fermented even when there were no living yeast cells in the mixture.[10] He named the enzyme that brought about the fermentation of sucrose "zymase".[11] In 1907, he received the Nobel Prize in Chemistry "for his biochemical research and his discovery of cell-free fermentation". Following Buchner's example, enzymes are usually named according to the reaction they carry out. Typically, to generate the name of an enzyme, the suffix -ase is added to the name of its substrate (e.g., lactase is the enzyme that cleaves lactose) or the type of reaction (e.g., DNA polymerase forms DNA polymers).[12] Having shown that enzymes could function outside a living cell, the next step was to determine their biochemical nature. Many early workers noted that enzymatic activity was associated with proteins, but several scientists (such as Nobel laureate Richard Willstätter) argued that proteins were merely carriers for the true enzymes and that proteins per se were incapable of catalysis.[13] However, in 1926, James B. Sumner showed that the enzyme urease was a pure protein and crystallized it; Sumner did likewise for the enzyme catalase in 1937. The conclusion that pure proteins can be enzymes was definitively proved by Northrop and Stanley, who worked on the digestive enzymes pepsin (1930), trypsin and chymotrypsin. These three scientists were awarded the 1946 Nobel Prize in Chemistry.[14] This discovery that enzymes could be crystallized eventually allowed their structures to be solved by x-ray crystallography. This was first done for lysozyme, an enzyme found in tears, saliva and egg whites that digests the coating of some bacteria; the structure was solved by a group led by David Chilton Phillips and published in
Enzyme 1965.[15] This high-resolution structure of lysozyme marked the beginning of the field of structural biology and the effort to understand how enzymes work at an atomic level of detail.
81
Structures and mechanisms
Enzymes are in general globular proteins and range from just 62 amino acid residues in size, for the monomer of 4-oxalocrotonate tautomerase,[16] to over 2,500 residues in the animal fatty acid synthase.[17] A small number of RNA-based biological catalysts exist, with the most common being the ribosome; these are referred to as either RNA-enzymes or ribozymes. The activities of enzymes are determined by their three-dimensional structure.[18] However, although structure does determine function, predicting a novel enzyme's activity just from its structure is a very difficult problem that has not yet been solved.[19] Most enzymes are much larger than the substrates they act on, and only a small Ribbon diagram showing human carbonic anhydrase II. The grey sphere is the zinc [16] portion of the enzyme (around 2–4 amino cofactor in the active site. Diagram drawn from PDB 1MOO . [20] acids) is directly involved in catalysis. The region that contains these catalytic residues, binds the substrate, and then carries out the reaction is known as the active site. Enzymes can also contain sites that bind cofactors, which are needed for catalysis. Some enzymes also have binding sites for small molecules, which are often direct or indirect products or substrates of the reaction catalyzed. This binding can serve to increase or decrease the enzyme's activity, providing a means for feedback regulation. Like all proteins, enzymes are long, linear chains of amino acids that fold to produce a three-dimensional product. Each unique amino acid sequence produces a specific structure, which has unique properties. Individual protein chains may sometimes group together to form a protein complex. Most enzymes can be denatured—that is, unfolded and inactivated—by heating or chemical denaturants, which disrupt the three-dimensional structure of the protein. Depending on the enzyme, denaturation may be reversible or irreversible. Structures of enzymes with substrates or substrate analogs during a reaction may be obtained using Time resolved crystallography methods.
Enzyme
82
Specificity
Enzymes are usually very specific as to which reactions they catalyze and the substrates that are involved in these reactions. Complementary shape, charge and hydrophilic/hydrophobic characteristics of enzymes and substrates are responsible for this specificity. Enzymes can also show impressive levels of stereospecificity, regioselectivity and chemoselectivity.[21] Some of the enzymes showing the highest specificity and accuracy are involved in the copying and expression of the genome. These enzymes have "proof-reading" mechanisms. Here, an enzyme such as DNA polymerase catalyzes a reaction in a first step and then checks that the product is correct in a second step.[22] This two-step process results in average error rates of less than 1 error in 100 million reactions in high-fidelity mammalian polymerases.[23] Similar proofreading mechanisms are also found in RNA polymerase,[24] aminoacyl tRNA synthetases[25] and ribosomes.[26] Some enzymes that produce secondary metabolites are described as promiscuous, as they can act on a relatively broad range of different substrates. It has been suggested that this broad substrate specificity is important for the evolution of new biosynthetic pathways.[27] "Lock and key" model Enzymes are very specific, and it was suggested by the Nobel laureate organic chemist Emil Fischer in 1894 that this was because both the enzyme and the substrate possess specific complementary geometric shapes that fit exactly into one another.[28] This is often referred to as "the lock and key" model. However, while this model explains enzyme specificity, it fails to explain the stabilization of the transition state that enzymes achieve. In 1958, Daniel Koshland suggested a modification to the lock and key model: since enzymes are rather flexible structures, the active site is continuously reshaped by interactions with the substrate as the substrate interacts with the enzyme.[29] As a result, the substrate does not simply bind to a rigid active site; the amino Diagrams to show the induced fit hypothesis of enzyme action acid side-chains that make up the active site are molded into the precise positions that enable the enzyme to perform its catalytic function. In some cases, such as glycosidases, the substrate molecule also changes shape slightly as it enters the active site.[30] The active site continues to change until the substrate is completely bound, at which point the final shape and charge is determined.[31] Induced fit may enhance the fidelity of molecular recognition in the presence of competition and noise via the conformational proofreading mechanism.[32]
Mechanisms
Enzymes can act in several ways, all of which lower ΔG‡ (Gibbs energy):[33] • Lowering the activation energy by creating an environment in which the transition state is stabilized (e.g. straining the shape of a substrate—by binding the transition-state conformation of the substrate/product molecules, the enzyme distorts the bound substrate(s) into their transition state form, thereby reducing the amount of energy required to complete the transition). • Lowering the energy of the transition state, but without distorting the substrate, by creating an environment with the opposite charge distribution to that of the transition state. • Providing an alternative pathway. For example, temporarily reacting with the substrate to form an intermediate ES complex, which would be impossible in the absence of the enzyme.
Enzyme • Reducing the reaction entropy change by bringing substrates together in the correct orientation to react. Considering ΔH‡ alone overlooks this effect. • Increases in temperatures speed up reactions. Thus, temperature increases help the enzyme function and develop the end product even faster. However, if heated too much, the enzyme's shape deteriorates and the enzyme becomes denatured. Some enzymes like thermolabile enzymes work best at low temperatures. It is interesting that this entropic effect involves destabilization of the ground state,[34] and its contribution to catalysis is relatively small.[35] Transition state stabilization The understanding of the origin of the reduction of ΔG‡ requires one to find out how the enzymes can stabilize its transition state more than the transition state of the uncatalyzed reaction. It seems that the most effective way for reaching large stabilization is the use of electrostatic effects, in particular, when having a relatively fixed polar environment that is oriented toward the charge distribution of the transition state.[36] Such an environment does not exist in the uncatalyzed reaction in water. Dynamics and function The internal dynamics of enzymes has been suggested to be linked with their mechanism of catalysis.[37][38][39] Internal dynamics are the movement of parts of the enzyme's structure, such as individual amino acid residues, a group of amino acids, or even an entire protein domain. These movements occur at various time-scales ranging from femtoseconds to seconds. Networks of protein residues throughout an enzyme's structure can contribute to catalysis through dynamic motions.[40][41][42][43] This is simply seen in the kinetic scheme of the combined process, enzymatic activity and dynamics; this scheme can have several independent Michaelis-Menten-like reaction pathways that are connected through fluctuation rates.[][][] Protein motions are vital to many enzymes, but whether small and fast vibrations, or larger and slower conformational movements are more important depends on the type of reaction involved. However, although these movements are important in binding and releasing substrates and products, it is not clear if protein movements help to accelerate the chemical steps in enzymatic reactions.[44] These new insights also have implications in understanding allosteric effects and developing new medicines.
83
Allosteric modulation
Allosteric sites are sites on the enzyme that bind to molecules in the cellular environment. The sites form weak, noncovalent bonds with these molecules, causing a change in the conformation of the enzyme. This change in conformation translates to the active site, which then affects the reaction rate of the enzyme.[45] Allosteric interactions can both inhibit and activate enzymes and are a common way that enzymes are controlled in the body.[46]
Allosteric transition of an enzyme between R and T states, stabilized by an agonist, an inhibitor and a substrate (the MWC model)
Cofactors and coenzymes
Enzyme
84
Cofactors
Some enzymes do not need any additional components to show full activity. However, others require non-protein molecules called cofactors to be bound for activity.[47] Cofactors can be either inorganic (e.g., metal ions and iron-sulfur clusters) or organic compounds (e.g., flavin and heme). Organic cofactors can be either prosthetic groups, which are tightly bound to an enzyme, or coenzymes, which are released from the enzyme's active site during the reaction. Coenzymes include NADH, NADPH and adenosine triphosphate. These molecules transfer chemical groups between enzymes.[48] An example of an enzyme that contains a cofactor is carbonic anhydrase, and is shown in the ribbon diagram above with a zinc cofactor bound as part of its active site.[49] These tightly bound molecules are usually found in the active site and are involved in catalysis. For example, flavin and heme cofactors are often involved in redox reactions. Enzymes that require a cofactor but do not have one bound are called apoenzymes or apoproteins. An apoenzyme together with its cofactor(s) is called a holoenzyme (this is the active form). Most cofactors are not covalently attached to an enzyme, but are very tightly bound. However, organic prosthetic groups can be covalently bound (e.g., biotin in the enzyme pyruvate carboxylase). The term "holoenzyme" can also be applied to enzymes that contain multiple protein subunits, such as the DNA polymerases; here the holoenzyme is the complete complex containing all the subunits needed for activity.
Coenzymes
Coenzymes are small organic molecules that can be loosely or tightly bound to an enzyme. Tightly bound coenzymes can be called prosthetic groups. Coenzymes transport chemical groups from one enzyme to another.[50] Some of these chemicals such as riboflavin, thiamine and folic acid are vitamins (compounds that cannot be synthesized by the body and must be acquired from the diet). The chemical groups carried include the hydride ion (H-) carried by NAD or NADP+, the phosphate group carried by adenosine triphosphate, the acetyl group carried by coenzyme A, formyl, methenyl or methyl groups carried by folic acid and the methyl group carried by S-adenosylmethionine. Since coenzymes are chemically changed as a consequence of enzyme action, it is useful to consider coenzymes to be a special class of substrates, or second substrates, which are common to many different enzymes. For example, about 700 enzymes are known to use the coenzyme NADH.[51]
Space-filling model of the coenzyme NADH
Coenzymes are usually continuously regenerated and their concentrations maintained at a steady level inside the cell: for example, NADPH is regenerated through the pentose phosphate pathway and S-adenosylmethionine by methionine adenosyltransferase. This continuous regeneration means that even small amounts of coenzymes are used very intensively. For example, the human body turns over its own weight in ATP each day.[52]
Enzyme
85
Thermodynamics
As all catalysts, enzymes do not alter the position of the chemical equilibrium of the reaction. Usually, in the presence of an enzyme, the reaction runs in the same direction as it would without the enzyme, just more quickly. However, in the absence of the enzyme, other possible uncatalyzed, "spontaneous" reactions might lead to different products, because in those conditions this different product is formed faster. Furthermore, enzymes can couple two or more reactions, so that a thermodynamically favorable reaction can be used to "drive" a thermodynamically unfavorable one. For example, the hydrolysis of ATP is often used to drive other chemical reactions.[]
The energies of the stages of a chemical reaction. Substrates need a lot of potential energy to reach a transition state, which then decays into products. The enzyme stabilizes the transition state, reducing the energy needed to form products.
Enzymes catalyze the forward and backward reactions equally. They do not alter the equilibrium itself, but only the speed at which it is reached. For example, carbonic anhydrase catalyzes its reaction in either direction depending on the concentration of its reactants. (in tissues; high CO2 concentration) (in lungs; low CO2 concentration) Nevertheless, if the equilibrium is greatly displaced in one direction, that is, in a very exergonic reaction, the reaction is in effect irreversible. Under these conditions, the enzyme will, in fact, catalyze the reaction only in the thermodynamically allowed direction.
Kinetics
Enzyme kinetics is the investigation of how enzymes bind substrates and turn them into products. The rate data used in kinetic analyses are commonly obtained from enzyme assays, where since the 90s, the dynamics of many enzymes are studied on the level of individual molecules. In 1902 Victor Henri proposed a quantitative theory of enzyme kinetics,[53] but his experimental data were not useful because the significance of the hydrogen ion concentration was not yet appreciated. After Peter Lauritz Sørensen had defined the logarithmic pH-scale and introduced the concept of buffering in 1909[54] the German chemist Leonor Michaelis and his Canadian postdoc Maud Leonora Menten repeated Henri's experiments and confirmed his equation, which is referred to as Henri-Michaelis-Menten kinetics (termed also Michaelis-Menten kinetics).[55] Their work was further developed by G. E. Briggs and J. B. S. Haldane, who derived kinetic equations that are still widely considered today a starting point in solving enzymatic activity.[56]
Mechanism for a single substrate enzyme catalyzed reaction. The enzyme (E) binds a substrate (S) and produces a product (P).
Enzyme The major contribution of Henri was to think of enzyme reactions in two stages. In the first, the substrate binds reversibly to the enzyme, forming the enzyme-substrate complex. This is sometimes called the Michaelis complex. The enzyme then catalyzes the chemical step in the reaction and releases the product. Note that the simple Michaelis Menten mechanism for the enzymatic activity is considered today a basic idea, where many examples show that the enzymatic activity involves structural dynamics. This is incorporated in the enzymatic mechanism while introducing several Michaelis Menten pathways that are connected with fluctuating rates.[][][] Nevertheless, there is a mathematical relation connecting the behavior obtained from the basic Michaelis Menten mechanism (that was indeed proved correct in many experiments) with the generalized Michaelis Menten mechanisms involving dynamics and activity; [] this means that the measured activity of enzymes on the level of many enzymes may be explained with the simple Michaelis-Menten equation, yet, the actual activity of enzymes is richer and involves structural dynamics. Enzymes can catalyze up to several million reactions per second. For example, the uncatalyzed decarboxylation of orotidine 5'-monophosphate has a half life of 78 million years. However, when the enzyme orotidine 5'-phosphate decarboxylase is added, the same process takes just 25 milliseconds.[57] Enzyme rates depend on solution conditions and substrate concentration. Conditions that denature the protein abolish enzyme activity, such as high temperatures, extremes of pH or high salt concentrations, while raising substrate concentration tends to increase activity Saturation curve for an enzyme reaction showing the relation between the substrate concentration (S) and rate (v) when [S] is low. To find the maximum speed of an enzymatic reaction, the substrate concentration is increased until a constant rate of product formation is seen. This is shown in the saturation curve on the right. Saturation happens because, as substrate concentration increases, more and more of the free enzyme is converted into the substrate-bound ES form. At the maximum reaction rate (Vmax) of the enzyme, all the enzyme active sites are bound to substrate, and the amount of ES complex is the same as the total amount of enzyme. However, Vmax is only one kinetic constant of enzymes. The amount of substrate needed to achieve a given rate of reaction is also important. This is given by the Michaelis-Menten constant (Km), which is the substrate concentration required for an enzyme to reach one-half its maximum reaction rate. Each enzyme has a characteristic Km for a given substrate, and this can show how tight the binding of the substrate is to the enzyme. Another useful constant is kcat, which is the number of substrate molecules handled by one active site per second. The efficiency of an enzyme can be expressed in terms of kcat/Km. This is also called the specificity constant and incorporates the rate constants for all steps in the reaction. Because the specificity constant reflects both affinity and catalytic ability, it is useful for comparing different enzymes against each other, or the same enzyme with different substrates. The theoretical maximum for the specificity constant is called the diffusion limit and is about 108 to 109 (M−1 s−1). At this point every collision of the enzyme with its substrate will result in catalysis, and the rate of product formation is not limited by the reaction rate but by the diffusion rate. Enzymes with this property are called catalytically perfect or kinetically perfect. Example of such enzymes are triose-phosphate isomerase, carbonic anhydrase, acetylcholinesterase, catalase, fumarase, β-lactamase, and superoxide dismutase. Michaelis-Menten kinetics relies on the law of mass action, which is derived from the assumptions of free diffusion and thermodynamically driven random collision. However, many biochemical or cellular processes deviate
86
Enzyme significantly from these conditions, because of macromolecular crowding, phase-separation of the enzyme/substrate/product, or one or two-dimensional molecular movement.[58] In these situations, a fractal Michaelis-Menten kinetics may be applied.[59][60][61][62] Some enzymes operate with kinetics, which are faster than diffusion rates, which would seem to be impossible. Several mechanisms have been invoked to explain this phenomenon. Some proteins are believed to accelerate catalysis by drawing their substrate in and pre-orienting them by using dipolar electric fields. Other models invoke a quantum-mechanical tunneling explanation, whereby a proton or an electron can tunnel through activation barriers, although for proton tunneling this model remains somewhat controversial.[63][64] Quantum tunneling for protons has been observed in tryptamine.[65] This suggests that enzyme catalysis may be more accurately characterized as "through the barrier" rather than the traditional model, which requires substrates to go "over" a lowered energy barrier.
87
Inhibition
Enzyme reaction rates can be decreased by various types of enzyme inhibitors. Competitive inhibition In competitive inhibition, the inhibitor and substrate compete for the enzyme (i.e., they can not bind at the same time).[67] Often competitive inhibitors strongly resemble the real substrate of the enzyme. For example, methotrexate is a competitive inhibitor of the enzyme dihydrofolate reductase, which catalyzes the reduction of dihydrofolate to tetrahydrofolate. The Competitive inhibitors bind reversibly to the enzyme, preventing the binding of substrate. similarity between the structures of On the other hand, binding of substrate prevents binding of the inhibitor. Substrate and folic acid and this drug are shown in inhibitor compete for the enzyme. the figure to the right bottom. In some cases, the inhibitor can bind to a site other than the binding-site of the usual substrate and exert an allosteric effect to change the shape of the usual binding-site. For example, strychnine acts as an allosteric inhibitor of the glycine receptor in the mammalian spinal cord and brain stem. Glycine is a major post-synaptic inhibitory neurotransmitter with a specific receptor site. Strychnine binds to an alternate site that reduces the affinity of the glycine receptor for glycine, resulting in convulsions due to
Enzyme lessened inhibition by the glycine.[68] In competitive inhibition the maximal rate of the reaction is not changed, but higher substrate concentrations are required to reach a given maximum rate, increasing the apparent Km. Uncompetitive inhibition In uncompetitive inhibition, the inhibitor cannot bind to the free enzyme, only to the ES-complex. The EIS-complex thus formed is enzymatically inactive. This type of inhibition is rare, but may occur in multimeric enzymes. Non-competitive inhibition Non-competitive inhibitors can bind to the enzyme at the binding site at the same time as the substrate,but not to the active site. Both the EI and EIS complexes are enzymatically inactive. Because the inhibitor can not be driven from the enzyme by higher substrate concentration (in contrast to competitive inhibition), the apparent Vmax changes. But because the substrate can still bind to the enzyme, the Km stays the same.
88
Types of inhibition. This classification was introduced by W.W. Cleland.
[66]
Mixed inhibition This type of inhibition resembles the non-competitive, except that the EIS-complex has residual enzymatic activity.This type of inhibitor does not follow Michaelis-Menten equation. In many organisms, inhibitors may act as part of a feedback mechanism. If an enzyme produces too much of one substance in the organism, that substance may act as an inhibitor for the enzyme at the beginning of the pathway that produces it, causing production of the substance to slow down or stop when there is sufficient amount. This is a form of negative feedback. Enzymes that are subject to this form of regulation are often multimeric and have allosteric binding sites for regulatory substances. Their substrate/velocity plots are not hyperbolar, but sigmoidal (S-shaped). Irreversible inhibitors react with the enzyme and form a covalent adduct with the protein. The inactivation is irreversible. These compounds include eflornithine a drug used to treat the parasitic disease sleeping sickness.[] Penicillin and Aspirin also act in this The coenzyme folic acid (left) and the anti-cancer drug methotrexate (right) are very manner. With these drugs, the similar in structure. As a result, methotrexate is a competitive inhibitor of many enzymes that use folates. compound is bound in the active site and the enzyme then converts the inhibitor into an activated form that reacts irreversibly with one or more amino acid residues. Uses of inhibitors
Enzyme Since inhibitors modulate the function of enzymes they are often used as drugs. A common example of an inhibitor that is used as a drug is aspirin, which inhibits the COX-1 and COX-2 enzymes that produce the inflammation messenger prostaglandin, thus suppressing pain and inflammation. However, other enzyme inhibitors are poisons. For example, the poison cyanide is an irreversible enzyme inhibitor that combines with the copper and iron in the active site of the enzyme cytochrome c oxidase and blocks cellular respiration.[69]
89
Biological function
Enzymes serve a wide variety of functions inside living organisms. They are indispensable for signal transduction and cell regulation, often via kinases and phosphatases.[70] They also generate movement, with myosin hydrolyzing ATP to generate muscle contraction and also moving cargo around the cell as part of the cytoskeleton.[71] Other ATPases in the cell membrane are ion pumps involved in active transport. Enzymes are also involved in more exotic functions, such as luciferase generating light in fireflies.[72] Viruses can also contain enzymes for infecting cells, such as the HIV integrase and reverse transcriptase, or for viral release from cells, like the influenza virus neuraminidase. An important function of enzymes is in the digestive systems of animals. Enzymes such as amylases and proteases break down large molecules (starch or proteins, respectively) into smaller ones, so they can be absorbed by the intestines. Starch molecules, for example, are too large to be absorbed from the intestine, but enzymes hydrolyze the starch chains into smaller molecules such as maltose and eventually glucose, which can then be absorbed. Different enzymes digest different food substances. In ruminants, which have herbivorous diets, microorganisms in the gut produce another enzyme, cellulase, to break down the cellulose cell walls of plant fiber.[73] Several enzymes can work together in a specific order, creating metabolic pathways. In a metabolic pathway, one enzyme takes the product of another enzyme as a substrate. After the catalytic reaction, the product is then passed on to another enzyme. Sometimes more than one enzyme can catalyze the same reaction in parallel; this can allow more complex regulation: with, for example, a low constant activity provided by one
Glycolytic enzymes and their functions in the metabolic pathway of glycolysis
enzyme but an inducible high activity from a second enzyme. Enzymes determine what steps occur in these pathways. Without enzymes, metabolism would neither progress through the same steps nor be fast enough to serve the needs of the cell. Indeed, a metabolic pathway such as glycolysis could not exist independently of enzymes. Glucose, for example, can react directly with ATP to become phosphorylated at one or more of its carbons. In the absence of enzymes, this occurs so slowly as to be insignificant. However, if hexokinase is added, these slow reactions continue to take place except that phosphorylation at carbon 6 occurs so rapidly that, if the mixture is tested a short time later, glucose-6-phosphate is found to be the only significant product. As a consequence, the network of metabolic pathways within each cell depends on the set of functional enzymes that are present.
Enzyme
90
Control of activity
There are five main ways that enzyme activity is controlled in the cell. 1. Enzyme production (transcription and translation of enzyme genes) can be enhanced or diminished by a cell in response to changes in the cell's environment. This form of gene regulation is called enzyme induction and inhibition. For example, bacteria may become resistant to antibiotics such as penicillin because enzymes called beta-lactamases are induced that hydrolyze the crucial beta-lactam ring within the penicillin molecule. Another example are enzymes in the liver called cytochrome P450 oxidases, which are important in drug metabolism. Induction or inhibition of these enzymes can cause drug interactions. 2. Enzymes can be compartmentalized, with different metabolic pathways occurring in different cellular compartments. For example, fatty acids are synthesized by one set of enzymes in the cytosol, endoplasmic reticulum and the Golgi apparatus and used by a different set of enzymes as a source of energy in the mitochondrion, through β-oxidation.[74] 3. Enzymes can be regulated by inhibitors and activators. For example, the end product(s) of a metabolic pathway are often inhibitors for one of the first enzymes of the pathway (usually the first irreversible step, called committed step), thus regulating the amount of end product made by the pathways. Such a regulatory mechanism is called a negative feedback mechanism, because the amount of the end product produced is regulated by its own concentration. Negative feedback mechanism can effectively adjust the rate of synthesis of intermediate metabolites according to the demands of the cells. This helps allocate materials and energy economically, and prevents the manufacture of excess end products. The control of enzymatic action helps to maintain a stable internal environment in living organisms. 4. Enzymes can be regulated through post-translational modification. This can include phosphorylation, myristoylation and glycosylation. For example, in the response to insulin, the phosphorylation of multiple enzymes, including glycogen synthase, helps control the synthesis or degradation of glycogen and allows the cell to respond to changes in blood sugar.[75] Another example of post-translational modification is the cleavage of the polypeptide chain. Chymotrypsin, a digestive protease, is produced in inactive form as chymotrypsinogen in the pancreas and transported in this form to the stomach where it is activated. This stops the enzyme from digesting the pancreas or other tissues before it enters the gut. This type of inactive precursor to an enzyme is known as a zymogen. 5. Some enzymes may become activated when localized to a different environment (e.g., from a reducing (cytoplasm) to an oxidizing (periplasm) environment, high pH to low pH, etc.). For example, hemagglutinin in the influenza virus is activated by a conformational change caused by the acidic conditions, these occur when it is taken up inside its host cell and enters the lysosome.[76]
Enzyme
91
Involvement in disease
Since the tight control of enzyme activity is essential for homeostasis, any malfunction (mutation, overproduction, underproduction or deletion) of a single critical enzyme can lead to a genetic disease. The importance of enzymes is shown by the fact that a lethal illness can be caused by the malfunction of just one type of enzyme out of the thousands of types present in our bodies. One example is the most common type of phenylketonuria. A mutation of a single amino acid in the enzyme phenylalanine hydroxylase, which catalyzes the first step in the degradation of phenylalanine, results in build-up of phenylalanine and related products. This can lead to mental retardation if the disease is untreated.[77] Another example of enzyme deficiency is pseudocholinesterase, in which there is slow metabolic degradation of exogenous choline.[citation needed]
Phenylalanine hydroxylase. Created from PDB 1KW0 [78]
Another example is when germline mutations in genes coding for DNA repair enzymes cause hereditary cancer syndromes such as xeroderma pigmentosum. Defects in these enzymes cause cancer since the body is less able to repair mutations in the genome. This causes a slow accumulation of mutations and results in the development of many types of cancer in the sufferer. Oral administration of enzymes can be used to treat several diseases (e.g. pancreatic insufficiency and lactose intolerance). Since enzymes are proteins themselves they are potentially subject to inactivation and digestion in the gastrointestinal environment. Therefore a non-invasive imaging assay was developed to monitor gastrointestinal activity of exogenous enzymes (prolyl endopeptidase as potential adjuvant therapy for celiac disease) in vivo.[78]
Naming conventions
An enzyme's name is often derived from its substrate or the chemical reaction it catalyzes, with the word ending in -ase. Examples are lactase, alcohol dehydrogenase and DNA polymerase. This may result in different enzymes, called isozymes, with the same function having the same basic name. Isoenzymes have a different amino acid sequence and might be distinguished by their optimal pH, kinetic properties or immunologically. Isoenzyme and isozyme are homologous proteins. Furthermore, the normal physiological reaction an enzyme catalyzes may not be the same as under artificial conditions. This can result in the same enzyme being identified with two different names. For example, glucose isomerase, which is used industrially to convert glucose into the sweetener fructose, is a xylose isomerase in vivo (within the body). The International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology have developed a nomenclature for enzymes, the EC numbers; each enzyme is described by a sequence of four numbers preceded by "EC". The first number broadly classifies the enzyme based on its mechanism. The top-level classification is[79] • EC 1 Oxidoreductases: catalyze oxidation/reduction reactions • EC 2 Transferases: transfer a functional group (e.g. a methyl or phosphate group) • EC 3 Hydrolases: catalyze the hydrolysis of various bonds • EC 4 Lyases: cleave various bonds by means other than hydrolysis and oxidation • EC 5 Isomerases: catalyze isomerization changes within a single molecule
Enzyme • EC 6 Ligases: join two molecules with covalent bonds. According to the naming conventions, enzymes are generally classified into six main family classes and many sub-family classes. Some web-servers, e.g., EzyPred [82] [80] and bioinformatics tools have been developed to predict which main family class [81] and sub-family class [82] [83] an enzyme molecule belongs to according to its sequence information alone via the pseudo amino acid composition.
92
Industrial applications
Enzymes are used in the chemical industry and other industrial applications when extremely specific catalysts are required. However, enzymes in general are limited in the number of reactions they have evolved to catalyze and also by their lack of stability in organic solvents and at high temperatures. As a consequence, protein engineering is an active area of research and involves attempts to create new enzymes with novel properties, either through rational design or in vitro evolution.[84][85] These efforts have begun to be successful, and a few enzymes have now been designed "from scratch" to catalyze reactions that do not occur in nature.[86]
Application Food processing Enzymes used Amylases from fungi and plants Uses Production of sugars from starch, such as in making [87] high-fructose corn syrup. In baking, catalyze breakdown of starch in the flour to sugar. Yeast fermentation of sugar produces the carbon dioxide that raises the dough.
Amylases catalyze the release of simple sugars from starch. Baby foods Brewing industry
Proteases
Biscuit manufacturers use them to lower the protein level of flour.
Trypsin Enzymes from barley are released during the mashing stage of beer production. Industrially produced barley enzymes Amylase, glucanases, proteases Betaglucanases and arabinoxylanases Amyloglucosidase and pullulanases
To predigest baby foods They degrade starch and proteins to produce simple sugar, amino acids and peptides that are used by yeast for fermentation. Widely used in the brewing process to substitute for the natural enzymes found in barley. Split polysaccharides and proteins in the malt. Improve the wort and beer filtration characteristics.
Low-calorie beer and adjustment of fermentability.
Germinating barley used for malt
Proteases Acetolactatedecarboxylase (ALDC)
Remove cloudiness produced during storage of beers. Increases fermentation efficiency by reducing diacetyl [88] formation. Clarify fruit juices.
Fruit juices
Cellulases, pectinases
Enzyme
93
Rennin, derived from the stomachs Manufacture of cheese, used to hydrolyze protein of young ruminant animals (like calves and lambs)
Dairy industry
Microbially produced enzyme
Now finding increasing use in the dairy industry
Lipases
Is implemented during the production of Roquefort cheese to enhance the ripening of the blue-mold cheese.
Roquefort cheese Meat tenderizers Starch industry
Lactases
Break down lactose to glucose and galactose.
Papain
To soften meat for cooking
Amylases, amyloglucosideases and Converts starch into glucose and various syrups. glucoamylases Glucose isomerase Converts glucose into fructose in production of high-fructose syrups from starchy materials. These syrups have enhanced sweetening properties and lower calorific values than sucrose for the same level of sweetness. Degrade starch to lower viscosity, aiding sizing and coating paper. Xylanases reduce bleach required for decolorizing; cellulases smooth fibers, enhance water drainage, and promote ink removal; lipases reduce pitch and lignin-degrading enzymes remove lignin to soften paper.
Glucose
Fructose
Paper industry
Amylases, Xylanases, Cellulases and ligninases
A paper mill in South Carolina Biofuel industry Cellulases Used to break down cellulose into sugars that can be fermented (see cellulosic ethanol)
Ligninases
Use of lignin waste
Cellulose in 3D Biological detergent Primarily proteases, produced in an Used for presoak conditions and direct liquid extracellular form from bacteria applications helping with removal of protein stains from clothes Amylases Detergents for machine dish washing to remove resistant starch residues Used to assist in the removal of fatty and oily stains Used in biological fabric conditioners
Lipases Cellulases
Enzyme
94
Proteases To remove proteins on contact lens to prevent infections To generate oxygen from peroxide to convert latex into foam rubber Dissolve gelatin off scrap film, allowing recovery of its silver content. Used to manipulate DNA in genetic engineering, important in pharmacology, agriculture and medicine. Essential for restriction digestion and the polymerase chain reaction. Molecular biology is also important in forensic science.
Contact lens cleaners
Rubber industry
Catalase
Photographic industry
Protease (ficin)
Molecular biology
Restriction enzymes, DNA ligase and polymerases
Part of the DNA double helix
References
[7] Williams, H. S. (1904) A History of Science: in Five Volumes. Volume IV: Modern Development of the Chemical and Biological Sciences (http:/ / etext. lib. virginia. edu/ toc/ modeng/ public/ Wil4Sci. html) Harper and Brothers (New York) Accessed 4 April 2007 [9] Kühne coined the word "enzyme" in: W. Kühne (1877) " Über das Verhalten verschiedener organisirter und sog. ungeformter Fermente (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=jzdMAAAAYAAJ& pg=PA190& ie=ISO-8859-1& output=html)" (On the behavior of various organized and so-called unformed ferments), Verhandlungen des naturhistorisch-medicinischen Vereins zu Heidelberg, new series, vol. 1, no. 3, pages 190–193. The relevant passage occurs on page 190: "Um Missverständnissen vorzubeugen und lästige Umschreibungen zu vermeiden schlägt Vortragender vor, die ungeformten oder nicht organisirten Fermente, deren Wirkung ohne Anwesenheit von Organismen und ausserhalb derselben erfolgen kann, als Enzyme zu bezeichnen." (Translation: In order to obviate misunderstandings and avoid cumbersome periphrases, [the author, a university lecturer] suggests designating as "enzymes" the unformed or not organized ferments, whose action can occur without the presence of organisms and outside of the same.) [10] Nobel Laureate Biography of Eduard Buchner at http:/ / nobelprize. org (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1907/ buchner-bio. html). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [11] Text of Eduard Buchner's 1907 Nobel lecture at http:/ / nobelprize. org (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1907/ buchner-lecture. html). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [12] The naming of enzymes by adding the suffix "-ase" to the substrate on which the enzyme acts, has been traced to French scientist Émile Duclaux (1840–1904), who intended to honor the discoverers of diastase – the first enzyme to be isolated – by introducing this practice in his book Traité de Microbiologie (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=Kp9EAAAAQAAJ& printsec=frontcover), vol. 2 (Paris, France: Masson and Co., 1899). See Chapter 1, especially page 9. [13] Willstätter, R. (1927). Problems and Methods in Enzyme Research. Cornell University Press, Ithaca. quoted in [14] 1946 Nobel prize for Chemistry laureates at http:/ / nobelprize. org (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1946/ ). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [20] The Catalytic Site Atlas at The European Bioinformatics Institute (http:/ / www. ebi. ac. uk/ thornton-srv/ databases/ CSA/ ). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [51] BRENDA The Comprehensive Enzyme Information System (http:/ / www. brenda. uni-koeln. de/ ). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [55] English translation (http:/ / web. lemoyne. edu/ ~giunta/ menten. html). Retrieved 6 April 2007. [77] Phenylketonuria: NCBI Genes and Disease (http:/ / www. ncbi. nlm. nih. gov/ books/ bv. fcgi?call=bv. View. . ShowSection& rid=gnd. section. 234). Retrieved 4 April 2007. [79] The complete nomenclature can be browsed at Enzyme Nomenclature (http:/ / www. chem. qmul. ac. uk/ iubmb/ enzyme/ ). Recommendations of the Nomenclature Committee of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology on the Nomenclature and Classification of Enzymes by the Reactions they Catalyse. Nomenclature Committee of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (NC-IUBMB)
Enzyme
95
Further reading
Etymology and history • "New Beer in an Old Bottle: Eduard Buchner and the Growth of Biochemical Knowledge, edited by Athel Cornish-Bowden and published by Universitat de València (1997): ISBN 84-370-3328-4" (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20080207101706/ http:/ / bip. cnrs-mrs. fr/ bip10/ buchner. htm). Archived from the original (http:/ / bip. cnrs-mrs. fr/ bip10/ buchner. htm) on 7 February 2008., A history of early enzymology. Williams, Henry Smith, 1863–1943. A History of Science: in Five Volumes. Volume IV: Modern Development of the Chemical and Biological Sciences (http:/ / etext. lib. virginia. edu/ toc/ modeng/ public/ Wil4Sci. html), A textbook from the 19th century. Kleyn J, Hough J (1971). "The microbiology of brewing". Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 25: 583–608. doi: 10.1146/annurev.mi.25.100171.003055 (http:/ / dx. doi. org/ 10. 1146/ annurev. mi. 25. 100171. 003055). PMID 4949040 (http:/ / www. ncbi. nlm. nih. gov/ pubmed/ 4949040). Kinetics and inhibition • Cornish-Bowden, Athel. Fundamentals of Enzyme Kinetics. (3rd edition), Portland Press, 2004. ISBN 1-85578-158-1. Segel Irwin H. Enzyme Kinetics: Behavior and Analysis of Rapid Equilibrium and Steady-State Enzyme Systems. (New Ed edition), Wiley-Interscience, 1993. ISBN 0-471-30309-7. Baynes, John W. Medical Biochemistry. (2nd edition), Elsevier-Mosby, 2005. ISBN 0-7234-3341-0, p. 57.
•
•
•
•
Function and control of enzymes in the cell • Price, N. and Stevens, L. Fundamentals of Enzymology: Cell and Molecular Biology of Catalytic Proteins. Oxford University Press, 1999. ISBN 0-19-850229-X. "Nutritional and Metabolic Diseases" (http:/ / www. ncbi. nlm. nih. gov/ books/ bv. fcgi?rid=gnd. chapter. 86). Chapter of the on-line textbook Introduction to Genes and Disease from the NCBI.
Enzyme structure and mechanism • • • • • Fersht, Alan (1999). Structure and mechanism in protein science: a guide to enzyme catalysis and protein folding. San Francisco: W.H. Freeman. ISBN 0-7167-3268-8. Walsh C (1979). Enzymatic reaction mechanisms. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman. ISBN 0-7167-0070-0. Page, M. I., and Williams, A. (Eds.). Enzyme Mechanisms. Royal Society of Chemistry, 1987. ISBN 0-85186-947-5. Bugg, T. Introduction to Enzyme and Coenzyme Chemistry. (2nd edition), Blackwell Publishing Limited, 2004. ISBN 1-4051-1452-5. Warshel, A. Computer Modeling of Chemical Reactions in enzymes and Solutions. John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1991. ISBN 0-471-18440-3.
•
Enzyme-naming conventions • Enzyme Nomenclature (http:/ / www. chem. qmul. ac. uk/ iubmb/ enzyme/ ), Recommendations for enzyme names from the Nomenclature Committee of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Koshland, D. The Enzymes, v. I, ch. 7. Acad. Press, New York, 1959.
Thermodynamics • "Reactions and Enzymes" (http:/ / www. emc. maricopa. edu/ faculty/ farabee/ BIOBK/ BioBookEnzym. html) Chapter 10 of on-line biology book at Estrella Mountain Community College. •
Industrial applications • "History of industrial enzymes" (http:/ / www. mapsenzymes. com/ History_of_Enzymes. asp), Article about the history of industrial enzymes from the late 1900s to the present times.
External links
• Structure/Function of Enzymes (http://mcdb-webarchive.mcdb.ucsb.edu/sears/biochemistry/), Web tutorial on enzyme structure and function. • Enzymes in diagnosis (http://www.science2day.info/2008/02/enzyme-test-or-cpk-test-what-is-it.html) Role of enzymes in diagnosis of diseases. • Enzyme spotlight (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/intenz/spotlight.jsp) Monthly feature at the European Bioinformatics Institute on a selected enzyme. • AMFEP (http://www.amfep.org/), Association of Manufacturers and Formulators of Enzyme Products • BRENDA (http://www.brenda-enzymes.org/) database, a comprehensive compilation of information and literature references about all known enzymes; requires payment by commercial users. • Enzyme Structures (http://pdbe.org/ec) Explore 3-D structure data of enzymes in the Protein Data Bank. • Enzyme Structures Database (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/thornton-srv/databases/enzymes/) links to the known 3-D structure data of enzymes in the Protein Data Bank.
Enzyme • ExPASy enzyme (http://us.expasy.org/enzyme/) database, links to Swiss-Prot sequence data, entries in other databases and to related literature searches. • KEGG: Kyoto Encyclopedia of Genes and Genomes (http://www.genome.jp/kegg/) Graphical and hypertext-based information on biochemical pathways and enzymes. • (http://www.enzyme-database.org/) enzyme database • MACiE (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/thornton-srv/databases/MACiE/) database of enzyme reaction mechanisms. • MetaCyc database of enzymes and metabolic pathways • Face-to-Face Interview with Sir John Cornforth who was awarded a Nobel Prize for work on stereochemistry of enzyme-catalyzed reactions (http://www.vega.org.uk/video/programme/19) Freeview video by the Vega Science Trust • Sigma Aldrich Enzyme Assays by Enzyme Name (http://www.sigmaaldrich.com/life-science/metabolomics/ enzyme-explorer.html)—Hundreds of assays sorted by enzyme name. • Bugg TD (2001). "The development of mechanistic enzymology in the 20th century". Nat Prod Rep 18 (5): 465–93. doi: 10.1039/b009205n (http://dx.doi.org/10.1039/b009205n). PMID 11699881 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11699881).
96
Paneth cell
97
Paneth cell
Paneth cell
Paneth cells Latin MeSH Code cellula panethensis Paneth+Cells
[1]
TH H3.04.03.0.00017
Paneth cells, along with goblet cells, enterocytes, and enteroendocrine cells, represent the principal cell types of the epithelium of the small intestine.[1] (A few may also be found sporadically in the cecum and appendix.) They are identified microscopically by their location just below the intestinal stem cells in the intestinal glands (AKA crypts of Lieberkühn) and the large eosinophilic refractile granules that occupy most of their cytoplasm. These granules consist of several anti-microbial compounds and other compounds that are known to be important in immunity and host-defense. When exposed to bacteria or bacterial antigens, Paneth cells secrete some of these compounds into the lumen of the intestinal gland, thereby contributing to maintenance of the gastrointestinal barrier. Paneth cells are named after Joseph Paneth (1857–1890), an Austrian physician.
Location
Paneth cells are found throughout the small intestine and the appendix at the base of the intestinal glands.[2] The Paneth cell numbers demonstrate an ascending trend with highest numbers towards the distal end of the small intestine. Like the other epithelial cell lineages in the small intestine, paneth cells originate at the stem cell region near the bottom of the gland.[3] However, unlike the other epithelial cell types, paneth cells migrate downward from the stem cell region and settle just adjacent to it.[3] This close relationship to the stem cell region is thought to suggest that Paneth cells are important in defending the gland stem cells from microbial damage,[3] although their function is not entirely known.[2] Furthermore, among the four aforementioned intestinal cell lineages, the Paneth cells live the longest (18-23 days).
Function
Small intestinal crypts house stem cells that serve to constantly replenish epithelial cells that die and are lost from the villi. Protection of these stem cells is essential for long-term maintenance of the intestinal epithelium, and the location of Paneth cells adjacent to stem cells suggests that they play a critical role in defending epithelial cell renewal.
Sensing microbiota
Paneth cells sense bacteria via MyD88-dependent toll-like receptor (TLR) activation which then triggers antimicrobial action.[4]
Paneth cell
98
Secretions
Defensins
The principal defense molecules secreted by Paneth cells are alpha-defensins, which are known as cryptdins in mice.[5] These peptides have hydrophobic and positively-charged domains that can interact with phospholipids in cell membranes. This structure allows defensins to insert into membranes, where they interact with one another to form pores that disrupt membrane function, leading to cell lysis. Due to the higher concentration of negatively-charged phospholipids in bacterial than vertebrate cell membranes, defensins preferentially bind to and disrupt bacterial cells, sparing the cells they are functioning to protect.[6] Paneth cells are stimulated to secrete defensins when exposed to bacteria (both Gram positive and negative types) or such bacterial products as lipopolysaccharide, muramyl dipeptide and lipid A.
Other secretions
In addition to defensins, Paneth cells secrete lysozyme,[] tumor necrosis factor-alpha,[] and phospholipase A2.[citation needed] Lysozyme and phospholipase A2 both have clear antimicrobial activity. This battery of secretory molecules gives Paneth cells a potent arsenal against a broad spectrum of agents, including bacteria, fungi and even some enveloped viruses.
Further reading
• Ganz T (1999). "Defensins and host defense.". Science 286 (5439): 420–1. doi: 10.1126/science.286.5439.420 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.286.5439.420). PMID 10577203 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/10577203). • Ganz T (2000). "Paneth cells--guardians of the gut cell hatchery.". Nat Immunol 1 (2): 99–100. doi: 10.1038/77884 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/77884). PMID 11248797 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/11248797).
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 11604loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/11604loa.htm) - "Endocrine System: duodenum, enteroendocrine cells" • BU Histology Learning System: 11606loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/11606loa.htm) - "Digestive System: Alimentary Canal - duodenum, paneth cells" • Overview and diagram at colostate.edu (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/digestion/smallgut/ paneth.html) • Histology at ucsd.edu (http://meded.ucsd.edu/hist-img-bank/chapter_6/Slide_94_crypts_duodenum/pages/b. 6.94.1.5.htm)
Intestine
99
Intestine
In human anatomy, the intestine (or bowel, hose or gut) is the segment of the alimentary canal extending from the pyloric sphincter of the stomach to the anus and, in humans and other mammals, consists of two segments, the small intestine and the large intestine. In humans, the small intestine is further subdivided into the duodenum, jejunum and ileum while the large intestine is subdivided into the cecum and colon.[1]
Structure and function
The structure and function can be described both as gross anatomy and at a microscopic level. The intestinal tract can be broadly divided into two different parts, the small and large intestine.[2] People will have different sized intestines according to their size and age. The intestine is divided into two parts: The Small Intestine and the Large Intestine. The lumen is the cavity where digested food passes through and from where nutrients are absorbed. Both intestines share a general structure with the whole gut, and are composed of several layers. Going from inside the lumen radially outwards, one passes the mucosa (glandular epithelium and muscularis mucosa), sub mucosa, muscularis externa (made up of inner circular and outer longitudinal), and lastly serosa.
• Along the whole length of the gut in the glandular epithelium are goblet cells. These secrete mucus which lubricates the passage of food along and protects it from digestive enzymes. In the small intestine, villi are vaginations (folds) of the mucosa and increase the overall surface area of the intestine while also containing a lacteal, which is connected to the lymph system and aids in the removal of lipids and tissue fluid from the blood supply. Micro villi are present on the epithelium of a villus and further increase the surface area over which The general structure of the intestinal wall absorption can take place. Pocket-like invaginations into the underlying tissue are termed Crypts of Lieberkühn. In the large intestines, villi are absent and a flat surface with thousands of crypts is observed. • Underlying the epithelium is the lamina propria, which contains myofibroblasts, blood vessels, nerves, and several different immune cells. • The next layer is the muscularis mucosa which is a layer of smooth muscle that aids in the action of continued peristalsis and catastalsis along the gut. The sub mucosa contains nerves (e.g. Meissner's plexus), blood vessels and elastic fibre with collagen that stretches with increased capacity but maintains the shape of the intestine.
Intestine • Surrounding this is the muscularis externa which comprises longitudinal and circular smooth muscle that again helps with continued peristalsis and the movement of digested material out of and along the gut. In between the two layers of muscle lies Auerbach's plexus. • Lastly there is the serosa which is made up of loose connective tissue and coated in mucus so as to prevent friction damage from the intestine rubbing against other tissue. Holding all this in place are the mesenteries which suspend the intestine in the abdominal cavity and stop it being disturbed when a person is physically active. The large intestine hosts several kinds of bacteria that deal with molecules the human body is not able to break down itself.[citation needed] This is an example of symbiosis. These bacteria also account for the production of gases inside our intestine (this gas is released as flatulence when eliminated through the anus). However the large intestine is mainly concerned with the absorption of water from digested material (which is regulated by the hypothalamus) and the re absorption of sodium, as well as any nutrients that may have escaped primary digestion in the ileum.
100
Diseases and disorders
• • • • Gastroenteritis is an inflammation of the intestines. It is the most common disease of all the intestines. Ileus is a blockage of the intestines. Ileitis is an inflammation of the ileum. Colitis is an inflammation of the large intestine.
• Appendicitis is inflammation of the vermiform appendix located at the caecum. This is a potentially fatal disease if left untreated; most cases of appendicitis require surgical intervention. • Coeliac disease is a common form of malabsorption, affecting up to 1% of people of northern European descent. An autoimmune response is triggered in intestinal cells by digestion of gluten proteins. Ingestion of proteins found in wheat, barley and rye, causes villous atrophy in the small intestine. Lifelong dietary avoidance of these foodstuffs in a gluten-free diet is the only treatment. • Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis are examples of inflammatory bowel disease. While Crohn's can affect the entire gastrointestinal tract, ulcerative colitis is limited to the large intestine. Crohn's disease is widely regarded as an autoimmune disease. Although ulcerative colitis is often treated as though it were an autoimmune disease, there is no consensus that it actually is such. (See List of autoimmune diseases). • Enteroviruses are named by their transmission-route through the intestine (enteric meaning intestinal), but their symptoms aren't mainly associated with the intestine. • Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is the most common functional disorder of the intestine. Functional constipation and chronic functional abdominal pain are other disorders of the intestine that have physiological causes, but do not have identifiable structural, chemical, or infectious pathologies. They are aberrations of normal bowel function but not diseases.[3] • Diverticular disease is a condition that is very common in older people in industrialized countries. It usually affects the large intestine but has been known to affect the small intestine as well. Diverticulosis occurs when pouches form on the intestinal wall. Once the pouches become inflamed it is known as diverticulitis. • Endometriosis can affect the intestines, with similar symptoms to IBS. • Bowel twist (or similarly, bowel strangulation) is a comparatively rare event (usually developing sometime after major bowel surgery). It is, however, hard to diagnose correctly, and if left uncorrected can lead to bowel infarction and death. (The singer Maurice Gibb is understood to have died from this.) • Angiodysplasia of the colon • Chronic functional abdominal pain • Colorectal cancer • Constipation • Diarrhea • Hirschsprung's disease (aganglionosis) • Intussusception
Intestine • Polyp (medicine) (see also Colorectal polyp) • Pseudomembranous colitis • Ulcerative colitis and toxic megacolon
101
In non-human animals
Animal intestines have multiple uses. From each species of livestock that is a source of milk, a corresponding rennet is obtained from the intestines of milk-fed calves. Pig and calf intestines are eaten, and pig intestines are used as sausage casings. Calf intestines supply Calf Intestinal Alkaline Phosphatase (CIP), and are used to make Goldbeater's skin.
References
[3] http:/ / www. irregularbowelsyndrome. info
• Encyclopædia Britannica article on intestine (http://www.britannica.com/eb/article-9002491/intestine) retrieved on 2007-03-27
Molecular formula Molar mass log P Acidity (pK )
a
CHO− 3 61.0168 g mol-1 -0.82 10.3 3.7
Basicity (pK )
b
Except where noted otherwise, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C, 100 kPa) Infobox references
In inorganic chemistry, bicarbonate (IUPAC-recommended nomenclature: hydrogencarbonate[1]) is an intermediate form in the deprotonation of carbonic acid. It is an anion with the chemical formula HCO3−. Bicarbonate serves a crucial biochemical role in the physiological pH buffering system.[]
Bicarbonate
103
Chemical properties
The bicarbonate ion (hydrogen carbonate ion) is an anion with the empirical formula HCO3− and a molecular mass of 61.01 daltons; it consists of one central carbon atom surrounded by three oxygen atoms in a trigonal planar arrangement, with a hydrogen atom attached to one of the oxygens. It is isoelectronic with nitric acid HNO3. The bicarbonate ion carries a negative one formal charge and is the conjugate base of carbonic acid H2CO3; it is the conjugate acid of CO2− 3, the carbonate ion, as shown by these equilibrium reactions. CO32− + 2 H2O H2CO3 + 2 H2O HCO3− + H2O + OH− HCO3− + H3O+ + H2O H2CO3 +2 OH− CO32− + 2 H3O+
A bicarbonate salt forms when a positively charged ion attaches to the negatively charged oxygen atoms of the ion, forming an ionic compound. Many bicarbonates are soluble in water at standard temperature and pressure, in particular sodium bicarbonate contributes to total dissolved solids, a common parameter for assessing water quality.[citation needed]
Biochemical role
Bicarbonate is alkaline, and a vital component of the pH buffering system[] of the human body (maintaining acid-base homeostasis). 70-75% of CO2 in the body is converted into carbonic acid (H2CO3), which can quickly turn into bicarbonate (HCO3−). With carbonic acid as the central intermediate species, bicarbonate – in conjunction with water, hydrogen ions, and carbon dioxide – forms this buffering system, which is maintained at the volatile equilibrium[] required to provide prompt resistance to drastic pH changes in both the acidic and basic directions. This is especially important for protecting tissues of the central nervous system, where pH changes too far outside of the normal range in either direction could prove disastrous (see acidosis or alkalosis). Bicarbonate also acts to regulate pH in the small intestine. It is released from the pancreas in response to the hormone secretin to neutralize the acidic chyme entering the duodenum from the stomach.[2]
Bicarbonate
104
Bicarbonate in the environment
In freshwater ecology, strong photosynthetic activity by freshwater plants in daylight releases gaseous oxygen into the water and at the same time produces bicarbonate ions. These shift the pH upward until in certain circumstances the degree of alkalinity can become toxic to some organisms or can make other chemical constituents such as ammonia toxic. In darkness, when no photosynthesis occurs, respiration processes release carbon dioxide, and no new bicarbonate ions are produced, resulting in a rapid fall in pH.
Other uses
The most common salt of the bicarbonate ion is sodium bicarbonate, NaHCO3, which is commonly known as baking soda. When heated or exposed to an acid such as acetic acid (vinegar), sodium bicarbonate releases carbon dioxide. This is used as a leavening agent in baking. The flow of bicarbonate ions from rocks weathered by the carbonic acid in rainwater is an important part of the carbon cycle. Bicarbonate also serves much in the digestive system. It raises the internal pH of the stomach, after highly acidic digestive juices have finished in their digestion of food. Ammonium bicarbonate is used in digestive biscuit manufacture.
Diagnostics
In diagnostic medicine, the blood value of bicarbonate is one of several indicators of the state of acid-base physiology in the body. The parameter standard bicarbonate concentration (SBCe) is the bicarbonate concentration in the blood at a PaCO2 of 40 mmHg (5.33 kPa), full oxygen saturation and 36 °C.[3]
Reference ranges for blood tests, comparing blood content of bicarbonate (shown in blue at right) with other constituents.
External links
• Bicarbonates (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Bicarbonates) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH)
Lysozyme
105
Lysozyme
Lysozyme
Lysozyme single crystal Identifiers EC number CAS number 3.2.1.17 [1] [2]
More reference expression data Orthologs Species Entrez Ensembl UniProt RefSeq (mRNA) RefSeq (protein) Location (UCSC) Human 4069
[238] [240]
[237]
Mouse 17105
[239] [241]
ENSG00000090382 P61626
[242] [244]
ENSMUSG00000069516 Q3TXG2
[243] [245]
NM_000239 NP_000230
NM_017372 NP_059068
[246]
[247]
Chr 12: [248] 69.74 – 69.75 Mb
[250]
Chr 10: [249] 116.68 – 116.69 Mb
[251]
PubMed search
Lysozymes, also known as muramidase or N-acetylmuramide glycanhydrolase, are glycoside hydrolases. These are enzymes (EC 3.2.1.17 [252]) that damage bacterial cell walls by catalyzing hydrolysis of 1,4-beta-linkages between N-acetylmuramic acid and N-acetyl-D-glucosamine residues in a peptidoglycan and between N-acetyl-D-glucosamine residues in chitodextrins. Lysozyme is abundant in a number of secretions, such as tears, saliva, human milk, and mucus. It is also present in cytoplasmic granules of the polymorphonuclear neutrophils (PMN). Large amounts of lysozyme can be found in egg white. C-type lysozymes are closely related to alpha-lactalbumin in sequence and structure, making them part of the same family. In humans, the lysozyme enzyme is encoded by the LYZ gene.[][]
Lysozyme
108
Function
The enzyme functions by attacking peptidoglycans (found in the cell walls of bacteria, especially Gram-positive bacteria) and hydrolyzing the glycosidic bond that connects N-acetylmuramic acid with the fourth carbon atom of N-acetylglucosamine. It does this by binding to the peptidoglycan molecule in the binding site within the prominent cleft between its two domains. This causes the substrate molecule to adopt a strained conformation similar to that of the transition state.[] According to Phillips-Mechanism, the lysozyme binds to a hexasaccharide. The lysozyme then distorts the fourth sugar in hexasaccharide (the D ring) into a half-chair conformation. In this stressed state, the glycosidic bond is easily broken.
Overview of the reaction
The amino acid side-chains glutamic acid 35 (Glu35) and aspartate 52 (Asp52) have been found to be critical to the activity of this enzyme. Glu35 acts as a proton donor to the glycosidic bond, cleaving the C-O bond in the substrate, whereas Asp52 acts as a nucleophile to generate a glycosyl enzyme intermediate. The glycosyl enzyme intermediate then reacts with a water molecule, to give the product of hydrolysis and leaving the enzyme unchanged.[]
Role in disease
Lysozyme is part of the innate immune system. Reduced lysozyme levels have been associated with bronchopulmonary dysplasia in newborns.[] Children fed infant formula lacking lysozyme in their diet have three times the rate of diarrheal disease.[] Since lysozyme is a natural form of protection from gram-positive pathogens like Bacillus and Streptococcus,[1] a deficiency due to infant formula feeding can lead to increased incidence of disease. Whereas the skin is a protective barrier due to its dryness and acidity, the conjunctiva (membrane covering the eye) is, instead, protected by secreted enzymes, mainly lysozyme and defensin. However, when these protective barriers fail, conjunctivitis results. In certain cancers (especially myelomonocytic leukemia) excessive production of lysozyme by cancer cells can lead to toxic levels of lysozyme in the blood. High lysozyme blood levels can lead to kidney failure and low blood potassium, conditions that may improve or resolve with treatment of the primary malignancy.
Lysozyme
109
History
The antibacterial property of hen egg white, due to the lysozyme it contains, was first observed by Laschtschenko in 1909,[] although it was not until 1922 that the name 'lysozyme' was coined, by Alexander Fleming (1881–1955), the discoverer of penicillin.[] Fleming first observed the antibacterial action of lysozyme when he treated bacterial cultures with nasal mucus from a patient suffering from a head cold.[] The three-dimensional structure of hen egg white lysozyme was described by David Chilton Phillips (1924–1999) in 1965, when he obtained the first 2-Ångström (200 pm) resolution model via X-ray crystallography.[2][3] The structure was publicly presented at a Royal Institution lecture in 1965.[] Lysozyme was the second protein structure and the first enzyme structure to be solved via X-ray diffraction methods, and the first enzyme to be fully sequenced that contains all twenty common amino acids.[] As a result of Phillips' elucidation of the structure of lysozyme, it was also the first enzyme to have a detailed, specific mechanism suggested for its method of catalytic action.[] This work led Phillips to provide an explanation for how enzymes speed up a chemical reaction in terms of its physical structures. The original mechanism proposed by Phillips was more recently revised.[4] Howard Florey (1898–1968) and Ernst B. Chain (1906–1979) also investigated lysozymes. Although they never made much progress in this field, they, along with Fleming, developed penicillin.
References
[1] Microbiology: A human perspective. Nester, Anderson, Roberts, Nester. 5th Ed. 2007
External links
• Muramidase (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Muramidase) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • "Lysozyme: enzyme, sequence, crystallization, structure" (http://lysozyme.co.uk/). lysozyme.co.uk. Retrieved 2009-01-04. • Proteopedia.org HEW Lysozyme (http://www.proteopedia.org/wiki/index.php/ Hen_Egg-White_(HEW)_Lysozyme) • JBdirectory: Lysozyme chloride (http://health.jbdirectory.com/Lysozyme_chloride)
Surfactant
110
Surfactant
Surfactants are compounds that lower the surface tension of a liquid, the interfacial tension between two liquids, or that between a liquid and a solid. Surfactants may act as detergents, wetting agents, emulsifiers, foaming agents, and dispersants.
Etymology and definition
The term surfactant/surfactants is a blend of surface active agents.[] In Index Medicus and the United States National Library of Medicine, surfactant/surfactants is reserved for the meaning pulmonary surfactant. For the more general meaning, surface active agent/s is the heading.
Micelle in aqueous solution
Composition and structure
Surfactants are usually organic compounds that are amphiphilic, meaning they contain both hydrophobic groups (their tails) and hydrophilic groups (their heads).[] Therefore, a surfactant contains both a water insoluble (or oil soluble) component and a water soluble component. Surfactants will diffuse in water and adsorb at interfaces between air and water or at the interface between oil and water, in the case where water is mixed with oil. The insoluble hydrophobic group may extend out of the bulk water phase, into the air or into the oil phase, while the water soluble head group remains in the water phase. This alignment of surfactants at the surface modifies the surface properties of water at the water/air or water/oil interface. World production of surfactants is estimated at 15 Mton/y, of which about half are soaps. Other surfactants produced on a particularly large scale are linear alkylbenzenesulfonates (1700 kton/y), lignin sulfonates (600 kton/y), fatty alcohol ethoxylates (700 ktons/y), and alkylphenol ethoxylates (500 kton/y).[1]
A micelle—the lipophilic tails of the surfactant ions remain on the inside of the micelle due to unfavourable interactions. The polar "heads" of the micelle, due to favourable interactions with water, form a hydrophilic outer layer that in effect protects the hydrophobic core of the micelle. The compounds that make up a micelle are typically amphiphilic in nature, meaning that micelles are soluble not only in protic solvents such as water but also in aprotic solvents as a reverse micelle.
Structure of surfactant phases in water
In the bulk aqueous phase, surfactants form aggregates, such as micelles, where the hydrophobic tails form the core of the aggregate and the hydrophilic heads are in contact with the surrounding liquid. Other types of aggregates such as spherical or cylindrical micelles or bilayers can be formed. The shape of the aggregates depends on the chemical
Surfactant structure of the surfactants, depending on the balance of the sizes of the hydrophobic tail and hydrophilic head. This is known as the HLB, Hydrophilic-lipophilic balance. Surfactants reduce the surface tension of water by adsorbing at the liquid-gas interface. The relation that links the surface tension and the surface excess is known as the Gibbs isotherm.
111
Dynamics of surfactants at interfaces
The dynamics of adsorption of surfactants is of great importance for practical applications such as foaming, emulsifying or coating processes, where bubbles or drops are rapidly generated and need to be stabilized. The dynamics of adsorption depends on the diffusion coefficient of the surfactants. Indeed, as the interface is created, the adsorption is limited by the diffusion of the surfactants to the interface. In some cases, there exists a barrier of energy for the adsorption or the desorption of the surfactants, then the adsorption dynamics is known as ‘kinetically limited'. Such energy barrier can be due to steric or electrostatic repulsions. The surface rheology of surfactant layers, including the elasticity and viscosity of the surfactant layers plays a very important role in foam or emulsion stability.
Characterization of interfaces and surfactant layers
Interfacial and surface tension can be characterized by classical methods such as the -pendant or spinning drop method Dynamic surface tensions, i.e. surface tension as a function of time, can be obtained by the Maximum Bubble Pressure apparatus The structure of surfactant layers can be studied by ellipsometry or X-Ray reflectivity. Surface rheology can be characterized by the oscillating drop method or shear surface rheometers such as double-cone, double-ring or magnetic rod shear surface rheometer.
Detergents in biochemistry and biotechnology
In solution, detergents help solubilize a variety of chemical species by dissociating aggregates and unfolding proteins. Popular surfactants in the biochemistry laboratory are SDS and CTAB. Detergents are key reagents to extract protein by lysis of the cells and tissues: They disorganize the membrane's lipidic bilayer (SDS, Triton X-100, X-114, CHAPS, DOC, and NP-40), and solubilize proteins. Milder detergents such as (OctylThioGlucosides) are used to solubilize sensible proteins (enzymes, receptors). Non-solubilized material is harvested by centrifugation or other means. For electrophoresis, for example, proteins are classically treated with SDS to denature the native tertiary and quaternary structures, allowing the separation of proteins according to their molecular weight. Detergents have also been used to decellularise organs. This process maintains a matrix of proteins that preserves the structure of the organ and often the microvascular network. The process has been successfully used to prepare organs such as the liver and heart for transplant in rats.[2] Pulmonary surfactants are also naturally secreted by type II cells of the lung alveoli in mammals.
Classification of surfactants
The "tail" of most surfactants are fairly similar, consisting of a hydrocarbon chain, which can be branch, linear, or aromatic. Fluorosurfactants have fluorocarbon chains. Siloxane surfactants have siloxane chains. Many important surfactants include a polyether chain terminating in a highly polar anionic group. The polyether groups often comprise ethoxylated (polyethylene oxide-like) sequences inserted to increase the hydrophilic character of a surfactant. Polypropylene oxides conversely, may be inserted to increase the lipophilic character of a surfactant. Surfactant molecules have either one tail or two; those with two tails are said to be double-chained.
Surfactant
112
Most commonly, surfactants are classified according to polar head group. A non-ionic surfactant has no charge groups in its head. The head of an ionic surfactant carries a net charge. If the charge is negative, the surfactant is more specifically called anionic; if the charge is positive, it is called cationic. If a surfactant contains a head with two oppositely charged groups, it is termed zwitterionic. Commonly encountered surfactants of each type include:
Anionic
Sulfate, sulfonate, and phosphate esters
Surfactant classification according to the composition of their head: nonionic, anionic, cationic, amphoteric.
Anionic surfactants contain anionic functional groups at their head, such as sulfate, sulfonate, phosphate, and carboxylates. Prominent alkyl sulfates include ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate (SDS, sodium dodecyl sulfate, another name for the compound) and the related alkyl-ether sulfates sodium laureth sulfate, also known as sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), and sodium myreth sulfate. Docusates: dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate, perfluorooctanesulfonate (PFOS), perfluorobutanesulfonate, linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LABs). These include alkyl-aryl ether phosphates and the alkyl ether phosphate Carboxylates These are the most common surfactants and comprise the alkyl carboxylates (soaps), such as sodium stearate. More specialized species include sodium lauroyl sarcosinate and carboxylate-based fluorosurfactants such as perfluorononanoate, perfluorooctanoate (PFOA or PFO).
Zwitterionic surfactants
Zwitterionic (amphoteric) surfactants have both cationic and anionic centers attached to the same molecule. The cationic part is based on primary, secondary, or tertiary amines or quaternary ammonium cations. The anionic part can be more variable and include sulfonates, as in CHAPS (3-[(3-Cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-1-propanesulfonate). Other anionic groups are sultaines illustrated by cocamidopropyl hydroxysultaine. Betaines, e.g., cocamidopropyl betaine. Phosphates: lecithin
Nonionic surfactant
Many long chain alcohols exhibit some surfactant properties. Prominent among these are the fatty alcohols cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, and cetostearyl alcohol (consisting predominantly of cetyl and stearyl alcohols), and oleyl alcohol. • Polyoxyethylene glycol alkyl ethers (Brij): CH3–(CH2)10–16–(O-C2H4)1–25–OH: • Octaethylene glycol monododecyl ether • Pentaethylene glycol monododecyl ether • Polyoxypropylene glycol alkyl ethers: CH3–(CH2)10–16–(O-C3H6)1–25–O • Glucoside alkyl ethers: CH3–(CH2)10–16–(O-Glucoside)1–3–OH: • Decyl glucoside, • Lauryl glucoside • Octyl glucoside • Polyoxyethylene glycol octylphenol ethers: C8H17–(C6H4)–(O-C2H4)1–25–OH: • Triton X-100 • Polyoxyethylene glycol alkylphenol ethers: C9H19–(C6H4)–(O-C2H4)1–25–OH: • Nonoxynol-9 • Glycerol alkyl esters: • • • • • • • Glyceryl laurate Polyoxyethylene glycol sorbitan alkyl esters: Polysorbate Sorbitan alkyl esters: Spans Cocamide MEA, cocamide DEA Dodecyldimethylamine oxide Block copolymers of polyethylene glycol and polypropylene glycol: Poloxamers Polyethoxylated tallow amine (POEA).
According to the composition of their counter-ion
In the case of ionic surfactants, the counter-ion can be: • Monoatomic / Inorganic: • Cations: metals : alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, transition metal • Anions: halides: chloride (Cl−), bromide (Br−), iodide (I−) • Polyatomic / Organic: • Cations: ammonium, pyridinium, triethanolamine (TEA) • Anions: tosyls, trifluoromethanesulfonates, methylsulfate
Surfactant
114
Current market and forecast
The annual global production of surfactants was 13 million metric tons in 2008, and the annual turnover reached US$24.33 billion in 2009, nearly 2% up from the previous year. The market is expected to experience quite healthy growth by 2.8% annually to 2012 and by 3.5 – 4% thereafter.[4][] Specialists expect the global surfactant market to generate revenues of more than US$41 billion in 2018 – translating to an average annual growth of 4.5%[5]
Health and environmental controversy
Surfactants are routinely deposited in numerous ways on land and into water systems, whether as part of an intended process or as industrial and household waste. Some of them are known to be toxic to animals, ecosystems, and humans, and can increase the diffusion of other environmental contaminants.[][][] As a result, there are proposed or voluntary restrictions on the use of some surfactants. For example, PFOS is a persistent organic pollutant as judged by the Stockholm Convention. Additionally, PFOA has been subject to a voluntary agreement by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and eight chemical companies to reduce and eliminate emissions of the chemical and its precursors.[6] The two major surfactants used in the year 2000 were linear alkylbenzene sulfonates (LAS) and the alkyl phenol ethoxylates (APE). They break down in the aerobic conditions found in sewage treatment plants and in soil.[] Ordinary dishwashing detergent, for example, will promote water penetration in soil, but the effect would last only a few days (many standard laundry detergent powders contain levels of chemicals such as alkali and chelating agents that can be damaging to plants and should not be applied to soils). Commercial soil wetting agents will continue to work for a considerable period, but they will eventually be degraded by soil micro-organisms. Some can, however, interfere with the life-cycles of some aquatic organisms, so care should be taken to prevent run-off of these products into streams, and excess product should not be washed down.[citation needed] Anionic surfactants can be found in soils as the result of sludge application, wastewater irrigation, and remediation processes. Relatively high concentrations of surfactants together with multimetals can represent an environmental risk. At low concentrations, surfactant application is unlikely to have a significant effect on trace metal mobility.[7][8]
Biosurfactants
Biosurfactants are surface-active substances synthesised by living cells.[citation needed] Interest in microbial surfactants has been steadily increasing in recent years due to their diversity, environmentally friendly nature, possibility of large-scale production, selectivity, performance under extreme conditions, and potential applications in environmental protection.[][] Biosurfactants enhance the emulsification of hydrocarbons, have the potential to solubilise hydrocarbon contaminants and increase their availability for microbial degradation. The use of chemicals for the treatment of a hydrocarbon polluted site may contaminate the environment with their by-products, whereas biological treatment may efficiently destroy pollutants, while being biodegradable themselves. Hence, biosurfactant-producing microorganisms may play an important role in the accelerated bioremediation of hydrocarbon-contaminated sites.[9][10][] These compounds can also be used in enhanced oil recovery and may be considered for other potential applications in environmental protection.[][11] Other applications include herbicides and pesticides formulations, detergents, healthcare and cosmetics, pulp and paper, coal, textiles, ceramic processing and food industries, uranium ore-processing, and mechanical dewatering of peat.[][][12] Several microorganisms are known to synthesise surface-active agents; most of them are bacteria and yeasts.[13][14] When grown on hydrocarbon substrate as the carbon source, these microorganisms synthesise a wide range of chemicals with surface activity, such as glycolipid, phospholipid, and others.[15][16] These chemicals are synthesised to emulsify the hydrocarbon substrate and facilitate its transport into the cells. In some bacterial species such as Pseudomonas aeruginosa, biosurfactants are also involved in a group motility behavior called swarming motility.
Surfactant
115
Safety and environmental risks
Most anionic and nonionic surfactants are nontoxic, having LD50 comparable to sodium chloride. The situation for cationic surfactants is more diverse. Dialkyldimethylammonium chlorides have very low LD50's (5 g/kg) but alkylbenzyldimethylammonium chloride has an LD50 of 0.35 g/kg. Prolonged exposure of skin to surfactants can cause chaffing because surfactants (e.g., soap) disrupts the lipid coating that protects skin (and other) cells.[1]
Biosurfactants and Deepwater Horizon
The use of biosurfactants as a way to remove petroleum from contaminated sites has been questioned, and criticized as environmentally unsafe. Biosurfactants were not used by BP after the Deepwater Horizon oil spill. However, unprecedented amounts of Corexit (active ingredient: Tween-80), were sprayed directly into the ocean at the leak and on the sea-water's surface, the theory being that the surfactants isolate droplets of oil, making it easier for petroleum-consuming microbes to digest the oil.
Applications
Surfactants play an important role as cleaning, wetting, dispersing, emulsifying, foaming and anti-foaming agents in many practical applications and products, including: • • • • • • • • • • • Detergents Fabric softeners Emulsions Paints Adhesives Inks Anti-fogs Ski waxes, snowboard wax Deinking of recycled papers, in flotation, washing and enzymatic processes Laxatives Agrochemical formulations
References
[1] Kurt Kosswig "Surfactants" in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, Wiley-VCH, 2005, Weinheim. [5] Market Study on Surfactants by Ceresana Research (http:/ / www. ceresana. com/ en/ market-studies/ chemicals/ surfactants) [6] USEPA: "2010/15 PFOA Stewardship Program" (http:/ / www. epa. gov/ opptintr/ pfoa/ pubs/ pfoastewardship. htm) Accessed October 26, 2008.
External links
• Surfactants explained for parents (http://www.curoservice.com/parents_visitors/surfactant/ surfactant_composition_action.asp) • Identification of Surfactants Using Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS) (http:// littlemsandsailing.wordpress.com/2011/05/01/ identification-of-surfactants-in-commercial-products-by-mass-spectrometry/)
Clara cell
117
Clara cell
Clara cell
Latin exocrinocytus bronchiolaris Code TH H3.05.02.0.00008 [2]
Clara cells are dome-shaped cells with short microvilli found in the small airways (bronchioles) of the lungs.[] Clara cells are found in the ciliated simple epithelium. These cells may secrete glycosaminoglycans to protect the bronchiole lining. Bronchiolar cells gradually increase in number as the number of goblet cells decrease. They are also known as "bronchiolar exocrine cells".[]
Name
"Clara cells" were originally described by their namesake, Max Clara in 1937. Clara was born in South Tyrol in 1899 and died in 1966. He was a Nazi doctor who used tissue from executed victims of the Third Reich for his research at Leipzig, including the work that led to his discovery of Clara cells.[1] Some scholars believe that the eponymous name of these cells should be changed because of the ethical controversy surrounding the discovery of the cells but other scholars disagree and think that the name should remain because it is a testament to a time when medicine crossed an ethical line.[2]
Function
One of the main functions of Clara cells is to protect the bronchiolar epithelium. They do this by secreting a small variety of products, including Clara cell secretory protein (CCSP) and a solution similar to the component of the lung surfactant. They are also responsible for detoxifying harmful substances inhaled into the lungs. Clara cells accomplish this with cytochrome P450 enzymes found in their smooth endoplasmic reticulum. Clara cells also act as a stem cell and multiply and differentiate into ciliated cells to regenerate the bronchiolar epithelium.[3]
Mechanism
The respiratory bronchioles represent the transition from the conducting portion to the respiratory portion of the respiratory system. The narrow channels are usually less than 2 mm in diameter and they are lined by a simple cuboidal epithelium, consisting of ciliated cells and non-ciliated Clara cells, which are unique to bronchioles. In addition to being structurally diverse, Clara cells are also functionally variable. One major function they carry out is the synthesis and secretion of the material lining the bronchiolar lumen. This material includes glycosaminoglycans, proteins such as lysozymes, and conjugation of the secretory portion of IgA antibodies. These play an important defensive role, and they also contribute to the degradation of the mucus produced by the upper airways. The heterogeneous nature of the dense granules within the Clara cell's cytoplasm suggests that they may not all have a secretory function. Some of them may contain lysosomal enzymes, which carry out a digestive role, either in defense: Clara cells engulf airborne toxins and break them down via their cytochrome P-450 enzymes (particularly CYP4B1, which is only present in the clara cells) present in their smooth endoplasmic reticulum; or in the recycling of secretory products. Clara cells are mitotically active cells. They divide and differentiate to form both ciliated and non-ciliated epithelial cells.
Clara cell
118
Role in disease
Clara cells contain Tryptase clara, which is believed to be responsible for cleaving the hemagglutinin surface protein of influenza A virus, thereby activating it and causing the symptoms of flu.[] When the l7Rn6 protein is disrupted in mice, these mice display severe emphysema at birth as a result of disorganization of the Golgi apparatus and formation of aberrant vesicular structures within clara cells.[]
Somatotropes are cells in the anterior pituitary that produce growth hormone.
Description
Somatotropic cells constitute 30-40% of anterior pituitary cells. They release growth hormone (GH) in response to Growth hormone releasing hormone (GHRH, or somatocrinin) or are inhibited by GHIH (somatostatin), both received from the hypothalamus via the hypophyseal portal system vein and the secondary plexus. Somatotrope cells are classified as acidophilic cells. These cells take years to grow and mature very slowly. If these cells grow large enough they can impair vision, cause headaches or damage other pituitary functions.
Hormone Deficiency
When levels of somatotropin are low in the body, a physican may prescribe human growth hormone as a drug—see Growth hormone treatment. Deficiency in somatotrope secretion before puberty, or before the end of new bone tissue growth, can lead to pituitary dwarfism. When growth hormone is deficient, blood sugar is low because insulin is not opposed by normal amount of growth hormone. Dwarfs are usually well proportioned, but sometimes have a large head compared to the body.
Hormone Excess
If there is an excess of growth hormone it is usually because of over-secretion of somatotrope cells in the anterior pituitary gland. A significant amount of excess somatotrope secretion before puberty, or before the end of new bone tissue growth, can lead to gigantism. Gigantism is a disease that causes excess growth of body (e.g. being over 7 ft. tall) and unusually long limbs. An excess of secretion of growth hormone after puberty can lead to acromegaly. This is a disease that causes abnormal growth in the hands, head, jaw, and tongue. Some symptoms associated with acromegaly include heavy sweating, oily skin, improper processing of sugars in the diet (diabetes), high blood pressure, increased calcium in urine and swelling of the thyroid gland and arthritis
Bovine
Bovine somatotropin occurs in the pituitary of cattle and differs in structure from human pituitary growth hormone and is biologically inactive in the human being. Bovine somatotropin aids in regulating the amount of milk produced. Recombinant bovine somatotropin (rBST) is a hormone that is injected in cows that increases milk production.
References
• "E-Study Guide For: Human Anatomy" by By Cram101 Reviews, Michael OLoughlin
Prolactin cell (also known as epsilon acidophil, lactotrope, lactotropic cell, lactotroph, mammatroph, mammotroph) is a cell in the anterior pituitary which produces prolactin in response to hormonal signals including dopamine which is inhibitory and thyrotropin-releasing hormone which is secretagogue. Other regulators include oxytocin, estrogen and progesterone. Prolactin is involved in the maturation of mammary glands and their secretion of milk in association with oxytocin, estrogen, progesterone, glucocorticoids, and others. Prolactin has numerous other effects in both sexes. Prolactin cell are acidophilic by H&E stains and comprise about 20% of all cells in the anterior pituitary gland. If these cells undergo neoplastic transformation, they will give rise to a prolactinoma, a prolactin-secreting pituitary adenoma.
External links
• "Lactotroph [1]" at Dorland's Medical Dictionary
Thyrotropes (also called thyrotrophs) are endocrine cells in the anterior pituitary which produce thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) in response to thyrotropin releasing hormone (TRH). Thyrotropes appear basophilic in histological preparations.
Gonadotropes are endocrine cells in the anterior pituitary that produce the gonadotropins, such as the follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) and luteinizing hormone (LH). Release of FSH and LH by gonadotrophs is regulated by gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) from the hypothalamus.[1] Gonadotropes appear basophilic in histological preparations. Gonadotropes have insulin receptors, which can be overstimulated by too high insulin levels. This may lead to infertility as hormone release levels are disrupted. [][2]
References
[1] Ganong, William F.: "Review of Medical Physiology", page 248. Lange, 2005.
Corticotropes (or corticotrophs) are basophilic cells in the anterior pituitary that produce melanocyte-stimulating hormone, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) and lipotropin. The cells produce pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC) which undergoes cleavage to ACTH and β-lipotropin (β-LPH). These cells respond to corticotropin releasing hormone (CRH) and make up about 20% of the cells in the anterior pituitary.
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone
pro-opiomelanocortin
Identifiers Symbol POMC Entrez HUGO OMIM RefSeq 5443 9201 [1] [2] [3] [4]
176830
NM_000939
UniProt P01189 [5] Other data Locus Chr. 2 p23 [6]
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone
Clinical data Pregnancy cat. ? Legal status ? Identifiers ATC code ChEMBL ? CHEMBL214332 [7]
Chemical data Formula ? [8]
(what is this?) (verify)
The melanocyte-stimulating hormones (collectively referred to as MSH or intermedins) are a class of peptide hormones that are produced by cells in the intermediate lobe of the pituitary gland. Synthetic analogs of these naturally occurring hormones have also been developed and researched.
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone
124
Function
They stimulate the production and release of melanin (melanogenesis) by melanocytes in skin and hair. MSH signals to the brain have effects on appetite and sexual arousal.
In amphibians
In some animals (such as the claw-toed frog Xenopus laevis) production of MSH is increased when the animal is in a dark location. This causes pigment to be dispersed in pigment cells in the toad's skin, making it become darker, and harder for predators to spot. The pigment cells are called melanophores and therefore, in amphibians, the hormone is often called melanophore-stimulating hormone.
In humans
An increase in MSH will cause a darkening in humans too. Melanocyte-stimulating hormone increases in humans during pregnancy. This, along with increased estrogens, causes increased pigmentation in pregnant women. Cushing's syndrome due to excess adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) may also result in hyperpigmentation, such as acanthosis nigricans in the axilla. Most people with primary Addison's have darkening (hyperpigmentation) of the skin, including areas not exposed to the sun; characteristic sites are skin creases (e.g. of the hands), nipple, and the inside of the cheek (buccal mucosa), new scars become hyperpigmented, whereas older ones do not darken. This occurs because melanocyte-stimulating hormone (MSH) and adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) share the same precursor molecule, Pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC). Different levels of MSH are not the major cause of racial variation in skin colour. However, in many red headed people, and other people who do not tan well, there are variations in their hormone receptors, causing them to not respond to MSH in the blood. See melanocortin receptor for more information.
Melanocyte-stimulating hormone belongs to a group called the melanocortins. This group includes ACTH, alpha-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (α-MSH), beta-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (β-MSH) and gamma-melanocyte-stimulating hormone (γ-MSH); these peptides are all cleavage products of a large precursor peptide called pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC). α-MSH is the most important melanocortin for pigmentation. The different melanocyte-stimulating hormones have the following amino acid sequences:
Synthetic MSH
Synthetic analogs of α-MSH have been developed for human use. Two of the better known are afamelanotide (melanotan-1) in testing by Clinuvel Pharmaceuticals in Australia and bremelanotide by Palatin Technologies, a New Jersey company. • Afamelanotide (formerly CUV1647) is being investigated as a method of photoprotection in patients with erythropoietic protoporphyria, polymorphous light eruption, actinic keratosis and squamous cell carcinoma (a form of skin cancer).[1] • An additional analog called Melanotan II causes enhanced libido and erections in most male test subject and arousal with corresponding genital involvement in most female test subjects.[] Bremelanotide (formerly PT-141) which stemmed from Melanotan II research was previously under development by the New Jersey company for its aphrodisiac effects. These effects are mediated by actions in the hypothalamus on neurons that express MC3R and MC4R receptors.
Further reading
• Millington GW (May 2006). "Proopiomelanocortin (POMC): the cutaneous roles of its melanocortin products and receptors". Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 31 (3): 407–12. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2230.2006.02128.x (http://dx.doi.org/10. 1111/j.1365-2230.2006.02128.x). PMID 16681590 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16681590). • Millington GW (2007). "The role of proopiomelanocortin (POMC) neurones in feeding behaviour" (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2018708). Nutr Metab (Lond) 4: 18. doi: 10.1186/1743-7075-4-18 (http:// dx.doi.org/10.1186/1743-7075-4-18). PMC 2018708 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC2018708). PMID 17764572 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17764572).
External links
• Melanocyte-Stimulating Hormones (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=& term=Melanocyte-Stimulating+Hormones) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Clinuvel Pharmaceuticals (http://www.clinuvel.com) • Palatin Technologies (http://www.palatin.com/)
Magnocellular neurosecretory cell
126
Magnocellular neurosecretory cell
Magnocellular neurosecretory cells are large neuroendocrine cells within the supraoptic nucleus and paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus. They are also found in smaller numbers in accessory cell groups between these two nuclei, the largest one being the nucleus circularis. There are two types of magnocellular neurosecretory cells, oxytocin-producing cells and vasopressin-producing cells, but a small number can produce both hormones. These cells are neuroendocrine neurons, are electrically excitable, and generate action potentials in response to afferent stimulation.[1] Magnocellular neurosecretory cells in the rat (where these neurons have been most extensively studied) in general have a single long varicose axon, which projects to the posterior pituitary. Each axon gives rise to about 10,000 neurosecretory terminals and many axon swellings that store very large numbers of hormone-containing vesicles.[2] These vesicles are released from the axon swellings and nerve terminals by exocytosis in response to calcium entry through voltage-gated channels, which occurs when action potentials are propagated down the axons.[3] The cells typically have two or three long dendrites, which also contain large dilations, and which also contain a very high density of hormone-containing vesicles. Oxytocin and vasopressin can, thus, be released within the brain from these dendrites, as well as into the blood from the terminals in the posterior pituitary gland.[4] However, the release of oxytocin and vasopressin from dendrites is not consistently accompanied by peripheral secretion, as dendritic release is regulated differently. Dendritic release can be triggered by depolarisation, but can also be triggered by the mobilisation of intracellular calcium stores. The dendrites receive most of the synaptic inputs from afferent neurons that regulate the magnocellular neurons; typically a magnocellular neuron receives about 10,000 synapses from afferent neurons.
References
Oxytocin
127
Oxytocin
Oxytocin
Systematic (IUPAC) name
1-({(4R,7S,10S,13S,16S,19R)-19-amino- 7-(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)- 10-(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)- 16-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)13-[(1S)-1-methylpropyl]- 6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo- 1,2-dithia- 5,8,11,14,17-pentaazacycloicosan-4-yl}carbonyl)- L-prolylL-leucylglycinamide
Clinical data Trade names AHFS/Drugs.com Pregnancy cat. Legal status Routes Pitocin monograph A (AU) POM (UK) ℞-only (US) Intranasal, IV, IM Pharmacokinetic data Bioavailability Protein binding Metabolism Half-life Excretion nil 30% hepatic oxytocinases 1–6 min Biliary and renal Identifiers CAS number ATC code PubChem IUPHAR ligand 50-56-6 [2] [1]
H01BB02
[3] [4]
CID 439302 2174 [5]
Oxytocin
[6] [8]
128
DrugBank ChemSpider UNII KEGG ChEBI ChEMBL
DB00107 388434
[7]
1JQS135EYN D00089 [9]
CHEBI:7872
[10]
[11]
CHEMBL265640 Chemical data
Formula Mol. mass
C43H66N12O12S2 1007.19 g/mol
(what is this?) (verify)
[12]
Oxytocin (Oxt) (pron.: /ˌɒksɨˈtoʊsɪn/) is a mammalian neurohypophysial hormone that acts primarily as a neuromodulator in the brain. Oxytocin plays roles in sexual reproduction, in particular during and after childbirth. It is released in large amounts after distension of the cervix and uterus during labor, facilitating birth, maternal bonding, and, after stimulation of the nipples, breastfeeding. Both childbirth and milk ejection result from positive feedback mechanisms.[1] Recent studies have begun to investigate oxytocin's role in various behaviors, including orgasm, social recognition, pair bonding, anxiety, and maternal behaviors.[] For this reason, it is sometimes referred to as the "love hormone". There is some evidence that oxytocin promotes ethnocentric behavior, incorporating the trust and empathy of in-groups with their suspicion and rejection of outsiders.[] Furthermore, genetic differences in the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) have been associated with maladaptive social traits such as aggressive behaviour.[]
Discovery
The word oxytocin was derived from Greek ὀξύς, oxys, and τόκος, tokos, meaning "quick birth", after its uterine-contracting properties were discovered by British pharmacologist Sir Henry Hallett Dale in 1906.[] The milk ejection property of oxytocin was described by Ott and Scott in 1910[2] and by Schafer and Mackenzie in 1911.[] The nine amino acid sequence of oxytocin was elucidated by Vincent du Vigneaud et al. and by Tuppy in 1953[] and synthesized biochemically soon after by du Vigneaud et al. in 1953.[3][] Oxytocin was the first polypeptide hormone to be sequenced and synthesized.[]
Structure and relation to vasopressin
Oxytocin is a peptide of nine amino acids (a nonapeptide). Its systematic name is cysteine-tyrosine-isoleucine-glutamine-asparagine-cysteine-proline-leucine-glycine-amine (cys – tyr – ile – gln – asn – cys – pro – leu – gly – NH2, or CYIQNCPLG-NH2). Oxytocin has a molecular mass of 1007 daltons. One international unit (IU) of oxytocin is the equivalent of about 2 micrograms of pure peptide. While the structure of oxytocin is highly conserved in placental mammals, a novel structure of oxytocin was recently reported in marmosets, tamarins, and other new world primates. Genomic sequencing of the gene for oxytocin revealed a single in-frame mutation(thymine for cytosine) which results in a single amino acid substitution at the 8-position (proline for leucine).[] The biologically active form of oxytocin, commonly measured by RIA and/or HPLC techniques, is also known as the octapeptide "oxytocin disulfide" (oxidized form), but oxytocin also exists as a reduced dithiol nonapeptide called
Oxytocin oxytoceine.[4] It has been theorized that open chain oxytoceine (the reduced form of oxytocin) may also act as a free radical scavenger (by donating an electron to a free radical); oxytoceine may then be oxidized back to oxytocin via the redox potential of dehydroascorbate <---> ascorbate.[] The structure of oxytocin is very similar to that of vasopressin (cys – tyr – phe – gln – asn – cys – pro – arg – gly – NH2), also a nonapeptide with a sulfur bridge, whose sequence differs from oxytocin by two amino acids. A table showing the sequences of members of the vasopressin/oxytocin superfamily and the species expressing them is present in the vasopressin article. Oxytocin and vasopressin were isolated and synthesized by Vincent du Vigneaud in 1953, work for which he received the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1955. Oxytocin and vasopressin are the only known hormones released by the human posterior pituitary gland to act at a distance. However, oxytocin neurons make other Oxytocin (ball-and-stick) bound to its carrier protein neurophysin peptides, including corticotropin-releasing hormone and (ribbons) dynorphin, for example, that act locally. The magnocellular neurons that make oxytocin are adjacent to magnocellular neurons that make vasopressin, and are similar in many respects.
129
Actions
Oxytocin has peripheral (hormonal) actions, and also has actions in the brain. Its actions are mediated by specific, high-affinity oxytocin receptors. The oxytocin receptor is a G-protein-coupled receptor that requires Mg2+ and cholesterol. It belongs to the rhodopsin-type (class I) group of G-protein-coupled receptors.
Peripheral (hormonal) actions
The peripheral actions of oxytocin mainly reflect secretion from the pituitary gland. (See oxytocin receptor for more detail on its action.) • Letdown reflex: In lactating (breastfeeding) mothers, oxytocin acts at the mammary glands, causing milk to be 'let down' into subareolar sinuses, from where it can be excreted via the nipple.[5] Suckling by the infant at the nipple is relayed by spinal nerves to the hypothalamus. The stimulation causes neurons that make oxytocin to fire action potentials in intermittent bursts; these bursts result in the secretion of pulses of oxytocin from the neurosecretory nerve terminals of the pituitary gland. • Uterine contraction: Important for cervical dilation before birth, oxytocin causes contractions during the second and third stages of labor. Oxytocin release during breastfeeding causes mild but often painful contractions during the first few weeks of lactation. This also serves to assist the uterus in clotting the placental attachment point postpartum. However, in knockout mice lacking the oxytocin receptor, reproductive behavior and parturition are normal.[] • Social behavior and wound healing: Oxytocin is also thought to modulate inflammation by decreasing certain cytokines. Thus, the increased release in oxytocin following positive social interactions has the potential to improve wound healing. A study by Marazziti and colleagues used heterosexual couples to address this possibility. They found increases in plasma oxytocin following a social interaction were correlated with faster wound healing. They hypothesized this was due to oxytocin reducing inflammation, thus allowing the wound to heal faster. This study provides preliminary evidence that positive social interactions may directly impact aspects
Oxytocin of health.[6] • The relationship between oxytocin and human sexual response is unclear. At least two uncontrolled studies have found increases in plasma oxytocin at orgasm – in both men and women.[][] Plasma oxytocin levels are notably increased around the time of self-stimulated orgasm and are still higher than baseline when measured five minutes after self arousal.[] The authors of one of these studies speculated that oxytocin's effects on muscle contractibility may facilitate sperm and egg transport.[] In a study measuring oxytocin serum levels in women before and after sexual stimulation, the author suggests it serves an important role in sexual arousal. This study found genital tract stimulation resulted in increased oxytocin immediately after orgasm.[] Another study reported increases of oxytocin during sexual arousal could be in response to nipple/areola, genital, and/or genital tract stimulation as confirmed in other mammals.[] Murphy et al. (1987), studying men, found oxytocin levels were raised throughout sexual arousal with no acute increase at orgasm.[] A more recent study of men found an increase in plasma oxytocin immediately after orgasm, but only in a portion of their sample that did not reach statistical significance. The authors noted these changes "may simply reflect contractile properties on reproductive tissue".[] Oxytocin evokes feelings of contentment, reductions in anxiety, and feelings of calmness and security around the mate.[] This suggests oxytocin may be important for the inhibition of the brain regions associated with behavioral control, fear, and anxiety, thus allowing orgasm to occur. Oxytocin also functions to protect against stress. Meta-analyses conducted in 2003 demonstrated that oxytocin can alleviate mood and reduce stress with a good efficiency.[7] • Due to its similarity to vasopressin, it can reduce the excretion of urine slightly. In several species, oxytocin can stimulate sodium excretion from the kidneys (natriuresis), and, in humans, high doses can result in hyponatremia. • Oxytocin and oxytocin receptors are also found in the heart in some rodents, and the hormone may play a role in the embryonal development of the heart by promoting cardiomyocyte differentiation.[][] However, the absence of either oxytocin or its receptor in knockout mice has not been reported to produce cardiac insufficiencies.[] • Modulation of hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis activity: Oxytocin, under certain circumstances, indirectly inhibits release of adrenocorticotropic hormone and cortisol and, in those situations, may be considered an antagonist of vasopressin.[] • Autism: Oxytocin may play a role in autism and may be an effective treatment for autism's repetitive and affiliative behaviors.[8] Oxytocin treatments also resulted in an increased retention of affective speech in adults with autism.[] Two related studies in adults, in 2003 and 2007, found oxytocin decreased repetitive behaviors and improved interpretation of emotions. More recently, intranasal administration of oxytocin was found to increase emotion recognition in children as young as 12 who are diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders [] Oxytocin has also been implicated in the etiology of autism, with one report suggesting autism is correlated with genomic deletion of the gene containing the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR). Studies involving Caucasian and Finnish samples and Chinese Han families provide support for the relationship of OXTR with autism.[][] Autism may also be associated with an aberrant methylation of OXTR.[] After treatment with inhaled oxytocin, autistic patients exhibit more appropriate social behavior.[] While this research suggests some promise, further clinical trials of oxytocin are required to demonstrate potential benefit and side effects in the treatment of autism. As such, researchers do not recommend use of oxytocin as a treatment for autism outside of clinical trials. • Increasing trust and reducing fear: In a risky investment game, experimental subjects given nasally administered oxytocin displayed "the highest level of trust" twice as often as the control group. Subjects who were told they were interacting with a computer showed no such reaction, leading to the conclusion that oxytocin was not merely affecting risk-aversion.[] Nasally administered oxytocin has also been reported to reduce fear, possibly by inhibiting the amygdala (which is thought to be responsible for fear responses).[] Indeed, studies in rodents have shown oxytocin can efficiently inhibit fear responses by activating an inhibitory circuit within the amygdala. Some researchers have argued oxytocin has a general enhancing effect on all social emotions, since intranasal
130
Oxytocin administration of oxytocin also increases envy and Schadenfreude.[9] • Oxytocin effects social distance between adult males and females, and may be responsible at least in part for romantic attraction and subsequent monogamous pair bonding. An oxytocin nasal spray caused men in a monogamous relationship, but not single men, to increase the distance between themselves and an attractive woman during a first encounter by 10 to 15 centimeters. The researchers suggested that oxytocin may help promote fidelity within monogamous relationships.[] • Affecting generosity by increasing empathy during perspective taking: In a neuroeconomics experiment, intranasal oxytocin increased generosity in the Ultimatum Game by 80%, but has no effect in the Dictator Game that measures altruism. Perspective-taking is not required in the Dictator Game, but the researchers in this experiment explicitly induced perspective-taking in the Ultimatum Game by not identifying to participants into which role they would be placed.[] Serious methodological questions have arisen, however, with regard to the role of oxytocin in trust and generosity.[10] Empathy in healthy males has been shown to be increased after intranasal oxytocin[][] This is most likely due to the effect of oxytocin in enhancing eye gaze.[] There is some discussion about which aspect of empathy oxytocin might alter – for example, cognitive vs. emotional empathy.[] • Cognitive function: Certain learning and memory functions are impaired by centrally administered oxytocin.[] Also, systemic oxytocin administration can impair memory retrieval in certain aversive memory tasks.[] Interestingly, oxytocin does seem to facilitate learning and memory specifically for social information. Healthy males administered intranasal oxytocin show improved memory for human faces, in particular happy faces.[][] They also show improved recognition for positive social cues over threatening social cues [][] and improved recognition of fear.[11]
131
Actions within the brain
Oxytocin secreted from the pituitary gland cannot re-enter the brain because of the blood–brain barrier. Instead, the behavioral effects of oxytocin are thought to reflect release from centrally projecting oxytocin neurons, different from those that project to the pituitary gland, or that are collaterals from them.[] Oxytocin receptors are expressed by neurons in many parts of the brain and spinal cord, including the amygdala, ventromedial hypothalamus, septum, nucleus accumbens, and brainstem. • Sexual arousal: Oxytocin injected into the cerebrospinal fluid causes spontaneous erections in rats,[] reflecting actions in the hypothalamus and spinal cord. Centrally administrated oxytocin receptor antagonists can prevent noncontact erections, which is a measure of sexual arousal. Studies using oxytocin antagonists in female rats provide data that oxytocin increases lordosis behavior, indicating an increase in sexual receptivity.[] • Bonding: In the prairie vole, oxytocin released into the brain of the female during sexual activity is important for forming a monogamous pair bond with her sexual partner. Vasopressin appears to have a similar effect in males.[12] Oxytocin has a role in social behaviors in many species, so it likely also does in humans. In a 2003 study, both humans and dog oxytocin levels in the blood rose after five to 24 minutes of a petting session. This possibly plays a role in the emotional bonding between humans and dogs.[13] • Maternal behavior: Female rats given oxytocin antagonists after giving birth do not exhibit typical maternal behavior.[] By contrast, virgin female sheep show maternal behavior toward foreign lambs upon cerebrospinal fluid infusion of oxytocin, which they would not do otherwise.[] Oxytocin is involved in the initiation of maternal behavior, not its maintenance; for example, it is higher in mothers after they interact with unfamiliar children rather than their own.[] • Drug interactions: According to some studies in animals, oxytocin inhibits the development of tolerance to various addictive drugs (opiates, cocaine, alcohol), and reduces withdrawal symptoms.[] MDMA (ecstasy) may increase feelings of love, empathy, and connection to others by stimulating oxytocin activity via activation of
Oxytocin serotonin 5-HT1A receptors, if initial studies in animals apply to humans.[] The anxiolytic Buspar (buspirone) also appears to produce some or all of its effect via 5-HT1A receptor-induced oxytocin stimulation.[][] • Preparing fetal neurons for delivery: Crossing the placenta, maternal oxytocin reaches the fetal brain and induces a switch in the action of neurotransmitter GABA from excitatory to inhibitory on fetal cortical neurons. This silences the fetal brain for the period of delivery and reduces its vulnerability to hypoxic damage.[] • Romantic attachment: In some studies, high levels of plasma oxytocin have been correlated with romantic attachment. For example, if a couple is separated for a long period of time, anxiety can increase due to the lack of physical affection. Oxytocin may aid romantically attached couples by decreasing their feelings of anxiety when they are separated.[]
132
Drug forms
Synthetic oxytocin is sold as proprietary medication under the trade names Pitocin and Syntocinon, and as generic oxytocin. Oxytocin is destroyed in the gastrointestinal tract, so must be administered by injection or as nasal spray. It has a half-life of typically about three minutes in the blood, and given intravenously does not enter the brain in significant quantities – it is excluded from the brain by the blood–brain barrier. Evidence in rhesus macaques indicates oxytocin by nasal spray does enter the brain.[] Oxytocin nasal sprays have been used to stimulate breastfeeding, but the efficacy of this approach is doubtful.[] Injected oxytocin analogues are used for labor induction and to support labor in case of difficult parturition. It has largely replaced ergometrine as the principal agent to increase uterine tone in acute postpartum hemorrhage. Oxytocin is also used in veterinary medicine to facilitate birth and to stimulate milk release. The tocolytic agent atosiban (Tractocile) acts as an antagonist of oxytocin receptors; this drug is registered in many countries to suppress premature labor between 24 and 33 weeks of gestation. It has fewer side effects than drugs previously used for this purpose (ritodrine, salbutamol, and terbutaline). The trust-inducing property of oxytocin might help those who suffer from social anxieties and mood disorders,[] but with the potential for abuse with confidence tricks[][] and military applications.[]
Potential adverse reactions
Oxytocin is relatively safe when used at recommended doses, and side effects are uncommon.[] The following maternal events have been reported:[] • • • • • • • • • Subarachnoid hemorrhage Increased heart rate Decreased blood pressure Cardiac arrhythmia and premature ventricular contraction Impaired uterine blood flow Pelvic hematoma Afibrinogenonemia, which can lead to hemorrhage and death Anaphylaxis Nausea and vomiting
Excessive dosage or long-term administration (over a period of 24 hours or longer) have been known to result in tetanic uterine contractions, uterine rupture, postpartum hemorrhage, and water intoxication, sometimes fatal. Increased uterine motility has led to the following complications in the fetus/neonate:[] • Decreased heart rate or heart rate decelerations • Cardiac arrhythmia • Brain damage • Seizures
Oxytocin • Death
133
Synthesis, storage, and release
Oxytocin/neurophysin I prepropeptide
Identifiers Symbols External IDs OXT
[26]
; OT; OT-NPI; OXT-NPI
[27]
OMIM: 167050
MGI: 97453
[28]
HomoloGene: 55494
[29]
GeneCards: OXT Gene
[30]
Oxytocin
134
Gene Ontology Molecular function • neurohypophyseal hormone activity [31] [32] • oxytocin receptor binding Cellular component • extracellular region [229] [230] • extracellular space [33] • secretory granule [34] • terminal button Biological process • response to amphetamine [36] • regulation of heart rate [37] • maternal aggressive behavior [38] • signal transduction [39] • elevation of cytosolic calcium ion concentration [40] • heart development [41] • female pregnancy [42] • memory [43] • grooming behavior [44] • response to sucrose stimulus [45] • positive regulation of norepinephrine secretion [46] • response to activity [47] • sleep [48] • positive regulation of prostaglandin secretion [49] • response to estradiol stimulus [50] • response to retinoic acid [51] • response to progesterone stimulus [52] • response to prostaglandin E stimulus [53] • social behavior [54] • negative regulation of urine volume [55] • positive regulation of renal sodium excretion [56] • response to cocaine [57] • hyperosmotic salinity response [58] • maternal behavior [59] • sperm ejaculation [60] • eating behavior [61] • drinking behavior [62] • response to peptide hormone stimulus [63] • response to ether [64] • negative regulation of blood pressure [65] • positive regulation of blood pressure [66] • positive regulation of ossification [67] • positive regulation of female receptivity [68] • positive regulation of synaptic transmission [69] • response to glucocorticoid stimulus [70] • response to cAMP [71] • response to electrical stimulus [72] • regulation of sensory perception of pain [73] • positive regulation of synapse assembly [74] • male mating behavior [75] • positive regulation of penile erection [76] • positive regulation of hindgut contraction [77] • negative regulation of gastric acid secretion [78] • positive regulation of uterine smooth muscle contraction Sources: Amigo
[79] [35]
/ QuickGO
[80]
Orthologs
Oxytocin
135
Species Entrez Ensembl UniProt RefSeq (mRNA) RefSeq (protein) Human 5020
[81] [83]
The oxytocin peptide is synthesized as an inactive precursor protein from the OXT gene.[][][] This precursor protein also includes the oxytocin carrier protein neurophysin I.[] The inactive precursor protein is progressively hydrolyzed into smaller fragments (one of which is neurophysin I) via a series of enzymes. The last hydrolysis that releases the active oxytocin nonapeptide is catalyzed by peptidylglycine alpha-amidating monooxygenase (PAM).[] The activity of the PAM enzyme system is dependent upon vitamin C (ascorbate), which is a necessary vitamin cofactor. By chance, sodium ascorbate by itself was found to stimulate the production of oxytocin from ovarian tissue over a range of concentrations in a dose-dependent manner.[] Many of the same tissues (e.g. ovaries, testes, eyes, adrenals, placenta, thymus, pancreas) where PAM (and oxytocin by default) is found are also known to store higher concentrations of vitamin C.[]
Neural sources
In the hypothalamus, oxytocin is made in magnocellular neurosecretory cells of the supraoptic and paraventricular nuclei, and is stored in Herring bodies at the axon terminals in the posterior pituitary. It is then released into the blood from the posterior lobe (neurohypophysis) of the pituitary gland. These axons (likely, but dendrites have not been ruled out) have collaterals that innervate oxytocin receptors in the nucleus accumbens.[] The peripheral hormonal and behavioral brain effects of oxytocin are thought to be coordinated through its common release through these collaterals.[] Oxytocin is also made by some neurons in the paraventricular nucleus that project to other parts of the brain and to the spinal cord.[14] Depending on the species, oxytocin receptor-expressing cells are located in other areas, including the amygdala and bed nucleus of the stria terminalis. In the pituitary gland, oxytocin is packaged in large, dense-core vesicles, where it is bound to neurophysin I as shown in the inset of the figure; neurophysin is a large peptide fragment of the larger precursor protein molecule from which oxytocin is derived by enzymatic cleavage. Secretion of oxytocin from the neurosecretory nerve endings is regulated by the electrical activity of the oxytocin cells in the hypothalamus. These cells generate action potentials that propagate down axons to the nerve endings in the pituitary; the endings contain large numbers of oxytocin-containing vesicles, which are released by exocytosis when the nerve terminals are depolarised.
Oxytocin
136
Non-neural sources
Outside the brain, oxytocin-containing cells have been identified in several diverse tissues, including the corpus luteum,[][] the interstitial cells of Leydig,[] the retina,[] the adrenal medulla,[] the placenta,[] the thymus[] and the pancreas.[] The finding of significant amounts of this classically "neurohypophysial" hormone outside the central nervous system raises many questions regarding its possible importance in these different tissues. Female Oxytocin is synthesized by corpora lutea of several species, including ruminants and primates. Along with estrogen, it is involved in inducing the endometrial synthesis of prostaglandin F2α to cause regression of the corpus luteum. Male The Leydig cells in some species have also been shown to possess the biosynthetic machinery to manufacture testicular oxytocin de novo, to be specific, in rats (which can synthesize vitamin C endogenously), and in guinea pigs, which, like humans, require an exogenous source of vitamin C (ascorbate) in their diets.[]
Oxytocin receptor polymorphism
The oxytocin receptor in humans has several alleles, which differ in their effectiveness. For example, at one particular marker, individuals homozygous for the "G" allele, when compared to carriers of the "A" allele, show higher empathy and lower stress response,[15] as well as lower prevalence of autism and of poor parenting skills.[16]
Evolution
Virtually all vertebrates have an oxytocin-like nonapeptide hormone that supports reproductive functions and a vasopressin-like nonapeptide hormone involved in water regulation. The two genes are usually located close to each other (less than 15,000 bases apart) on the same chromosome, and are transcribed in opposite directions (however, in fugu,[] the homologs are further apart and transcribed in the same direction). The two genes are believed to result from a gene duplication event; the ancestral gene is estimated to be about 500 million years old and is found in cyclostomata (modern members of the Agnatha).[]
References
[1] Marieb Human Anatomy & Physiology 9th edition, chapter:16, page:599 [2] Ott I, Scott JC. The Action of Infundibulum upon Mammary Secretion. Proc Soc Exp Biol. (1910) p.8:48–49. [5] http:/ / emedicine. medscape. com/ article/ 976504-overview [12] Vacek M, High on Fidelity. What can voles teach us about monogamy? (http:/ / www. americanscientist. org/ issues/ pub/ high-on-fidelity) [13] Kuchinskas Susan, The Chemistry of Connection: How the Oxytocin Response Can Help You Find Trust, Intimacy, and Love p65 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?hl=en& lr=& id=VO6dp52RxnQC& oi=fnd& pg=PR5& dq=oxytocin+ petting+ dog& ots=mTRRd4zj_9& sig=5xIdHdfrvmOOmZJh0Eak_KgYl2w#v=onepage& q= petting dog& f=false)
Further reading
• Lee HJ, Macbeth AH, Pagani JH, Young WS (June 2009). "Oxytocin: the Great Facilitator of Life" (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2689929). Progress in Neurobiology 88 (2): 127–51. doi: 10.1016/j.pneurobio.2009.04.001 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.pneurobio.2009.04.001). PMC 2689929 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2689929). PMID 19482229 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/19482229). • Caldwell HK, Young WS III (2006). "Oxytocin and Vasopressin: Genetics and Behavioral Implications" (http:// refworks.springer.com/mrw/fileadmin/pdf/Neurochemistry/0387303480C25.PDF). In Abel L, Lim R. Handbook of neurochemistry and molecular neurobiology. Berlin: Springer. pp. 573–607. ISBN 0-387-30348-0.
Oxytocin
137
External links
• Hug the Monkey (http://kuchinskas.typepad.com/hug_the_monkey/) – A weblog devoted entirely to oxytocin • The Soft Machine (http://tijmz.files.wordpress.com/2011/06/softmachine4.pdf) – Review of oxytocin and bonding in animal and human research (.pdf) • A Neurophysiologic Model of the Circuitry of Oxytocin in Arousal, Female Distress and Depression – Rainer K. Liedtke, MD (http://www.rkliedtke.de/oxytocin2_us.html) (2004) • Oxytocin.org (http://www.oxytocin.org/oxytoc/love-science.html) – 'I get a kick out of you: Scientists are finding that, after all, love really is down to a chemical addiction between people', The Economist (February 12, 2004) • NewScientist.com (http://www.newscientist.com/channel/sex/mg18925365.500) – 'Release of Oxytocin due to penetrative sex reduces stress and neurotic tendencies', New Scientist (January 26, 2006) • SMH.com.au (http://smh.com.au/news/mind-matters/to-sniff-at-danger/2006/01/12/1136956247384.html) – 'To sniff at danger: Inhalable oxytocin could become a cure for social fears', Boston Globe (January 12, 2006) • 'Cuddle chemical' could treat mental illness (http://www.newscientist.com/channel/being-human/ mg19826561.900-cuddle-chemical-could-treat-mental-illness.html) (14 May 2008) New Scientist • Molecular neurobiology of social bonding: Implications for autism spectrum disorders (http://videocast.nih. gov/Summary.asp?File=15521) a lecture by Prof. Larry Young, Jan. 4, 2010. • A TED talk by Prof.Paul Zak on Trust,Morality & Oxytocin (http://www.ted.com/talks/ paul_zak_trust_morality_and_oxytocin.html)
Vasopressin
138
Vasopressin
Arginine vasopressin
Space-filling model of arginine vasopressin Available structures PDB Ortholog search: PDBe [1], RCSB [2] List of PDB id codes 1jk4
[3]
, 1jk6
[4]
, 1npo
[5]
, 2bn2
[6]
Identifiers Symbols External IDs AVP
[7]
; ADH; ARVP; AVP-NPII; AVRP; VP
[8]
OMIM: 192340
MGI: 88121
[9]
HomoloGene: 417
[10]
GeneCards: AVP Gene
[11]
Vasopressin
139
Gene Ontology Molecular function • protein kinase activity [12] [13] • signal transducer activity [14] • receptor binding [15] • neuropeptide hormone activity [31] • neurohypophyseal hormone activity [16] • V1A vasopressin receptor binding [17] • V1B vasopressin receptor binding [18] • cysteine-type endopeptidase inhibitor activity involved in apoptotic process Cellular component • extracellular region [229] [230] • extracellular space [19] • cytosol [33] • secretory granule [20] • dendrite Biological process • maternal aggressive behavior [21] • positive regulation of systemic arterial blood pressure [22] • generation of precursor metabolites and energy [23] • protein phosphorylation [24] • water transport [38] • signal transduction [39] • elevation of cytosolic calcium ion concentration [25] • cell-cell signaling [26] • negative regulation of female receptivity [43] • grooming behavior [27] • locomotory behavior [28] • positive regulation of cell proliferation [29] • positive regulation of gene expression [30] • positive regulation of glutamate secretion [31] • positive regulation of cell growth [32] • positive regulation of cAMP biosynthetic process [33] • positive regulation of prostaglandin biosynthetic process [34] • positive regulation of cellular pH reduction [35] • positive regulation of peptidyl-serine phosphorylation [36] • response to nicotine [53] • social behavior [37] • regulation of renal sodium excretion [38] • vasoconstriction [57] • hyperosmotic salinity response [58] • maternal behavior [39] • negative regulation of apoptotic process [40] • penile erection • negative regulation of cysteine-type endopeptidase activity involved in apoptotic process
[41] [37]
• sodium-independent organic anion transport [43] • response to ethanol [44] • positive regulation of vasoconstriction [45] • multicellular organismal water homeostasis [46] • negative regulation of transmission of nerve impulse [47] • transmembrane transport [48] • ERK1 and ERK2 cascade [49] • protein kinase C signaling cascade [50] • negative regulation of release of cytochrome c from mitochondria Sources: Amigo
[51]
[42]
/ QuickGO
[52]
Vasopressin
140
RNA expression pattern
More reference expression data Orthologs Species Entrez Ensembl UniProt RefSeq (mRNA) RefSeq (protein) Location (UCSC) Human 551
[54] [56]
[53]
Mouse 11998
[55] [57]
ENSG00000101200 P01185
[58] [60]
ENSMUSG00000037727 P35455
[59] [61]
NM_000490 NP_000481
NM_009732 NP_033862
[62]
[63]
Chr 20: [64] 3.06 – 3.07 Mb
[66]
Chr 2: [65] 130.58 – 130.58 Mb
[67]
PubMed search
Arginine vasopressin (AVP), also known as vasopressin, argipressin or antidiuretic hormone (ADH), is a neurohypophysial hormone found in most mammals. Its two primary functions are to retain water in the body and to constrict blood vessels. Vasopressin regulates the body's retention of water by acting to increase water absorption in the collecting ducts of the kidney nephron.[] Vasopressin increases water permeability of the kidney's collecting duct and distal convoluted tubule by inducing translocation of aquaporin-CD water channels in the kidney nephron collecting duct plasma membrane.[] Vasopressin is a peptide hormone that controls the reabsorption of molecules in the tubules of the kidneys by affecting the tissue's permeability. It also increases peripheral vascular resistance, which in turn increases arterial blood pressure. It plays a key role in homeostasis, by the regulation of water, glucose, and salts in the blood. It is derived from a preprohormone precursor that is synthesized in the hypothalamus and stored in vesicles at the posterior pituitary. Most of it is stored in the posterior pituitary to be released into the bloodstream. However, some AVP may also be released directly into the brain, and accumulating evidence suggests it plays an important role in social behavior, sexual motivation and bonding, and maternal responses to stress.
Physiology
Function
One of the most important roles of AVP is to regulate the body's retention of water; it is released when the body is dehydrated and causes the kidneys to conserve water, thus concentrating the urine and reducing urine volume. At high concentrations, it also raises blood pressure by inducing moderate vasoconstriction. In addition, it has a variety of neurological effects on the brain, having been found, for example, to influence pair-bonding in voles. The high-density distributions of vasopressin receptor AVPr1a in prairie vole ventral forebrain regions have been shown to facilitate and coordinate reward circuits during partner preference formation, critical for pair bond formation.[] A very similar substance, lysine vasopressin (LVP) or lypressin, has the same function in pigs and is often used in human therapy.
Vasopressin Kidney Vasopressin has two effects by which it contributes to increased urine osmolarity (increased concentration) and decreased water excretion. These are: 1. Increasing the water permeability of distal tubule and collecting duct cells in the kidney, thus allowing water reabsorption and excretion of more concentrated urine, i.e., antidiuresis. This occurs through insertion of water channels (Aquaporin-2) into the apical membrane of distal tubule and collecting duct epithelial cells. Aquaporins allow water to move down their osmotic gradient and out of the nephron, increasing the amount of water re-absorbed from the filtrate (forming urine) back into the bloodstream. V2 receptors, which are G protein-coupled receptors on the basolateral plasma membrane of the epithelial cells, couple to the heterotrimeric G-protein Gs, which activates adenylyl cyclases III and VI to convert ATP into cAMP, plus 2 inorganic phosphates. The rise in cAMP then triggers the insertion of aquaporin-2 water channels by exocytosis of intracellular vesicles, recycling endosomes. Vasopressin also increases the concentration of calcium in the collecting duct cells, by episodic release from intracellular stores. Vasopressin, acting through cAMP, also increases transcription of the aquaporin-2 gene, thus increasing the total number of aquaporin-2 molecules in collecting duct cells. Cyclic-AMP activates protein kinase A (PKA) by binding to its regulatory subunits and allowing them to detach from the catalytic subunits. Detachment exposes the catalytic site in the enzyme, allowing it to add phosphate groups to proteins (including the aquaporin-2 protein), which alters their functions. 2. Increasing permeability of the inner medullary portion of the collecting duct to urea by regulating the cell surface expression of urea transporters,[] which facilitates its reabsorption into the medullary interstitium as it travels down the concentration gradient created by removing water from the connecting tubule, cortical collecting duct, and outer medullary collecting duct. Cardiovascular system Vasopressin increases peripheral vascular resistance (vasoconstriction) and thus increases arterial blood pressure. This effect appears small in healthy individuals; however it becomes an important compensatory mechanism for restoring blood pressure in hypovolemic shock such as that which occurs during hemorrhage. Central nervous system Vasopressin released within the brain has many actions: • It has been implicated in memory formation, including delayed reflexes, image, short- and long-term memory, though the mechanism remains unknown; these findings are controversial. However, the synthetic vasopressin analogue desmopressin has come to interest as a likely nootropic.
[68] Avp is expressed in the periventricular [] region of the hypothalamus in the adult mouse. Allen Brain Atlases
141
• Vasopressin is released into the brain in a circadian rhythm by neurons of the supraoptic nucleus. • Vasopressin released from centrally projecting hypothalamic neurons is involved in aggression, blood pressure regulation and
temperature regulation. • It is likely that vasopressin acts in conjunction with corticotropin-releasing hormone to modulate the release of corticosteroids from the adrenal gland in response to stress, particularly during pregnancy and lactation in mammals.[][][] • Selective AVPr1a blockade in the ventral pallidum has been shown to prevent partner preference in prairie voles, suggesting that these receptors in this ventral forebrain region are crucial for pair bonding.[]
Vasopressin • Recent evidence suggests that vasopressin may have analgesic effects. The analgesia effects of vasopressin were found to be dependent on both stress and gender.[] Evidence for this comes from experimental studies in several species, which indicate that the precise distribution of vasopressin and vasopressin receptors in the brain is associated with species-typical patterns of social behavior. In particular, there are consistent differences between monogamous species and promiscuous species in the distribution of AVP receptors, and sometimes in the distribution of vasopressin-containing axons, even when closely related species are compared.[] Moreover, studies involving either injecting AVP agonists into the brain or blocking the actions of AVP support the hypothesis that vasopressin is involved in aggression toward other males. There is also evidence that differences in the AVP receptor gene between individual members of a species might be predictive of differences in social behavior. One study has suggested that genetic variation in male humans affects pair-bonding behavior. The brain of males uses vasopressin as a reward for forming lasting bonds with a mate, and men with one or two of the genetic alleles are more likely to experience marital discord. The partners of the men with two of the alleles affecting vasopressin reception state disappointing levels of satisfaction, affection, and cohesion.[] Vasopressin receptors distributed along the reward circuit pathway, to be specific in the ventral pallidum, are activated when AVP is released during social interactions such as mating, in monogamous prairie voles. The activation of the reward circuitry reinforces this behavior, leading to conditioned partner preference, and thereby initiates the formation of a pair bond.[]
142
Control
Vasopressin is secreted from the posterior pituitary gland in response to reductions in plasma volume, in response to increases in the plasma osmolality, and in response to cholecystokinin (CCK) secreted by the small intestine: • Secretion in response to reduced plasma volume is activated by pressure receptors in the veins, atria, and carotids. • Secretion in response to increases in plasma osmotic pressure is mediated by osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus. • Secretion in response to increases in plasma CCK is mediated by an unknown pathway. The neurons that make AVP, in the hypothalamic supraoptic nuclei (SON) and paraventricular nuclei (PVN), are themselves osmoreceptors, but they also receive synaptic input from other osmoreceptors located in regions adjacent to the anterior wall of the third ventricle. These regions include the organum vasculosum of the lamina terminalis and the subfornical organ. Many factors influence the secretion of vasopressin: • Ethanol (alcohol) reduces the calcium-dependent secretion of AVP by blocking voltage-gated calcium channels in neurohypophyseal nerve terminals.[1] • Angiotensin II stimulates AVP secretion, in keeping with its general pressor and pro-volumic effects on the body.[] • Atrial natriuretic peptide inhibits AVP secretion, in part by inhibiting Angiotensin II-induced stimulation of AVP secretion.[]
Secretion
The main stimulus for secretion of vasopressin is increased osmolality of plasma. Reduced volume of extracellular fluid also has this effect, but is a less sensitive mechanism. The AVP that is measured in peripheral blood is almost all derived from secretion from the posterior pituitary gland (except in cases of AVP-secreting tumours). Vasopressin is produced by magnocellular neurosecretory neurons in the Paraventricular nucleus of hypothalamus (PVN) and Supraoptic nucleus (SON). It then travels down the axon through the infundibulum within neurosecretory granules that are found within Herring bodies, localized swellings of the axons and nerve terminals. These carry the peptide directly to the posterior pituitary gland, where it is stored until released into the blood. However there are two other sources of AVP with important local effects:
Vasopressin • AVP is also synthesized by parvocellular neurosecretory neurons at the PVN, transported and released at the median eminence, which then travels through the hypophyseal portal system to the anterior pituitary where it stimulates corticotropic cells synergistically with CRH to produce ACTH (by itself it is a weak secretagogue).[] • Vasopressin is also released into the brain by several different populations of smaller neurons.
143
Receptors
Below is a table summarizing some of the actions of AVP at its four receptors, differently expressed in different tissues and exerting different actions:
Type AVPR1A Second messenger system Locations Actions Vasoconstriction, gluconeogenesis, platelet aggregation, and release [] of factor VIII and von Willebrand factor; social recognition, [] circadian tau Adrenocorticotropic hormone secretion in response to stress; [] social interpretation of olfactory cues []
Basolateral membrane of the cells lining the collecting ducts of the kidneys (especially the cortical and outer medullary collecting ducts)
Insertion of aquaporin-2 (AQP2) channels (water channels). This allows water to be reabsorbed down an osmotic gradient, and so the urine is more concentrated. Release of von Willebrand factor and surface expression of P-selectin through exocytosis of [][] Weibel-Palade bodies from endothelial cells Increases cytosolic calcium and acts as an inverse agonist of cAMP [] accumulation
VACM-1
Phosphatidylinositol/calcium Vascular endothelium and renal collecting tubules
Structure and relation to oxytocin
The vasopressins are peptides consisting of nine amino acids (nonapeptides). (NB: the value in the table above of 164 amino acids is that obtained before the hormone is activated by cleavage). The amino acid sequence of arginine vasopressin is Cys-Tyr-Phe-Gln-Asn-Cys-Pro-Arg-Gly, with the cysteine residues forming a disulfide bond. Lysine vasopressin has a lysine in place of the arginine. The structure of oxytocin is very similar to that of the vasopressins: It is also a nonapeptide with a disulfide bridge and its amino acid sequence differs at only two positions (see table below). The two genes are located on the same chromosome separated by a relatively small distance of less than 15,000 bases in most species. The magnocellular neurons that make vasopressin are adjacent to magnocellular neurons that make oxytocin, and are similar in many respects. The similarity of the two peptides can cause some cross-reactions: oxytocin has a slight antidiuretic function, and high levels of AVP can cause uterine contractions.[][] Below is a table showing the superfamily of vasopressin and oxytocin neuropeptides:
Chemical structure of the argipressin (indicating that this compound is of the vasopressin family with an arginine at the 8th amino acid position.
Chemical structure of oxytocin
Vasopressin
144
Vertebrate Vasopressin Family Cys-Tyr-Phe-Gln-Asn-Cys-Pro-Arg-Gly-NH2 Argipressin (AVP, ADH) Lypressin (LVP) Phenypressin Vasotocin† Most mammals
Pigs, hippos, warthogs, some marsupials Some marsupials Non-mammals
Vertebrate Oxytocin Family Cys-Tyr-Ile-Gln-Asn-Cys-Pro-Leu-Gly-NH2 Cys-Tyr-Ile-Gln-Asn-Cys-Pro-Pro-Gly-NH2 Cys-Tyr-Ile-Gln-Asn-Cys-Pro-Ile-Gly-NH2 Oxytocin (OXT) Prol-Oxytocin Mesotocin Most mammals, ratfish Some New World monkeys, northern tree shrews Most marsupials, all birds, reptiles, amphibians, lungfishes, coelacanths Frogs Bony fishes Skates Sharks
†Vasotocin is the evolutionary progenitor of all the vertebrate neurohypophysial hormones.
Role in disease
Lack of AVP
Decreased AVP release or decreased renal sensitivity to AVP leads to diabetes insipidus, a condition featuring hypernatremia (increased blood sodium concentration), polyuria (excess urine production), and polydipsia (thirst).
Excess AVP
High levels of AVP secretion may lead to hyponatremia. In many cases, the AVP secretion is appropriate (due to severe hypovolemia), and the state is labelled "hypovolemic hyponatremia". In certain disease states (heart failure, nephrotic syndrome) the body fluid volume is increased but AVP production is not suppressed for various reasons; this state is labelled "hypervolemic hyponatremia". A proportion of cases of hyponatremia feature neither hyper- nor hypovolemia. In this group (labelled "euvolemic hyponatremia"), AVP secretion is either driven by a lack of cortisol or thyroxine (hypoadrenalism and hypothyroidism, respectively) or a very low level of urinary solute excretion (potomania, low-protein diet), or it is entirely inappropriate. This last category is classified as the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH).[] SIADH in turn can be caused by a number of problems. Some forms of cancer can cause SIADH, particularly small cell lung carcinoma but also a number of other tumors. A variety of diseases affecting the brain or the lung
Vasopressin (infections, bleeding) can be the driver behind SIADH. A number of drugs has been associated with SIADH, such as certain antidepressants (serotonin reuptake inhibitors and tricyclic antidepressants), the anticonvulsant carbamazepine, oxytocin (used to induce and stimulate labor), and the chemotherapy drug vincristine. Finally, it can occur without a clear explanation.[] Hyponatremia can be treated pharmaceutically through the use of vasopressin receptor antagonists.[]
145
Pharmacology
Vasopressin analogues
Vasopressin agonists are used therapeutically in various conditions, and its long-acting synthetic analogue desmopressin is used in conditions featuring low vasopressin secretion, as well as for control of bleeding (in some forms of von Willebrand disease and in mild haemophilia A) and in extreme cases of bedwetting by children. Terlipressin and related analogues are used as vasoconstrictors in certain conditions. Use of vasopressin analogues for esophageal varices commenced in 1970.[] Vasopressin infusion has also been used as a second line of management in septic shock patients not responding to high dose of inotropes (e.g., dopamine or norepinephrine).
The role of vasopressin analogues in cardiac arrest
Injection of vasopressors for the treatment of cardiac arrest was first suggested in the literature in 1896 when Austrian scientist Dr. R. Gottlieb described the vasopressor epinephrine as an "infusion of a solution of suprarenal extract [that] would restore circulation when the blood pressure had been lowered to unrecordable levels by chloral hydrate."[] Modern interest in vasopressors as a treatment for cardiac arrest stem mostly from canine studies performed in the 1960s by anesthesiologists Dr. John W. Pearson and Dr. Joseph Stafford Redding in which they demonstrated improved outcomes with the use of adjunct intracardiac epinephrine injection during resuscitation attempts after induced cardiac arrest.[] Also contributing to the idea that vasopressors may be useful treatments in cardiac arrest are studies performed in the early to mid 1990's that found significantly higher levels of endogenous serum vasopressin in adults after successful resuscitation from out-of-hospital cardiac arrest compared to those who did not live.[][] Results of animal models have supported the use of either vasopressin or epinephrine in cardiac arrest resuscitation attempts, showing improved coronary perfusion pressure[] and overall improvement in short-term survival as well as neurological outcomes.[] Vasopressin vs. epinephrine
Table 1. Meta-analysis of outcomes for patients treated with vasopressin versus epinephrine[]
RR (95% CI) Failure of ROSC Death before hospital admission Death within 24 hours Death before hospital discharge 0.81 (0.58-1.12) 0.72 (0.38-1.39) 0.74 (0.38-1.43) 0.96 (0.87-1.05)
Number of deaths and neurologically impaired survivors 1.00 (0.94-1.07)
Although both vasopressors, vasopressin and epinephrine differ in that vasopressin does not have direct effects on cardiac contractility as epinephrine does.[] Thus, vasopressin is theorized to be of increased benefit over epinephrine in cardiac arrest due to its properties of not increasing myocardial and cerebral oxygen demands.[] This idea has led
Vasopressin to the advent of several studies searching for the presence of a clinical difference in benefit of these two treatment choices. Initial small studies demonstrated improved outcomes with vasopressin in comparison to epinephrine.[] However, subsequent studies have not all been in agreement. Several randomized controlled trials have been unable to reproduce positive results with vasopressin treatment in both return of spontaneous circulation (ROSC) and survival to hospital discharge,[][][][] including a systematic review and meta-analysis completed in 2005 that found no evidence of a significant difference with vasopressin in five studied outcomes (see Table 1).[] Vasopressin and epinephrine vs. epinephrine alone
146
Table 2. Significant outcomes for combined vasopressin and epinephrine treatment
RR (95% CI) [] ROSC Survival to hospital admission [] In subgroup: PEA [] 1.42 (1.14-1.77) 1.42 (1.02-2.04) 0.05 1.30 (0.90-2.06) 0.02 p value
[] In subgroup: Collapse to ED arrival time of 15–30 minutes 1.22 (1.01-1.49) 0.05 [] In subgroup: Collapse to ED arrival time of 30–45 minutes 1.11 (1.00-1.24) 0.05 Survival to hospital discharge [] 3.69 (1.52-8.95)
There is no current evidence of significant survival benefit with improved neurological outcomes in patients given combinations of both epinephrine and vasopressin during cardiac arrest.[][][3][] A systematic review from 2008 did, however, find one study that showed a statistically significant improvement in ROSC and survival to hospital discharge with this combination treatment; unfortunately, those patients that survived to hospital discharge had overall poor outcomes and many suffered permanent, severe neurological damage.[][] A more recently published clinical trial out of Singapore has shown similar results, finding combination treatment to only improve the rate of survival to hospital admission, especially in the subgroup analysis of patients with longer "collapse to emergency department" arrival times of 15 to 45 minutes.[] Table 2 lists all statistically significant findings of a correlation between combined treatment and positive outcomes found in these two studies. 2010 American Heart Association Guidelines The 2010 American Heart Association Guidelines for Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency Cardiovascular Care recommend the consideration of vasopressor treatment in the form of epinephrine in adults with cardiac arrest (Class IIb, LOE A recommendation).[] Due to the absence of evidence that vasopressin administered instead of or in addition to epinephrine has significant positive outcomes, the guidelines do not currently contain vasopressin as a part of the cardiac arrest algorithms.[] It does, however, allow for one dose of vasopressin to replace either the first or second dose of epinephrine in the treatment of cardiac arrest (Class IIb, LOE A recommendation).[]
Vasopressin
147
Vasopressin receptor inhibition
A vasopressin receptor antagonist is an agent that interferes with action at the vasopressin receptors. They can be used in the treatment of hyponatremia.[]
References Further reading
• Rector, Floyd C.; Brenner, Barry M. (2004). Brenner & Rector's the kidney (http://home.mdconsult.com/das/ search/openres/56203699-5?searchisbn=460046813) (7th ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders. ISBN 0-7216-0164-2.
External links
• Molecular neurobiology of social bonding: Implications for autism spectrum disorders (http://videocast.nih. gov/Summary.asp?File=15521) a lecture by Prof. Larry Young, Jan. 4, 2010.
Serotonin
148
Serotonin
Serotonin
Identifiers CAS number PubChem ChemSpider UNII KEGG MeSH ChEBI ChEMBL IUPHAR ligand Jmol-3D images 50-67-9 5202 5013
[2] [3] [4] [1]
333DO1RDJY C00780
[5]
Serotonin
[6] [7]
CHEBI:28790 CHEMBL39 5
[9] [10]
[8]
Image 1
Properties Molecular formula C H N O
10 12 2
Molar mass Appearance
176.215 g/mol White powder
Serotonin
[1] [2]
149
Melting point Boiling point
121–122°C (ligroin)
416 ±30.0°C (at 760 Torr)
Solubility in water slightly soluble Dipole moment 2.98 D Hazards MSDS LD50 External MSDS
[13] [] []
(what is: / ?) Except where noted otherwise, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C, 100 kPa)
Infobox references
Serotonin (pron.: /ˌsɛrəˈtoʊnɨn/) or 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) is a monoamine neurotransmitter. Biochemically derived from tryptophan, serotonin is primarily found in the gastrointestinal (GI) tract, platelets, and in the central nervous system (CNS) of animals including humans. It is popularly thought to be a contributor to feelings of well-being and happiness.[3] Approximately 90% of the human body's total serotonin is located in the enterochromaffin cells in the alimentary canal (gut), where it is used to regulate intestinal movements.[][] The remainder is synthesized in serotonergic neurons of the CNS, where it has various functions. These include the regulation of mood, appetite, and sleep. Serotonin also has some cognitive functions, including memory and learning. Modulation of serotonin at synapses is thought to be a major action of several classes of pharmacological antidepressants. Serotonin secreted from the enterochromaffin cells eventually finds its way out of tissues into the blood. There, it is actively taken up by blood platelets, which store it. When the platelets bind to a clot, they disgorge serotonin, where it serves as a vasoconstrictor and helps to regulate hemostasis and blood clotting. Serotonin also is a growth factor for some types of cells, which may give it a role in wound healing. Serotonin is mainly metabolized to 5-HIAA, chiefly by the liver. Metabolism involves first oxidation by monoamine oxidase to the corresponding aldehyde. This is followed by oxidation by aldehyde dehydrogenase to 5-HIAA, the indole acetic acid derivative. The latter is then excreted by the kidneys. One type of tumor, called carcinoid, sometimes secretes large amounts of serotonin into the blood, which causes various forms of the carcinoid syndrome of flushing, diarrhea, and heart problems. Because of serotonin's growth-promoting effect on cardiac myocytes, persons with serotonin-secreting carcinoid may suffer a right heart (tricuspid) valve disease syndrome, caused by proliferation of myocytes onto the valve. In addition to animals, serotonin is found in fungi and plants.[] Serotonin's presence in insect venoms and plant spines serves to cause pain, which is a side effect of serotonin injection. Serotonin is produced by pathogenic amoebae, and its effect on the gut causes diarrhea. Its widespread presence in many seeds and fruits may serve to stimulate the digestive tract into expelling the seeds.
Functions
Serotonin is a neurotransmitter, and is found in all bilateral animals [citation needed], where it mediates gut movements and the animals' perceptions of resource availability. In the simplest animals, resources are equivalent with food, but in advanced animals, such as arthropods and vertebrates, resources also can mean social dominance. In response to the perceived abundance or scarcity of resources, an animal's growth, reproduction or mood may be elevated or lowered[citation needed].
Serotonin
150
Gauge of food availability (appetite)
Serotonin functions as a neurotransmitter in the nervous systems of simple, as well as complex, animals. For example, in the roundworm Caenorhabditis elegans, which feeds on bacteria, serotonin is released as a signal in response to positive events, e.g., finding a new source of food or in male animals finding a female with which to mate[citation needed]. When a well-fed worm feels bacteria on its cuticle, dopamine is released, which slows it down; if it is starved, serotonin also is released, which slows the animal down further. This mechanism increases the amount of time animals spend in the presence of food.[] The released serotonin activates the muscles used for feeding, while octopamine suppresses them.[] Serotonin diffuses to serotonin-sensitive neurons, which control the animal's perception of nutrient availability. When humans smell food, dopamine is released to increase the appetite. But unlike in worms, serotonin does not increase anticipatory behaviour in humans; instead, the serotonin released while consuming activates 5-HT2C receptors on dopamine-producing cells. This halts their dopamine release, and thereby serotonin decreases appetite. Drugs which block 5-HT2C receptors make the body unable to shut off appetite, and are associated with increased weight gain,[] especially in people who have a low number of receptors.[] The expression of 5-HT2C receptors in the hippocampus follows a diurnal rhythm,[] just as the serotonin release in the ventromedial nucleus, which is characterised by a peak at morning when the motivation to eat is strongest.[] Effects of food content In humans, serotonin levels are affected by diet. An increase in the ratio of tryptophan to phenylalanine and leucine will increase serotonin levels. Fruits with a good ratio include dates, papayas and bananas. Foods with a lower ratio inhibit the production of serotonin. [citation needed] Research also suggests eating a diet rich in carbohydrates and low in protein will increase serotonin by secreting insulin, which helps in amino acid competition.[] However, increasing insulin for a long period may trigger the onset of insulin resistance, obesity, type 2 diabetes, and lower serotonin levels.[4][5] Muscles use many of the amino acids except tryptophan, allowing more muscular individuals to produce more serotonin.[] Myoinositol, a carbocyclic polyol present in many foods, is known to play a role in serotonin modulation.[] In the digestive tract (emetic) The gut is surrounded by enterochromaffin cells, which release serotonin in response to food in the lumen. This makes the gut contract around the food. Platelets in the veins draining the gut collect excess serotonin. If irritants are present in the food, the enterochromaffin cells release more serotonin to make the gut move faster, i.e., to cause diarrhea, so the gut is emptied of the noxious substance. If serotonin is released in the blood faster than the platelets can absorb it, the level of free serotonin in the blood is increased. This activates 5HT3 receptors in the chemoreceptor trigger zone that stimulate vomiting.[6] The enterochromaffin cells not only react to bad food, but they are also very sensitive to irradiation and cancer chemotherapy. Drugs that block 5HT3 are very effective in controlling the nausea and vomiting produced by cancer treatment, and are considered the gold standard for this purpose.[7] Gauge of social situation How much food an animal gets not only depends on the abundance of food, but also on the animal's ability to compete with others. This is especially true for social animals, where the stronger individuals might steal food from the weaker. Thus, serotonin is not only involved in the perception of food availability, but also of social rank. If a lobster is injected with serotonin, it behaves like a dominant animal, while octopamine causes subordinate behavior.[] A frightened crayfish flips its tail to flee, and the effect of serotonin on this behavior depends on the animal's social status. Serotonin inhibits the fleeing reaction in subordinates, but enhances it in socially dominant or isolated individuals. The reason for this is social experience alters the proportion between serotonin receptors (5-HT receptors) that have opposing effects on the fight-or-flight response.Wikipedia:Please clarify The effect of 5-HT1 receptors predominates in subordinate animals, while 5-HT2 receptors predominates in dominants.[] In humans,
Serotonin levels of 5-HT1A receptor activation in the brain show negative correlation with aggression,[8] and a mutation in the gene that codes for the 5-HT2A receptor may double the risk of suicide for those with that genotype.[] Most of the brain serotonin is not degraded after use, but is collected by serotonergic neurons by serotonin transporters on their cell surfaces. Studies have revealed nearly 10% of total variance in anxiety-related personality depends on variations in the description of where, when and how many serotonin transporters the neurons should deploy.[]
151
Growth and reproduction
In C. elegans, artificial depletion of serotonin or increase of octopamine cues behavior typical of a low-food environment: C. elegans becomes more active, and mating and egg-laying are suppressed, while the opposite occurs if serotonin is increased or octopamine is decreased in this animal.[] Serotonin is necessary for normal nematode male mating behavior,[] and the inclination to leave food to search for a mate.[] The serotonergic signaling used to adapt the worm's behaviour to fast changes in the environment affects insulin-like signaling and the TGF beta signaling pathway,[9] which control long-term adaption.
Aging and age-related phenotypes
Serotonin is known to regulate aging, learning and memory. The first evidence comes from the study of longevity in C. elegans.[10] During early phase of aging, the level of serotonin increases, which alters locomotory behaviors and associative memory.[11] The effect is restored by mutations and drugs (including mianserin and methiothepin) that inhibit serotonin receptors. The observation does not contradict with the notion that the serotonin level goes down in mammals and humans, which is typically seen in late but not early phase of aging.
Bone metabolism
In mice and humans, alterations in serotonin levels and signalling have been shown to regulate bone mass.[][][][] Mice that lack brain serotonin have osteopenia, while mice that lack gut serotonin have high bone density. In humans, increased blood serotonin levels have been shown to be significant negative predictor of low bone density. Serotonin can also be synthesized, albeit at very low levels, in the bone cells. It mediates its actions on bone cells using three different receptors. Through Htr1b receptors, it negatively regulates bone mass, while it does so positively through Htr2b and Htr2c. There is very delicate balance between physiological role of gut serotonin and its pathology. Increase in the extracellular content of serotonin results in a complex relay of signals in the osteoblasts culminating in FoxO1/ Creb and ATF4 dependent transcriptional events.[] These studies have opened a new area of research in bone metabolism that can be potentially harnessed to treat bone mass disorders.[]
Behavior
In the fruitfly, where insulin both regulates blood sugar and acts as a growth factor, serotonergic neurons regulate the adult body size by affecting insulin secretion.[][] Serotonin has also been identified as the trigger for swarm behavior in locusts.[] In humans, though insulin regulates blood sugar and IGF regulates growth, serotonin controls the release of both hormones, so serotonin suppresses insulin release from the beta cells in the pancreas,[] and exposure to SSRIs reduces fetal growth.[] Human serotonin can also act as a growth factor directly. Liver damage increases cellular expression of 5-HT2A and 5-HT2B receptors.[] Serotonin present in the blood then stimulates cellular growth to repair liver damage.[] 5HT2B receptors also activate osteocytes, which build up bone[] However, serotonin also inhibits osteoblasts, through 5-HT1B receptors.[]
Serotonin
152
Cardiovascular growth factor
Serotonin, in addition, evokes endothelial nitric oxide synthase activation and stimulates, through a 5-HT1B receptor-mediated mechanism, the phosphorylation of p44/p42 mitogen-activated protein kinase activation in bovine aortic endothelial cell cultures.[] In blood, serotonin is collected from plasma by platelets, which store it. It is thus active wherever platelets bind in damaged tissue, as a vasoconstrictor to stop bleeding, and also as a fibrocyte mitotic (growth factor), to aid healing.[] Some serotonergic agonist drugs also cause fibrosis anywhere in the body, particularly the syndrome of retroperitoneal fibrosis, as well as cardiac valve fibrosis.[] In the past, three groups of serotonergic drugs have been epidemiologically linked with these syndromes. They are the serotonergic vasoconstrictive antimigraine drugs (ergotamine and methysergide),[] the serotonergic appetite suppressant drugs (fenfluramine, chlorphentermine, and aminorex), and certain anti-Parkinsonian dopaminergic agonists, which also stimulate serotonergic 5-HT2B receptors. These include pergolide and cabergoline, but not the more dopamine-specific lisuride.[] As with fenfluramine, some of these drugs have been withdrawn from the market after groups taking them showed a statistical increase of one or more of the side effects described. An example is pergolide. The drug was declining in use since reported in 2003 to be associated with cardiac fibrosis.[12] Two independent studies published in the New England Journal of Medicine in January 2007, implicated pergolide, along with cabergoline, in causing valvular heart disease.[][] As a result of this, the FDA removed pergolide from the U.S. market in March, 2007.[13] (Since cabergoline is not approved in the U.S. for Parkinson's Disease, but for hyperprolactinemia, the drug remains on the market. Treatment for hyperprolactinemia requires lower doses than that for Parkinson's Disease, diminishing the risk of valvular heart disease).[] Local effects of injection: venoms and pain Since serotonin is an indicator of bleeding, a sudden large increase in peripheral levels causes pain. The reason wasps and deathstalker scorpions have serotonin in their venom [][] may be to increase the pain of their stings on large animals, and also to cause lethal vasoconstriction in smaller prey.
Deficiency
Genetically altered C. elegans worms that lack serotonin have an increased reproductive lifespan, may become obese, and sometimes present with arrested development at a dormant larval state.[][] Serotonin in mammals is made by two different tryptophan hydroxylases: TPH1 produces serotonin in the pineal gland[citation needed] and the enterochromaffin cells, while TPH2 produces it in the raphe nuclei and in the myenteric plexus. Genetically altered mice lacking TPH1 develop progressive loss of heart strength early on. They have pale skin and breathing difficulties, are easily tired, and eventually die of heart failure.[] Genetically altered mice that lack TPH2 are normal when they are born. However, after three days, they appear to be smaller and weaker, and have softer skin than their siblings. In a purebred strain, 50% of the mutants died during the first four weeks, but in a mixed strain, 90% survived. Normally, the mother weans the litter after three weeks, but the mutant animals needed five weeks. After that, they caught up in growth and had normal mortality rates. Subtle changes in the autonomic nervous system are present, but the most obvious difference from normal mice is the increased aggressiveness and impairment in maternal care of young.[] Despite the blood–brain barrier, the loss of serotonin production in the brain is partially compensated by intestinal serotonin. The behavioural changes become greatly enhanced if one crosses TPH1- with TPH2-lacking mice and gets animals that lack TPH entirely.[] In humans, defective signaling of serotonin in the brain may be the root cause of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS). Scientists from the European Molecular Biology Laboratory in Monterotondo, Italy[14] genetically modified lab mice to produce low levels of the neurotransmitter serotonin. The results showed the mice suffered drops in heart rate and other symptoms of SIDS, and many of the animals died at an early age. Researchers now believe low levels of serotonin in the animals' brainstems, which control heartbeat and breathing, may have caused sudden death, they
Serotonin said in the July 4, 2008 issue of Science.[] If neurons that make serotonin — serotonergic neurons — are abnormal in infants, there is a risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS).[] Recent research conducted at Rockefeller University shows, in both patients who suffer from depression and mice that model the disorder, levels of the p11 protein are decreased. This protein is related to serotonin transmission within the brain.[]
153
In the brain
Gross anatomy
The neurons of the raphe nuclei are the principal source of 5-HT release in the brain.[15] There are 7 or 8 raphe nuclei (some scientists chose to group the raphe linearis nuclei into one nucleus), all of which are located along the midline of the brainstem, and centered around the reticular formation.[16] Axons from the neurons of the raphe nuclei form a neurotransmitter system, reaching almost every part of the central nervous system. Axons of neurons in the lower raphe nuclei terminate in the cerebellum and spinal cord, while the axons of the higher nuclei spread out in the entire brain.
Serotonin system, contrasted with the dopamine system
Microanatomy
Serotonin is released into the space between neurons, and diffuses over a relatively wide gap (>20 µm) to activate 5-HT receptors located on the dendrites, cell bodies and presynaptic terminals of adjacent neurons. Receptors The 5-HT receptors, the receptors for serotonin, are located on the cell membrane of nerve cells and other cell types in animals, and mediate the effects of serotonin as the endogenous ligand and of a broad range of pharmaceutical and hallucinogenic drugs. With the exception of the 5-HT3 receptor, a ligand-gated ion channel, all other 5-HT receptors are G protein-coupled, seven transmembrane (or heptahelical) receptors that activate an intracellular second messenger cascade.[] Termination Serotonergic action is terminated primarily via uptake of 5-HT from the synapse. This is accomplished through the specific monoamine transporter for 5-HT, SERT, on the presynaptic neuron. Various agents can inhibit 5-HT reuptake, including MDMA (ecstasy), amphetamine, cocaine, dextromethorphan (an antitussive), tricyclic antidepressants and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). Interestingly, a 2006 study conducted by the University of Washington suggested a newly discovered monoamine transporter, known as PMAT, may account for "a significant percentage of 5-HT clearance".[] Contrasting with the high-affinity SERT, the PMAT has been identified as a low-affinity transporter, with an apparent Km of 114 micromoles/l for serotonin; approximately 230 times higher than that of SERT. However, the PMAT, despite its relatively low serotonergic affinity, has a considerably higher transport 'capacity' than SERT, "..resulting in roughly comparable uptake efficiencies to SERT in heterologous expression systems." The study also suggests some SSRIs, such as fluoxetine and sertraline, inhibit PMAT but at IC50 values which surpass the therapeutic plasma concentrations by up to four orders of magnitude; therefore, SSRI monotherapy is "ineffective" in PMAT inhibition. At present, no known pharmaceuticals are known to appreciably inhibit PMAT at normal therapeutic doses. The PMAT also suggestively transports dopamine and
Serotonin norepinephrine, albeit at Km values even higher than that of 5-HT (330–15,000 μmoles/L). Serotonylation Serotonin can also signal through a nonreceptor mechanism called serotonylation, in which serotonin modifies proteins.[] This process underlies serotonin effects upon platelet-forming cells (thrombocytes) in which it links to the modification of signaling enzymes called GTPases that then trigger the release of vesicle contents by exocytosis.[] A similar process underlies the pancreatic release of insulin.[] The effects of serotonin upon vascular smooth muscle "tone" (this is the biological function from which serotonin originally got its name) depend upon the serotonylation of proteins involved in the contractile apparatus of muscle cells.[]
154
Biosynthesis
In animals including humans, serotonin is synthesized from the amino acid L-tryptophan by a short metabolic pathway consisting of two enzymes: tryptophan hydroxylase (TPH) and amino acid decarboxylase (DDC). The TPH-mediated reaction is the rate-limiting step in the pathway. TPH has been shown to exist in two forms: TPH1, found in several tissues, and TPH2, which is a neuron-specific isoform.[] Serotonin can be synthesized from tryptophan in the lab using Aspergillus niger and Psilocybe coprophila as catalysts. The first phase to 5-hydroxytryptophan would require letting tryptophan sit in ethanol and water for 7 days, then mixing in enough HCl (or other acid) to bring the pH to 3, and then adding NaOH to make a pH of 13 for 1 hour. Asperigillus niger would be the catalyst for this first phase. The second phase to synthesizing tryptophan itself from the 5-hydroxytryptophan intermediate would require adding ethanol and water, and letting sit for 30 days this time. The next two steps would be the same as the first phase: adding HCl to make the pH = 3, and then adding NaOH to make the pH very basic at 13 for 1 hour. This phase uses the Psilocybe coprophila as the catalyst for the reaction. [17] Serotonin taken orally does not pass into the serotonergic The pathway for the synthesis of serotonin from pathways of the central nervous system, because it does not tryptophan. cross the blood–brain barrier. However, tryptophan and its metabolite 5-hydroxytryptophan (5-HTP), from which serotonin is synthesized, can and do cross the blood–brain barrier. These agents are available as dietary supplements, and may be effective serotonergic agents. One product of serotonin breakdown is 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid (5-HIAA), which is excreted in the urine. Serotonin and 5-HIAA are sometimes produced in excess amounts by certain tumors or cancers, and levels of these substances may be measured in the urine to test for these tumors.
Serotonin
155
Drugs targeting the 5-HT system
Several classes of drugs target the 5-HT system, including some antidepressants, antipsychotics, anxiolytics, antiemetics, and antimigraine drugs, as well as the psychedelic drugs and empathogens.
Psychedelic drugs
The psychedelic drugs psilocin/psilocybin, DMT, mescaline, and LSD are agonists, primarily at 5HT2A/2C receptors.[][] The empathogen-entactogen MDMA releases serotonin from synaptic vesicles of neurons.[]
Antidepressants
Drugs which alter serotonin levels are used in depression, generalized anxiety disorder and social phobia. Monoamine oxidase inhibitors (MAOIs) prevent the breakdown of monoamine neurotransmitters (including serotonin), and therefore increase concentrations of the neurotransmitter in the brain. MAOI therapy is associated with many adverse drug reactions, and patients are at risk of hypertensive emergency triggered by foods with high tyramine content, and certain drugs. Some drugs inhibit the reuptake of serotonin, making it stay in the synaptic cleft longer. The tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) inhibit the reuptake of both serotonin and norepinephrine. The newer selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have fewer side effects and fewer interactions with other drugs. The side effects that have become apparent recently include a decrease in bone mass in elderly and increased risk for osteoporosis. However, it is not yet clear whether it is due to SSRI action on peripheral serotonin production and or action in the gut or in the brain.[] Certain SSRI medications have been shown to lower serotonin levels below the baseline after chronic use, despite initial increases. This has been connected to the observation that the benefit of SSRIs may decrease in selected patients after a long-term treatment. A switch in medication will usually resolve this issue (up to 70% of the time).[] The novel antidepressant tianeptine, a selective serotonin reuptake "enhancer", has mood-elevating effects. This provides evidence for the theory that serotonin is most likely used to regulate the extent or intensity of moods, rather than level directly correlating with mood. In fact, the 5-HTTLPR gene codes for the number of serotonin transporters in the brain, with more serotonin transporters causing decreased duration and magnitude of serotonergic signaling.[18] The 5-HTTLPR polymorphism (l/l) causing more serotonin transporters to be formed is also found to be more resilient against depression and anxiety.[19][20] Therefore, increasing levels of extracellular serotonin may be associated with increased affect, for good or for worse. Although phobias and depression might be attenuated by serotonin-altering drugs, this does not mean the individual's situation has been improved, but only the individual's perception of the environment. Sometimes, a lower serotonin level might be beneficial, for example in the ultimatum game, where players with normal serotonin levels are more prone to accept unfair offers than participants whose serotonin levels have been artificially lowered.[] Serotonin syndrome Extremely high levels of serotonin can cause a condition known as serotonin syndrome, with toxic and potentially fatal effects. In practice, such toxic levels are essentially impossible to reach through an overdose of a single antidepressant drug, but require a combination of serotonergic agents, such as an SSRI with an MAOI.[21] The intensity of the symptoms of serotonin syndrome vary over a wide spectrum, and the milder forms are seen even at nontoxic levels.[]
Antiemetics
Some 5-HT3 antagonists, such as ondansetron, granisetron, and tropisetron, are important antiemetic agents. They are particularly important in treating the nausea and vomiting that occur during anticancer chemotherapy using cytotoxic drugs. Another application is in the treatment of postoperative nausea and vomiting.
Serotonin
156
In unicellular organisms
Serotonin is used by a variety of single-cell organisms for various purposes. SSRIs have been found to be toxic to algae.[] The gastrointestinal parasite Entamoeba histolytica secretes serotonin, causing a sustained secretory diarrhea in some patients.[][] Patients infected with E. histolytica have been found to have highly elevated serum serotonin levels which returned to normal following resolution of the infection.[] E. histolytica also responds to the presence of serotonin by becoming more virulent.[] This means serotonin secretion not only serves to increase the spread of enteamoebas by giving the host diarrhea, but also to coordinate their behaviour according to their population density, a phenomenon known as quorum sensing. Outside a host, the density of entoamoebas is low, hence also the serotonin concentration. Low serotonin signals to the entoamoebas they are outside a host and they become less virulent to conserve energy. When they enter a new host, they multiply in the gut, and become more virulent as the serotonin concentration increases.
In plants
In drying seeds, serotonin production is a way to get rid of the buildup of poisonous ammonia. The ammonia is collected and placed in the indole part of L-tryptophan, which is then decarboxylated by tryptophan decarboxylase to give tryptamine, which is then hydroxylated by a cytochrome P450 monooxygenase, yielding serotonin.[] However, since serotonin is a major gastrointestinal tract modulator, it may be produced by plants in fruits as a way of speeding the passage of seeds through the digestive tract, in the same way as many well-known seed and fruit associated laxatives. Serotonin is found in mushrooms, fruits and vegetables. The highest values of 25–400 mg/kg have been found in nuts of the walnut (Juglans) and hickory (Carya) genera. Serotonin concentrations of 3–30 mg/kg have been found in plantains, pineapples, banana, kiwifruit, plums, and tomatoes. Moderate levels from 0.1–3 mg/kg have been found in a wide range of tested vegetables.[22] Serotonin is one compound of the poison contained in stinging nettles (Urtica dioica), where it causes pain on injection in the same manner as its presence in insect venoms (see above). It is also naturally found in Paramuricea clavata, or the Red Sea Fan.[23] Serotonin and tryptophan have been found in chocolate with varying cocoa contents. The highest serotonin content (2.93 ug g-1) was found in chocolate with 85% cocoa, and the highest tryptophan content (13.27-13.34 ug g-1) was found in 70-85% cocoa. The intermediate in the synthesis from tryptophan to serotonin, 5-hydroxytryptophan, was not found.[24] Unlike its precursors, 5-HTP and tryptophan, serotonin does not cross the blood–brain barrier, which means ingesting serotonin in the diet has no effect on brain serotonin levels.
Methyl-tryptamines and hallucinogens
Several plants contain serotonin together with a family of related tryptamines that are methylated at the amino (NH2) and (OH) groups, are N-oxides, or miss the OH group. These compounds do reach the brain, although some portion of them are metabolized by MAO-B enzymes in the liver. Examples are plants from the Anadenanthera genus that are used in the hallucinogenic yopo snuff. These compounds are widely present in the leaves of many plants, and may serve as deterrents for animal ingestion. Serotonin occurs in several mushrooms of the genus Panaeolus.[25] Serotonin is also naturally occurring in toad venom.[26]
Serotonin
157
History
In 1935, Italian Vittorio Erspamer showed an extract from enterochromaffin cells made intestines contract. Some believed it contained adrenaline, but two years later, Erspamer was able to show it was a previously unknown amine, which he named "enteramine".[] In 1948, Maurice M. Rapport, Arda Green, and Irvine Page of the Cleveland Clinic discovered a vasoconstrictor substance in blood serum, and since it was a serum agent affecting vascular tone, they named it serotonin.[] In 1952, enteramine was shown to be the same substance as serotonin, and as the broad range of physiological roles was elucidated, the abbreviation 5-HT of the proper chemical name 5-hydroxytryptamine became the preferred name in the pharmacological field.[] Synonyms of serotonin include: 5-hydroxytriptamine, thrombotin, enteramin, substance DS, and 3-(β-Aminoethyl)-5-hydroxyindole.[27]
External links
• Serotonin bound to proteins (http://www.ebi.ac.uk/pdbe-srv/PDBeXplore/ligand/?ligand=SRO) in the PDB • PsychoTropicalResearch (http://www.psychotropical.com/) Extensive reviews on serotonergic drugs and Serotonin Syndrome. • Molecule of the Month: Serotonin (http://www.chm.bris.ac.uk/motm/serotonin/home1.htm) at University of Bristol • 60-Second Psych: No Fair! My Serotonin Level Is Low (http://www.sciam.com/podcast/episode. cfm?id=68FC98F1-E48A-251D-8F65277181DB9A4E), Scientific American • Serotonin Test Interpretation on ClinLab Navigator (http://www.clinlabnavigator.com/Tests/Serotonin.html). • Tryptophan hydroxylase-2 gene variation influences personality traits and disorders related to emotional dysregulation (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17176492) at the National Center for Biotechnology Information.
Endorphins
158
Endorphins
Endorphins ("endogenous morphine") are endogenous opioid peptides that function as neurotransmitters.[1] They are produced by the pituitary gland and the hypothalamus in vertebrates during exercise,[] excitement, pain, consumption of spicy food, love and orgasm,[][] and they resemble the opiates in their abilities to produce analgesia and a feeling of well-being.
Chemical structure of alpha-Neoendorphin (α-Neoendorphin)
The term implies a pharmacological activity (analogous to the activity of the corticosteroid category of biochemicals) as opposed to a specific chemical formulation. It consists of two parts: endo- and -orphin; these are short forms of the words endogenous and morphine, intended to mean "a morphine-like substance originating from within the body."[] The term "endorphin rush" has been adopted in popular speech to refer to feelings of exhilaration brought on by pain, danger, or other forms of stress,[] supposedly due to the influence of endorphins. When a nerve impulse reaches the spinal cord, endorphins that prevent nerve cells from releasing more pain signals are released.
History
Opioid neuropeptides were first discovered in 1974 by two independent groups of investigators: • John Hughes and Hans Kosterlitz of Scotland isolated — from the brain of a pig — what some called enkephalins (from the Greek εγκέφαλος, cerebrum).[][2] • Around the same time, in the calf brain, Rabi Simantov and Solomon H. Snyder of the United States found[3] what Eric Simon (who independently discovered opioid receptors in the brain) later termed "endorphin" by an abbreviation of "endogenous morphine", meaning "morphine produced naturally in the body".[] Importantly, recent studies have demonstrated that diverse animal and human tissues are in fact capable of producing morphine itself, which is not a peptide.[][]
Mechanism of action
Beta-endorphin (β-Endorphin) is released into blood from the pituitary gland and into the spinal cord and brain from hypothalamic neurons. The β-endorphin that is released into the blood cannot enter the brain in large quantities because of the blood–brain barrier, so the physiological Chemical structure of beta-endorphin importance of the β-endorphin that can be measured in the blood is far from clear. β-Endorphin is a cleavage product of pro-opiomelanocortin (POMC), which is also the precursor hormone for adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH). The behavioural effects of β-endorphin are exerted by its actions in the brain and spinal cord, and it is presumed that the hypothalamic neurons are the major source of β-endorphin at these sites.
Endorphins In situations where the level of ACTH is increased (e.g., Cushing’s Syndrome), the level of endorphins also increases slightly. β-Endorphin has the highest affinity for the μ1 opioid receptor, slightly lower affinity for the μ2 and δ opioid receptors, and low affinity for the κ1 opioid receptors. μ-Opioid receptors are the main receptor through which morphine acts. In the classical sense, μ opioid receptors are presynaptic, and inhibit neurotransmitter release; through this mechanism, they inhibit the release of the inhibitory neurotransmitter GABA, and disinhibit the dopamine pathways, causing more dopamine to be released. By hijacking this process, exogenous opioids cause inappropriate dopamine release, and lead to aberrant synaptic plasticity, which causes dependency. Opioid receptors have many other and more important roles in the brain and periphery however, modulating pain, cardiac, gastric and vascular function as well as possibly panic and satiation, and receptors are often found at postsynaptic locations as well as presynaptically.
159
Activity
Scientists sometimes debate whether specific activities release measurable levels of endorphins. Much of the current data comes from animal models which may not be relevant to humans. The studies that do involve humans often measure endorphin plasma levels, which do not necessarily correlate with levels in the central nervous system. Other studies use a blanket opioid antagonist (usually naloxone) to indirectly measure the release of endorphins by observing the changes that occur when any endorphin activity that might be present is blocked.
Runner's high
A publicized effect of endorphin production is the so-called "runner's high", which is said to occur when strenuous exercise takes a person over a threshold that activates endorphin production. Endorphins are released during long, continuous workouts, when the level of intensity is between moderate and high, and breathing is difficult. This also corresponds with the time that muscles use up their stored glycogen. During a release of endorphins, the person may be exposed to bodily harm from strenuous bodily functions after going past his or her body's physical limit. This means that runners can keep running despite pain, continuously surpassing what they otherwise would consider to be their limit. Runner's high has also been known to create feelings of euphoria and happiness. Altough it is called runners high, the effect occurs to strenous exercise in general, and not just running. Runner's high has been suggested to have evolutionary roots based on the theory that it helped with the survival of early humans. Current African tribes make use of runner's high when conducting persistence hunting (a method in which tribesman hunt an animal and track it for miles, eventually killing the animal due to its vulnerability brought on by exhaustion[4]). In 2008, researchers in Germany reported on the mechanisms that cause the runner's high. Using PET scans combined with recently available chemicals that reveal endorphins in the brain, they were able to compare runners’ brains before and after a run.[] Previous research on the role of endorphins in producing runner's high questioned the mechanisms at work, their data possibly demonstrated that the "high" comes from completing a challenge rather than as a result of exertion.[5] Studies in the early 1980s cast doubt on the relationship between endorphins and the runner's high for several reasons: • The first was that when an antagonist (pharmacological agent that blocks the action for the substance under study) was infused (e.g., naloxone) or ingested (naltrexone) the same changes in mood state occurred as when the person exercised with no blocker. • A study in 2003 by the Georgia Institute of Technology found that runner's high might be caused by the release of another naturally produced chemical, anandamide.[][] The authors suggest that the body produces this chemical to deal with prolonged stress and pain from strenuous exercise, similar to the original theory involving endorphins.
Endorphins However, the release of anandamide was not reported with the cognitive effects of the runner's high; this suggests that anandamide release may not be significantly related to runner's high.[] • A study at the University of Arizona, published in April 2012, argues implicitly that endocannabinoids are, most likely, the causative agent in runner's high, while also arguing this to be a result of the evolutionary advantage endocannabinoids provide to endurance-based cursorial species. This largely refers to quadruped mammals, but also to biped hominids, such as humans. The study shows that both humans and dogs show significantly increased endocannabinoid signaling following high intensity running, but not low-intensity walking. The study does not, however, ever address the potential contribution of endorphins to runner's high.[6] However, in other research that has focused on the blood–brain barrier, it has been shown that endorphin molecules are too large to pass freely, thus very unlikely to be the cause of the runner's high feeling of euphoria.[7] It has been suggested that apart from endorphins, other chemicals can contribute to runner's high; candidates include epinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine.[citation needed]
160
Depersonalization disorder
Endorphins are known to play a role in depersonalization disorder. The opioid antagonists naloxone and naltrexone have both been proven to be successful in treating depersonalization.[][8] To quote a 2001 naloxone study, "In three of 14 patients, depersonalization symptoms disappeared entirely and seven patients showed a marked improvement. The therapeutic effect of naloxone provides evidence for the role of the endogenous opioid system in the pathogenesis of depersonalization."
Relaxation
In 2003, clinical researchers reported that profound relaxation in a float tank triggers the production of endorphins.[9] This explains the pain relief experienced during float sessions.[10]
Acupuncture
In 1999, clinical researchers reported that inserting acupuncture needles into specific body points triggers the production of endorphins.[][] In another study, higher levels of endorphins were found in cerebrospinal fluid after patients underwent acupuncture.[11] In addition, naloxone appeared to block acupuncture’s pain-relieving effects.
Pregnancy
A placental tissue of fetal origin — i.e., the syncytiotrophoblast — excretes beta-endorphins into the maternal blood system from the 3rd month of pregnancy. A recent study[] proposes an adaptive background for this phenomenon. The authors argue that fetuses make their mothers endorphin-dependent then manipulate them to increase nutrient allocation to the placenta. Their hypothesis predicts that: (1) anatomic position of endorphin production should mirror its presumed role in foetal-maternal conflict; (2) endorphin levels should co-vary positively with nutrient carrying capacity of maternal blood system; (3) postpartum psychological symptoms (such as postpartum blues, depression, and psychosis) in humans are side-effects of this mechanism that can be interpreted as endorphin-deprivation symptoms; (4) shortly after parturition, placentophagy could play an adaptive role in decreasing the negative side-effects of foetal manipulation; (5) later, breast-feeding-induced endorphin excretion of the maternal pituitary saves the mother from further deprivation symptoms. These predictions appear to be supported by empirical data.[]
Endorphins
161
Etymology
From the Greek: word endo ενδο meaning "within" (endogenous, Greek: ενδογενής, "proceeding from within") and morphine, from Morpheus, Greek: Μορφέας, the god of sleep in the Greek mythology, thus 'endo(genous) (mo)rphine’.
External links
• Endorphins (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Endorphins) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • "A genetic influence on alcohol addiction found - lack of endorphin" (http://www.news-medical.net/ ?id=33701#). News-Medical.Net. Dec-2007-12-21. Retrieved 2008-10-15.
Somatostatin
162
Somatostatin
Somatostatin
Available structures PDB Ortholog search: PDBe [1], RCSB [2] List of PDB id codes 1P2W
[3]
Somatostatin (also known as growth hormone-inhibiting hormone (GHIH) or somatotropin release-inhibiting factor (SRIF)) or somatotropin release-inhibiting hormone[citation needed] is a peptide hormone that regulates the endocrine system and affects neurotransmission and cell proliferation via interaction with G protein-coupled somatostatin receptors and inhibition of the release of numerous secondary hormones. Somatostatin has two active forms produced by alternative cleavage of a single preproprotein: one of 14 amino acids, the other of 28 amino acids.[] In all vertebrates, there exists six different somatostatin genes that have been named SS1, SS2, SS3, SS4, SS5, and SS6.[] The six different genes along with the five different somatostatin receptors allows somatostatin to possess a large range of functions.[] Humans have only one somatostatin gene, SST.[][][]
Somatostatin
164
Production
Digestive system
Somatostatin is secreted in several locations in the digestive system: • stomach • intestine • delta cells of the pancreas[]
Brain
[42] Sst is expressed in interneurons in the telencephalon of the embryonic day 15.5 mouse. Allen Brain Atlases Sst [43] expression in the adult mouse. Allen Brain Atlases
Somatostatin is produced by neuroendocrine neurons of the periventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus. These neurons project to the median eminence, where somatostatin is released from neurosecretory nerve endings into the hypothalamo-hypophysial system through neuron axons. Somatostatin is then carried to the anterior pituitary gland, where it inhibits the secretion of growth hormone from somatotrope cells. The somatostatin neurons in the periventricular nucleus mediate negative feedback effects of growth hormone on its own release; the somatostatin neurons respond to high circulating concentrations of growth hormone and somatomedins by increasing the release of somatostatin, so reducing the rate of secretion of growth hormone. Somatostatin is also produced by several other populations that project centrally, i.e., to other areas of the brain, and somatostatin receptors are expressed at many different sites in the brain. In particular, there are populations of somatostatin neurons in the arcuate nucleus,[citation needed] the hippocampus,[citation needed] and the brainstem nucleus of the solitary tract.[citation needed]
Somatostatin
165
Actions
Somatostatin is classified as an inhibitory hormone,[] whose actions are spread to different parts of the body:
Anterior pituitary
In the anterior pituitary gland, the effects of somatostatin are: • Inhibit the release of growth hormone (GH)[] (thus opposing the effects of Growth Hormone-Releasing Hormone (GHRH)) • Inhibit the release of thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH)[1] • It is induced by low pH. • Inhibit adenylyl cyclase in parietal cells.
Gastrointestinal system
• Somatostatin is homologous with cortistatin (see somatostatin family) and suppresses the release of gastrointestinal hormones • Gastrin • Cholecystokinin (CCK) • Secretin • Motilin • Vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP) • Gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) • Enteroglucagon • Decrease rate of gastric emptying, and reduces smooth muscle contractions and blood flow within the intestine[] • Suppresses the release of pancreatic hormones • Inhibits insulin release when somatostatin is released from delta cells of pancreas[] • Inhibits the release of glucagon[] • Suppresses the exocrine secretory action of pancreas.
D cell is visible at upper-right, and somatostatin is represented by middle arrow pointing left
Synthetic substitutes
Octreotide (brand name Sandostatin, Novartis Pharmaceuticals) is an octapeptide that mimics natural somatostatin pharmacologically, though is a more potent inhibitor of growth hormone, glucagon, and insulin than the natural hormone and has a much longer half-life (approximately 90 minutes, compared to 2–3 minutes for somatostatin). Since it is absorbed poorly from the gut, it is administered parenterally (subcutaneously, intramuscularly, or intravenously). It is indicated for symptomatic treatment of carcinoid syndrome and acromegaly. It is also finding increased use in polycystic diseases of the liver and kidney. Lanreotide (INN) is a medication used in the management of acromegaly and symptoms caused by neuroendocrine tumors, most notably carcinoid syndrome. It is a long-acting analogue of somatostatin, like octreotide.
Somatostatin Lanreotide (as lanreotide acetate) is manufactured by Ipsen and marketed under the trade name Somatuline. It is available in several countries, including the United Kingdom, Australia, and Canada, and was approved for sale in the United States by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on August 30, 2007.
166
Evolutionary history
There are six somatostatin genes that have been discovered in vertebrates. The current proposed history as to how these six genes arose is based on the three whole-genome duplication events that took place in vertebrate evolution along with local duplications in teleost fish. An ancestral somatostatin gene was duplicated during the first whole-genome duplication event (1R) to create SS1 and SS2. These two genes were duplicated during the second whole-genome duplication event (2R) to create four new somatostatin genes: SS1, SS2, SS3, and one gene that was lost during the evolution of vertebrates. Tetrapods retained SS1 (also known as SS-14 and SS-28) and SS2 (also known as cortistatin) after the split in the sarcopterygii and actinopterygii lineage split. In teleost fish, SS1, SS2, and SS3 were duplicated during the third whole-genome duplication event (3R) to create SS1, SS2, SS4, SS5, and two genes that were lost during the evolution of teleost fish. SS1 and SS2 went through local duplications to give rise to SS6 and SS3.[]
References
[1] First Aid for the USMLE Step 1, 2010. Page 286.
Further reading
• Florio T, Schettini G (2002). "[Somatostatin and its receptors. Role in the control of cell proliferation]". Minerva Endocrinol. 26 (3): 91–102. PMID 11753230 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11753230). • Yamada Y, Reisine T, Law SF, et al. (1993). "Somatostatin receptors, an expanding gene family: cloning and functional characterization of human SSTR3, a protein coupled to adenylyl cyclase". Mol. Endocrinol. 6 (12): 2136–42. doi: 10.1210/me.6.12.2136 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/me.6.12.2136). PMID 1337145 (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1337145). • Yamada Y, Post SR, Wang K, et al. (1992). "Cloning and functional characterization of a family of human and mouse somatostatin receptors expressed in brain, gastrointestinal tract, and kidney" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pmc/articles/PMC48214). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 89 (1): 251–5. doi: 10.1073/pnas.89.1.251 (http:// dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.89.1.251). PMC 48214 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC48214). PMID 1346068 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/1346068). • Brazeau P, Vale W, Burgus R, et al. (1973). "Hypothalamic polypeptide that inhibits the secretion of immunoreactive pituitary growth hormone". Science 179 (4068): 77–9. doi: 10.1126/science.179.4068.77 (http:// dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.179.4068.77). PMID 4682131 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 4682131). • Shen LP, Pictet RL, Rutter WJ (1982). "Human somatostatin I: sequence of the cDNA" (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC346717). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 79 (15): 4575–9. doi: 10.1073/pnas.79.15.4575 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.79.15.4575). PMC 346717 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC346717). PMID 6126875 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 6126875). • Shen LP, Rutter WJ (1984). "Sequence of the human somatostatin I gene". Science 224 (4645): 168–71. doi: 10.1126/science.6142531 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.6142531). PMID 6142531 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6142531). • Montminy MR, Goodman RH, Horovitch SJ, Habener JF (1984). "Primary structure of the gene encoding rat preprosomatostatin" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC345502). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81 (11): 3337–40. doi: 10.1073/pnas.81.11.3337 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.81.11.3337). PMC
Somatostatin 345502 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC345502). PMID 6145156 (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pubmed/6145156). • Zabel BU, Naylor SL, Sakaguchi AY, et al. (1984). "High-resolution chromosomal localization of human genes for amylase, proopiomelanocortin, somatostatin, and a DNA fragment (D3S1) by in situ hybridization" (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC390100). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80 (22): 6932–6. doi: 10.1073/pnas.80.22.6932 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.80.22.6932). PMC 390100 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC390100). PMID 6196780 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 6196780). • Panetta R, Greenwood MT, Warszynska A, et al. (1994). "Molecular cloning, functional characterization, and chromosomal localization of a human somatostatin receptor (somatostatin receptor type 5) with preferential affinity for somatostatin-28". Mol. Pharmacol. 45 (3): 417–27. PMID 7908405 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/7908405). • Demchyshyn LL, Srikant CB, Sunahara RK, et al. (1993). "Cloning and expression of a human somatostatin-14-selective receptor variant (somatostatin receptor 4) located on chromosome 20". Mol. Pharmacol. 43 (6): 894–901. PMID 8100352 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8100352). • Kaupmann K, Bruns C, Hoyer D, et al. (1993). "Distribution and second messenger coupling of four somatostatin receptor subtypes expressed in brain". FEBS Lett. 331 (1–2): 53–9. doi: 10.1016/0014-5793(93)80296-7 (http:// dx.doi.org/10.1016/0014-5793(93)80296-7). PMID 8405411 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 8405411). • Aguila MC, Rodriguez AM, Aguila-Mansilla HN, Lee WT (1996). "Somatostatin antisense oligodeoxynucleotide-mediated stimulation of lymphocyte proliferation in culture". Endocrinology 137 (5): 1585–90. doi: 10.1210/en.137.5.1585 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/en.137.5.1585). PMID 8612489 (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8612489). • Sharma K, Patel YC, Srikant CB (1997). "Subtype-selective induction of wild-type p53 and apoptosis, but not cell cycle arrest, by human somatostatin receptor 3". Mol. Endocrinol. 10 (12): 1688–96. doi: 10.1210/me.10.12.1688 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/me.10.12.1688). PMID 8961277 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 8961277). • Dournaud P, Boudin H, Schonbrunn A, et al. (1998). "Interrelationships between somatostatin sst2A receptors and somatostatin-containing axons in rat brain: evidence for regulation of cell surface receptors by endogenous somatostatin". J. Neurosci. 18 (3): 1056–71. PMID 9437026 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 9437026). • Barnea A, Roberts J, Ho RH (1999). "Evidence for a synergistic effect of the HIV-1 envelope protein gp120 and brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) leading to enhanced expression of somatostatin neurons in aggregate cultures derived from the human fetal cortex". Brain Res. 815 (2): 349–57. doi: 10.1016/S0006-8993(98)01098-1 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0006-8993(98)01098-1). PMID 9878821 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/9878821). • Ferone D, van Hagen PM, van Koetsveld PM, et al. (1999). "In vitro characterization of somatostatin receptors in the human thymus and effects of somatostatin and octreotide on cultured thymic epithelial cells". Endocrinology 140 (1): 373–80. doi: 10.1210/en.140.1.373 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/en.140.1.373). PMID 9886848 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/9886848). • Brakch N, Lazar N, Panchal M, et al. (2002). "The somatostatin-28(1-12)-NPAMAP sequence: an essential helical-promoting motif governing prosomatostatin processing at mono- and dibasic sites". Biochemistry 41 (5): 1630–9. doi: 10.1021/bi011928m (http://dx.doi.org/10.1021/bi011928m). PMID 11814357 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11814357). • Oomen SP, van Hennik PB, Antonissen C, et al. (2002). "Somatostatin is a selective chemoattractant for primitive (CD34(+)) hematopoietic progenitor cells". Exp. Hematol. 30 (2): 116–25. doi: 10.1016/S0301-472X(01)00772-X (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0301-472X(01)00772-X). PMID 11823046 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
167
Somatostatin pubmed/11823046). • Simonetti M, Di BC (2002). "Structural motifs in the maturation process of peptide hormones. The somatostatin precursor. I. A CD conformational study". J. Pept. Sci. 8 (2): 66–79. doi: 10.1002/psc.370 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1002/psc.370). PMID 11860030 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11860030).
In humans, gastrin is a peptide hormone that stimulates secretion of gastric acid (HCl) by the parietal cells of the stomach and aids in gastric motility. It is released by G cells in the antrum of the stomach (the portion of the stomach adjacent the pyloric valve), duodenum, and the pancreas. It binds to cholecystokinin B receptors to stimulate the release of histamines in enterochromaffin-like cells, and it induces the insertion of K+/H+ ATPase pumps into the apical membrane of parietal cells (which in turn increases H+ release into the stomach cavity). Its release is stimulated by peptides in the lumen of the stomach.
History
Its existence was first suggested in 1905 by the British physiologist John Sydney Edkins,[1][2] and gastrins were isolated in 1964 by Roderic Alfred Gregory at the University of Liverpool.[3] In 1964 the structure of Gastrin was determined.[4]
G cell is visible near bottom left, and gastrin is labeled as the two black arrows leading from it. Note: this diagram does not illustrate gastrin's stimulatory effect on ECL cells.
Physiology
Genetics
The GAS gene is located on the long arm of the seventeenth chromosome (17q21).[5]
Gastrin
170
Synthesis
Gastrin is a linear peptide hormone produced by G cells of the duodenum and in the pyloric antrum of the stomach. It is secreted into the bloodstream. Gastrin is found primarily in three forms: • gastrin-34 ("big gastrin") • gastrin-17 ("little gastrin") • gastrin-14 ("minigastrin") Also, pentagastrin is an artificially synthesized, five amino acid sequence identical to the last five amino acid sequence at the C-terminus end of gastrin. The numbers refer to the amino acid count.
Release
Gastrin is released in response to certain stimuli. These include: • • • • stomach distension vagal stimulation (mediated by the neurocrine bombesin, or GRP in humans) the presence of partially digested proteins especially amino acids hypercalcemia
Gastrin release is inhibited by:[6][7] • The presence of acid (primarily the secreted HCl) in the stomach (a case of negative feedback). • Somatostatin also inhibits the release of gastrin, along with secretin, GIP (gastroinhibitory peptide), VIP (vasoactive intestinal peptide), glucagon and calcitonin.
Function
The presence of gastrin stimulates parietal cells of the stomach to secrete hydrochloric acid (HCl)/gastric acid. This is done both directly on the parietal cell and indirectly via binding onto CCK2/gastrin receptors on ECL cells in the stomach, which then responds by releasing histamine, which in turn acts in a paracrine manner on parietal cells stimulating them to secrete H+ ions. This is the major stimulus for acid secretion by parietal cells. Along with the above mentioned function, gastrin has been shown to have additional functions as well: • • • • Stimulates parietal cell maturation and fundal growth. Causes chief cells to secrete pepsinogen, the zymogen (inactive) form of the digestive enzyme pepsin. Increases antral muscle mobility and promotes stomach contractions. Strengthens antral contractions against the pylorus, and relaxes the pyloric sphincter, which stimulates gastric emptying. • Plays a role in the relaxation of the ileocecal valve.[] • Induces pancreatic secretions and gallbladder emptying.[] • Impacts lower esophageal sphincter (LES) tone, causing it to contract.[]
Gastrin
171
Factors influencing secretion
Gastric lumen • Stimulatory factors: dietary protein and amino acids (meat), hypercalcemia. (i.e. during the gastric phase) • Inhibitory factor: acidity (pH below 3) - a negative feedback mechanism, exerted via the release of somatostatin from δ cells in the stomach, which inhibits gastrin and histamine release. Paracrine • Stimulatory factor: bombesin • Inhibitory factor: somatostatin - acts on somatostatin-2 receptors on G cells. in a paracrine manner via local diffusion in the intercellular spaces, but also systemically through its release into the local mucosal blood circulation; it inhibits acid secretion by acting on parietal cells. Nervous • Stimulatory factors: Beta-adrenergic agents, cholinergic agents, gastrin-releasing peptide (GRP) • Inhibitory factor: Enterogastric reflex Circulation • Stimulatory factor: epinephrine • Inhibitory factors:gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP), secretin, somatostatin, glucagon, calcitonin
Role in disease
In the Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, gastrin is produced at excessive levels, often by a gastrinoma (gastrin-producing tumor, mostly benign) of the duodenum or the pancreas. To investigate for hypergastrinemia (high blood levels of gastrin), a "pentagastrin test" can be performed. In autoimmune gastritis, the immune system attacks the parietal cells leading to hypochlorhydria (low stomach acidity). This results in an elevated gastrin level in an attempt to compensate for increased pH in the stomach. Eventually, all the parietal cells are lost and achlorhydria results leading to a loss of negative feedback on gastrin secretion. Plasma gastrin concentration is elevated in virtually all individuals with mucolipidosis type IV (mean 1507 pg/mL; range 400-4100 pg/mL) (normal 0-200 pg/mL) secondary to a constitutive achlorhydria. This finding facilitates the diagnosis of patients with this neurogenetic disorder.[]
References Further reading
• Rozengurt E, Walsh JH (2001). "Gastrin, CCK, signaling, and cancer". Annu. Rev. Physiol. 63: 49–76. doi: 10.1146/annurev.physiol.63.1.49 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1146/annurev.physiol.63.1.49). PMID 11181948 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11181948). • Dockray GJ (2005). "Clinical endocrinology and metabolism. Gastrin". Best Pract. Res. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 18 (4): 555–68. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2004.07.003 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.beem.2004.07.003). PMID 15533775 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15533775). • Anlauf M, Garbrecht N, Henopp T, et al. (2006). "Sporadic versus hereditary gastrinomas of the duodenum and pancreas: distinct clinico-pathological and epidemiological features". World J. Gastroenterol. 12 (34): 5440–6. PMID 17006979 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17006979). • Polosatov MV, Klimov PK, Masevich CG, et al. (1979). "Interaction of synthetic human big gastrin with blood proteins of man and animals". Acta hepato-gastroenterologica 26 (2): 154–9. PMID 463490 (http://www.ncbi.
Gastrin nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/463490). Fritsch WP, Hausamen TU, Scholten T (1977). "[Gastrointestinal hormones. I. Hormones of the gastrin group]". Zeitschrift für Gastroenterologie 15 (4): 264–76. PMID 871064 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 871064). Higashimoto Y, Himeno S, Shinomura Y, et al. (1989). "Purification and structural determination of urinary NH2-terminal big gastrin fragments". Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 160 (3): 1364–70. doi: 10.1016/S0006-291X(89)80154-8 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0006-291X(89)80154-8). PMID 2730647 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2730647). Pauwels S, Najdovski T, Dimaline R, et al. (1989). "Degradation of human gastrin and CCK by endopeptidase 24.11: differential behaviour of the sulphated and unsulphated peptides". Biochim. Biophys. Acta 996 (1–2): 82–8. doi: 10.1016/0167-4838(89)90098-8 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0167-4838(89)90098-8). PMID 2736261 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2736261). Lund T, Geurts van Kessel AH, Haun S, Dixon JE (1986). "The genes for human gastrin and cholecystokinin are located on different chromosomes". Hum. Genet. 73 (1): 77–80. doi: 10.1007/BF00292669 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1007/BF00292669). PMID 3011648 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3011648).
172
•
•
•
•
• Kariya Y, Kato K, Hayashizaki Y, et al. (1987). "Expression of human gastrin gene in normal and gastrinoma tissues". Gene 50 (1–3): 345–52. doi: 10.1016/0378-1119(86)90338-0 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ 0378-1119(86)90338-0). PMID 3034736 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3034736). • Gregory RA, Tracy HJ, Agarwal KL, Grossman MI (1969). "Aminoacid constitution of two gastrins isolated from Zollinger-Ellison tumour tissue" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1552899). Gut 10 (8): 603–8. doi: 10.1136/gut.10.8.603 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/gut.10.8.603). PMC 1552899 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1552899). PMID 5822140 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 5822140). • Bentley PH, Kenner GW, Sheppard RC (1967). "Structures of human gastrins I and II". Nature 209 (5023): 583–5. doi: 10.1038/209583b0 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/209583b0). PMID 5921183 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/5921183). • Ito R, Sato K, Helmer T, et al. (1984). "Structural analysis of the gene encoding human gastrin: the large intron contains an Alu sequence" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC391550). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81 (15): 4662–6. doi: 10.1073/pnas.81.15.4662 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.81.15.4662). PMC 391550 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC391550). PMID 6087340 (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pubmed/6087340). • Wiborg O, Berglund L, Boel E, et al. (1984). "Structure of a human gastrin gene" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pmc/articles/PMC344765). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 81 (4): 1067–9. doi: 10.1073/pnas.81.4.1067 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.81.4.1067). PMC 344765 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC344765). PMID 6322186 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6322186). • Kato K, Hayashizaki Y, Takahashi Y, et al. (1984). "Molecular cloning of the human gastrin gene" (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC326575). Nucleic Acids Res. 11 (23): 8197–203. doi: 10.1093/nar/11.23.8197 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1093/nar/11.23.8197). PMC 326575 (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC326575). PMID 6324077 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6324077). • Boel E, Vuust J, Norris F, et al. (1983). "Molecular cloning of human gastrin cDNA: evidence for evolution of gastrin by gene duplication" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC393933). Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80 (10): 2866–9. doi: 10.1073/pnas.80.10.2866 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.80.10.2866). PMC 393933 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC393933). PMID 6574456 (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pubmed/6574456). • Kato K, Himeno S, Takahashi Y, et al. (1984). "Molecular cloning of human gastrin precursor cDNA". Gene 26 (1): 53–7. doi: 10.1016/0378-1119(83)90035-5 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/0378-1119(83)90035-5). PMID 6689486 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6689486).
Gastrin • Koh TJ, Wang TC (1995). "Molecular cloning and sequencing of the murine gastrin gene". Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 216 (1): 34–41. doi: 10.1006/bbrc.1995.2588 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1006/bbrc.1995.2588). PMID 7488110 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7488110). • Rehfeld JF, Hansen CP, Johnsen AH (1995). "Post-poly(Glu) cleavage and degradation modified by O-sulfated tyrosine: a novel post-translational processing mechanism" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC398093). EMBO J. 14 (2): 389–96. PMC 398093 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC398093). PMID 7530658 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7530658). • Rehfeld JF, Johnsen AH (1994). "Identification of gastrin component I as gastrin-71. The largest possible bioactive progastrin product". Eur. J. Biochem. 223 (3): 765–73. doi: 10.1111/j.1432-1033.1994.tb19051.x (http:/ /dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1432-1033.1994.tb19051.x). PMID 8055952 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/8055952). • Varro A, Dockray GJ (1993). "Post-translational processing of progastrin: inhibition of cleavage, phosphorylation and sulphation by brefeldin A" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1134634). Biochem. J. 295 (Pt 3): 813–9. PMC 1134634 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1134634). PMID 8240296 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8240296).
173
External links
• Overview at colostate.edu (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/endocrine/gi/gastrin.html) • Physiology at MCG 6/6ch4/s6ch4_14 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section6/6ch4/s6ch4_14.htm)
Secretin
174
Secretin
Secretin
Identifiers Symbol External IDs SCT
[1] [2]
OMIM: 182099 Gene Ontology
MGI: 99466
[3]
HomoloGene: 7928
[4]
GeneCards: SCT Gene
[5]
Molecular function • hormone activity [10] Cellular component • cellular_component [6] [229] • extracellular region Biological process • pancreatic juice secretion
[8] [7]
Sources: Amigo
/ QuickGO
[9]
Orthologs Species Entrez Ensembl UniProt RefSeq (mRNA) RefSeq (protein) Human 6343
[10] [12]
Secretin is a hormone that both controls the environment in the duodenum by regulating secretions of the stomach and pancreas, and regulates water homeostasis throughout the body. It is produced in the S cells of the duodenum, which are located in the crypts of Lieberkühn.[] In humans, the secretin peptide is encoded by the SCT gene.[] Secretin was also the first hormone to be identified.[1] Secretin regulates the pH within the duodenum by inhibiting gastric acid secretion by the parietal cells of the stomach, and by stimulating bicarbonate production by the centroacinar cells and intercalated ducts of the pancreas.
[]
In 2007, secretin was discovered to play a role in osmoregulation by acting on the hypothalamus, pituitary, and kidney.[][]
Secretin
175
Discovery
In 1902, William Bayliss and Ernest Starling were studying how the nervous system controls the process of digestion.[] It was known that the pancreas secreted digestive juices in response to the passage of food (chyme) through the pyloric sphincter into the duodenum. They discovered (by cutting all the nerves to the pancreas in their experimental animals) that this process was not, in fact, governed by the nervous system. They determined that a substance secreted by the intestinal lining stimulates the pancreas after being transported via the bloodstream. They named this intestinal secretion secretin. Secretin was the first such "chemical messenger" identified. This type of substance is now called a hormone, a term coined by Bayliss in 1905.
Structure
Secretin is initially synthesized as a 120 amino acid precursor protein known as prosecretin. This precursor contains an N-terminal signal peptide, spacer, secretin itself (residues 28–54), and a 72-amino acid C-terminal peptide.[] The mature secretin peptide is a linear peptide hormone, which is composed of 27 amino acids and has a molecular weight of 3055. A helix is formed in the amino acids between positions 5 and 13. The amino acids sequences of secretin have some similarities to that of glucagon, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), and gastric inhibitory peptide (GIP). Fourteen of 27 amino acids of secretin reside in the same positions as in glucagon, 7 the same as in VIP, and 10 the same as in GIP.[]
Secretin also has an amidated carboxyl-terminal amino acid which is valine.[] The sequence of amino acids in secretin is H2N–His-Ser-Asp-Gly-Thr-Phe-Thr-Ser-Glu-Leu-Ser-Arg-Leu-Arg-Asp-Ser-Ala-Arg-Leu-Gln-Arg-Leu-Leu-Gln-Gly-Leu-Val–CO
Physiology
Production
Secretin is synthesized in cytoplasmic secretory granules of S-cells, which are found mainly in the mucosa of the duodenum, and in smaller numbers in the jejunum of the small intestine.[]
Stimulus
Secretin is released into circulation and/or intestinal lumen in response to low duodenal pH that ranges between 2 and 4.5 depending on species.[] Also, the secretion of secretin is increased by the products of protein digestion bathing the mucosa of the upper small intestine.[] The acidity is due to hydrochloric acid in the chyme that enters the duodenum from the stomach via the pyloric sphincter. Secretin targets the pancreas, which causes the organ to secrete a bicarbonate-rich fluid that flows into the intestine. Bicarbonate ion is a base that neutralizes the acid, thus establishing a pH favorable to the action of other digestive enzymes in the small intestine and preventing acid burns.[2] Other factors are involved in the release of secretin such as bile salts and fatty acids, which result in additional bicarbonates being added to the small intestine.[] Secretin release is inhibited by H2 antagonists, which reduce gastric acid secretion. As a result, if the pH in the duodenum increases above 4.5, secretin cannot be released.[]
Function
Secretin increases watery bicarbonate solution from pancreatic and bile duct epithelium. Pancreatic centroacinar cells have secretin receptors in their plasma membrane. As secretin binds to these receptors, it stimulates adenylate cyclase activity and converts ATP to cyclic AMP.[] Cyclic AMP acts as second messenger in intracellular signal transduction and leads to increase in release of watery carbonate. It is known to promote the normal growth and maintenance of the pancreas.
Secretin Secretin increases water and bicarbonate secretion from duodenal Brunner's glands to buffer the incoming protons of the acidic chyme.[] It also enhances the effects of cholecystokinin to induce the secretion of digestive enzymes and bile from pancreas and gallbladder, respectively. It counteracts blood glucose concentration spikes by triggering increased insulin release from pancreas, following oral glucose intake.[] Although secretin releases gastrin from gastrinomas, it inhibits gastrin release from the normal stomach. It reduces acid secretion from the stomach by inhibiting gastrin release from G cells.[]:844 This helps neutralize the pH of the digestive products entering the duodenum from the stomach, as digestive enzymes from the pancreas (e.g., pancreatic amylase and pancreatic lipase) function optimally at slightly basic pH.[citation needed] In addition, secretin stimulates pepsin secretion from chief cells, which can help break down proteins in food digestion. It stimulates release of glucagon, pancreatic polypeptide and somatostatin.[]
176
Uses
Secretin has been widely used in medical field especially in pancreatic functioning test because it increases pancreatic secretions. Secretin is either injected[3] or given through a tube that is inserted through nose, stomach then duodenum.[] This test can provide information about whether there are any abnormalities in pancreas which can be gastrinoma, pancreatitis or pancreatic cancer. Secretin has been proposed as a possible treatment for autism based on a hypothetical gut-brain connection; as yet there is no evidence to support it as effective.[]
Osmoregulation
Secretin modulates water and electrolyte transport in pancreatic duct cells,[] liver cholangiocytes,[] and epididymis epithelial cells.[] It is found[] to play a role in the vasopressin-independent regulation of renal water reabsorption.[] Secretin is found in the magnocellular neurons of the paraventricular and supraoptic nuclei of the hypothalamus and along the neurohypophysial tract to neurohypophysis. During increased osmolality, it is released from the posterior pituitary. In the hypothalamus, it activates vasopressin release.[] It is also needed to carry out the central effects of angiotensin II. In the absence of secretin or its receptor in the gene knockout animals, central injection of angiotensin II was unable to stimulate water intake and vasopressin release.[] It has been suggested that abnormalities in such secretin release could explain the abnormalities underlying type D syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone hypersecretion (SIADH).[] In these individuals, vasopressin release and response are normal, although abnormal renal expression, translocation of aquaporin 2, or both are found.[] It has been suggested that "Secretin as a neurosecretory hormone from the posterior pituitary, therefore, could be the long-sought vasopressin independent mechanism to solve the riddle that has puzzled clinicians and physiologists for decades."[]
Secretin
177
Food intake
Secretin and its receptor are found in discrete nuclei of the hypothalamus, including the paraventricular nucleus and the arcuate nucleus, which are the primary brain sites for regulating body energy homeostasis. It was found that both central and peripheral injection of Sct reduce food intake in mouse, indicating a anorectic role of the peptide. This function of the peptide is mediated by the central melanocortin system.[]
Further reading
• Saus E, Brunet A, Armengol L et al. (2010). "Comprehensive copy number variant (CNV) analysis of neuronal pathways genes in psychiatric disorders identifies rare variants within patients". Journal of Psychiatric Research 44 (14): 971–978. doi: 10.1016/j.jpsychires.2010.03.007 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpsychires.2010.03. 007). PMID 20398908 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20398908). • Bertenshaw GP, Turk BE, Hubbard SJ et al. (2001). "Marked differences between metalloproteases meprin A and B in substrate and peptide bond specificity". J. Biol. Chem. 276 (16): 13248–13255. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M011414200 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M011414200). PMID 11278902 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11278902). • Lee LT, Lam IP, Chow BK (2008). "A functional variable number of tandem repeats is located at the 5' flanking region of the human secretin gene plays a downregulatory role in expression". J. Mol. Neurosci. 36 (1–3): 125–131. doi: 10.1007/s12031-008-9083-5 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s12031-008-9083-5). PMID 18566919 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18566919). • Nussdorfer GG, Bahçelioglu M, Neri G, Malendowicz LK (2000). "Secretin, glucagon, gastric inhibitory polypeptide, parathyroid hormone, and related peptides in the regulation of the hypothalamus- pituitary-adrenal axis". Peptides 21 (2): 309–324. doi: 10.1016/S0196-9781(99)00193-X (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ S0196-9781(99)00193-X). PMID 10764961 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10764961). • Lossi L, Bottarelli L, Candusso ME et al. (2004). "Transient expression of secretin in serotoninergic neurons of mouse brain during development". Eur. J. Neurosci. 20 (12): 3259–3269. doi: 10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03816.x (http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1460-9568.2004.03816.x). PMID 15610158 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/15610158). • Lee SM, Yung WH, Chen L, Chow BK (2005). "Expression and spatial distribution of secretin and secretin receptor in human cerebellum". NeuroReport 16 (3): 219–222. doi: 10.1097/00001756-200502280-00003 (http:// dx.doi.org/10.1097/00001756-200502280-00003). PMID 15706223 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/15706223). • Lam IP, Lee LT, Choi HS et al. (2009). "Bile acids inhibit duodenal secretin expression via orphan nuclear receptor small heterodimer partner (SHP)" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2711755). Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 297 (1): G90–G97. doi: 10.1152/ajpgi.00094.2009 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1152/ajpgi.00094.2009). PMC 2711755 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2711755). PMID 19372104 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19372104). • Yamagata T, Aradhya S, Mori M et al. (2002). "The human secretin gene: fine structure in 11p15.5 and sequence variation in patients with autism". Genomics 80 (2): 185–194. doi: 10.1006/geno.2002.6814 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1006/geno.2002.6814). PMID 12160732 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12160732). • Lee LT, Tan-Un KC, Chow BK (2006). "Retinoic acid-induced human secretin gene expression in neuronal cells is mediated by cyclin-dependent kinase 1". Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1070: 393–398. doi: 10.1196/annals.1317.051 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1196/annals.1317.051). PMID 16888198 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/
Secretin 16888198). • Onori P, Wise C, Gaudio E et al. (2010). "Secretin inhibits cholangiocarcinoma growth via dysregulation of the cAMP-dependent signaling mechanisms of secretin receptor". Int. J. Cancer 127 (1): NA–NA. doi: 10.1002/ijc.25028 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ijc.25028). PMID 19904746 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/19904746). • Lee LT, Tan-Un KC, Pang RT et al. (2004). "Regulation of the human secretin gene is controlled by the combined effects of CpG methylation, Sp1/Sp3 ratio, and the E-box element". Mol. Endocrinol. 18 (7): 1740–1755. doi: 10.1210/me.2003-0461 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/me.2003-0461). PMID 15118068 (http:/ /www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15118068). • Lu Y, Owyang C (2009). "Secretin-induced gastric relaxation is mediated by vasoactive intestinal polypeptide and prostaglandin pathways" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2743409). Neurogastroenterol. Motil. 21 (7): 754–e47. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2982.2009.01271.x (http://dx.doi.org/10. 1111/j.1365-2982.2009.01271.x). PMC 2743409 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC2743409). PMID 19239625 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19239625). • Gandhi S, Rubinstein I, Tsueshita T, Onyuksel H (2002). "Secretin self-assembles and interacts spontaneously with phospholipids in vitro". Peptides 23 (1): 201–204. doi: 10.1016/S0196-9781(01)00596-4 (http://dx.doi. org/10.1016/S0196-9781(01)00596-4). PMID 11814635 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 11814635). • Love JW (2008). "Peptic ulceration may be a hormonal deficiency disease". Med. Hypotheses 70 (6): 1103–1107. doi: 10.1016/j.mehy.2007.12.011 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.mehy.2007.12.011). PMID 18280672 (http:/ /www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18280672). • Lam IP, Lee LT, Choi HS, Chow BK (2006). "Localization of small heterodimer partner (SHP) and secretin in mouse duodenal cells". Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 1070: 371–375. doi: 10.1196/annals.1317.047 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1196/annals.1317.047). PMID 16888194 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16888194). • Luttrell LM (2008). "Reviews in molecular biology and biotechnology: transmembrane signaling by G protein-coupled receptors". Mol. Biotechnol. 39 (3): 239–264. doi: 10.1007/s12033-008-9031-1 (http://dx.doi. org/10.1007/s12033-008-9031-1). PMID 18240029 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/18240029). • Du K, Couvineau A, Rouyer-Fessard C et al. (2002). "Human VPAC1 receptor selectivity filter. Identification of a critical domain for restricting secretin binding". J. Biol. Chem. 277 (40): 37016–37022. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M203049200 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M203049200). PMID 12133828 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12133828). • Portela-Gomes GM, Johansson H, Olding L, Grimelius L (1999). "Co-localization of neuroendocrine hormones in the human fetal pancreas". Eur. J. Endocrinol. 141 (5): 526–533. doi: 10.1530/eje.0.1410526 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1530/eje.0.1410526). PMID 10576771 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10576771). • Mutoh H, Ratineau C, Ray S, Leiter AB (2000). "Review article: transcriptional events controlling the terminal differentiation of intestinal endocrine cells". Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 14 Suppl 1: 170–5. PMID 10807420 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10807420).
178
External links
• Overview at colostate.edu (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/endocrine/gi/secretin.html) • Secretin (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Secretin) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Physiology at MCG 6/6ch2/s6ch2_17 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section6/6ch2/s6ch2_17.htm)
Cholecystokinin (CCK or CCK-PZ; from Greek chole, "bile"; cysto, "sac"; kinin, "move"; hence, move the bile-sac (gallbladder)) is a peptide hormone of the gastrointestinal system responsible for stimulating the digestion of fat and protein. Cholecystokinin, previously called pancreozymin, is synthesized by I-cells in the mucosal epithelium of the small intestine and secreted in the duodenum, the first segment of the small intestine, and causes the release of digestive enzymes and bile from the pancreas and gallbladder, respectively. It also acts as a hunger suppressant. Recent evidence has suggested that it also plays a major role in inducing drug tolerance to opioids like morphine and heroin, and is partly implicated in experiences of pain hypersensitivity during opioid withdrawal.[][]
Structure
CCK identified at bottom right.
CCK is composed of varying numbers of amino acids depending on post-translational modification of the CCK gene product, preprocholecystokinin. Thus CCK is actually a family of hormones identified by number of amino acids, e.g., CCK58, CCK33, and CCK8. CCK58 assumes a helix-turn-helix configuration.[] Its existence was first suggested in 1905 by the British physiologist Joy Simcha Cohen. CCK is very similar in structure to gastrin, another of the gastrointestinal hormones. CCK and gastrin share the same five amino acids at their C-termini.
Functions
CCK mediates a number of physiological processes, including digestion and satiety. It is released by I cells located in the mucosal epithelium of the small intestine (mostly in the duodenum and jejunum), neurons of the enteric nervous system and neurons in the brain. Release of CCK is stimulated by monitor peptide released by pancreatic acinar cells as well as CCK-releasing protein, a paracrine factor secreted by enterocytes in the gastrointestinal mucosa. In addition, release of acetylcholine by the parasympathetic nerve fibers of the vagus nerve also stimulate its secretion. The presence of fatty acids and/or certain amino acids in the chyme entering the duodenum is the greatest stimulator of CCK release. CCK mediates digestion in the small intestine by inhibiting gastric emptying and gastric acid secretion. It stimulates the acinar cells of the pancreas to release digestive enzymes and stimulates the secretion of a juice rich in pancreatic digestive enzymes, hence the old name pancreozymin. Together these enzymes catalyze the digestion of fat, protein, and carbohydrates. Thus, as the levels of the substances that stimulated the release of CCK drop, the concentration of the hormone drops as well. The release of CCK is also inhibited by somatostatin. Trypsin, a protease released by pancreatic acinar cells hydrolyzes CCK-releasing peptide and monitor peptide effectively turning off the additional
Cholecystokinin signals to secrete CCK. CCK also causes the increased production of hepatic bile, and stimulates the contraction of the gall bladder and the relaxation of the Sphincter of Oddi (Glisson's sphincter), resulting in the delivery of bile into the duodenal part of the small intestine. Bile salts form amphipathic micelles that emulsify fats, aiding in their digestion and absorption.
181
Neurobiology
As a neuropeptide, CCK mediates satiety by acting on the CCK receptors distributed widely throughout the central nervous system. In humans, it has been suggested that CCK administration causes nausea and anxiety, and induces a satiating effect. CCK-4 is routinely used to induce anxiety in humans though certainly different forms of CCK are being shown to have highly variable effects.[] The mechanism for this hunger suppression is thought to be a decrease in the rate of gastric emptying.[] CCK also has stimulatory effects on the vagus nerve, effects that can be inhibited by capsaicin.[] The stimulatory effects of CCK oppose those of ghrelin, which has been shown to inhibit the vagus nerve.[] The CCK tetrapeptide fragment CCK-4 (Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH2) reliably causes anxiety when administered to humans, and is commonly used in scientific research to induce panic attacks for the purpose of testing new anxiolytic drugs.[] The effects of CCK vary between individuals. For example, in rats, CCK administration significantly reduces hunger in young males, but is slightly less effective in older subjects, and even slightly less effective in females. The hunger-suppressive effects of CCK also are reduced in obese rats.[]
Interactions
Cholecystokinin has been shown to interact with the Cholecystokinin A receptor located mainly on pancreatic acinar cells and Cholecystokinin B receptor mostly in the brain and stomach. CCKB receptor also binds gastrin, a gastrointestinal hormone involved in stimulating gastric acid release and growth of the gastric mucosa.[][][] CCK has also been shown to interact with calcineurin in the pancreas. Calcineurin will go on to activate the transcription factors NFAT 1–3, which will stimulate hypertrophy and growth of the pancreas. CCK can be stimulated by a diet high in protein, or by protease inhibitors.[] Cholecystokinin has been shown to interact with orexin neurons which control appetite and wakefulness (sleep).[] Cholecystokinin can have indirect effects on sleep regulation.[1] Cholecystokinin in the body cannot cross the blood brain barrier, but certain parts of the hypothalamus and brainstem aren't protected by the barrier. In the hypothalamus, CCK8 injection excites CRF neurosecretory neurons in par ventricular nucleus that is different cell responsive to pain stimulation:They show slow a 1 sec-hyperpolarizaiton with subsequent long (30min) depolarization to CCK8 injection (psychological stress), whereas tail pinch (physical stress), transient excitation. Consistently, in the cerebellum, Golgi cells express c-fos mRNA to CCK8 injection, whereas granule cells express junD mRNA to capsaicin injection to the limb skin. Thus, psychological and physical stress excite different neural path.
References External links
• Cholecystokinin (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Cholecystokinin) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH)
Insulin
182
Insulin
WARNING: Article could not be rendered - ouputting plain text. Potential causes of the problem are: (a) a bug in the pdf-writer software (b) problematic Mediawiki markup (c) table is too wide InsulinComputer-generated image of six insulin molecules assembled in a hexamer, highlighting the threefold symmetry, the zinc ions holding it together, and the histidine residues involved in zinc binding. Insulin is stored in the body as a hexamer, while the active form is the monomer. ; Available structuresProtein Data BankPDB Ortholog search: PDBe, RCSBList of PDB id codes 1A7F, 1AI0, 1AIY, 1B9E, 1BEN, 1EFE, 1EV3, 1EV6, 1EVR, 1FU2, 1FUB, 1G7A, 1G7B, 1GUJ, 1HIQ, 1HIS, 1HIT, 1HLS, 1HTV, 1HUI, 1IOG, 1IOH, 1J73, 1JCA, 1JCO, 1K3M, 1KMF, 1LKQ, 1LPH, 1MHI, 1MHJ, 1MSO, 1OS3, 1OS4, 1Q4V, 1QIY, 1QIZ, 1QJ0, 1RWE, 1SF1, 1SJT, 1SJU, 1T0C, 1T1K, 1T1P, 1T1Q, 1TRZ, 1TYL, 1TYM, 1UZ9, 1VKT, 1W8P, 1XDA, 1XGL, 1XW7, 1ZEG, 1ZEH, 1ZNJ, 2AIY, 2C8Q, 2C8R, 2CEU, 2G54, 2G56, 2H67, 2HH4, 2HHO, 2HIU, 2JMN, 2JUM, 2JUU, 2JUV, 2JV1, 2JZQ, 2K91, 2K9R, 2KJJ, 2KJU, 2KQP, 2KQQ, 2KXK, 2L1Y, 2L1Z, 2LGB, 2M1D, 2M1E, 2M2M, 2M2N, 2M2O, 2M2P, 2OLY, 2OLZ, 2OM0, 2OM1, 2OMG, 2OMH, 2OMI, 2QIU, 2R34, 2R35, 2R36, 2RN5, 2VJZ, 2VK0, 2W44, 2WBY, 2WC0, 2WRU, 2WRV, 2WRW, 2WRX, 2WS0, 2WS1, 2WS4, 2WS6, 2WS7, 3AIY, 3BRR, 3BXQ, 3E7Y, 3E7Z, 3EXX, 3FQ9, 3HYD, 3I3Z, 3I40, 3ILG, 3INC, 3IR0, 3JSD, 3KQ6, 3P2X, 3P33, 3Q6E, 3ROV, 3TT8, 3U4N, 3UTQ, 3UTS, 3UTT, 3V19, 3V1G, 3W11, 3W12, 3W13, 3ZI3, 3ZQR, 3ZS2, 3ZU1, 4AIY, 4AJX, 4AJZ, 4AK0, 4AKJ, 4EFX, 4FKA, 4IUZ, 5AIYIdentifiersHuman Genome OrganisationSymbols INS; IDDM2; ILPR; IRDN; MODY10External IDsMendelian Inheritance in ManOMIM: 176730 Mouse Genome InformaticsMGI: 96573 HomoloGene: 173 ChEMBL: 5881 GeneCards: INS GeneGene OntologyMolecular function• protease binding• insulin receptor binding• insulin-like growth factor receptor binding• hormone activity• protein bindingCellular component• extracellular region• extracellular space• endoplasmic reticulum lumen• Golgi lumen• secretory granule• endosome lumenBiological process• MAPK cascade• negative regulation of acute inflammatory response• glucose metabolic process• energy reserve metabolic process• regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent• regulation of cellular amino acid metabolic process• acute-phase response• G-protein coupled receptor signaling pathway• cell-cell signaling• positive regulation of cell proliferation• insulin receptor signaling pathway• positive regulation of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase cascade• glucose transport• regulation of transmembrane transporter activity• positive regulation of cell growth• positive regulation of cell migration• endocrine pancreas development• positive regulation of protein autophosphorylation• activation of protein kinase B activity• positive regulation of cellular protein metabolic process• negative regulation of protein oligomerization• regulation of protein localization• negative regulation of NAD(P)H oxidase activity• wound healing• negative regulation of protein catabolic process• glucose homeostasis• negative regulation of apoptotic process• positive regulation of MAPK cascade• small molecule metabolic process• positive regulation of nitric oxide biosynthetic process• positive regulation of cell differentiation• negative regulation of gluconeogenesis• positive regulation of glycogen biosynthetic process• positive regulation of DNA replication• negative regulation of glycogen catabolic process• positive regulation of glycolysis• positive regulation of mitosis• negative regulation of proteolysis• negative regulation of vasodilation• positive regulation of vasodilation• negative regulation of fatty acid metabolic process• positive regulation of glucose import• positive regulation of insulin receptor signaling pathway• alpha-beta T cell activation• positive regulation of lipid biosynthetic process• regulation of protein secretion• negative regulation of protein secretion• positive regulation of cytokine secretion• positive regulation of peptidyl-tyrosine phosphorylation• regulation of insulin secretion• negative regulation of lipid catabolic process• positive regulation of nitric-oxide synthase activity• positive regulation of
Insulin NF-kappaB transcription factor activity• positive regulation of protein kinase B signaling cascade• fatty acid homeostasis• negative regulation of respiratory burst involved in inflammatory response• positive regulation of respiratory burst• positive regulation of peptide hormone secretion• positive regulation of brown fat cell differentiation• negative regulation of feeding behaviorSources: Amigo / QuickGORNA expression pattern More reference expression dataOrthologsSpeciesHumanMouseEntrez 3630 16334Ensembl ENSG00000254647 ENSMUSG00000000215UniProt P01308 P01326RefSeq (mRNA) NM_000207 NM_001185083RefSeq (protein) NP_000198 NP_001172012Location (UCSC) Chr 11:2.18 – 2.18 Mb Chr 7:142.68 – 142.7 MbPubMed searchInsulin is a peptide hormone, produced by beta cells of the pancreas, and is central to regulating carbohydrate and fat metabolism in the body. Insulin causes cells in the liver, skeletal muscles, and fat cellfat tissue to absorb glucose from the blood. In the liver and skeletal muscles, glucose is stored as glycogen, and in fat cells (adipocytes) it is stored as triglycerides.Insulin stops the use of fat as an energy source by inhibiting the release of glucagon. With the exception of the metabolic disorder diabetes mellitus and metabolic syndrome, insulin is provided within the body in a constant proportion to remove excess glucose from the blood, which otherwise would be toxic. When blood glucose levels fall below a certain level, the body begins to use stored sugar as an energy source through glycogenolysis, which breaks down the glycogen stored in the liver and muscles into glucose, which can then be utilized as an energy source. As a central metabolic control mechanism, its status is also used as a control signal to other body systems (such as amino acid uptake by body cells). In addition, it has several other anabolismanabolic effects throughout the body. When control of insulin levels fails, diabetes mellitus can result. As a consequence, insulin is used medically to treat some forms of diabetes mellitus. Patients with Diabetes mellitus type 1type 1 diabetes depend on external insulin (most commonly Subcutaneous injectioninjected subcutaneously) for their survival because the hormone is no longer produced internally. Patients with Diabetes mellitus type 2type 2 diabetes are often insulin resistanceinsulin resistant and, because of such resistance, may suffer from a "relative" insulin deficiency. Some patients with type 2 diabetes may eventually require insulin if other medications fail to control blood glucose levels adequately. Over 40% of those with Type 2 diabetes require insulin as part of their diabetes management plan. The human insulin protein is composed of 51 amino acids, and has a molecular weight of 5808 Dalton (unit)Da. It is a protein dimerdimer of an A-chain and a B-chain, which are linked together by disulfide bonds. Insulin's name is derived from the Latin insula for "island". Insulin's structure varies slightly between species of animals. Insulin from animal sources differs somewhat in "strength" (in carbohydrate metabolism control effects) in humans because of those variations. pigPorcine insulin is especially close to the human version.Gene The preproinsulin precursor of insulin is encoded by the INS gene.Alleles A variety of mutant alleles with changes in the coding region have been identified. A Conjoined generead-through gene, INS-IGF2, overlaps with this gene at the 5' region and with the IGF2 gene at the 3' region.Regulation Several regulatory sequences in the Promoter (biology)promoter region of the human insulin gene bind to transcription factors. In general, the A-boxes bind to Pdx1 factors, E-boxes bind to NeuroD, C-boxes bind to MafA, and cAMP response elements to CREB. There are also silencer (genetics)silencers that inhibit transcription. Regulatory sequences and their transcription factors for the insulin gene.Regulatory sequence binding transcription factorsILPRDBP (gene)Par1A-box 5 of insulin geneA5Pdx1negative regulatory element (NRE)glucocorticoid receptor, POU2F1Oct1Z-box of insulin geneZ (overlapping NRE and C2) ISF (transcription factor)ISFC2 regulatory sequenceC2Pax4, MafA(?) E-box 2 of insulin geneE2USF1/USF2A-box 3 of insulin geneA3Pdx1CAMP response elementCREB RE - CAMP response elementCREB RECREB, CREMA-box 2 of insulin geneA2 - CAAT enhancer binding (CEB) (partly overlapping A2 and C1) - C-box 1 of insulin geneC1 - E-box 1 of insulin geneE1E2A, NeuroD1, TCF12HEBA-box 1 of insulin geneA1Pdx1G-box 1 of insulin geneG1 - Protein structure Within vertebrates, the amino acid sequence of insulin is conserved_sequencestrongly conserved. CowBovine insulin differs from human in only three amino acid residues, and Pigporcine insulin in one. Even insulin from some species of fish is similar enough to human to be clinically effective in humans. Insulin in some invertebrates is quite similar in sequence to human insulin, and has similar physiological effects. The strong homology seen in the insulin sequence of diverse species suggests that it has been conserved across much of animal evolutionary history. The C-peptide of proinsulin (discussed later), however,
183
Insulin differs much more among species; it is also a hormone, but a secondary one. The primary structure of bovine insulin was first determined by Frederick Sanger in 1951.; ; ; After that, this polypeptide was synthesized independently by several groups.Insulin is produced and stored in the body as a hexamer (a unit of six insulin molecules), while the active form is the monomer. The hexamer is an inactive form with long-term stability, which serves as a way to keep the highly reactive insulin protected, yet readily available. The hexamer-monomer conversion is one of the central aspects of insulin formulations for injection. The hexamer is far more stable than the monomer, which is desirable for practical reasons; however, the monomer is a much faster-reacting drug because diffusion rate is inversely related to particle size. A fast-reacting drug means insulin injections do not have to precede mealtimes by hours, which in turn gives diabetics more flexibility in their daily schedules. Insulin can aggregate and form fibrillar interdigitated beta-sheets. This can cause injection amyloidosis, and prevents the storage of insulin for long periods.Synthesis, physiological effects, and degradation Synthesis Insulin is produced in the pancreas and released when any of several stimuli are detected. These stimuli include ingested protein and glucose in the blood produced from digested food.[citation needed] Carbohydrates can be polymers of simple sugars or the simple sugars themselves. If the carbohydrates include glucose, then that glucose will be absorbed into the bloodstream and blood glucose level will begin to rise. In target cells, insulin initiates a signal transduction, which has the effect of increasing glucose uptake and storage. Finally, insulin is degraded, terminating the response. Insulin undergoes extensive posttranslational modification along the production pathway. Production and secretion are largely independent; prepared insulin is stored awaiting secretion. Both C-peptide and mature insulin are biologically active. Cell components and proteins in this image are not to scale.In mammals, insulin is synthesized in the pancreas within the beta cellβ-cells of the islets of Langerhans. One million to three million islets of Langerhans (pancreatic islets) form the endocrine part of the pancreas, which is primarily an exocrine gland. The endocrine portion accounts for only 2% of the total mass of the pancreas. Within the islets of Langerhans, beta cells constitute 65–80% of all the cells. Insulin consists of two polypeptide chains, the A- and B- chains, linked together by disulfide bonds. It is however first synthesized as a single polypeptide called preproinsulin in pancreatic beta cellβ-cells. Preproinsulin contains a 24-residue signal peptide which directs the nascent polypeptide chain to the rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER). The signal peptide is cleaved as the polypeptide is translocated into lumen of the RER, forming proinsulin. In the RER the proinsulin folds into the correct conformation and 3 disulfide bonds are formed. About 5–10 min after its assembly in the endoplasmic reticulum, proinsulin is transported to the trans-Golgi network (TGN) where immature granules are formed. Transport to the TGN may take about 30 min. Proinsulin undergoes maturation into active insulin through the action of cellular endopeptidases known as prohormone convertases (Proprotein convertase 1PC1 and proprotein convertase 2PC2), as well as the exoprotease carboxypeptidase E. The endopeptidases cleave at 2 positions, releasing a fragment called the C-peptide, and leaving 2 peptide chains, the B- and A- chains, linked by 2 disulfide bonds. The cleavage sites are each located after a pair of basic residues (lysine-64 and arginine-65, and arginine-31 and -32), and after cleavage these 2 pairs of basic residues are removed by the carboxypeptidase. The C-peptide is the central portion of proinsulin, and the primary sequence of proinsulin goes in the order "B-C-A" (the B and A chains were identified on the basis of mass and the C-peptide was discovered later). The resulting mature insulin is packaged inside mature granules waiting for metabolic signals (such as leucine, arginine, glucose and mannose) and vagal nerve stimulation to be exocytosed from the cell into the circulation.The endogenous production of insulin is regulated in several steps along the synthesis pathway: At DNA transcriptiontranscription from the insulin gene In mRNA stability At the mRNA translation In the posttranslational modifications Insulin and its related proteins have been shown to be produced inside the brain, and reduced levels of these proteins are linked to Alzheimer's disease.Release Beta CellBeta cells in the islets of Langerhans release insulin in two phases. The first phase release is rapidly triggered in response to increased blood glucose levels. The second phase is a sustained, slow release of newly formed vesicles triggered independently of sugar. The description of first phase release is as follows: Glucose enters the β-cells through the glucose transporter, GLUT2. Glucose goes into glycolysis and the respiratory cycle, where multiple, high-energy adenosine triphosphateATP molecules are produced by oxidation, leading to a rise in the ATP:ADP ratio within the cell. An increased intracellular ATP:ADP ratio closes the ATP-sensitive SUR1/Kir6.2
184
Insulin potassium channel (see sulfonylurea receptor). This prevents potassium ions (K+) from leaving the cell by facilitated diffusion, leading to a build up of potassium ions. As a result, the inside of the cell becomes more positive with respect to the outside, leading to the depolarisation of the cell surface membrane. On depolarizationdepolarisation, voltage-gated calcium channelscalcium ion (Ca2+) channels open which allows calcium ions to move into the cells by facilitated diffusion. An increased intracellular calcium ion concentration causes the activation of phospholipasephospholipase C, which cleaves the membrane phospholipid phosphatidyl inositol 4,5-bisphosphate into inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate and diglyceridediacylglycerol. Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate (IP3) binds to receptor proteins in the plasma membrane of the endoplasmic reticulum (ER). This allows the release of Ca2+ ions from the ER via IP3-gated channels, and further raises the intracellular concentration of calcium ions. Significantly increased amounts of calcium ions in the cells causes the release of previously synthesized insulin, which has been stored in secretionsecretory vesicle (biology)vesicles. This is the primary mechanism for release of insulin. Other substances known to stimulate insulin release include the amino acids arginine and leucine, parasympathetic release of acetylcholine (via phospholipase C), sulfonylurea, cholecystokinin (CCK, via phospholipase C), and the gastrointestinally derived incretins glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) and glucose-dependent insulinotropic peptide (GIP). Release of insulin is strongly inhibited by the stress hormone norepinephrine (noradrenaline), which leads to increased blood glucose levels during stress. It appears that release of catecholamines by the sympathetic nervous system has conflicting influences on insulin release by beta cells, because insulin release is inhibited by α2-adrenergic receptors and stimulated by β2-adrenergic receptors. The net effect of norepinephrine from sympathetic nerves and epinephrine from adrenal glands on insulin release is inhibition due to dominance of the α-adrenergic receptors.When the glucose level comes down to the usual physiologic value, insulin release from the β-cells slows or stops. If blood glucose levels drop lower than this, especially to dangerously low levels, release of hyperglycemic hormones (most prominently glucagon from islet of Langerhans alpha cells) forces release of glucose into the blood from cellular stores, primarily liver cell stores of glycogen. By increasing blood glucose, the hyperglycemic hormones prevent or correct life-threatening hypoglycemia. Evidence of impaired first-phase insulin release can be seen in the glucose tolerance test, demonstrated by a substantially elevated blood glucose level at 30 minutes, a marked drop by 60 minutes, and a steady climb back to baseline levels over the following hourly time points. Oscillations Insulin release from pancreas oscillates with a period of 3–6 minutes.Even during digestion, in general, one or two hours following a meal, insulin release from the pancreas is not continuous, but oscillates with a period of 3–6 minutes, changing from generating a blood insulin concentration more than about 800 pico-punit molemol/l to less than 100 pmol/l. This is thought to avoid receptor downregulationdownregulation of insulin receptors in target cells, and to assist the liver in extracting insulin from the blood. This oscillation is important to consider when administering insulin-stimulating medication, since it is the oscillating blood concentration of insulin release, which should, ideally, be achieved, not a constant high concentration. This may be achieved by delivering insulin rhythmically to the portal vein or by islet cell transplantation to the liver. Future insulin pumps hope to address this characteristic. (See also Pulsatile Insulin.) Blood content The idealized diagram shows the fluctuation of blood sugar (red) and the sugar-lowering hormone insulin (blue) in humans during the course of a day containing three meals. In addition, the effect of a sucrosesugar-rich versus a starch-rich meal is highlighted. The blood content of insulin can be measured in international units, such as µIU/mL or in molar concentration, such as pmol/L, where 1 µIU/mL equals 6.945 pmol/L. A Dictionary of Units of Measurement By Russ Rowlett, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. June 13, 2001 A typical blood level between meals is 8–11 μIU/mL (57–79 pmol/L).Signal transduction Special transporter proteins in cell membranes allow glucose from the blood to enter a cell. These transporters are, indirectly, under blood insulin's control in certain body cell types (e.g., muscle cells). Low levels of circulating insulin, or its absence, will prevent glucose from entering those cells (e.g., in type 1 diabetes). More commonly, however, there is a decrease in the sensitivity of cells to insulin (e.g., the reduced insulin sensitivity characteristic of type 2 diabetes), resulting in decreased glucose absorption. In either case, there is 'cell starvation' and weight loss, sometimes extreme. In a few cases, there is a defect in the release of insulin from the pancreas. Either way, the effect is the same: elevated blood glucose levels. Activation of insulin receptors leads to internal
185
Insulin cellular mechanisms that directly affect glucose uptake by regulating the number and operation of protein molecules in the cell membrane that transport glucose into the cell. The genes that specify the proteins that make up the insulin receptor in cell membranes have been identified, and the structures of the interior, transmembrane section, and the extra-membrane section of receptor have been solved. Two types of tissues are most strongly influenced by insulin, as far as the stimulation of glucose uptake is concerned: muscle cells (myocytes) and fat cells (adipocytes). The former are important because of their central role in movement, breathing, circulation, etc., and the latter because they accumulate excess food energy against future needs. Together, they account for about two-thirds of all cells in a typical human body. Insulin binds to the extracellular portion of the alpha subunits of the insulin receptor. This, in turn, causes a conformational change in the insulin receptor that activates the kinase domain residing on the intracellular portion of the beta subunits. The activated kinase domain autophosphorylates tyrosine residues on the C-terminus of the receptor as well as tyrosine residues in the IRS-1 protein. phosphorylated IRS-1, in turn, binds to and activates phosphoinositol 3 kinase (phosphoinositide 3-kinasePI3K) PI3K catalyzes the reaction phosphatidylinositol 4,5-bisphosphatePIP2 + Adenosine triphosphateATP → Phosphatidylinositol (3,4,5)-trisphosphatePIP3 + Adenosine diphosphateADP PIP3 activates protein kinase B (AKTPKB) PKB phosphorylates glycogen synthase kinase (GSK-3GSK) and thereby inactivates GSK GSK can no longer phosphorylate glycogen synthase (glycogen synthaseGS) unphosphorylated GS makes more glycogen PKB also facilitates vesicle fusion, resulting in an increase in GLUT4 transporters in the plasma membraneAfter the signal has been produced, termination of signaling is then needed. As mentioned below in the section on degradation, endocytosis and degradation of the receptor bound to insulin is a main mechanism to end signaling. In addition, signaling can be terminated by dephosphorylation of the tyrosine residues by tyrosine phosphatases. Serine/Threonine kinases are also known to reduce the activity of insulin. Finally, with insulin action being associated with the number of receptors on the plasma membrane, a decrease in the amount of receptors also leads to termination of insulin signaling.The structure of the insulin–insulin receptor complex has been determined using the techniques of X-ray crystallography.Physiological effects Effect of insulin on glucose uptake and metabolism. Insulin binds to its receptor (1), which starts many protein activation cascades (2). These include translocation of Glut-4 transporter to the plasma membrane and influx of glucose (3), glycogen synthesis (4), glycolysis (5) and triglyceride (6).The actions of insulin on the global human metabolism level include: Control of cellular intake of certain substances, most prominently glucose in muscle and adipose tissue (about two-thirds of body cells) Increase of DNA replication and protein synthesis via control of amino acid uptake Modification of the activity of numerous enzymes. The actions of insulin (indirect and direct) on cells include: Increased glycogen synthesis – insulin forces storage of glucose in liver (and muscle) cells in the form of glycogen; lowered levels of insulin cause liver cells to convert glycogen to glucose and excrete it into the blood. This is the clinical action of insulin, which is directly useful in reducing high blood glucose levels as in diabetes. Increased lipid synthesis – insulin forces fat cells to take in blood lipids, which are converted to triglycerides; lack of insulin causes the reverse. Increased esterification of fatty acids – forces adipose tissue to make fats (i.e., triglycerides) from fatty acid esters; lack of insulin causes the reverse. Decreased proteolysis – decreasing the breakdown of protein Decreased lipolysis – forces reduction in conversion of fat cell lipid stores into blood fatty acids; lack of insulin causes the reverse. Decreased gluconeogenesis – decreases production of glucose from nonsugar substrates, primarily in the liver (the vast majority of endogenous insulin arriving at the liver never leaves the liver); lack of insulin causes glucose production from assorted substrates in the liver and elsewhere. Decreased Autophagy (cellular)autophagy - decreased level of degradation of damaged organelles. Postprandial levels inhibit autophagy completely. Increased amino acid uptake – forces cells to absorb circulating amino acids; lack of insulin inhibits absorption. Increased potassium uptake – forces cells to absorb serum potassium; lack of insulin inhibits absorption. Insulin's increase in cellular potassium uptake lowers potassium levels in blood. This possibly occurs via insulin-induced translocation of the Na+/K+-ATPase to the surface of skeletal muscle cells. Arterial muscle tone – forces arterial wall muscle to relax, increasing blood flow, especially in microarteries; lack of insulin reduces flow by allowing these muscles to contract. Increase in the secretion of hydrochloric acid by parietal cells in the stomach Decreased renal sodium
186
Insulin excretion.Insulin also influences other body functions, such as compliance (physiology)#Blood vesselsvascular compliance and cognition. Once insulin enters the human brain, it enhances learning and memory and benefits verbal memory in particular. Enhancing brain insulin signaling by means of intranasal insulin administration also enhances the acute thermoregulatory and glucoregulatory response to food intake, suggesting that central nervous insulin contributes to the control of whole-body energy homeostasis in humans.Degradation Once an insulin molecule has docked onto the receptor and effected its action, it may be released back into the extracellular environment, or it may be degraded by the cell. The two primary sites for insulin clearance are the liver and the kidney. The liver clears most insulin during first-pass transit, whereas the kidney clears most of the insulin in systemic circulation. Degradation normally involves endocytosis of the insulin-receptor complex, followed by the action of insulin-degrading enzyme. An insulin molecule produced endogenously by the pancreatic beta cells is estimated to be degraded within about one hour after its initial release into circulation (insulin biological half-lifehalf-life ~ 4–6 minutes).Hypoglycemia Although other cells can use other fuels (most prominently fatty acids), neurons depend on glucose as a source of energy in the nonstarving human. They do not require insulin to absorb glucose, unlike muscle and adipose tissue, and they have very small internal stores of glycogen. Glycogen stored in liver cells (unlike glycogen stored in muscle cells) can be converted to glucose, and released into the blood, when glucose from digestion is low or absent, and the glycerol backbone in triglycerides can also be used to produce blood glucose. Sufficient lack of glucose and scarcity of these sources of glucose can dramatically make itself manifest in the impaired functioning of the central nervous system: dizziness, speech problems, and even loss of consciousness. Low blood glucose level is known as hypoglycemia or, in cases producing unconsciousness, "hypoglycemic coma" (sometimes termed "insulin shock" from the most common causative agent). Endogenous causes of insulin excess (such as an insulinoma) are very rare, and the overwhelming majority of insulin excess-induced hypoglycemia cases are Iatrogenesisiatrogenic and usually accidental. A few cases of murder, attempted murder, or suicide using insulin overdoses have been reported, but most insulin shocks appear to be due to errors in dosage of insulin (e.g., 20 units instead of 2) or other unanticipated factors (did not eat as much as anticipated, or exercised more than expected, or unpredicted kinetics of the subcutaneously injected insulin itself). Possible causes of hypoglycemia include: External insulin (usually injected subcutaneously) Oral hypoglycemic agents (e.g., any of the sulfonylureas, or similar drugs, which increase insulin release from β-cells in response to a particular blood glucose level) Ingestion of low-carbohydrate sugar substitutes in people without diabetes or with type 2 diabetes. Animal studies show these can trigger insulin release, albeit in much smaller quantities than sugar, according to a report in Discover magazine, August 2004, p 18. (This can never be a cause of hypoglycemia in patients with type 1 diabetes, since there is no endogenous insulin production to stimulate.)Diseases and syndromes There are several conditions in which insulin disturbance is pathologic: Diabetes mellitus – general term referring to all states characterized by hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus type 1Type 1 – autoimmune-mediated destruction of insulin-producing β-cells in the pancreas, resulting in absolute insulin deficiency Diabetes mellitus type 2Type 2 – multifactoral syndrome with combined influence of genetic susceptibility and influence of environmental factors, the best known being obesity, age, and physical inactivity, resulting in insulin resistance in cells requiring insulin for glucose absorption. This form of diabetes is strongly inherited. Other types of impaired glucose tolerance (see the Diabetes) Insulinoma - a tumor of pancreatic β-cells producing excess insulin or reactive hypoglycemia. Metabolic syndrome – a poorly understood condition first called Syndrome X by Gerald Reaven, Reaven's Syndrome after Reaven, CHAOS in Australia (from the signs that seem to travel together). It is currently not clear whether these signs have a single, treatable cause, or are the result of body changes leading to type 2 diabetes. It is characterized by elevated blood pressure, dyslipidemia (disturbances in blood cholesterol forms and other blood lipids), and increased waist circumference (at least in populations in much of the developed world). The basic underlying cause may be the insulin resistance that precedes type 2 diabetes, which is a diminished capacity for Insulin#Physiological effectsinsulin response in some tissues (e.g., muscle, fat). It is common that morbidities, such as essential hypertension, obesity, type 2 diabetes, and cardiovascular disease (CVD) develop. Polycystic ovary syndrome – a complex syndrome in women in the reproductive years where anovulation and androgen excess are commonly displayed as hirsutism. In many cases of
187
Insulin PCOS, insulin resistance is present. As a medication Insulin vial Biosynthetic "human" insulin is now manufactured for widespread clinical use using Recombinant DNA#Synthetic insulin production using recombinant DNArecombinant DNA technology. More recently, researchers have succeeded in introducing the gene for human insulin into plants and in producing insulin in them, to be specific safflower. From SemBiosys, A New Kind Of Insulin INSIDE WALL STREET By Gene G. Marcial(AUGUST 13, 2007) This technique is anticipated to reduce production costs. Several of these slightly modified versions of human insulin, while having a clinical effect on blood glucose levels as though they were exact copies, have been designed to have somewhat different absorption or duration of action characteristics. They are usually referred to as "insulin analogues". For instance, the first one available, Humalog (insulin lispro), does not exhibit a delayed absorption effect found in regular insulin, and begins to have an effect in as little as 15 minutes. Other rapid-acting analogues are NovoRapid and Apidra, with similar profiles. All are rapidly absorbed due to a mutation in the sequence that prevents the insulin analogue from forming dimers and hexamers. Instead, the insulin molecule is a monomer, which is more rapidly absorbed. Using it, therefore, does not require the planning required for other insulins that begin to take effect much later (up to many hours) after administration. Another type is extended-release insulin; the first of these was Lantus (insulin glargine). These have a steady effect for the entire time they are active, without the peak and drop off effect in other insulins; typically, they continue to have an insulin effect for an extended period from 18 to 24 hours. Likewise, another protracted insulin analogue (Levemir) is based on a fatty acid acylation approach. A myristyric acid molecule is attached to this analogue, which in turn associates the insulin molecule to the abundant serum albumin, which in turn extends the effect and reduces the risk of hypoglycemia. Both protracted analogues need to be taken only once-daily, and are very much used in the type 1 diabetes market as the basal insulin. A combination of a rapid acting and a protracted insulin is also available for the patients, making it more likely for them to achieve an insulin profile that mimics that of the body´s own insulin release. Insulin is usually taken as subcutaneous Injection (medicine)injections by single-use syringes with hypodermic needleneedles, via an insulin pump, or by repeated-use insulin pens with needles. Unlike many medicines, insulin currently cannot be taken orally because, like nearly all other proteins introduced into the gastrointestinal tract, it is reduced to fragments (even single amino acid components), whereupon all activity is lost. There has been some research into ways to protect insulin from the digestive tract, so that it can be administered orally or sublingually. While experimental, several companies now have various formulations in human clinical trials, and one, the India-based Biocon, has formed an agreement with Bristol-MyersBMS to produce an oral-insulin alternative. NDTV Profit – November 16, 2012 – Biocon in pact with Bristol-Myers for oral insulin. Retrieved 2013-04-22.History Discovery In 1869 Paul Langerhans, a medical student in Berlin, was studying the structure of the pancreas under a microscope when he identified some previously unnoticed tissue clumps scattered throughout the bulk of the pancreas. The function of the "little heaps of cells", later eponymknown as the islets of Langerhans, was unknown, but Edouard Laguesse later suggested they might produce secretions that play a regulatory role in digestion. Paul Langerhans' son, Archibald, also helped to understand this regulatory role. The term "insulin" originates from insula, the Latin word for islet/island.In 1889, the Poles in GermanyPolish-German physician Oscar Minkowski, in collaboration with Joseph von Mering, removed the pancreas from a healthy dog to test its assumed role in digestion. Several days after the dog's pancreas was removed, Minkowski's animal keeper noticed a swarm of flies feeding on the dog's urine. On testing the urine, they found there was sugar in the dog's urine, establishing for the first time a relationship between the pancreas and diabetes. In 1901, another major step was taken by Eugene Opie, when he clearly established the link between the islets of Langerhans and diabetes: "Diabetes mellitus . . . is caused by destruction of the islets of Langerhans and occurs only when these bodies are in part or wholly destroyed." Before his work, the link between the pancreas and diabetes was clear, but not the specific role of the islets. The structure of insulin. The left side is a space-filling model of the insulin monomer, believed to be biologically active. Carbon is green, hydrogen white, oxygen red, and nitrogen blue. On the right side is a ribbon diagram of the insulin hexamer, believed to be the stored form. A monomer unit is highlighted with the A chain in blue and the B chain in cyan. Yellow denotes disulfide bonds, and magenta spheres are zinc ions.Over the next two decades, several attempts were made to isolate whatever it was the islets produced as a potential treatment. In 1906,
188
Insulin George Ludwig Zuelzer was partially successful treating dogs with pancreatic extract, but was unable to continue his work. Between 1911 and 1912, E.L. Scott at the University of Chicago used aqueous pancreatic extracts, and noted "a slight diminution of glycosuria", but was unable to convince his director of his work's value; it was shut down. Israel Kleiner (biochemist)Israel Kleiner demonstrated similar effects at Rockefeller University in 1915, but his work was interrupted by World War I, and he did not return to it.In 1916 Nicolae Paulescu, a RomaniansRomanian professor of physiology at the Carol Davila University of Medicine and PharmacyUniversity of Medicine and Pharmacy in Bucharest, developed an aqueous Pancreaspancreatic extract which, when injected into a Diabetesdiabetic dog, had a normalizing effect on blood sugar levels. He had to interrupt his experiments because of World War I, and in 1921 he wrote four papers about his work carried out in Bucharest and his tests on a diabetic dog. Later that year, he published "Research on the Role of the Pancreas in Food Assimilation".Extraction and purification In October 1920, Canadian Frederick Banting was reading one of Minkowski's papers and concluded that it was the very digestive secretions that Minkowski had originally studied that were breaking down the islet secretion(s), thereby making it impossible to extract successfully. He jotted a note to himself: "Ligate pancreatic ducts of the dog. Keep dogs alive till acini degenerate leaving islets. Try to isolate internal secretion of these and relieve glycosurea." The idea was the pancreas's internal secretion, which, it was supposed, regulates sugar in the bloodstream, might hold the key to the treatment of diabetes. A surgeon by training, Banting knew certain arteries could be tied off that would lead to atrophy of most of the pancreas, while leaving the islets of Langerhans intact. He theorized a relatively pure extract could be made from the islets once most of the rest of pancreas was gone. In the spring of 1921, Banting traveled to Toronto to explain his idea to John James Rickard MacleodJ.J.R. Macleod, who was Professor of Physiology at the University of Toronto, and asked Macleod if he could use his lab space to test the idea. Macleod was initially skeptical, but eventually agreed to let Banting use his lab space while he was on holiday for the summer. He also supplied Banting with ten dogs on which to experiment, and two medical students, Charles Herbert BestCharles Best and Clark Noble, to use as lab assistants, before leaving for Scotland. Since Banting required only one lab assistant, Best and Noble flipped a coin to see which would assist Banting for the first half of the summer. Best won the coin toss, and took the first shift as Banting's assistant. Loss of the coin toss may have proved unfortunate for Noble, given that Banting decided to keep Best for the entire summer, and eventually shared half his Nobel Prize money and a large part of the credit for the discovery of insulin with the winner of the toss. Had Noble won the toss, his career might have taken a different path. Banting's method was to tie a ligature (medicine)ligature around the pancreatic duct; when examined several weeks later, the pancreatic digestive cells had died and been absorbed by the immune system, leaving thousands of islets. They then isolated an extract from these islets, producing what they called "isletin" (what we now know as insulin), and tested this extract on the dogs starting July 27. Banting and Best were then able to keep a pancreatectomized dog named Marjorie alive for the rest of the summer by injecting her with the crude extract they had prepared. Removal of the pancreas in test animals in essence mimics diabetes, leading to elevated blood glucose levels. Marjorie was able to remain alive because the extracts, containing isletin, were able to lower her blood glucose levels. Banting and Best presented their results to Macleod on his return to Toronto in the fall of 1921, but Macleod pointed out flaws with the experimental design, and suggested the experiments be repeated with more dogs and better equipment. He then supplied Banting and Best with a better laboratory, and began paying Banting a salary from his research grants. Several weeks later, the second round of experiments was also a success; and Macleod helped publish their results privately in Toronto that November. However, they needed six weeks to extract the isletin, which forced considerable delays. Banting suggested they try to use fetal calf pancreas, which had not yet developed digestive glands; he was relieved to find this method worked well. With the supply problem solved, the next major effort was to purify the extract. In December 1921, Macleod invited the biochemist James Collip to help with this task, and, within a month, the team felt ready for a clinical test. On January 11, 1922, Leonard Thompson (diabetic)Leonard Thompson, a 14-year-old diabetic who lay dying at the Toronto General Hospital, was given the first injection of insulin. However, the extract was so impure, Thompson suffered a severe anaphylaxisallergic reaction, and further injections were canceled. Over the next 12 days, Collip worked day and night to improve the ox-pancreas extract, and a second dose was injected on
189
Insulin January 23. This was completely successful, not only in having no obvious side-effects but also in completely eliminating the glycosuria sign of diabetes. The first American patient was Elizabeth Hughes Gossett, the daughter of the governor of New York. The first patient treated in the U.S. was future woodcut artist James D. Havens; Dr. John Ralston Williams imported insulin from Toronto to Rochester, New York, to treat Havens.Children dying from diabetic ketoacidosis were kept in large wards, often with 50 or more patients in a ward, mostly comatose. Grieving family members were often in attendance, awaiting the (until then, inevitable) death. In one of medicine's more dramatic moments, Banting, Best, and Collip went from bed to bed, injecting an entire ward with the new purified extract. Before they had reached the last dying child, the first few were awakening from their coma, to the joyous exclamations of their families.Banting and Best never worked well with Collip, regarding him as something of an interloper, and Collip left the project soon after. Over the spring of 1922, Best managed to improve his techniques to the point where large quantities of insulin could be extracted on demand, but the preparation remained impure. The drug firm Eli Lilly and Company had offered assistance not long after the first publications in 1921, and they took Lilly up on the offer in April. In November, Lilly made a major breakthrough and was able to produce large quantities of highly refined insulin. Insulin was offered for sale shortly thereafter. Synthesis Purified animal-sourced insulin was the only type of insulin available to diabetics until genetic advances occurred later with medical research. The amino acid structure of insulin was characterized in the early 1950s by Frederick Sanger#Sequencing insulinFrederick Sanger, and the first synthetic insulin was produced simultaneously in the labs of Panayotis Katsoyannis at the University of Pittsburgh and Helmut Zahn at RWTH Aachen University in the early 1960s.The first genetically engineered, synthetic "human" insulin was produced in a laboratory in 1977 by Arthur Riggs, PhD, Keiichi Itakura, PhD, and Herbert Boyer using Escherichia coliE. coli. Partnering with Genentech founded by Swanson, Boyer and Eli Lilly and Company went on in 1982 to sell the first commercially available biosynthetic human insulin under the brand name Humulin. The vast majority of insulin currently used worldwide is now biosynthetic recombinant "human" insulin or its analogues.Recombinant insulin is produced either in yeast (usually baker's yeastsaccharomyces cerevisiae) or E. coli. In yeast, insulin may be engineered as a single-chain protein with a KexII endoprotease (a yeast homolog of PCI/PCII) site that separates the insulin A chain from a c-terminally truncated insulin B chain. A chemically synthesized c-terminal tail is then grafted onto insulin by reverse proteolysis using the inexpensive protease trypsin; typically the lysine on the c-terminal tail is protected with a chemical protecting group to prevent proteolysis. The ease of modular synthesis and the relative safety of modifications in that region accounts for common insulin analogs with c-terminal modifications (e.g. lispro, aspart, glulisine). The Genentech synthesis and completely chemical synthesis such as that by Bruce Merrifield are not preferred because the efficiency of recombining the two insulin chains is low, primarily due to competition with the precipitation of insulin B chain.Nobel Prizes Frederick Banting joined by Charles Best in office, 1924 The Nobel Prize committee in 1923 credited the practical extraction of insulin to a team at the University of Toronto and awarded the Nobel Prize to two men: Frederick Banting and John James Rickard MacleodJ.J.R. Macleod. They were awarded the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 1923 for the discovery of insulin. Banting, insulted that Best was not mentioned, shared his prize with him, and Macleod immediately shared his with James Collip. The patent for insulin was sold to the University of Toronto for one half-dollar. The primary structure of insulin was determined by British molecular biologist Frederick Sanger. It was the first protein to have its sequence be determined. He was awarded the 1958 Nobel Prize in Chemistry for this work. In 1969, after decades of work, Dorothy Hodgkin determined the spatial conformation of the molecule, the so-called tertiary structure, by means of X-ray diffraction studies. She had been awarded a Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1964 for the development of crystallography. Rosalyn Sussman Yalow received the 1977 Nobel Prize in Medicine for the development of the radioimmunoassay for insulin. George Minot, co-recipient of the 1934 Nobel Prize for the development of the first effective treatment for pernicious anemia, had diabetes mellitus. Dr. William Bosworth CastleWilliam Castle observed that the 1921 discovery of insulin, arriving in time to keep Minot alive, was therefore also responsible for the discovery of a cure for pernicious anemia.Nobel Prize controversy Nicolae PaulescuThe work published by Banting, Best, Collip and Macleod represented the preparation of purified insulin extract suitable for use on human patients. Although Paulescu discovered the
190
Insulin principles of the treatment his saline extract could not be used on humans, and he was not mentioned in the 1923 Nobel Prize. Professor Ian Murray was particularly active in working to correct "the historical wrong" against Nicolae Paulescu. Murray was a professor of physiology at the Anderson College of Medicine in Glasgow, Scotland, the head of the department of Metabolic Diseases at a leading Glasgow hospital, vice-president of the British Association of Diabetes, and a founding member of the International Diabetes Federation. Murray wrote: Insufficient recognition has been given to Paulesco, the distinguished RomaniaRoumanian scientist, who at the time when the Toronto team were commencing their research had already succeeded in extracting the antidiabetic hormone of the pancreas and proving its efficacy in reducing the hyperglycaemia in diabetic dogs.In a recent private communication Professor Arne TiseliusTiselius, head of the Nobel Institute, has expressed his personal opinion that Paulescu was equally worthy of the award in 1923.References Further reading Reaven, Gerald M.; Ami Laws (ed.) (1999--04-15). Insulin Resistance: The Metabolic Syndrome X (1st ed.). Totowa, New Jersey: Humana Press. Digital object identifierdoi: 10.1226/0896035883. International Standard Book NumberISBN 0-89603-588-3.Leahy, Jack L.; William T. Cefalu (ed.) (2002-03-22). Insulin Therapy (1st ed.). New York: Marcel Dekker. International Standard Book NumberISBN 0-8247-0711-7.Kumar, Sudhesh; Stephen O'Rahilly (ed.) (2005-01-14). Insulin Resistance: Insulin Action and Its Disturbances in Disease. Chichester, England: Wiley. International Standard Book NumberISBN 0-470-85008-6.Ehrlich, Ann; Carol L. Schroeder (2000-06-16). Medical Terminology for Health Professions (4th ed.). Thomson Delmar Learning. International Standard Book NumberISBN 0-7668-1297-9.Draznin, Boris; Derek LeRoith (September 1994). Molecular Biology of Diabetes: Autoimmunity and Genetics; Insulin Synthesis and Secretion. Totowa, New Jersey: Humana Press. Digital object identifierdoi: 10.1226/0896032868. International Standard Book NumberISBN 0-89603-286-8. Famous Canadian Physicians: Sir Frederick Banting at Library and Archives Canada McKeage K, Goa KL (2001). "Insulin glargine: a review of its therapeutic use as a long-acting agent for the management of type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus". Drugs 61 (11): 1599–624. Digital object identifierdoi: 10.2165/00003495-200161110-00007. PubMed IdentifierPMID 11577797.External links The Insulin Protein Inspired by Insulin article by parent of a diabetic child Frederick Sanger, Nobel Prize for sequencing Insulin Freeview video with John Sanger and John Walker by the Vega Science Trust. Insulin: entry from protein databank The History of Insulin Insulin Lispro CBC Digital Archives - Banting, Best, Macleod, Collip: Chasing a Cure for Diabetes GeneReviews/NCBI/NIH/UW entry on Permanent Neonatal Diabetes Mellitus Cosmos Magazine: Insulin mystery cracked after 20 years National Diabetes Information Clearinghouse Discovery and Early Development of Insulin, 1920–1925 Secretion of Insulin and Glucagon Insulin Types Comparison Chart Insulin hormone dosage and side effects The True Discoverer of Insulin - Nicolae Paulescu Insulin signaling pathway Molecular Physiology of Signalling Proteins Animations of insulin's action in the body at AboutKidsHealth.ca
191
Glucagon
192
Glucagon
Glucagon
PDB rendering based on 1GCN. Available structures PDB Ortholog search: PDBe [1], RCSB [2] List of PDB id codes 1BH0
[3]
, 1D0R
[4]
, 1NAU
[5]
, 2G49
[6]
, 2L63
[7]
, 2L64
[8]
, 2M5P
[9]
, 2M5Q
[10]
, 3IOL
[11]
Identifiers Symbols External IDs GCG
[12]
; GLP1; GLP2; GRPP
[13]
OMIM: 138030 [17] Gene
MGI: 95674
[14]
HomoloGene: 1553
[15]
ChEMBL: 5736
[16]
GeneCards: GCG
Glucagon
193
Gene Ontology Molecular function • receptor binding [14] [10] • hormone activity [18] • glucagon receptor binding Cellular component • extracellular region [229] [230] • extracellular space [172] • endoplasmic reticulum lumen [19] • plasma membrane [33] • secretory granule Biological process • energy reserve metabolic process [38] • signal transduction [14] • G-protein coupled receptor signaling pathway [20] • adenylate cyclase-modulating G-protein coupled receptor signaling pathway [21] • feeding behavior [22] • cell proliferation [23] • protein kinase A signaling cascade [24] • positive regulation of peptidyl-threonine phosphorylation [32] • positive regulation of cAMP biosynthetic process [25] • positive regulation of protein binding [17] • negative regulation of appetite [35] • positive regulation of peptidyl-serine phosphorylation • positive regulation of insulin secretion involved in cellular response to glucose stimulus
[26] [178]
• negative regulation of apoptotic process [198] • small molecule metabolic process [27] • positive regulation of protein kinase activity [218] • regulation of insulin secretion [28] • positive regulation of ERK1 and ERK2 cascade [29] • cellular response to glucagon stimulus [30] • positive regulation of calcium ion import Sources: Amigo
[31]
[39]
/ QuickGO
[32]
RNA expression pattern
More reference expression data Orthologs Species Entrez Ensembl UniProt RefSeq (mRNA) RefSeq (protein) Human 2641
[34] [36]
[33]
Mouse 14526
[35] [37]
ENSG00000115263 P01275
[38] [40]
ENSMUSG00000000394 P55095
[39] [41]
NM_002054 NP_002045
NM_008100 NP_032126
[42]
[43]
Glucagon
194
Location (UCSC)
Chr 2: [44] 163 – 163.01 Mb
[46]
Chr 2: [45] 62.47 – 62.48 Mb
[47]
PubMed search
Glucagon, a peptide hormone secreted by the pancreas, raises blood glucose levels. Its effect is opposite that of insulin, which lowers blood glucose levels.[] The pancreas releases glucagon when blood sugar (glucose) levels fall too low. Glucagon causes the liver to convert stored glycogen into glucose, which is released into the bloodstream. High blood glucose levels stimulate the release of insulin. Insulin allows glucose to be taken up and used by insulin-dependent tissues. Thus, glucagon and insulin are part of a feedback system that keeps blood glucose levels at a stable level. Glucagon belongs to a family of several other related hormones.
Physiology
Production
The hormone is synthesized and secreted from alpha cells (α-cells) of the islets of Langerhans, which are located in the endocrine portion of the pancreas. In rodents, the alpha cells are located in the outer rim of the islet. Human islet structure is much less segregated, and alpha cells are distributed throughout the islet.
Regulation
Secretion of glucagon is stimulated by: • • • • • • Hypoglycemia Epinephrine (via β2, α2,[] and α1[] adrenergic receptors) Arginine Alanine (often from muscle-derived pyruvate/glutamate transamination (see alanine transaminase reaction). Acetylcholine[] Cholecystokinin
Secretion of glucagon is inhibited by: • • • • Somatostatin Insulin (via GABA)[] Increased free fatty acids and keto acids into the blood Increased urea production
Function
Glucagon generally elevates the amount of glucose in the blood by promoting gluconeogenesis and glycogenolysis.
A microscopic image stained for glucagon
Glucagon
195
Glucagon
Clinical data Pregnancy cat. Legal status ? ? Identifiers ATC code PubChem ? CID 16186314 [48]
IUPHAR ligand 1136 [49] ChemSpider UNII ChEMBL 10481928 [50]
76LA80IG2G
[51]
CHEMBL266481 Chemical data
[52]
Formula
? [53]
(what is this?) (verify)
Glucose is stored in the liver in the form of glycogen, which is a starch-like polymer chain made up of glucose molecules. Liver cells (hepatocytes) have glucagon receptors. When glucagon binds to the glucagon receptors, the liver cells convert the glycogen polymer into individual glucose molecules, and release them into the bloodstream, in a process known as glycogenolysis. As these stores become depleted, glucagon then encourages the liver and kidney to synthesize additional glucose by gluconeogenesis. Glucagon turns off glycolysis in the liver, causing glycolytic intermediates to be shuttled to gluconeogenesis. Glucagon also regulates the rate of glucose production through lipolysis. Glucagon has a minimal effect on lipolysis in humans. Glucagon production appears to be dependent on the central nervous system through pathways yet to be defined. In invertebrate animals, eyestalk removal has been reported to affect glucagon production. Excising the eyestalk in young crayfish produces glucagon-induced hyperglycemia.[]
Glucagon
196
Mechanism of action
Glucagon binds to the glucagon receptor, a G protein-coupled receptor, located in the plasma membrane. The conformation change in the receptor activates G proteins, a heterotrimeric protein with α, β, and γ subunits. When the G protein interacts with the receptor, it undergoes a conformational change that results in the replacement of the GDP molecule that was bound to the α subunit with a GTP molecule. This substitution results in the releasing of the α subunit from the β and γ subunits. The alpha subunit specifically activates the next enzyme in the cascade, adenylate cyclase. Adenylate cyclase manufactures cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cyclic AMP or cAMP), which activates protein kinase A (cAMP-dependent protein kinase). This enzyme, in turn, activates phosphorylase kinase, which, in turn, phosphorylates glycogen phosphorylase, converting into the active form called phosphorylase A. Phosphorylase A is the enzyme responsible for the release of glucose-1-phosphate from glycogen polymers.
History
In the 1920s, Kimball and Murlin studied pancreatic extracts, and found an additional substance with hyperglycemic properties. They described glucagon in 1923.[] The amino acid sequence of glucagon was described in the late 1950s.[] A more complete understanding of its role in physiology and disease was not established until the 1970s, when a specific radioimmunoassay was developed.
Etymology
Glucagon was named in 1923, probably from the Greek γλυκός sweet, and ἄγειν to lead.[1]
Structure
Glucagon is a 29-amino acid polypeptide. Its primary structure in humans is: NH2-His-Ser-Gln-Gly-Thr-Phe-Thr-Ser-Asp-Tyr-Ser-Lys-Tyr-Leu-Asp-Ser-Arg-Arg-Ala-Gln-Asp-Phe-Val-Gln-Trp-Leu-Met-Asn-T The polypeptide has a molecular weight of 3485 daltons. Glucagon is a peptide (nonsteroid) hormone. Glucagon is generated from the cleavage of proglucagon secreted by pancreatic islet α cells. In intestinal L cells, proglucagon is cleaved to the alternate products glicentin, GLP-1 (an incretin), IP-2, and GLP-2 (promotes intestinal growth).
Pathology
Abnormally elevated levels of glucagon may be caused by pancreatic tumors, such as glucagonoma, symptoms of which include necrolytic migratory erythema, reduced amino acids, and hyperglycemia. It may occur alone or in the context of multiple endocrine neoplasia type 1.
Uses and contraindications
Hypoglycemia
An injectable form of glucagon is vital first aid in cases of severe hypoglycemia when the victim is unconscious or for other reasons cannot take glucose orally. The dose for an adult is typically 1 milligram, and the glucagon is given by intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous injection, and quickly raises blood glucose levels. Glucagon can also be administered intravenously at 0.25 - 0.5 unit. To use the injectable form, it must be reconstituted prior to use, a step that requires a sterile diluent to be injected into a vial containing powdered glucagon, because the hormone is highly unstable when dissolved in solution. When dissolved in a fluid state, glucagon can form amyloid fibrils, or tightly woven chains of proteins made up of the individual glucagon peptides, and once glucagon begins to fibrilize,
Glucagon it becomes useless when injected, as the glucagon cannot be absorbed and used by the body. The reconstitution process makes using glucagon cumbersome, although there are a number of products now in development from a number of companies that aim to make the product easier to use.
197
Beta blocker overdose
Anecdotal evidence suggests a benefit of higher doses of glucagon in the treatment of overdose with beta blockers; the likely mechanism of action is the increase of cAMP in the myocardium, in effect bypassing the β-adrenergic second messenger system.[]
Impacted food bolus
Glucagon relaxes the lower esophageal sphincter and is used in emergencies involving an impacted food bolus in the esophagus.[]
Side-effects and interactions
Glucagon acts very quickly; common side-effects include headache and nausea. Drug interactions: Glucagon interacts only with oral anticoagulants, increasing the tendency to bleed.
Contraindications
While glucagon can be used clinically to treat various forms of hypoglycemia, it is severely contraindicated in patients with pheochromocytoma, as the drug interaction with elevated levels of adrenaline produced by the tumor may produce an exponential increase in blood sugar levels, leading to a hyperglycemic state, which may incur a fatal elevation in blood pressure.[] Likewise, glucagon is contraindicated in patients with an insulinoma, as its use may lead to rebound hypoglycemia.[]
Media References
[1] glucagon (http:/ / dictionary. reference. com/ browse/ glucagon) on dictionary.com
Further reading
• Kieffer TJ, Habener JF (2000). "The glucagon-like peptides". Endocr. Rev. 20 (6): 876–913. doi: 10.1210/er.20.6.876 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/er.20.6.876). PMID 10605628 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/10605628). • Drucker DJ (2003). "Glucagon-like peptides: regulators of cell proliferation, differentiation, and apoptosis". Mol. Endocrinol. 17 (2): 161–71. doi: 10.1210/me.2002-0306 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/me.2002-0306). PMID 12554744 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12554744). • Jeppesen PB (2004). "Clinical significance of GLP-2 in short-bowel syndrome". J. Nutr. 133 (11): 3721–4. PMID 14608103 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/14608103). • Brubaker PL, Anini Y (2004). "Direct and indirect mechanisms regulating secretion of glucagon-like peptide-1 and glucagon-like peptide-2". Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 81 (11): 1005–12. doi: 10.1139/y03-107 (http://dx. doi.org/10.1139/y03-107). PMID 14719035 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/14719035). • Baggio LL, Drucker DJ (2005). "Clinical endocrinology and metabolism. Glucagon-like peptide-1 and glucagon-like peptide-2". Best Pract. Res. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 18 (4): 531–54. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2004.08.001 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.beem.2004.08.001). PMID 15533774 (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15533774).
Glucagon • Holz GG, Chepurny OG (2006). "Diabetes Outfoxed by GLP-1?" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/ articles/PMC2909599). Sci. STKE 2005 (268): pe2. doi: 10.1126/stke.2682005pe2 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/ stke.2682005pe2). PMC 2909599 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2909599). PMID 15671479 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15671479). • Dunning BE, Foley JE, Ahrén B (2006). "Alpha cell function in health and disease: influence of glucagon-like peptide-1". Diabetologia 48 (9): 1700–13. doi: 10.1007/s00125-005-1878-0 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/ s00125-005-1878-0). PMID 16132964 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16132964). • Gautier JF, Fetita S, Sobngwi E, Salaün-Martin C (2005). "Biological actions of the incretins GIP and GLP-1 and therapeutic perspectives in patients with type 2 diabetes". Diabetes Metab. 31 (3 Pt 1): 233–42. doi: 10.1016/S1262-3636(07)70190-8 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S1262-3636(07)70190-8). PMID 16142014 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16142014). • De León DD, Crutchlow MF, Ham JY, Stoffers DA (2006). "Role of glucagon-like peptide-1 in the pathogenesis and treatment of diabetes mellitus". Int. J. Biochem. Cell Biol. 38 (5–6): 845–59. doi: 10.1016/j.biocel.2005.07.011 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.biocel.2005.07.011). PMID 16202636 (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16202636). • Beglinger C, Degen L (2007). "Gastrointestinal satiety signals in humans--physiologic roles for GLP-1 and PYY?". Physiol. Behav. 89 (4): 460–4. doi: 10.1016/j.physbeh.2006.05.048 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. physbeh.2006.05.048). PMID 16828127 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16828127). • Stephens JW, Bain SC (2007). "Safety and adverse effects associated with GLP-1 analogues". Expert opinion on drug safety 6 (4): 417–22. doi: 10.1517/14740338.6.4.417 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1517/14740338.6.4.417). PMID 17688385 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17688385). • Orskov C, Bersani M, Johnsen AH et al. (1989). "Complete sequences of glucagon-like peptide-1 from human and pig small intestine". J. Biol. Chem. 264 (22): 12826–9. PMID 2753890 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/2753890). • Drucker DJ, Asa S (1988). "Glucagon gene expression in vertebrate brain". J. Biol. Chem. 263 (27): 13475–8. PMID 2901414 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2901414). • Novak U, Wilks A, Buell G, McEwen S (1987). "Identical mRNA for preproglucagon in pancreas and gut". Eur. J. Biochem. 164 (3): 553–8. doi: 10.1111/j.1432-1033.1987.tb11162.x (http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j. 1432-1033.1987.tb11162.x). PMID 3569278 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3569278). • White JW, Saunders GF (1986). "Structure of the human glucagon gene" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/ articles/PMC311486). Nucleic Acids Res. 14 (12): 4719–30. doi: 10.1093/nar/14.12.4719 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1093/nar/14.12.4719). PMC 311486 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC311486). PMID 3725587 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3725587). • Schroeder WT, Lopez LC, Harper ME, Saunders GF (1984). "Localization of the human glucagon gene (GCG) to chromosome segment 2q36----37". Cytogenet. Cell Genet. 38 (1): 76–9. doi: 10.1159/000132034 (http://dx.doi. org/10.1159/000132034). PMID 6546710 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6546710). • Bell GI, Sanchez-Pescador R, Laybourn PJ, Najarian RC (1983). "Exon duplication and divergence in the human preproglucagon gene". Nature 304 (5924): 368–71. doi: 10.1038/304368a0 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/ 304368a0). PMID 6877358 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/6877358). • Kärgel HJ, Dettmer R, Etzold G et al. (1982). "Action of rat liver cathepsin L on glucagon". Acta Biol. Med. Ger. 40 (9): 1139–43. PMID 7340337 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/7340337). • Wayman GA, Impey S, Wu Z et al. (1994). "Synergistic activation of the type I adenylyl cyclase by Ca2+ and Gs-coupled receptors in vivo". J. Biol. Chem. 269 (41): 25400–5. PMID 7929237 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/7929237). • Unson CG, Macdonald D, Merrifield RB (1993). "The role of histidine-1 in glucagon action". Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 300 (2): 747–50. doi: 10.1006/abbi.1993.1103 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1006/abbi.1993.1103). PMID 8382034 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8382034).
198
Bombesin
199
Bombesin
Bombesin
Identifiers CAS number PubChem ChemSpider ChEMBL IUPHAR ligand Jmol-3D images 31362-50-2 16133891 26286924
[1]
[2] [3] [4]
CHEMBL437027 616
[5] [6]
Image 1 Properties
Molecular formula Molar mass
(verify) [7]
C71H110N24O18S 1619.85
(what is: / ?) Except where noted otherwise, data are given for materials in their standard state (at 25 °C, 100 kPa)
Infobox references
Bombesin is a 14-amino acid peptide[] originally isolated from the skin of the oriental fire-bellied toad (Bombina orientalis). It has two known homologs in mammals called neuromedin B and gastrin-releasing peptide. It stimulates gastrin release from G cells. It activates three different G-protein-coupled receptors known as BBR1, -2, and -3.[] It also activates these receptors in the brain. Together with cholecystokinin, it is the second major source of negative feedback signals that stop eating behaviour.[] Bombesin is also a tumor marker for small cell carcinoma of lung, gastric cancer, and neuroblastoma.[]
References
Follicular cell
200
Follicular cell
Follicular cell
Section of thyroid gland of sheep. X 160. ("Cubical epithelium" labeled at center left.) Code TH H3.08.02.4.00007
[1]
Thyroid epithelial cells (also called follicular cells or principal cells) are cells in the thyroid gland that are responsible for the production and secretion of thyroid hormones, that is, thyroxine (T4) and triiodothyronine (T3).
Function
The thyroid epithelial cells take up iodine and amino acids from the blood circulation on the basolateral side, synthesize thyroglobulin and thyroperoxidase from amino acids and secrete these into the thyroid follicles together with iodine. The thyroid epithelial cells can subsequently take up iodinated thyroglobulin from the follicles by endocytosis, extract thyroid hormones from it with the help of proteases and subsequently release thyroid hormones to the blood.
Thyroid hormone synthesis.
[1]
These thyroid hormones are transported throughout the body where they control metabolism (which is the conversion of oxygen and calories to energy). Every cell in the body depends upon thyroid hormones for regulation of their metabolism. The normal thyroid gland produces about 80% T4 and about 20% T3, however, T3 is about four times as potent as T4.
Follicular cell
201
Iodine transport
Iodine is taken up on the basolateral side of the thyroid epithelial cells by sodium-iodide symporters.[2] It is secreted into the follicle through the chloride/iodide transporter pendrin on the apical side.
Structure and development
They are simple cuboidal epithelium and are arranged in spherical follicles surrounding colloid. The interiors of one of these follicles is known as the follicular lumen. They have thyrotropin receptors on their surface, which respond to thyroid-stimulating hormone. Embryologic origin is from a median endodermal mass in the region of the tongue (foramen cecum) in contrast to the parafollicular (C) cells that arise from the 4th branchial pouch.
Relationship to other cell types
Calcitonin-producing parafollicular cells (C cells) can be found scattered along the basement membrane of the thyroid epithelium. Embryologic origin of these C-cells is neural crest, from the ultimobranchial body (4th pharyngeal pouch).
Parafollicular cells (also called C cells) are neuroendocrine cells in the thyroid with primary function to secrete calcitonin. They are located adjacent to the thyroid follicles and reside in the connective tissue. These cells are large and have a pale stain compared with the follicular cells or colloid. In teleost and avian species these cells occupy a structure outside of the thyroid gland named the ultimobranchial body. Parafollicular cells themselves are derived from neural crest cells. Embryologically, they associate with the ultimobranchial body, which itself is a ventral derivative of the fourth (or fifth) pharyngeal pouch. In a series of experiments, Nicole LeDouarin transplanted neural crest cells from quail, with unique and easily identified nuclei, into non-quail neural crest. She subsequently demonstrated the presence of cells with quail nuclei populating the ultimobranchial body and concluded that C cells migrate during embryologic development from the neural crest.[1][2] They are not numerous in the thyroid and are typically situated basally in the epithelium, without direct contact with the follicular lumen. They are always situated within the basement membrane, which surrounds the entire follicle. Parafollicular cell are also known to secrete in smaller quantities several neuroendocrine peptides such as serotonin, somatostatin or CGRP.[3][4][5] They may also have a paracrine role in regulating thyroid hormones production, as they express TRH.[6][7] When parafollicular cells become cancerous, they lead to medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
Literature
• Baber EC: Contributions to the minute anatomy of the thyroid gland of the dog. Phil Trans R Soc 166 (1876) 557-568 (full text)
References External links
• Histology at OU 42_04 (http://w3.ouhsc.edu/histology/Glass slides/42_04.jpg) • BU Histology Learning System: 14302loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/14302loa.htm) • Histology at KUMC endo-/endo10 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/endo// endo10.htm) • Anatomy Atlases - Microscopic Anatomy, plate 15.287 (http://www.anatomyatlases.org/MicroscopicAnatomy/ Section15/Plate15287.shtml)
Parathyroid gland
203
Parathyroid gland
Parathyroid glands
Endocrine system. (Parathyroid gland not pictured, but are present on surface of thyroid gland, as shown below.)
Thyroid and parathyroid. Latin Gray's System Artery Vein Nerve Lymph Precursor MeSH glandula parathyroidea inferior, glandula parathyroidea superior subject #273 1271 Endocrine superior thyroid artery, inferior thyroid artery, superior thyroid vein, middle thyroid vein, inferior thyroid vein, middle cervical ganglion, inferior cervical ganglion pretracheal, prelaryngeal, jugulo-diagastric,and lympahtics of thymus neural crest mesenchyme and third and fourth pharyngeal pouch endoderm Parathyroid+Glands
[2] [1]
The parathyroid glands are small endocrine glands in the neck that produce parathyroid hormone. Humans usually have four parathyroid glands, which are usually located on the rear surface of the thyroid gland, or, in rare cases, within the thyroid gland itself or in the chest. Parathyroid glands control the amount of calcium in the blood and within the bones.
Parathyroid gland
204
Anatomy
The parathyroid glands are four or more small glands, about the size of a grain of rice, located on the posterior surface (back side) of the thyroid gland. The parathyroid glands usually weigh between 25 mg and 40 mg in humans. There are typically four parathyroid glands. The two parathyroid glands on each side which are positioned higher (closer to the head) are called the superior parathyroid glands, while the lower two are called the inferior parathyroid glands. Occasionally, some individuals may have six, eight, or even more parathyroid glands. The parathyroid glands are named for their proximity to the thyroid but serve a completely different role than the thyroid gland. The parathyroid glands are quite easily recognizable from the thyroid as they have densely packed cells, in contrast with the follicle structure of the thyroid.[1][2] However, at surgery, they are harder to differentiate from the thyroid or fat. Because the inferior thyroid arteries provide the primary blood supply to the posterior aspect of the thyroid gland where the parathyroid glands are located, branches of these arteries usually supply the parathyroid glands. However they may also be supplied by the branches of the superior thyroid arteries; the thyroid ima artery; or the laryngeal, tracheal and esophageal artery. Parathyroid veins drain into thyroid plexus of veins of the thyroid gland. Lymphatic vessels from the parathyroid glands drain into deep cervical lymph nodes and paratracheal lymph nodes. In the histological sense, they distinguish themselves from the thyroid gland, as they contain two types of cells:[3]
Name Staining Quantity Size many few Function Micrograph of a parathyroid gland. H&E stain.
smaller manufacture PTH (see below). larger function unknown. [4]
History
The parathyroid glands were first discovered in the Indian Rhinoceros by Richard Owen in 1850.[] The glands were first discovered in humans by Ivar Viktor Sandström (1852-1889), a Swedish medical student, in 1880 at Uppsala University.[] It is the last major organ to be recognized in humans so far.
Physiology
The major function of the parathyroid glands is to maintain the body's calcium level within a very narrow range, so that the nervous and muscular systems can function properly. Parathyroid hormone (PTH, also known as parathormone) is a small protein that takes part in the control of calcium and phosphate homeostasis, as well as bone physiology. Parathyroid hormone has effects antagonistic to those of calcitonin. Calcium PTH increases blood calcium levels by stimulating osteoclasts to break down bone and release calcium. PTH also increases gastrointestinal calcium absorption by activating vitamin D, and promotes calcium conservation (reabsorption) by the kidneys. Phosphate
Parathyroid gland PTH is the major regulator of serum phosphate concentrations via actions on the kidney. It is an inhibitor of proximal and also distal tubular reabsorption of phosphorus. Through activation of Vitamin D the absorption of Phosphate is increased.
205
Role in disease
Many conditions are associated with disorders of parathyroid function. These can be divided into those causing hyperparathyroidism, and those causing hypoparathyroidism.
Embryology and evolution
The parathyroid glands originate from the interaction of neural crest mesenchyme and third and fourth branchial pouch endoderm. Eya-1 (transcripitonal co-activator), Six-1 (a homeobox transcription factor), and Gcm-2 (a transcription factor) have been associated with the development of the parathyroid gland, and alterations in these genes alters parathyroid gland development. The superior parathyroids arise from the fourth pharyngeal pouch, and the inferior parathyroids arise from the third pharyngeal pouch. They are vertically transposed during embryogenesis. This is significant in function-preserving parathyroidectomy, because both the superior and the inferior parathyroids are supplied by the inferior thyroid artery. If the surgeon is to leave a single functional parathyroid for the patient, he/she must preserve the appropriate blood supply.
In other animals
Parathyroid glands are found in all adult tetrapods, although they vary in their number, and in their exact position. Mammals typically have four parathyroids, while other groups typically have six. Fish do not possess parathyroid glands, although the ultimobranchial glands, which are found close to the oesophagus, may have a similar function and could even be homologous with the tetrapod parathyroids. Even these glands are absent in the most primitive vertebrates, the jawless fish, but as these species have no bone in their skeletons, only cartilage, it may be that they have less need to regulate calcium metabolism. The conserved homology of genes and calcium-sensing receptors in fish gills with those in the parathryroid glands of birds and mammals is recognized by evolutionary developmental biology as evolution-using genes and gene networks in novel ways to generate new structures with some similar functions and novel functions.
Additional images
High magnification micrograph of a parathyroid gland. H&E stain.
Intermediate magnification micrograph of a parathyroid gland. H&E stain.
Low magnification micrograph of a parathyroid gland and parathyroid adenoma (bottom left). H&E stain.
Scheme showing development of branchial epithelial bodies. I, II, III, IV. Branchial pouches.
Parathyroid gland
206
Human parathyroid glands
References External links
• Endocrine Web at endocrineweb.com (http://www.endocrineweb.com/parathyroid.html) • The origin of the parathyroid gland at pnas.org (http://www.pnas.org/cgi/content/full/101/51/17716) • Parathyroid+gland (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=Parathyroid+ gland) at eMedicine Dictionary • Virtual Slidebox at Univ. Iowa Slide 149 (http://www.path.uiowa.edu/cgi-bin-pub/vs/fpx_gen. cgi?slide=149&viewer=java&view=0&lay=nlm)
Parathyroid chief cell
207
Parathyroid chief cell
Parathyroid chief cell
Micrograph of a parathyroid gland. H&E stain. Code TH H3.08.02.5.00002
[1]
Parathyroid chief cells (also called parathyroid principal cells or simply parathyroid cells) are cells in the parathyroid glands which produce parathyroid hormone. The end result of increased secretion by the chief cells of a parathyroid gland is an increase in the serum level of Calcium. Parathyroid chief cells constitute one of the few cell types of the body that regulate intracellular calcium levels as a consequence of extracellular (or serum) changes in calcium concentration. The calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR) is sensitive to an increase in serum calcium, and stimulates the uptake of calcium by the parathyroid chief cell. This mechanism is critically important, as it describes a physiological feed-back loop by which parathyroid hormone secretion is down-regulated in response to a restoration of serum calcium.
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 15002loa [1]
Micrograph of a parathyroid gland. H&E stain. MeSH Code Oxyphil+Cells
[1] [1]
TH H3.08.02.5.00005
In the parathyroid gland, the parathyroid oxyphil cell is larger and paler than the parathyroid chief cell.[1] These cells can be found in clusters in the center of the section and at the periphery.[2][3][4][5] Oxyphil cells appear at the onset of puberty, but have no known function. With nuclear medicine scans, they selectively take up the Technetium-sestamibi complex radiotracer dye to allow delineation of glandular anatomy.[6] Oxyphil cells have been shown to express parathyroid-relevant genes found in the chief cells and have the potential to produce additional autocrine/paracrine factors, such as Parathyroid hormone-related protein (PTHrP) and calcitriol.[7] More work needs to be done to fully understand the functions of these cells and their secretions.
References
[2] [3] [4] [5] [6] Gartner, p. 208, Fig. 3 Ross, p. 628, Fig. 1 DiFiore, pp. 270 - 271 Wheater, pp. 312 - 313 "Minimally Invasive Radio-guided Surgery for Primary Hyperparathyroidism," Annals of Surgical Oncology 12/07 14(12) pp 3401-3402
Chromaffin cell
209
Chromaffin cell
Medullary chromaffin cell
Adrenal gland. (Medulla labeled at bottom right.) Latin Code endocrinocytus medullaris TH H3.08.02.6.00015
[1]
Chromaffin cells are neuroendocrine cells found mostly in the medulla of the adrenal glands (located above the kidneys) in mammals. They are in close proximity to pre-synaptic sympathetic ganglia of the sympathetic nervous system, with which they communicate, and structurally they are similar to post-synaptic sympathetic neurons. They release catecholamines: ~80% of Epinephrine (Adrenaline) and ~20% of Norepinephrine (Noradrenaline) into systemic circulation for systemic effects on multiple organs (similarly to secretory neurons of the hypothalamus), and can also send paracrine signals. Hence they are called neuroendocrine cells. In the mammalian fetal development (fourth to fifth week in humans), neuroblast cells migrate from the neural crest to form the sympathetic chain and preaortic ganglia. The cells migrate a second time to the adrenal medulla.[1] Chromaffin cells also settle near the sympathetic ganglia, vagus nerve, paraganglia, and carotid arteries. The largest extra-adrenal cluster of chromaffin cells in mammals is the organ of Zuckerkandl.[2] In lower concentrations, extra-adrenal chromaffin cells also reside in the bladder wall, prostate, and behind the liver. In non-mammals, chromaffin cells are found in a variety of places, generally not organized as an individual organ, and may be without innervation, relying only on endocrine or paracrine signals for secretion.[3][4]
Function
Chromaffin cells of the adrenal medulla are innervated by the splanchnic nerve and secrete adrenaline (epinephrine), noradrenaline (norepinephrine), a little dopamine, enkephalin and enkephalin-containing peptides, and a few other hormones into the blood stream. The secreted adrenaline and noradrenaline play an important role in the fight-or-flight response. The enkephalins and enkephalin-containing peptides are related to, but distinct from Epinephrine endogenous peptides named endorphins (which are secreted from the pituitary); all of these peptides bind to opioid receptors and produce analgesic (and other) responses. The hormones are secreted from chromaffin granules; this is where the enzyme dopamine
Chromaffin cell
210
β-hydroxylase catalyzes the conversion of dopamine to noradrenaline.[5] Distinct N and E cell forms exist (also Na and A cells in British nomenclature - noradrenaline and adrenaline); the former produce norepinephrine, the latter arise out of N cells through interaction with glucocorticoids, and convert norepinephrine into epinephrine.[6]
Nomenclature
Norepinephrine
The word 'Chromaffin' comes from a portmanteau of chromium and affinity. They are named as such because they can be visualized by staining with chromium salts. Chromium salts oxidize and polymerize catecholamines to form a brown color, most strongly in the cells secreting noradrenaline. Chromaffin cells are also called pheochromocytes. The enterochromaffin cells are so named because of their histological similarity to chromaffin cells (they also stain yellow when treated with chromium salts), but their function is quite different and they are not derivatives of the neural crest. Paraganglia are clusters of either chromaffin cells of glomus cells near sympathetic ganglia.
Pathology
Neoplasms arising from these cells are pheochromocytomas (also called chromaffin or sympathetic paragangliomas, in contrast to non-chromaffin or parasympathetic paragangliomas of glomus cells). Sometimes only neoplasms of adrenal origin are named pheochromocytomas, while others are named extra-adrenal paragangliomas.
References External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 14507loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/14507loa.htm) - "Endocrine System: adrenal gland, reticularis and medulla" • Secretion Control in Adrenal Chromaffin Cells (http://www.mpibpc.gwdg.de/abteilungen/140/projects/ Chromaffin.html) • UC-San Diego Chromaffin Cell and Hypertension Research (http://hypertension.ucsd.edu) • A Primer on Chromaffin Cells (http://webpages.ull.es/users/isccb12/ChromaffinCell/Primer.html) • Rat Chromaffin cells primary cultures: Standardization and quality assessment for single-cell assays (a protocol) (http://www.natureprotocols.com/2006/09/29/rat_chromaffin_cells_primary_c.php)
Steroid hormone
211
Steroid hormone
A steroid hormone (abbreviated as sterone)[1] is a steroid that acts as a hormone. Steroid hormones can be grouped into five groups by the receptors to which they bind: glucocorticoids, mineralocorticoids, androgens, estrogens, and progestogens. Vitamin D derivatives are a sixth closely related hormone system with homologous receptors, though they are technically sterols rather than steroids. Steroid hormones help control metabolism, inflammation, immune functions, salt and water balance, development of sexual characteristics, and the ability to withstand illness and injury. The term steroid describes both hormones produced by the body and artificially produced medications that duplicate the action for the naturally occurring steroids.
Synthesis
The natural steroid hormones are generally synthesized from cholesterol in the gonads and adrenal glands. These forms of hormones are lipids. They can pass through the cell membrane[] as they are fat-soluble, and then bind to steroid hormone receptors which may be nuclear or cytosolic depending on the steroid hormone, to bring about changes within the cell. Steroid hormones are generally carried in the blood bound to specific carrier proteins such as sex hormone-binding globulin or corticosteroid-binding globulin. Further conversions and catabolism occurs in the liver, in other "peripheral" tissues, and in the target tissues.
Steroidogenesis with enzymes and intermediates
Synthetic steroids and sterols
A variety of synthetic steroids and sterols have also been contrived. Most are steroids, but some non-steroidal molecules can interact with the steroid receptors because of a similarity of shape. Some synthetic steroids are weaker, and some much stronger, than the natural steroids whose receptors they activate. Some examples of synthetic steroid hormones: • • • • • • Glucocorticoids: prednisone, dexamethasone, triamcinolone Mineralocorticoid: fludrocortisone Vitamin D: dihydrotachysterol Androgens: oxandrolone, testosterone, nandrolone (also known as anabolic steroids) Oestrogens: diethylstilbestrol (DES) Progestins: norethindrone, medroxyprogesterone acetate.
Steroid hormone
212
Effects
Steroids exert a wide variety of effects mediated by slow genomic as well as by rapid nongenomic mechanisms. They bind to nuclear receptors in the cell nucleus for genomic actions. Membrane-associated steroid receptors activate intracellular signaling cascades involved in nongenomic actions. Because steroids and sterols are lipid-soluble, they can diffuse fairly freely from the blood through the cell membrane and into the cytoplasm of target cells. In the cytoplasm, the steroid may or may not undergo an enzyme-mediated alteration such as reduction, hydroxylation, or aromatization. In the cytoplasm, the steroid binds to the specific receptor, a large metalloprotein. Upon steroid binding, many kinds of steroid receptor dimerize: Two receptor subunits join together to form one functional DNA-binding unit that can enter the cell nucleus. In some of the hormone systems known, the receptor is associated with a heat shock protein, which is released on the binding of the ligand, the hormone. Once in the nucleus, the steroid-receptor ligand complex binds to specific DNA sequences and induces transcription of its target genes.
• Brook CG. Mechanism of puberty. Horm Res. 1999;51 Suppl 3:52–4. Review.PMID 10592444 • Holmes SJ, Shalet SM. Role of growth hormone and sex steroids in achieving and maintaining normal bone mass. Horm Res. 1996;45(1–2):86–93. Review. PMID 8742125 • Ottolenghi C, Uda M, Crisponi L, Omari S, Cao A, Forabosco A, Schlessinger D. Determination and stability of sex. Bioessays. 2007 Jan;29(1):15–25. Review. PMID 17187356 • Couse JF, Korach KS. Exploring the role of sex steroids through studies of receptor deficient mice. J Mol Med. 1998 Jun;76(7):497–511. Review. PMID 9660168 • McEwen BS. Steroid hormones: effect on brain development and function. Horm Res. 1992;37 Suppl 3:1–10. Review. PMID 1330863 • Simons SS Jr. What goes on behind closed doors: physiological versus pharmacological steroid hormone actions. Bioessays. 2008 Aug;30(8):744–56. PMID 18623071
External links
• An animated and narrated tutorial about nuclear receptor signaling (http://www.nursa.org/template. cfm?threadId=11320)
Mineralocorticoid
213
Mineralocorticoid
Mineralocorticoids are a class of steroid hormones characterized by their influence on salt and water balances. The primary mineralocorticoid is aldosterone.
Physiology
The name mineralocorticoid derives from early observations that these hormones were involved in the retention of sodium, a mineral. The primary endogenous mineralocorticoid is aldosterone, although a number of other endogenous hormones (including progesterone and deoxycorticosterone) have mineralocorticoid function. Aldosterone acts on the kidneys to provide active reabsorption of sodium and an associated passive reabsorption of water, as well as the active secretion of potassium in the principal cells of the cortical collecting tubule and active secretion of protons via proton ATPases in the lumenal membrane of the intercalated cells of the collecting tubule. This in turn results in an increase of blood pressure and blood volume. Aldosterone is produced in the cortex of the adrenal gland and its secretion is mediated principally by angiotensin II but also by adrenocorticotrophic hormone (ACTH) and local potassium levels.
Aldosterone
Deoxycorticosterone
Mode of action
The effects of mineralocorticoids are mediated by slow genomic mechanisms through nuclear receptors as well as by fast nongenomic mechanisms through membrane-associated receptors and signaling cascades.
Fludrocortisone
Mineralocorticoid
214
Genomic mechanisms
Mineralocorticoids bind to the cytosolic mineralocorticoid receptor. This type of receptor gets activated upon ligand binding. After a hormone binds to the corresponding receptor, the newly formed receptor-ligand complex translocates itself into the cell nucleus, where it binds to many hormone response elements (HREs) in the promoter region of the target genes in the DNA. The opposite mechanism is called transrepression. The hormone receptor without ligand binding interacts with heat shock proteins and prevents the transcription of targeted genes.
Steroidogenesis, showing mineralocorticoids in ellipse at top right. Note that it is not a
Aldosterone and cortisol (a strictly bounded group, but a continuum of structures with increasing mineralocorticoid effect, with the primary example aldosterone at top. glucosteroid) have similar affinity for the mineralocorticoid receptor; however, glucocorticoids circulate at roughly 100 times the level of mineralocorticoids. An enzyme exists in mineralocorticoid target tissues to prevent overstimulation by glucocorticoids. This enzyme, 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type II (Protein:HSD11B2), catalyzes the deactivation of glucocorticoids to 11-dehydro metabolites. Licorice is known to be an inhibitor of this enzyme and chronic consumption can result in a condition known as pseudohyperaldosteronism.
Pathophysiology
Hyperaldosteronism (the syndrome caused by elevated aldosterone) generally results from adrenal cancers. The two main resulting problems: 1. Hypertension and edema due to excessive Na+ and water retention. 2. Accelerated excretion of potassium ions (K+). With extreme K+ loss there is muscle weakness and eventually paralysis. Underproduction, or hypoaldosteronism, leads to the salt-wasting state associated with Addison's disease, although classical congenital adrenal hyperplasia and other disease states may also cause this situation.
Mineralocorticoid
215
Pharmacology
An example of a synthetic mineralocorticoid is fludrocortisone (Florinef). Important mineralocorticoid inhibitors are spironolactone and eplerenone.
References
• Stewart P (2008): "The Adrenal Cortex " In: Kronenberg, Melmed, Polonsky, Larsen (eds.) Williams Textbook of Endocrinology (11 ed)., Saunders Elsevier, Philadelphia, pp.445-504. • Bennett PN and Brown MJ (2008) “Adrenal corticosteroids, antagonists, corticotropin”, in Clinical Pharmacology (10ed), Churchill Livingstone Elsevier, Publ. pp. 593-607. • Hu X, Funder JW (2006) The evolution of mineralocorticoid receptors. Mol Endocrinol. 20(7):1471-8. • McKay L, Renoir JM, Weigel NL, Wilson EM, McDonnell DP, Cidlowski JA. (2006) International Union of Pharmacology. LXV. The pharmacology and classification of the nuclear receptor superfamily: glucocorticoid, mineralocorticoid, progesterone, and androgen receptors. Pharmacol Rev. Dec;58(4):782-97. • Pippal JB, Fuller PJ. (2008) Structure-function relationships in the mineralocorticoid receptor. J Mol Endocrinol. 41(6):405-13.
Glucocorticoid
Glucocorticoids (GC) are a class of steroid hormones that bind to the glucocorticoid receptor (GR), which is present in almost every vertebrate animal cell. The name glucocorticoid (pertaining to glucose + cortex ) derives from its role in the regulation of the metabolism of glucose, its synthesis in the adrenal cortex, and its steroidal structure (see structure to the right). GCs are part of the feedback mechanism in the immune system that turns immune activity (inflammation) down. They are therefore used in medicine to treat diseases caused by an overactive immune system, such Chemical structure of cortisol, a glucocorticoid as allergies, asthma, autoimmune diseases and sepsis. GCs have many diverse (pleiotropic) effects, including potentially harmful side effects, and as a result are rarely sold over the counter.[] They also interfere with some of the abnormal mechanisms in cancer cells, so they are used in high doses to treat cancer. This includes mainly inhibitory effects on lymphocyte proliferation (treatment of lymphomas and leukaemias) and mitigation of side effects of anticancer drugs. GCs cause their effects by binding to the glucocorticoid receptor (GR). The activated GR complex, in turn, up-regulates the expression of anti-inflammatory proteins in the nucleus (a process known as
Glucocorticoid
216
transactivation) and represses the expression of proinflammatory proteins in the cytosol by preventing the translocation of other transcription factors from the cytosol into the nucleus (transrepression).[] Glucocorticoids are distinguished from mineralocorticoids and sex steroids by their specific receptors, target cells, and effects. In technical terms, "corticosteroid" refers to both glucocorticoids and mineralocorticoids (as both are mimics of hormones produced by the adrenal cortex), but is often used as a synonym for "glucocorticoid". Cortisol (or hydrocortisone) is the most important Dexamethasone binds more powerfully to the glucocorticoid receptor human glucocorticoid. It is essential for life, and it than cortisol does. Dexamethasone is based on the cortisol structure regulates or supports a variety of important but differs in three positions (extra double bond in the A-ring cardiovascular, metabolic, immunologic, and between carbons 1 and 2 and addition of a 9-α-fluoro group and a 16-α-methyl substituent). homeostatic functions. Various synthetic glucocorticoids are available; these are used either as replacement therapy in glucocorticoid deficiency or to suppress the immune system.
Effects
Glucocorticoid effects may be broadly classified into two major categories: immunological and metabolic. In addition, glucocorticoids play important roles in fetal development and body fluid homeostasis.
Immune
As discussed in more detail below, glucocorticoids function through interaction with the glucocorticoid receptor: • up-regulate the expression of anti-inflammatory proteins. • down-regulate the expression of proinflammatory proteins. Glucocorticoids are also shown to play Steroidogenesis showing glucocorticoids in green ellipse at right - it is not a strictly a role in the development and bounded group, but a continuum of structures with increasing glucocorticoid effect, with homeostasis of T lymphocytes. This the primary example being cortisol. has been shown in transgenic mice with either increased or decreased sensitivity of T cell lineage to glucocorticoids.[]
Metabolic
Glucocorticoid The name "glucocorticoid" derives from early observations that these hormones were involved in glucose metabolism. In the fasted state, cortisol stimulates several processes that collectively serve to increase and maintain normal concentrations of glucose in blood. Metabolic effects: • Stimulation of gluconeogenesis, in particular, in the liver: This pathway results in the synthesis of glucose from nonhexose substrates, such as amino acids and glycerol from triglyceride breakdown, and is particularly important in carnivores and certain herbivores. Enhancing the expression of enzymes involved in gluconeogenesis is probably the best-known metabolic function of glucocorticoids. • Mobilization of amino acids from extrahepatic tissues: These serve as substrates for gluconeogenesis. • Inhibition of glucose uptake in muscle and adipose tissue: A mechanism to conserve glucose • Stimulation of fat breakdown in adipose tissue: The fatty acids released by lipolysis are used for production of energy in tissues like muscle, and the released glycerol provide another substrate for gluconeogenesis. Excessive glucocorticoid levels resulting from administration as a drug or hyperadrenocorticism have effects on many systems. Some examples include inhibition of bone formation, suppression of calcium absorption (both of which can lead to osteoporosis), delayed wound healing, muscle weakness, and increased risk of infection. These observations suggest a multitude of less-dramatic physiologic roles for glucocorticoids.[]
217
Developmental
Glucocorticoids have multiple effects on fetal development. An important example is their role in promoting maturation of the lung and production of the surfactant necessary for extrauterine lung function. Mice with homozygous disruptions in the corticotropin-releasing hormone gene (see below) die at birth due to pulmonary immaturity. In addition, glucocorticoids are necessary for normal brain development, by initiating terminal maturation, remodeling axons and dendrites, and affecting cell survival.[]
Arousal and cognition
Glucocorticoids act on the hippocampus, amygdala, and frontal lobes. Along with adrenaline, these enhance the formation of flashbulb memories of events associated with strong emotions, both positive and negative.[1] This has been confirmed in studies, whereby blockade of either glucocorticoids or noradrenaline activity impaired the recall of emotionally relevant information. Additional sources have shown subjects whose fear learning was accompanied by high cortisol levels had better consolidation of this memory (this effect was more important in men). Glucocorticoids have also been shown to have a significant impact on vigilance and cognitive performance. This A graphical representation of the Yerkes-Dodson curve appears to follow the Yerkes-Dodson curve, as studies have shown circulating levels of glucocorticoids vs. memory performance follow an upside-down U pattern, much like the Yerkes-Dodson curve. For example, long-term potentiation (the process of forming long-term memories) is optimal when glucocorticoid levels are mildly elevated, whereas significant decreases of LTP are observed after adrenalectomy (low-GC state) or after exogenous glucocorticoid administration (high-GC state). Elevated levels of glucocorticoids enhance memory for emotionally arousing events, but lead more often than not to poor memory for material unrelated to the source of stress/emotional arousal.[2] In contrast to the dose-dependent enhancing effects of glucocorticoids on memory consolidation, these stress hormones have been shown to inhibit the retrieval of already stored information.[3][4]
Glucocorticoid
218
Body fluid homeostasis
Glucocorticoids could act centrally, as well as peripherally, to assist in the normalization of extracellular fluid volume by regulating body’s action to atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP). Centrally, glucocorticoids could inhibit dehydration induced water intake;[] peripherally, glucocorticoids could induce a potent diuresis.[] The overall effect of glucocorticoids is to keep the body from volume overload.
Mechanism of action
Transactivation
Glucocorticoids bind to the cytosolic glucocorticoid receptor (GR). This type of receptor is activated by ligand binding. After a hormone binds to the corresponding receptor, the newly formed receptor-ligand complex translocates itself into the cell nucleus, where it binds to glucocorticoid response elements (GRE) in the promoter region of the target genes resulting in the regulation of gene expression. This process is commonly referred to as transactivation.[] The proteins encoded by these up-regulated genes have a wide range of effects, including, for example:[] • anti-inflammatory – lipocortin I, p11/calpactin binding protein and secretory leukoprotease inhibitor 1 (SLPI) • increased gluconeogenesis – glucose-6-phosphatase and tyrosine aminotransferase
Transrepression
The opposite mechanism is called transrepression. The activated hormone receptor interacts with specific transcription factors (such as AP-1 and NF-κB) and prevents the transcription of targeted genes. Glucocorticoids are able to prevent the transcription of proinflammatory genes, including interleukins IL-1B, IL-4, IL-5, and IL-8, chemokines, cytokines, GM-CSF, and TNFA genes.[]
Dissociation
The ordinary glucocorticoids do not distinguish among transactivation and transrepression and influence both the "wanted" immune and the "unwanted" genes regulating the metabolic and cardiovascular functions. Intensive research is aimed at discovering selectively acting glucocorticoids that will be able to repress only the immune system.[][] Genetically modified mice that express a modified GR incapable of DNA binding are still responsive to the anti-inflammatory effects of glucocorticoids, while the stimulation of gluconeogenesis by glucocorticoids is blocked.[] This result strongly suggests most of the desirable anti-inflammatory effects are due to transrepression, while the undesirable metabolic effects arise from transactivation, a hypothesis also underlying the development of selective glucocorticoid receptor agonists.
Nongenomic
Glucocorticoids have been shown to exert a number of rapid actions that are independent of the regulations of gene transcription. Binding of corticosteroids to the glucocorticoid receptor (GR) stimulates phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase and protein kinase AKT, leading to endothelial nitric oxide synthase (eNOS) activation and nitric oxide-dependent vasorelaxation.[] Membrane associated GR has been shown to mediate lymphocytolysis.[][][] In addition, some glucocorticoids have been shown to rapidly inhibit the release of the inflammatory prostaglandin PGE2, this effect is blocked by the glucocorticoid receptor antagonist mifepristone (RU-486) and is not affected by protein synthesis inhibitors. These data together suggest a nongenomic mechanism of action.[][]
Glucocorticoid
219
Glucocorticoid-induced neutrophilia
Acute or chronic administration of corticosteroids causes neutrophilia,[5] suggesting the enhanced release of PMNs from the bone marrow is an important mechanism of the glucocorticoid-induced granulocytosis. An alternative mechanism for the granulocytosis induced by glucocorticoids is an influx of PMNs from the intravascular marginated PMN pools.[6] The response is caused by a shift of cells from the marginal to the circulating pool; hence, it frequently is referred to as demargination.[7] Some of the immunosuppressive effects of glucocorticoids are mediated by nongenomic signalling involving the glucocortiocid receptor (GR). A multiprotein complex composed of the unliganded glucocorticoid receptor, Hsp90, and the tyrosine kinases LCK and FYN is recruited to the antigen-activated T cell receptor (TCR) in T cells. This GR complex is necessary for TCR signalling. On binding of glucocorticoids to GR, this complex dissociates, thus blocking TCR signalling.[]
Glucocorticoid-induced diuresis
Glucocorticoids could mediate the gene expression of ANP and its primary receptor, natriuretic peptide receptor A (NPR-A). It is well documented that glucocorticoids could up-regulate the expression of ANP gene in the cardiomyocytes in vitro and stimulated ANP release in vivo without negative effects on renal sodium and water excretion.[8][9] Additionally, glucocorticoids could up-regulate NPR-A expression in the kidney and hypothalamus. In the kidney, glucocorticoids improve renal responsiveness to ANP by upregulating NPR-A expression in the renal inner medullary collecting duct, inducing a potent diuresis.[] In hypothalamus, glucocorticoids inhibited dehydration or angiotensin II induced water intake by potentiating hypothalamic response to ANP.[] They work in concert to keep the body fluid volume in homeostasis.
Pharmacology
A variety of synthetic glucocorticoids, some far more potent than cortisol, have been created for therapeutic use. They differ in both pharmacokinetics (absorption factor, half-life, volume of distribution, clearance) and pharmacodynamics (for example the capacity of mineralocorticoid activity: retention of sodium (Na+) and water; renal physiology). Because they permeate the intestines easily, they are administered primarily per os (by mouth), but also by other methods, such as topically on skin. More than 90% of them bind different plasma proteins, though with a different binding specificity. Endogenous glucocorticoids and some synthetic corticoids have high affinity to the protein transcortin (also called corticosteroid-binding globulin), whereas all of them bind albumin. In the liver, they quickly metabolize by conjugation with a sulfate or glucuronic acid, and are secreted in the urine. Glucocorticoid potency, duration of effect, and overlapping mineralocorticoid potency varies. Cortisol (hydrocortisone) is the standard of comparison for glucocorticoid potency. Hydrocortisone is the name used for pharmaceutical preparations of cortisol. Data refer to oral dosing, except when mentioned. Oral potency may be less than parenteral potency because significant amounts (up to 50% in some cases) may not be absorbed from the intestine. Fludrocortisone, DOCA (Deoxycorticosterone acetate), and aldosterone are, by definition, not considered glucocorticoids, although they may have minor glucocorticoid potency, and are included in this table to provide perspective on mineralocorticoid potency.
Therapeutic use
Glucocorticoids may be used in low doses in adrenal insufficiency. In much higher doses, oral or inhaled glucocorticoids are used to suppress various allergic, inflammatory, and autoimmune disorders. Inhaled glucocorticoids are the second-line treatment for asthma. They are also administered as post-transplantory immunosuppressants to prevent the acute transplant rejection and the graft-versus-host disease. Nevertheless, they do not prevent an infection and also inhibit later reparative processes. Newly emerging evidence showed that glucocorticoids could be used in the treatment of heart failure to increase the renal responsiveness to diuretics and natriuretic peptides.
Physiological replacement
Any glucocorticoid can be given in a dose that provides approximately the same glucocorticoid effects as normal cortisol production; this is referred to as physiologic, replacement, or maintenance dosing. This is approximately 6–12 mg/m²/day (m² refers to body surface area (BSA), and is a measure of body size; an average man's BSA is 1.7 m²).
Therapeutic immunosuppression
Glucocorticoids cause immunosuppression, and the therapeutic component of this effect is mainly the decreases in the function and numbers of lymphocytes, including both B cells and T cells. The major mechanism for this immunosuppression through inhibition of nuclear factor kappa-light-chain-enhancer of activated B cells(NF-κB). NF-κB is a critical transcription factor involved in the synthesis of many mediators (i.e., cytokines) and proteins (i.e., adhesion proteins) that promote the immune response. Inhibition of this transcription factor, therefore, blunts the capacity of the immune system to mount a response.[]
Glucocorticoid Glucocorticoids suppress cell-mediated immunity by inhibiting genes that code for the cytokines IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-8 and IFN-γ, the most important of which is IL-2. Smaller cytokine production reduces the T cell proliferation.[] Glucocorticoids, however, not only reduce T cell proliferation, but also lead to another well known effect glucocorticoid-induced apoptosis. The effect is more prominent in immature T cells still inside in the thymus, but peripheral T cells are also affected. The exact mechanism underlying this glucocorticoid sensitivity still remains to be elucidated.[citation needed] Glucocorticoids also suppress the humoral immunity, thereby causing a humoral immune deficiency. Glucocorticoids cause B cells to express smaller amounts of IL-2 and of IL-2 receptors. This diminishes both B cell clone expansion and antibody synthesis. The diminished amounts of IL-2 also cause fewer T lymphocyte cells to be activated. Since glucocorticoid is a steroid, it regulates transcription factors; another factor it down-regulates is the expression of Fc receptors on macrophages, so there is a decreased phagocytosis of opsonised cells.[citation needed]
221
Anti-inflammatory
Glucocorticoids are potent anti-inflammatories, regardless of the inflammation's cause; their primary anti-inflammatory mechanism is lipocortin-1 (annexin-1) synthesis. Lipocortin-1 both suppresses phospholipase A2, thereby blocking eicosanoid production, and inhibits various leukocyte inflammatory events (epithelial adhesion, emigration, chemotaxis, phagocytosis, respiratory burst, etc.). In other words, glucocorticoids not only suppress immune response, but also inhibit the two main products of inflammation, prostaglandins and leukotrienes. They inhibit prostaglandin synthesis at the level of phospholipase A2 as well as at the level of cyclooxygenase/PGE isomerase (COX-1 and COX-2),[10] the latter effect being much like that of NSAIDs, potentiating the anti-inflammatory effect. In addition, glucocorticoids also suppress cyclooxygenase expression. Glucocorticoids marketed as anti-inflammatories are often topical formulations, such as nasal sprays for rhinitis or inhalers for asthma. These preparations have the advantage of only affecting the targeted area, thereby reducing side effects or potential interactions. In this case, the main compounds used are beclometasone, budesonide, fluticasone, mometasone and ciclesonide. In rhinitis, sprays are used. For asthma, glucocorticoids are administered as inhalants with a metered-dose or dry powder inhaler.[]
Hyperaldosteronism
Glucocorticoids can be used in the management of familial hyperaldosteronism type 1. They are not effective, however, for use in the type 2 condition.
Resistance
Resistance to the therapeutic uses of glucocorticoids can present difficulty; for instance, 25% of cases of severe asthma may be unresponsive to steroids. This may be the result of genetic predisposition, ongoing exposure to the cause of the inflammation (such as allergens), immunological phenomena that bypass glucocorticoids, and pharmacokinetic disturbances (incomplete absorption or accelerated excretion or metabolism).[]
Glucocorticoid
222
Heart failure
Glucocorticoids could be used in the treatment of decompensated heart failure to potentiate renal responsiveness to diuretics, especially in heart failure patients with refractory diuretic resistance with large dose of loop diuretics.[11][12][13][14][15][16][17]
Side effects
Glucocorticoid drugs currently being used act nonselectively, so in the long run they may impair many healthy anabolic processes. To prevent this, much research has been focused recently on the elaboration of selectively acting glucocorticoid drugs. Side effects include: • immunodeficiency (see separate section below) • hyperglycemia due to increased gluconeogenesis, insulin resistance, and impaired glucose tolerance ("steroid diabetes"); caution in those with diabetes mellitus • increased skin fragility, easy bruising • negative calcium balance due to reduced intestinal calcium absorption[18] • steroid-induced osteoporosis: reduced bone density (osteoporosis, osteonecrosis, higher fracture risk, slower fracture repair) • • • • • • • • • • weight gain due to increased visceral and truncal fat deposition (central obesity) and appetite stimulation adrenal insufficiency (if used for long time and stopped suddenly without a taper) muscle breakdown (proteolysis), weakness, reduced muscle mass and repair expansion of malar fat pads and dilation of small blood vessels in skin anovulation, irregularity of menstrual periods growth failure, delayed puberty increased plasma amino acids, increased urea formation, negative nitrogen balance excitatory effect on central nervous system (euphoria, psychosis) glaucoma due to increased cranial pressure cataracts
In high doses, hydrocortisone (cortisol) and those glucocorticoids with appreciable mineralocorticoid potency can exert a mineralocorticoid effect as well, although in physiologic doses this is prevented by rapid degradation of cortisol by 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase isoenzyme 2 (11β-HSD2) in mineralocorticoid target tissues. Mineralocorticoid effects can include salt and water retention, extracellular fluid volume expansion, hypertension, potassium depletion, and metabolic alkalosis. The combination of clinical problems produced by prolonged, excess glucocorticoids, whether synthetic or endogenous, is termed Cushing's syndrome.
Glucocorticoid
223
Immunodeficiency
Glucocorticoids cause immunosuppression, decreasing the function and/or numbers of neutrophils, lymphocytes (including both B cells and T cells), monocytes, macrophages, and the anatomical barrier function of the skin.[] This suppression, if large enough, can cause manifestations of immunodeficiency, including T cell deficiency, humoral immune deficiency and neutropenia.
Main pathogens of concern in glucocorticoid-induced immunodeficiency:[]
Bacteria • • • • • • • • • • Fungi • • • • • • • • • • Enterobacteriaceae Legionella micdadei Listeria monocytogenes Mycobacterium tuberculosis Nontuberculous mycobacteria Nocardia asteroides Rhodococcus equi Salmonella species Staphylococcus aureus Streptococci Aspergillus Blastomyces Candida albicans and nonalbicans species Coccidioides immitis Cryptococcus neoformans Fusarium species Histoplasma capsulatum Penicillium marneffei Pseudallescheria boydii Zygomycosis Adenovirus Cytomegalovirus Herpes simplex virus Human papillomavirus Influenza/parainfluenza Respiratory syncytial virus Varicella zoster Cryptosporidiosis/lsospora belli Pneumocystis carinii Strongyloides stercoralis Toxoplasma gondii
Viruses • • • • • • • Other • • • •
Withdrawal
In addition to the effects listed above, use of high-dose steroids for more than a week begins to produce suppression of the patient's adrenal glands because the exogenous glucocorticoids suppress hypothalamic corticotropin-releasing hormone and pituitary adrenocorticotropic hormone. With prolonged suppression, the adrenal glands atrophy (physically shrink), and can take months to recover full function after discontinuation of the exogenous glucocorticoid. During this recovery time, the patient is vulnerable to adrenal insufficiency during times of stress, such as illness. While suppressive dose and time for adrenal recovery vary widely, clinical guidelines have been devised to estimate potential adrenal suppression and recovery, to reduce risk to the patient. The following is one example, but many variations exist or may be appropriate in individual circumstances.[citation needed]
Glucocorticoid • If patients have been receiving daily high doses for five days or less, they can be abruptly stopped (or reduced to physiologic replacement if patients are adrenal-deficient). Full adrenal recovery can be assumed to occur by a week afterward. • If high doses were used for six to 10 days, reduce to replacement dose immediately and taper over four more days. Adrenal recovery can be assumed to occur within two to four weeks of completion of steroids. • If high doses were used for 11–30 days, cut immediately to twice replacement, and then by 25% every four days. Stop entirely when dose is less than half of replacement. Full adrenal recovery should occur within one to three months of completion of withdrawal. • If high doses were used more than 30 days, cut dose immediately to twice replacement, and reduce by 25% each week until replacement is reached. Then change to oral hydrocortisone or cortisone as a single morning dose, and gradually decrease by 2.5 mg each week. When the morning dose is less than replacement, the return of normal basal adrenal function may be documented by checking 0800 cortisol levels prior to the morning dose; stop drugs when 0800 cortisol is 10 μg/dl. Predicting the time to full adrenal recovery after prolonged suppressive exogenous steroids is difficult; some people may take nearly a year. • Flare-up of the underlying condition for which steroids are given may require a more gradual taper than outlined above.
224
Chemical synthesis
Hogg, J. A.; Beal, P. F.; Nathan, A. H.; Lincoln, F. H.; Schneider, W. P.; Magerlein, B. J.; Hanze, A. R.; Jackson, R. W. (1955). Journal of the American Chemical Society 77 (16): 4436. doi:10.1021/ja01621a092 [19].
Glucocorticoid
225
References
[3] de Quervain, D et al., Stress and glucocorticoids impair retrieval of long-term spatial memory. Nature, 394, 787-790 (1998) [4] de Quervain, D et al., Acute cortisone administration impairs retrieval of long-term declarative memory in humans. Nature Neuroscience, 3, 313-314 (2000) [5] http:/ / emedicine. medscape. com/ article/ 208576-overview#showall [6] http:/ / circ. ahajournals. org/ content/ 98/ 21/ 2307. full. pdf+ html [7] Williams Hematology, 8ed, Ch.65, Neutropenia and Neutrophylia
External links
• Glucocorticoids (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Glucocorticoids) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • R. Bowen (2006-05-26). "Glucocorticoids" (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/endocrine/ adrenal/gluco.html). Colorado State University. Retrieved 2008-05-11.
Leydig cell
226
Leydig cell
Leydig cell
Micrograph showing a cluster of Leydig cells (center of image). H&E stain.
Histological section through testicular parenchyma of a boar. 1 Lumen of convoluted part of the seminiferous tubules, 2 spermatids, 3 spermatocytes, 4 spermatogonia, 5 Sertoli cell, 6 myofibroblasts, 7 Leydig cells, 8 capillaries Gray's MeSH subject #258 1243 Leydig+cells
[2] [1]
Leydig cells, also known as interstitial cells of Leydig, are found adjacent to the seminiferous tubules in the testicle. They produce testosterone in the presence of luteinizing hormone (LH). Leydig cells are polyhedral in shape, display a large prominent nucleus, an eosinophilic cytoplasm and numerous lipid-filled vesicles.
Nomenclature
Leydig cells are named after the German anatomist Franz Leydig, who discovered them in 1850.[1]
Functions
Leydig cells release a class of hormones called androgens (19-carbon steroids). They secrete testosterone, androstenedione and dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA), when stimulated by the pituitary hormone luteinizing hormone (LH). LH increases cholesterol desmolase activity (an enzyme associated with the conversion of cholesterol to pregnenolone), leading to testosterone synthesis and secretion by Leydig cells. Prolactin (PRL) increases the response of Leydig cells to LH by increasing the number of LH receptors expressed on Leydig cells.
Leydig cell
227
Ultrastructure
The mammalian Leydig cell is a polyhedral epithelioid cell with a single eccentrically located ovoid nucleus. The nucleus contains one to three prominent nucleoli and large amounts of dark-staining peripheral heterochromatin. The acidophilic cytoplasm usually contains numerous membrane-bound lipid droplets and large amounts of smooth endoplasmic reticulum (SER). Besides the obvious abundance of SER with scattered patches of rough endoplasmic reticulum, several mitochondria are also prominent within the cytoplasm. Frequently, lipofuscin pigment and rod-shaped crystal-like structures 3 to 20 micrometres in diameter (Reinke's crystals) are found. These inclusions have no known function.[][2] No other interstitial cell within the testes has a nucleus or cytoplasm with these characteristics, making identification relatively easy.
Development
'Adult'-type Leydig cells differentiate in the post-natal testis and are quiescent until puberty. They are preceded in the testis by a population of 'fetal'-type Leydig cells from the 8th to the 20th week of gestation, which produce enough testosterone for masculinisation of a male fetus.[]
Pathology
Leydig cells may grow uncontrollably and form a Leydig cell tumour. These tumours are usually benign. They may be hormonally active, i.e. secrete testosterone. Adrenomyeloneuropathy is another example of a disease affecting the Leydig cell: the patient's testosterone may fall despite higher-than-normal levels of LH and FSH. Electrostimulation therapy has been found to induce destruction of Leydig cells.[]
Micrograph of a Leydig cell tumour. H&E stain.
Additional images
Section of a genital cord of the testis of a human embryo 3.5 cm. long.
Intermediate magnification micrograph of a Leydig cell tumour. H&E stain.
High magnification micrograph of a Leydig cell tumour. H&E stain.
Cross-section of seminiferous tubules. Arrows indicate location of Leydig cells.
Leydig cell
228
References External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 16907loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/16907loa.htm) • Reproductive Physiology (http://www2.ufp.pt/~pedros/qfisio/reproduction.htm) • Diagram at umassmed.edu (http://www.umassmed.edu/faculty/graphics/700/Leefig1.jpg)
Folliculogenesis
Note: Although the process is similar in many animals, this article will deal exclusively with human folliculogenesis. In biology, folliculogenesis is the maturation of the ovarian follicle, a densely-packed shell of somatic cells that contains an immature oocyte. Folliculogenesis describes the progression of a number of small primordial follicles into large preovulatory follicles that enter the menstrual cycle. Contrary to male spermatogenesis, which can last indefinitely, folliculogenesis ends when the remaining follicles in the ovaries are incapable of responding to the hormonal cues that previously recruited some follicles to mature. This depletion in follicle supply signals the beginning of menopause.
Overview
The primary role of the follicle is oocyte support. From birth, the ovaries of the human female contain a number of immature, primordial follicles. These follicles each contain a similarly immature primary oocyte. After puberty and commencing with the first menstruation, a clutch of follicles begins folliculogenesis, entering a growth pattern that will end in death or in ovulation (the process where the oocyte leaves the follicle). During post-pubescent follicular development, and over the course of roughly a year, primordial follicles that have begun development undergo a series of critical changes in character, both histologically and hormonally. Two-thirds of the way through this process, the follicles have transitioned to tertiary, or antral, follicles. At this stage in development, they become dependent on hormones emanating from the host body, causing a substantial increase in their growth rate. With a little more than ten days until the end of the period of follicular development, most of the original group of follicles have died (a process known as atresia). The remaining cohort of follicles enter the menstrual cycle,
Order of changes in ovary. 1 - Menstruation 2 - Developing follicle 3 - Mature follicle 4 - Ovulation 5 - Corpus luteum 6 - Deterioration of corpus luteum
Folliculogenesis competing with each other until only one follicle is left. This remaining follicle, the late tertiary or pre-ovulatory follicle, ruptures and discharges the oocyte (that has since grown into a secondary oocyte), ending folliculogenesis.
229
Diagram of folliculogenesis, starting from pre-antral (late secondary), courtesy NCBI
Phases of development
Folliculogenesis lasts for approximately 375 days. It coincides with thirteen menstrual cycles. The process begins continuously, meaning that at any time the ovary contains follicles in all stages of development, and ends when a mature oocyte departs from the preovulatory follicle in a process called ovulation. The growing follicle passes through the following distinct stages that are defined by certain structural characteristics (unfamiliar terms will be defined in their respective sections): In a larger perspective, the whole folliculogenesis, from primordial to preovulatory follicle, belongs to the stage of ootidogenesis of oogenesis.
Stage Primordial Description Dormant, small, only one layer of flat granulosa cells Mitotic cells, cuboidal granulosa cells Presence of theca cells, multiple layers of granulosa cells Size Primordial follicles are about 0.03-0.05 mm in diameter.
Primary Secondary
Almost 0.1 mm in diameter The follicle is now 0.2 mm in diameter
Early tertiary
The early tertiary follicle is arbitrarily divided into five classes. Class 1 follicles are 0.2 mm in diameter, class 2 about 0.4 mm, class 3 about 0.9 mm, class 4 about 2 mm, and class 5 about 5 mm. Fully formed antrum, no further cytodifferentiation, no novel progress Class 6 follicles are about 10 mm in diameter, class 7 about 16 mm, and class 8 about 20 mm. It is common for non-dominant follicles to grow beyond class 5, but rarely is there more than one class 8 follicle.
Late tertiary
Preovulatory Building growth in estrogen concentration, all other follicles atretic or dead
In addition, follicles that have formed an antrum are called antral follicles or Graafian follicles. Definitions differ in where this shift occurs in the staging given above, with some stating that it occurs when entering the secondary stage,[1] and others stating that it occurs when entering the tertiary stage.[2] Until the preovulatory stage, the follicle contains a primary oocyte that is arrested in prophase of meiosis I. During the late preovulatory stage, the oocyte continues meiosis and becomes a secondary oocyte, arrested in metaphase II.
Folliculogenesis
230
Primordial
At 18–22 weeks post-conception, the cortex of the female ovary contains its peak number of follicles (about 300,000 in the average case, but individual peak populations range from 35,000 to 2.5 million[3]). These primordial follicles contain immature oocytes surrounded by flat, squamous granulosa cells (the support cells) that are segregated from the oocyte's environment by the basal lamina. They are quiescent, showing little to no biological activity. Because primordial follicles can be dormant for up to 50 years in the human, the length of the ovarian cycle does not include this time. The supply of follicles decreases slightly before birth, and to 180,000 by puberty for the average case (populations at puberty range from 25,000 to 1.5 million).[3] By virtue of the "inefficient" nature of folliculogenesis (discussed later), only 400 of these follicles will ever reach the preovulatory stage. At menopause, only 1,000 follicles remain. It seems likely that early menopause occurs for women with low populations at birth, and late menopause occurs for women with high populations at birth, but there is as yet no clinical evidence for this.[3] The process by which primordial cells wake up is known as initial recruitment. Research has shown that initial recruitment is mediated by the counterbalance of various stimulatory and inhibitory hormones and locally produced growth factors.[4]
Primary
The granulosa cells of these primordial follicles change from a flat to a cuboidal structure, marking the beginning of the primary follicle. The oocyte genome is activated and genes become transcribed. Rudimentary paracrine signalling pathways that are vital for communication between the follicle and oocyte are formed. Both the oocyte and the follicle grow dramatically, increasing to almost 0.1 mm in diameter. Primary follicles develop receptors to follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) at this time, but they are gonadotropin-independent until the antral stage. Research has shown, however, that the presence of FSH accelerates follicle growth in vitro. A glycoprotein polymer capsule called the zona pellucida forms around the oocyte, separating it from the surrounding granulosa cells. The zona pellucida, which remains with the oocyte after ovulation, contains enzymes that catalyze with sperm to allow penetration.
Secondary
Stroma-like theca cells are recruited by oocyte-secreted signals. They surround the follicle's outermost layer, the basal lamina, and undergo cytodifferentiation to become the theca externa and theca interna. An intricate network of capillary vessels forms between these two thecal layers and begins to circulate blood to and from the follicle. The late-term secondary follicle is marked histologically by a fully grown oocyte surrounded by a zona pellucida, approximately nine layers of granulosa cells, a basal lamina, a theca interna, a capillary net, and a theca externa. 290 days have lapsed since recruitment.
Folliculogenesis
231
Antrum formation
The formation of a fluid-filled cavity adjacent to the oocyte called the antrum designates the follicle as an antral follicle, in contrast to so a called preantral follicle that still lacks an antrum. An antral follicle is also called a Graafian follicle. Definitions differ in which stage this shift occurs, with some designating follicles in the secondary stage as antral,[1] and others designating them as preantral.[2]
Early tertiary
In the tertiary follicle, the basic structure of the mature follicle has formed and no novel cells are detectable. Granulosa and theca cells continue to undergo mitotis concomitant with an increase in antrum volume. Tertiary follicles can attain a tremendous size that is hampered only by the availability of FSH, which it is now dependent on. Under action of an oocyte-secreted morphogenic gradient, the granulosa cells of the tertiary follicle undergo differentiation into four distinct subtypes: corona radiata, surrounding the zona pellucida; membrana, interior to the basal lamina; periantral, adjacent to the antrum and cumulus oophorous, which connects the membrana and corona radiata granulosa cells together. Each type of cell behaves differently in response to FSH. Theca cells express receptors for luteinizing hormone (LH). LH induces the production of androgens by the theca cells, most notably androstendione, which are aromatized by granulosa cells to produce estrogens, primarily estradiol. Consequently, estrogen levels begin to rise.
Late tertiary and preovulatory (the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle)
At this point, the majority of the group of follicles that started growth 360 days ago have already died. This process of follicle death is known as atresia, and it is characterized by radical apoptosis of all constituent cells and the oocyte. Although it is not known what causes atresia, the presence of high concentrations of FSH has been shown to prevent it. A rise in pituitary FSH caused by the disintegration of the corpus luteum at the conclusion of the twelfth menstrual cycle precipitates the selection of five to seven class 5 follicles to participate in the thirteenth. These follicles enter the end of the twelfth menstrual cycle and transition into the follicular phase of the thirteenth cycle. The selected follicles, called antral follicles, compete with each other for growth-inducing FSH. In response to the rise of FSH, the antral follicles begin to secrete estrogen and inhibin, which have a negative feedback effect on FSH.[5] Follicles that have fewer FSH-receptors will not be able to develop further; they will show retardation of their growth rate and become atretic. Eventually, only one follicle will be viable. This remaining follicle, called the dominant follicle, will grow quickly and dramatically—up to 20 mm in diameter—to become the preovulatory follicle. Note: Many sources misrepresent the pace of follicle growth, some even suggesting that it takes only fourteen days for a primordial follicle to become preovulatory. In all cases, the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle means the time between selection of a tertiary follicle and its subsequent growth into a preovulatory follicle.
Ovulation and the corpus luteum
By the end of the follicular, or proliferative, phase of the thirteenth day of the menstrual cycle, the cumulus oophorus layer of the preovulatory follicle will develop an opening, or stigma, and excrete the oocyte with a complement of cumulus cells in a process called ovulation. The oocyte is now called the ovum and is competent to undergo fertilization. The ovum will now travel down one of the fallopian tubes to eventually be discharged through menstruation, if not fertilized by a sperm cell, or implanted in the uterus, if previously fertilized. The fully developed oocyte (gamete) is now at the behest of the menstrual cycle.
Folliculogenesis The ruptured follicle will undergo a dramatic transformation into the corpus luteum, a steroidiogenic cluster of cells that maintains the endometrium of the uterus by the secretion of large amounts of progesterone and minor amounts of estrogen. These two steps, while not part of folliculogenesis, are included for completeness. They are discussed in their entirety by their respective articles, and placed into perspective by the menstrual cycle article. It is recommended that these three topics be reviewed.
232
Hormone function
As with most things related to the reproductive system, folliculogenesis is controlled by the endocrine system. Five hormones participate in an intricate process of positive and negative feedback to regulate folliculogenesis. They are: • gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) secreted by the hypothalamus • two gonadotropins: • follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) • luteinizing hormone (LH) • estrogen • progesterone GnRH stimulates the release of FSH and LH from the anterior pituitary gland that will later have a stimulatory effect on follicle growth (not immediately, however, because only antral follicles are dependent on FSH and LH). When theca cells form in the tertiary follicle the amount of estrogen increases sharply (theca-derived androgen is aromatized into estrogen by the granulosa cells). At low concentration, estrogen inhibits gonadotropins, but high concentration of estrogen stimulates them. In addition, as more estrogen is secreted, more LH receptors are made by the theca cells, inciting theca cells to create more androgen that will become estrogen downstream. This positive feedback loop causes LH to spike sharply, and it is this spike that causes ovulation. Following ovulation, LH stimulates the formation of the corpus luteum. Estrogen has since dropped to negative stimulatory levels after ovulation and therefore serves to maintain the concentration of FSH and LH. Inhibin, which is also secreted by the corpus luteum, contributes to FSH inhibition. The endocrine system coincides with the menstrual cycle and goes through thirteen cycles (and thus thirteen LH spikes) during the course of normal folliculogenesis. However, coordinated enzyme signalling and the time-specific expression of hormonal receptors ensures that follicle growth does not become disregulated during these premature spikes.
Folliculogenesis
233
Number of follicles
Recently, two publications have challenged the idea that a finite number of follicles are set around the time of birth.[6][7] Renewal of ovarian follicles from germline stem cells (originating from bone marrow and peripheral blood) was reported in the postnatal mouse ovary. Studies attempting to replicate these results are underway, but a study of populations in 325 human ovaries found no supporting evidence for follicular replenishment.[3] In 2010, researchers at the University of Edinburgh determined that by the time women are 30 years old, only 10% of their non-growing follicles (NGFs) remain.[] At birth, women have all their follicles for folliculogenesis, and they steadily decline until menopause.
"Percentage of ovarian reserve related to increasing age. The curve describes the percentage of ovarian reserve remaining at ages from birth to 55 years, based on the ADC model. 100% is taken to be the maximum ovarian reserve, occurring at 18–22 weeks post-conception. The percentages apply to all women whose ovarian reserve declines in line with our model (i.e. late and early menopause are associated with high and low peak NGF populations, respectively). We estimate that for 95% of women by the age of 30 years only 12% of their maximum pre-birth NGF population is present and by the age of [6] [] 40 years only 3% remains. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0008772.g005 "
Additional images
Section of the ovary. (#5 through #9 represent stages of folliculogenesis)
transitional primary follicle.
Folliculogenesis
234
References
[1] Page 769 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=gOmpysGBC90C& pg=PT797), section "formation of the antrum" in: [2] Page 76 in: [3] Wallace WHB and Kelsey TW (2010) Human Ovarian Reserve from Conception to the Menopause. (http:/ / dx. plos. org/ 10. 1371/ journal. pone. 0008772) PLoS ONE 5(1):e8772. [5] de Ziegler D (2007), "Roles of FSH and LH during the follicular phase: insight into the natural cycle IVF", RBM Online volume 15 No. 5, page 508
• Caglar G, Asimakopoulos B, Nikolettos N, Diedrich K, Al-Hasani S (2005). "Recombinant LH in ovarian stimulation.". Reprod Biomed Online 10 (6): 774–85. doi: 10.1016/S1472-6483(10)61123-6 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1016/S1472-6483(10)61123-6). PMID 15970010 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15970010). • Gougeon A (1996). "Regulation of ovarian follicular development in primates: facts and hypotheses.". Endocr Rev 17 (2): 121–55. doi: 10.1210/er.17.2.121 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1210/er.17.2.121). PMID 8706629 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/8706629). • Gougeon A (1986). "Dynamics of follicular growth in the human: a model from preliminary results.". Hum Reprod 1 (2): 81–7. PMID 3558758 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3558758). • van den Hurk R, Zhao J (2005). "Formation of mammalian oocytes and their growth, differentiation and maturation within ovarian follicles.". Theriogenology 63 (6): 1717–51. doi: 10.1016/j.theriogenology.2004.08.005 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.theriogenology.2004.08.005). PMID 15763114 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/15763114).
External links
• Morphology and Physiology of the Ovary at endotext.org (http://www.endotext.org/female/female1/ femaleframe1.htm) • The ovary - folliculogenesis and oogenesis at nlm.nih.gov (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/bv. fcgi?db=Books&rid=endocrin.section.1229) • Folliculogenesis and Ovulation at gfmer.ch (http://www.gfmer.ch/Books/Reproductive_health/ Folliculogenesis_and_ovulation.html) • Reproductive Physiology at ufp.pt (http://www2.ufp.pt/~pedros/qfisio/reproduction.htm)
Progesterone
235
Progesterone
Progesterone
Systematic (IUPAC) name
Pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione
Clinical data Trade names Crinone, Endometrin
AHFS/Drugs.com monograph [1] MedlinePlus Pregnancy cat. Legal status Routes a604017 B (USA) ? oral, implant, transdermal Pharmacokinetic data Bioavailability Protein binding Metabolism Half-life Excretion prolonged absorption, half-life approx 25-50 hours 96%-99% hepatic to pregnanediols and pregnanolones 34.8-55.13 hours renal Identifiers CAS number ATC code PubChem IUPHAR ligand DrugBank ChemSpider 57-83-0 [3] [2]
G03DA04 CID 5994 2377 [6]
[4] [5]
DB00396 5773 [8]
[7]
Progesterone
[9]
236
UNII KEGG ChEBI ChEMBL Synonyms
4G7DS2Q64Y D00066 [10]
CHEBI:17026 CHEMBL103
[11] [12]
4-pregnene-3,20-dione Chemical data
Formula Mol. mass
C21H30O2 314.46
Physical data Melt. point Spec. rot 126 °C (259 °F) [α]D (what is this?) (verify) [13]
Progesterone also known as P4 (pregn-4-ene-3,20-dione) is a C-21 steroid hormone involved in the female menstrual cycle, pregnancy (supports gestation) and embryogenesis of humans and other species. Progesterone belongs to a class of hormones called progestogens, and is the major naturally occurring human progestogen.
Chemistry
Progesterone was independently discovered by four research groups.[][][][] Willard Myron Allen co-discovered progesterone with his anatomy professor George Washington Corner at the University of Rochester Medical School in 1933. Allen first determined its melting point, molecular weight, and partial molecular structure. He also gave it the name Progesterone derived from Progestational Steroidal ketone.[] Like other steroids, progesterone consists of four interconnected cyclic hydrocarbons. Progesterone contains ketone and oxygenated functional groups, as well as two methyl branches. Like all steroid hormones, it is hydrophobic.
Sources
Animal
Progesterone is produced in the ovaries (by the corpus luteum), the adrenal glands (near the kidney), and, during pregnancy, in the placenta. Progesterone is also stored in adipose (fat) tissue. In humans, increasing amounts of progesterone are produced during pregnancy: • At first, the source is the corpus luteum that has been "rescued" by the presence of human chorionic gonadotropins (hCG) from the conceptus. • However, after the 8th week, production of progesterone shifts to the placenta. The placenta utilizes maternal cholesterol as the initial substrate, and most of the produced progesterone enters the maternal circulation, but some is picked up by the fetal circulation and used as substrate for fetal corticosteroids. At term the placenta produces about 250 mg progesterone per day. • An additional source of progesterone is milk products. After consumption of milk products the level of bioavailable progesterone goes up.[]
Progesterone
237
Plants
In at least one plant, Juglans regia, progesterone has been detected.[] In addition, progesterone-like steroids are found in Dioscorea mexicana. Dioscorea mexicana is a plant that is part of the yam family native to Mexico.[] It contains a steroid called diosgenin that is taken from the plant and is converted into progesterone.[] Diosgenin and progesterone are found in other Dioscorea species as well. Another plant that contains substances readily convertible to progesterone is Dioscorea pseudojaponica native to Taiwan. Research has shown that the Taiwanese yam contains saponins — steroids that can be converted to diosgenin and thence to progesterone.[] Many other Dioscorea species of the yam family contain steroidal substances from which progesterone can be produced. Among the more notable of these are Dioscorea villosa and Dioscorea polygonoides. One study showed that the Dioscorea villosa contains 3.5% diosgenin.[] Dioscorea polygonoides has been found to contain 2.64% diosgenin as shown by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry.[1] Many of the Dioscorea species that originate from the yam family grow in countries that have tropical and subtropical climates.[2]
Synthesis
Biosynthesis
In mammals, progesterone (6), like all other steroid hormones, is synthesized from pregnenolone (3), which in turn is derived from cholesterol (1) (see the upper half of the figure to the right). Cholesterol (1) undergoes double oxidation to produce 20,22-dihydroxycholesterol (2). This vicinal diol is then further oxidized with loss of the side chain starting at position C-22 to produce pregnenolone (3). This reaction is catalyzed by cytochrome P450scc. The conversion Top: Conversion of cholesterol (1) into pregnenolone (3) to progesterone (6). of pregnenolone to progesterone takes Bottom: Progesterone is important for aldosterone (mineralocorticoid) synthesis, as 17-hydroxyprogesterone is for cortisol (glucocorticoid), and androstenedione for sex place in two steps. First, the steroids. 3-hydroxyl group is oxidized to a keto group (4) and second, the double bond is moved to C-4, from C-5 through a keto/enol tautomerization reaction.[] This reaction is catalyzed by 3beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase/delta(5)-delta(4)isomerase. Progesterone in turn (see lower half of figure to the right) is the precursor of the mineralocorticoid aldosterone, and after conversion to 17-hydroxyprogesterone (another natural progestogen) of cortisol and androstenedione. Androstenedione can be converted to testosterone, estrone and estradiol. Pregenolone and progesterone can also be synthesized by yeast.[]
Progesterone
238
Laboratory
An economical semisynthesis of progesterone from the plant steroid diosgenin isolated from yams was developed by Russell Marker in 1940 for the Parke-Davis pharmaceutical company (see figure to the right).[] This synthesis is known as the Marker degradation. Additional semisyntheses of progesterone have also been reported starting from a variety of [] The Marker semisynthesis of progesterone from diosgenin. steroids. For the example, cortisone can be simultaneously deoxygenated at the C-17 and C-21 position by treatment with iodotrimethylsilane in chloroform to produce 11-keto-progesterone (ketogestin), which in turn can be reduced at position-11 to yield progesterone.[] A total synthesis of progesterone was reported in 1971 by W.S. Johnson (see figure to the right).[] The synthesis begins with reacting the phosphonium salt 7 with phenyl lithium to produce the phosphonium ylide 8. The ylide 8 is reacted with an aldehyde to produce the alkene 9. The ketal protecting groups of 9 are hydrolyzed to produce the diketone 10, which in turn is cyclized to form the cyclopentenone 11. The ketone of 11 is reacted with methyl lithium to yield the tertiary alcohol 12, which in turn is treated with acid to produce the tertiary cation 13. The key step of the synthesis is the π-cation cyclization of 13 in which the B-, C-, and D-rings of the steroid are simultaneously formed to produce 14. This step resembles the cationic cyclization reaction used in the biosynthesis of steroids and hence is referred to as biomimetic. In the next step the enol orthoester is hydrolyzed to produce the ketone 15. The cyclopentene A-ring is then opened by oxidizing with ozone to produce 16. Finally, the diketone 17 undergoes an intramolecular aldol condensation by treating with aqueous potassium hydroxide to produce progesterone.[]
Levels
In women, progesterone levels are relatively low during the [] preovulatory phase of the menstrual cycle, rise after ovulation, and The Johnson total synthesis of progesterone. are elevated during the luteal phase, as shown in diagram below. Progesterone levels tend to be < 2 ng/ml prior to ovulation, and > 5 ng/ml after ovulation. If pregnancy occurs, human chorionic gonadotropin is released maintaining the corpus leuteum allowing it to maintain levels of progesterone. At around 12 weeks the placenta begins to produce progesterone in place of the corpus leuteum, this process is named the luteal-placental shift. After the luteal-placental shift progesterone levels start to rise further and may reach 100-200 ng/ml at term. Whether a decrease in progesterone levels is critical for the initiation of labor has been argued and may be species-specific. After delivery of the placenta and during lactation, progesterone levels are very low.
Progesterone Progesterone levels are relatively low in children and postmenopausal women.[] Adult males have levels similar to those in women during the follicular phase of the menstrual cycle.
Person type Reference range for blood test Lower limit Female - menstrual cycle Female - postmenopausal Upper limit Unit
Female on oral contraceptives 0.34[3] 1.1 Males ≥16 years [4] [3] [4]
0.92 2.9 0.9 2.9 4.1 13
[4] [3] [4] [3]
0.27 0.86
Female or male 1–9 years
0.1 0.3
[3] [4]
[4]
[5] Progesterone levels during the menstrual cycle. - The ranges denoted By biological stage may be used in closely monitored menstrual cycles in regard to other markers of its biological progression, with the time scale being compressed or stretched to how much faster or slower, respectively, the cycle progresses compared to an average cycle.- The ranges denoted Inter-cycle variability are more appropriate to use in non-monitored cycles with only the beginning of menstruation known, but where the woman accurately knows her average cycle lengths and time of ovulation, and that they are somewhat averagely regular, with the time scale being compressed or stretched to how much a woman's average cycle length is shorter or longer, respectively, than the average of the population.- The ranges denoted Inter-woman variability are more appropriate to use when the average cycle lengths and time of ovulation are unknown, but only the beginning of menstruation is given.
Progesterone
240
Effects
Progesterone exerts its primary action through the intracellular progesterone receptor although a distinct, membrane bound progesterone receptor has also been postulated.[][] In addition, progesterone is a highly potent antagonist of the mineralocorticoid receptor (MR, the receptor for aldosterone and other mineralocorticosteroids). It prevents MR activation by binding to this receptor with an affinity exceeding even those of aldosterone and other corticosteroids such as cortisol and corticosterone.[] Progesterone has a number of physiological effects that are amplified Micrograph showing changes to the endometrium in the presence of estrogen. Estrogen through estrogen receptors due to progesterone (decidualization) H&E stain. upregulates the expression of progesterone receptors.[] Also, elevated levels of progesterone potently reduce the sodium-retaining activity of aldosterone, resulting in natriuresis and a reduction in extracellular fluid volume. Progesterone withdrawal, on the other hand, is associated with a temporary increase in sodium retention (reduced natriuresis, with an increase in extracellular fluid volume) due to the compensatory increase in aldosterone production, which combats the blockade of the mineralocorticoid receptor by the previously elevated level of progesterone.[]
Reproductive system
Progesterone has key effects via non-genomic signalling on human sperm as they migrate through the female tract before fertilization occurs, though the receptor(s) as yet remain unidentified.[] Detailed characterisation of the events occurring in sperm in response to progesterone has elucidated certain events including intracellular calcium transients and maintained changes,[] slow calcium oscillations,[] now thought to possibly regulate motility.[] Interestingly progesterone has also been shown to demonstrate effects on octopus spermatozoa.[] Progesterone modulates the activity of CatSper (cation channels of sperm) voltage-gated Ca2+ channels. Since eggs release progesterone, sperm may use progesterone as a homing signal to swim toward eggs (chemotaxis). Hence substances that block the progesterone binding site on CatSper channels could potentially be used in male contraception.[][] Progesterone is sometimes called the "hormone of pregnancy",[] and it has many roles relating to the development of the fetus: • Progesterone converts the endometrium to its secretory stage to prepare the uterus for implantation. At the same time progesterone affects the vaginal epithelium and cervical mucus, making it thick and impenetrable to sperm. If pregnancy does not occur, progesterone levels will decrease, leading, in the human, to menstruation. Normal menstrual bleeding is progesterone-withdrawal bleeding. If ovulation does not occur and the corpus luteum does not develop, levels of progesterone may be low, leading to anovulatory dysfunctional uterine bleeding. • During implantation and gestation, progesterone appears to decrease the maternal immune response to allow for the acceptance of the pregnancy. • Progesterone decreases contractility of the uterine smooth muscle.[] • In addition progesterone inhibits lactation during pregnancy. The fall in progesterone levels following delivery is one of the triggers for milk production. • A drop in progesterone levels is possibly one step that facilitates the onset of labor. The fetus metabolizes placental progesterone in the production of adrenal steroids.
Progesterone
241
Nervous system
Progesterone, like pregnenolone and dehydroepiandrosterone, belongs to the group of neurosteroids. It can be synthesized within the central nervous system and also serves as a precursor to another major neurosteroid, allopregnanolone. Neurosteroids affect synaptic functioning, are neuroprotective, and affect myelination.[] They are investigated for their potential to improve memory and cognitive ability. Progesterone affects regulation of apoptotic genes. Its effect as a neurosteroid works predominantly through the GSK-3 beta pathway, as an inhibitor. (Other GSK-3 beta inhibitors include bipolar mood stabilizers, lithium and valproic acid.)
Other effects
• It raises epidermal growth factor-1 levels, a factor often used to induce proliferation, and used to sustain cultures, of stem cells. • It increases core temperature (thermogenic function) during ovulation.[] • It reduces spasm and relaxes smooth muscle. Bronchi are widened and mucus regulated. (Progesterone receptors are widely present in submucosal tissue.) • It acts as an antiinflammatory agent and regulates the immune response. • It reduces gall-bladder activity.[] • It normalizes blood clotting and vascular tone, zinc and copper levels, cell oxygen levels, and use of fat stores for energy. • It may affect gum health, increasing risk of gingivitis (gum inflammation) and tooth decay.[citation needed] • It appears to prevent endometrial cancer (involving the uterine lining) by regulating the effects of estrogen. • Progesterone plays an important role in the signaling of insulin release and pancreatic function, and may affect the susceptibility to diabetes or gestational diabetes.[6][7]
Medical applications
The use of progesterone and its analogues have many medical applications, both to address acute situations and to address the long-term decline of natural progesterone levels. Because of the poor bioavailability of progesterone when taken orally, many synthetic progestins have been designed with improved oral bioavailability and have been used long before progesterone formulations became available.[] Progesterone was approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration as vaginal gel on July 31, 1997,[8] an oral capsule on May 14, 1998[9] in an injection form on April 25, 2001[10] and as a vaginal insert on June 21, 2007.[11] In Italy and Spain, Progesterone is sold under the trademark Progeffik.
Prometrium 100 mg Oral Capsule
Progesterone
242
Bioavailability
The route of administration impacts the effect of the drug. Given orally, progesterone has a wide person-to-person variability in absorption and bioavailability while synthetic progestins are rapidly absorbed with a longer half-life than progesterone and maintain stable levels in the blood.[12] Progesterone does not dissolve in water and is poorly absorbed when taken orally unless micronized in oil. Products are often sold as capsules containing micronised progesterone in oil. Progesterone can also be administered through vaginal or rectal suppositories or pessaries, transdermally through a gel or cream,[] or via injection (though the latter has a short half-life requiring daily administration). Transdermal "natural progesterone" products made with Progesterone USP do not require a prescription. Some of these products also contain "wild yam extract" derived from Dioscorea villosa, but there is no evidence that the human body can convert its active ingredient (diosgenin, the plant steroid that is chemically converted to produce progesterone industrially[]) into progesterone.[][]
Prevention of preterm birth
Vaginally dosed progesterone is being investigated as potentially beneficial in preventing preterm birth in women at risk for preterm birth. The initial study by Fonseca suggested that vaginal progesterone could prevent preterm birth in women with a history of preterm birth.[] According to a recent study, women with a short cervix that received hormonal treatment with a progesterone gel had their risk of prematurely giving birth reduced. The hormone treatment was administered vaginally every day during the second half of a pregnancy.[13] A subsequent and larger study showed that vaginal progesterone was no better than placebo in preventing recurrent preterm birth in women with a history of a previous preterm birth,[] but a planned secondary analysis of the data in this trial showed that women with a short cervix at baseline in the trial had benefit in two ways: a reduction in births less than 32 weeks and a reduction in both the frequency and the time their babies were in intensive care.[] In another trial, vaginal progesterone was shown to be better than placebo in reducing preterm birth prior to 34 weeks in women with an extremely short cervix at baseline.[] An editorial by Roberto Romero discusses the role of sonographic cervical length in identifying patients who may benefit from progesterone treatment.[] A meta-analysis published in 2011 found that vaginal progesterone cut the risk of premature births by 42 percent in women with short cervixes.[] The meta-analysis, which pooled published results of five large clinical trials, also found that the treatment cut the rate of breathing problems and reduced the need for placing a baby on a ventilator.[]
Other specific uses
• Progesterone is used for luteal support in Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART) cycles such as In-vitro Fertilization (IVF). • Progesterone is used to control persistent anovulatory bleeding. It is also used to prepare uterine lining in infertility therapy and to support early pregnancy. Patients with recurrent pregnancy loss due to inadequate progesterone production may receive progesterone. • Progesterone is also used in nonpregnant women with a delayed menstruation of one or more weeks, in order to allow the thickened endometrial lining to slough off. This process is termed a progesterone withdrawal bleed. The progesterone is taken orally for a short time (usually one week), after which the progesterone is discontinued and bleeding should occur.[citation needed] • Progesterone is being investigated as potentially beneficial in treating multiple sclerosis, since the characteristic deterioration of nerve myelin insulation halts during pregnancy, when progesterone levels are raised; deterioration commences again when the levels drop. • Progesterone also has a role in skin elasticity and bone strength, in respiration, in nerve tissue and in female sexuality, and the presence of progesterone receptors in certain muscle and fat tissue may hint at a role in sexually dimorphic proportions of those.[]WP:COPYLINK
Progesterone • Progesterone receptor antagonists, or selective progesterone receptor modulators (SPRM)s, such as RU-486 (Mifepristone), can be used to prevent conception or induce medical abortions (Note that methods of hormonal contraception do not contain progesterone but a progestin). • Progesterone may affect male behavior.[] • Progesterone is starting to be used in the treatment of the skin condition hidradenitis suppurativa.[citation needed]
243
Role in aging
Since most progesterone in males is created during testicular production of testosterone, and most in females by the ovaries, the shutting down (whether by natural or chemical means), or removal, of those inevitably causes a considerable reduction in progesterone levels. Previous concentration upon the role of progestogens (progesterone and molecules with similar effects) in female reproduction, when progesterone was simply considered a "female hormone", obscured the significance of progesterone elsewhere in both sexes. The tendency for progesterone to have a regulatory effect, the presence of progesterone receptors in many types of body tissue, and the pattern of deterioration (or tumor formation) in many of those increasing in later years when progesterone levels have dropped, is prompting widespread research into the potential value of maintaining progesterone levels in both males and females.
Role in brain damage
Studies as far back as 1987 show that female sex hormones have an effect on the recovery of traumatic brain injury.[] In these studies, it was first observed that pseudopregnant female rats had reduced edema after traumatic brain injury. Recent clinical trials have shown that among patients that have suffered moderate traumatic brain injury, those that have been treated with progesterone are more likely to have a better outcome than those who have not.[] Previous studies have shown that progesterone supports the normal development of neurons in the brain, and that the hormone has a protective effect on damaged brain tissue. It has been observed in animal models that females have reduced susceptibility to traumatic brain injury and this protective effect has been hypothesized to be caused by increased circulating levels of estrogen and progesterone in females.[] A number of additional animal studies have confirmed that progesterone has neuroprotective effects when administered shortly after traumatic brain injury.[] Encouraging results have also been reported in human clinical trials.[][]
Proposed mechanism
The mechanism of progesterone protective effects may be the reduction of inflammation that follows brain trauma.[] Damage incurred by traumatic brain injury is believed to be caused in part by mass depolarization leading to excitotoxicity. One way in which progesterone helps to alleviate some of this excitotoxicity is by blocking the voltage-dependent calcium channels that trigger neurotransmitter release.[] It does so by manipulating the signaling pathways of transcription factors involved in this release. Another method for reducing the excitotoxicity is by up-regulating the inhibitory neurotransmitter receptor, GABAA.[] Progesterone has also been shown to prevent apoptosis in neurons, a common consequence of brain injury.[] It does so by inhibiting enzymes involved in the apoptosis pathway specifically concerning the mitochondria, such as activated caspase 3 and cytochrome c. Not only does progesterone help prevent further damage, it has also been shown to aid in neuroregeneration. One of the serious effects of traumatic brain injury includes edema. Animal studies show that progesterone treatment leads to a decrease in edema levels by increasing the concentration of macrophages and microglia sent to the injured tissue.[][] This was observed in the form of reduced leakage from the blood brain barrier in secondary recovery in progesterone treated rats. In addition, progesterone was observed to have antioxidant properties, reducing the concentration of oxygen free radicals faster than without.[] There is also evidence that the addition of progesterone
Progesterone can also help remyelinate damaged axons due to trauma, restoring some lost neural signal conduction.[] Another way progesterone aids in regeneration includes increasing the circulation of endothelial progenitor cells in the brain.[] This helps new vasculature to grow around scar tissue which helps repair the area of insult.
244
Combination treatments
Vitamin D and progesterone separately have neuroprotective effects after traumatic brain injury, but when combined their effects are synergistic.[] When used at their optimal respective concentrations, the two combined have been shown to reduce cell death more than when alone. One study looks at a combination of progesterone with estrogen. Both progesterone and estrogen are known to have antioxidant-like qualities and are shown to reduce edema without injuring the blood-brain barrier. In this study, when the two hormones are administered alone it does reduce edema, but the combination of the two increases the water content, thereby increasing edema.[]
Clinical trials
The clinical trials for progesterone as a treatment for traumatic brain injury have only recently begun. ProTECT, a phase II trial conducted in Atlanta at Grady Memorial Hospital in 2007, the first to show that progesterone reduces edema in humans. Since then, trials have moved on to phase III. The National Institute of Health began conducting a nationwide phase III trial in 2011 led by Emory University.[] A global phase III initiative called SyNAPSe®, initiated in June 2010, is run by a U.S.-based private pharmaceutical company, BHR Pharma, and is being conducted in the United States, Argentina, Europe, Israel and Asia.[][14] Approximately 1,200 patients with severe (Glasgow Coma Scale scores of 3-8), closed-head TBI will be enrolled in the study at nearly 150 medical centers.
Progesterone
245
References
[3] Progesterone Reference Ranges (http:/ / cclnprod. cc. nih. gov/ dlm/ testguide. nsf/ 0/ CB26894E1EB28DEF85256BA5005B000E?OpenDocument), Performed at the Clinical Center at the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda MD, 03Feb09 [4] Converted from mass values using molar mass of 314.46 g/mol [5] References and further description of values are given in image page in Wikimedia Commons at Commons:File:Progesterone during menstrual cycle.png.
Additional images
Steroidogenesis, showing progesterone among the progestogens in yellow area.
Pregnenolone
Progesterone
246
Deoxycorticosterone
External links
• Progesterone (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Progesterone) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • Kimball JW (2007-05-27). "Progesterone" (http://users.rcn.com/jkimball.ma.ultranet/BiologyPages/P/ Progesterone.html). Kimball's Biology Pages. Retrieved 2008-06-18. • "Progesterone Resource Center" (http://www.pms-menopause-progesterone.org/progesterone/). PMS, Menopause, and Progesterone Resource Center. Oasis Advanced Wellness, Inc. Retrieved 2008-06-18. • General discussion document on Progesterone, its uses and applications (http://www.lawleybasecamp.com/ media/pdf/condition-booklets/Progesterone_Booklet.pdf)
Corpus luteum cell
Corpus luteum cell may refer to: • Granulosa lutein cell • Theca lutein cell
Corpus luteum
247
Corpus luteum
Corpus luteum
Section of the ovary. 1. Outer covering. 1’. Attached border. 2. Central stroma. 3. Peripheral stroma. 4. Bloodvessels. 5. Vesicular follicles in their earliest stage. 6, 7, 8. More advanced follicles. 9. An almost mature follicle. 9’. Follicle from which the ovum has escaped. 10. Corpus luteum. Gray's subject #266 1256
[1]
The corpus luteum (Latin for "yellow body") (plural corpora lutea) is a temporary endocrine structure in female mammals that is involved in the production of relatively high levels of progesterone and moderate levels of estradiol and inhibin A. It is colored as a result of concentrating carotenoids from the diet and secretes a moderate amount of estrogen to inhibit further release of Gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH) and thus secretion of Luteinizing hormone (LH) and Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH).
Development and structure
The corpus luteum develops from an ovarian follicle during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle or estrous cycle, following the release of a secondary oocyte from the follicle during ovulation. The follicle first forms a corpus hemorrhagicum before it becomes a corpus luteum, but the term refers to the visible collection of blood left after rupture of the follicle that secretes progesterone. While the oocyte (later the zygote if fertilization occurs) traverses the Fallopian tube into the uterus, the corpus luteum remains in the ovary. The corpus luteum is typically very large relative to the size of the ovary; in humans, the size of the structure ranges from under 2 cm to 5 cm in diameter.[][] Its cells develop from the follicular cells surrounding the ovarian follicle.[1] The follicular theca cells luteinize into small luteal cells, (thecal-lutein cells) and follicular granulosa cells (granulosal-lutein cells), luteinize into large luteal cells forming the corpus luteum. Progesterone is synthesized from cholesterol by both the large and small luteal cells upon luteal maturation. Cholesterol-LDL complexes bind to receptors on the plasma membrane of luteal cells and are internalized. Cholesterol is released and stored within the cell as cholesterol ester. LDL is recycled for further cholesterol transport. Large luteal cells produce more progesterone due to uninhibited/basal levels of PKA activity within the cell. Small luteal cells have LH receptors that regulate PKA activity within the cell. PKA actively phosphorylates StAR (steroidogenic acute regulatory protein) and PBR (peripheral benzodiazepine receptors) to transport cholesterol from the outer mitochondrial membrane to the inner mitochondrial membrane.[] The development of the corpus luteum is accompanied by an increase in the level of the steroidogenic enzyme P450scc that converts cholesterol to pregnenolone in the mitochondria.[] Pregnenolone is then converted to
Corpus luteum progesterone that is secreted out of the cell and into the blood stream. During the bovine estrous cycle, plasma levels of progesterone increase in parallel to the levels of P450scc and its electron donor adrenodoxin, indicating that progesterone secretion is a result of enhanced expression of P450scc in the corpus luteum.[] The mitochondrial P450 system electron transport chain including adrenodoxin reductase and adrenodoxin has been shown to leak electrons leading to the formation of superoxide radical.[][] Apparently to cope with the radicals produced by this system and by enhanced mitochondrial metabolism, the levels of antioxidant enzymes catalase and superoxide dismutase also increase in parallel with the enhanced steroidogenesis in the corpus luteum.[]
Follicular structure Luteal structure Theca cells Granulosa cells Theca lutein cells Secretion androgens, [2] estrogen [1] , and progesterone [2]
248
Granulosa lutein cells progesterone [1]), estrogen(majority),[1] and inhibin A[1][2]
Like the previous theca cells, the theca lutein cells lack the aromatase enzyme that is necessary to produce estrogen, so they can only perform steroidogenesis until formation of androgens.[3] The granulosa lutein cells do have aromatase, and use it to produce estrogens, using the androgens previously synthesized by the theca lutein cells, as the granulosa lutein cells in themselves do not have the 17α-hydroxylase or 17,20 lyase to produce androgens.[3] Once the corpus luteum regressed the remnant is known as corpus albicans.[4]
Function
The corpus luteum is essential for establishing and maintaining pregnancy in females. The corpus luteum secretes progesterone, which is a steroid hormone responsible for the decidualization of the endometrium (its development) and maintenance, respectively.
Steroidogenesis, with progesterone in yellow field at upper center. The androgens are shown in blue field, and aromatase at lower center - the enzyme present in granulosa lutein cells that convert androgens into estrogens (shown in pink triangle).
When egg is not fertilized
If the egg is not fertilized, the corpus luteum stops secreting progesterone and decays (after approximately 14 days in humans). It then degenerates into a corpus albicans, which is a mass of fibrous scar tissue. The uterine lining sloughs off without progesterone and is expelled through the vagina (in humans and some great apes, which go through a menstrual cycle). In an estrous cycle, the lining degenerates back to normal size.
When egg is fertilized
If the egg is fertilized and implantation occurs, the syncytiotrophoblast (derived from trophoblast) cells of the blastocyst secrete the hormone human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG, or a similar hormone in other species) by day 9 post-fertilization. Human chorionic gonadotropin signals the corpus luteum to continue progesterone secretion, thereby maintaining the thick lining (endometrium) of the uterus and providing an area rich in blood vessels in which the zygote(s) can develop. From this point on, the corpus luteum is called the corpus luteum graviditatis. The introduction of prostaglandins at this point causes the degeneration of the corpus luteum and the abortion of the fetus. However, in placental animals such as humans, the placenta eventually takes over progesterone production and the corpus luteum degrades into a corpus albicans without embryo/fetus loss.
Corpus luteum Luteal support refers to the administration of medication (generally progestins) for the purpose of increasing the success of implantation and early embryogenesis, thereby complementing the function of the corpus luteum.
249
Content of carotenoids
The yellow color and name of the corpus luteum, like that of the macula lutea of the retina, is due to its concentration of certain carotenoids, especially lutein. In 1968, a report indicated that beta-carotene was synthesized in laboratory conditions in slices of corpus luteum from cows. However, attempts have been made to replicate these findings, but have not succeeded. The idea is not presently accepted by the scientific community.[5] Rather, the corpus luteum concentrates carotenoids from the diet of the mammal.
Additional images
Order of changes in ovary
Human ovary with fully developed corpus luteum
Luteinized follicular cyst. H&E stain.
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 18201loa [7] • SUNY Labs 43:05-0106 [8] – "The Female Pelvis: The Ovary"
References
[1] Page 1159 in: [2] The IUPS Physiome Project --> Female Reproductive System – Cells (http:/ / www. bioeng. auckland. ac. nz/ physiome/ ontologies/ female_repro_system/ cells. php) Retrieved on Nov 9, 2009 [3] Chapter 54, The Female Reproductive System > THE OVARIAN STEROIDS, in: [4] (http:/ / www. jstor. org/ pss/ 1563350) [5] Brian Davis. Carotenoid metabolism as a preparation for function. Pure & Applied Chemistry, Vol. 63, No. 1, pp. 131–140, 1991. available online. (http:/ / media. iupac. org/ publications/ pac/ 1991/ pdf/ 6301x0131. pdf) Accessed April 30, 2010.
Juxtaglomerular cell
250
Juxtaglomerular cell
The juxtaglomerular cells (JG cells, or granular cells) are cells in the kidney that synthesize, store, and secrete the enzyme renin. They are specialized smooth muscle cells in the wall of the afferent arteriole (and sometimes the efferent arteriole) that delivers blood to the glomerulus. In synthesizing renin, they play a critical role in the renin-angiotensin system and thus in renal autoregulation, the self-governance of the kidney. They secrete renin in response to the detection of low Na by the macula densa cells located on the distal convoluted tubule which has direct contact with its own afferent arterioles. In appropriately stained slides, juxtaglomerular cells are distinguished by their granulated cytoplasm. Similar to cardiac tissue, juxtaglomerular cells harbor β1 adrenergic receptors. When stimulated by epinephrine or norepinephrine, these receptors induce the secretion of renin. These cells also respond directly to a decrease in systemic blood pressure which is manifested as a lower renal perfusion pressure.
JG cells
Renal corpuscle. Juxtaglomerular cells are #6.
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 16010loa [1] • juxtaglomerular+cells [2] at eMedicine Dictionary
Renin (pron.: /ˈriːnɨn/ REE-nin), also known as an angiotensinogenase, is an enzyme that participates in the body's renin-angiotensin system (RAS)—also known as the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone axis—that mediates extracellular volume (i.e., that of the blood plasma, lymph and interstitial fluid), and arterial vasoconstriction. Thus, it regulates the body's mean arterial blood pressure.
Biochemistry and physiology
Structure
The primary structure of renin precursor consists of 406 amino acids with a pre- and a pro-segment carrying 20 and 46 amino acids, respectively. Mature renin contains 340 amino acids and has a mass of 37 kDa.[]
Secretion
The enzyme renin is secreted by the kidney from specialized cells called granular cells of the juxtaglomerular apparatus via 3 responses: 1. A decrease in arterial blood pressure (that could be related to a decrease in blood volume) as detected by baroreceptors (pressure-sensitive cells). This is the most direct causal link between blood pressure and renin secretion (the other two methods operate via longer pathways). 2. A decrease in sodium chloride levels in the ultra-filtrate of the nephron. This flow is measured by the macula densa of the juxtaglomerular apparatus.
Renin 3. Sympathetic nervous system activity, which also controls blood pressure, acting through the beta1 adrenergic receptors. Human renin is secreted by at least 2 cellular pathways: a constitutive pathway for the secretion of prorenin and a regulated pathway for the secretion of mature renin.[]
254
Renin-angiotensin system
The renin enzyme circulates in the blood stream and breaks down (hydrolyzes) angiotensinogen secreted from the liver into the peptide angiotensin I. Angiotensin I is further cleaved in the lungs by endothelial-bound angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) into angiotensin II, the most vasoactive peptide.[][2] Angiotensin II is a potent constrictor of all blood vessels. It acts on the smooth muscle and, therefore, raises the resistance posed by these arteries to the heart. The heart, trying to overcome this increase in its 'load', works more vigorously, causing the blood pressure to rise. Angiotensin II also acts on the adrenal glands and releases Aldosterone, which stimulates the epithelial cells in the distal tubule and collecting ducts of the kidneys to increase re-absorption of sodium and water, leading to raised blood volume and raised blood pressure. The RAS also acts on the CNS to increase water intake by stimulating thirst, as well as conserving blood volume, by reducing urinary loss through the secretion of Vasopressin from the posterior pituitary gland.
The renin-angiotensin system, showing role of renin at [1] bottom.
The normal concentration of renin in adult human plasma is 1.98-24.6 ng/L in the upright position.[3]
Function
Renin activates the renin-angiotensin system by cleaving angiotensinogen, produced by the liver, to yield angiotensin I, which is further converted into angiotensin II by ACE, the angiotensin-converting enzyme primarily within the capillaries of the lungs. Angiotensin II then constricts blood vessels, increases the secretion of ADH and aldosterone, and stimulates the hypothalamus to activate the thirst reflex, each leading to an increase in blood pressure. Renin is secreted from kidney cells, which are activated via signaling from the macula densa, which responds to the rate of fluid flow through the distal tubule, by decreases in renal perfusion pressure (through stretch receptors in the vascular wall), and by sympathetic nervous stimulation, mainly through beta-1 adrenoceptor activation. A drop in the rate of flow past the macula densa implies a drop in renal filtration pressure. Renin's primary function is therefore to eventually cause an increase in blood pressure, leading to restoration of perfusion pressure in the kidneys. Renin can bind to ATP6AP2, which results in a fourfold increase in the conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin I over that shown by soluble renin. In addition, renin binding results in phosphorylation of serine and tyrosine residues of ATP6AP2.[] The level of renin mRNA appears to be modulated by the binding of HADHB, HuR and CP1 to a regulatory region in the 3' UTR.[]
Renin
255
Genetics
The gene for renin, REN, spans 12 kb of DNA and contains 8 introns.[] It produces several mRNA that encode different REN isoforms.
Model organisms Ren1 knockout mouse phenotype
Characteristic Homozygote viability Fertility Body weight Anxiety Neurological assessment Grip strength Hot plate Dysmorphology Phenotype Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
Non-Invasive Blood Pressure Abnormal[] Indirect calorimetry Glucose tolerance test Normal Normal
Auditory brainstem response Normal DEXA Radiography Body temperature Eye morphology Clinical chemistry Haematology Micronucleus test Heart weight Skin Histopathology Brain histopathology Salmonella infection Citrobacter infection Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal [] []
Abnormal [][4]
All tests and analysis from
Model organisms have been used in the study of REN function. A knockout mouse line, called Ren1Ren-1c Enhancer KO was generated.[5] Male and female animals underwent a standardized phenotypic screen to determine the effects of deletion.[][6] Twenty four tests were carried out on mutant mice and two significant abnormalities were observed. Homozygous mutant animals had a decreased heart rate and an increased susceptibility to bacterial infection.[] A more detailed analysis of this line indicated plasma creatinine was also increased and males had lower mean arterial pressure than controls.[5]
Renin
256
Clinical applications
An over-active renin-angiotension system leads to vasoconstriction and retention of sodium and water. These effects lead to hypertension. Therefore, renin inhibitors can be used for the treatment of hypertension.[7][] This is measured by the plasma renin activity (PRA). In current medical practice, the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone-System's overactivity (and resultant hypertension) is more commonly reduced using either ACE inhibitors (such as ramipril and perindopril) or angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs, such as losartan, irbesartan or candesartan) rather than a direct oral renin inhibitor. ACE inhibitors or ARBs are also part of the standard treatment after a heart attack. The differential diagnosis of kidney cancer in a young patient with hypertension includes juxtaglomerular cell tumor (reninoma), Wilms' tumor, and renal cell carcinoma, all of which may produce renin.[]
Measurement
Renin is usually measured as the plasma renin activity (PRA). PRA is measured specially in case of certain diseases that present with hypertension or hypotension. PRA is also raised in certain tumors.[8] A PRA measurement may be compared to a plasma aldosterone concentration (PAC) as a PAC/PRA ratio.
Discovery
Renin was discovered, characterized, and named in 1898 by Robert Tigerstedt, Professor of Physiology and his student, Per Bergman, at the Karolinska Institute in Stockholm.[][9]
References
[1] Page 866-867 (Integration of Salt and Water Balance) and 1059 (The Adrenal Gland) in: [2] Brenner & Rector's The Kidney, 7th ed., Saunders, 2004. pp.2118-2119. Full Text with MDConsult subscription (http:/ / home. mdconsult. com/ das/ book/ 56203699-6/ view/ 1201?sid=460067115) [3] Hamilton Regional Laboratory Medicine Program - Laboratory Reference Centre Manual. [deadlink] [4] Mouse Resources Portal (http:/ / www. sanger. ac. uk/ mouseportal/ ), Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute. [7] Presentation on Direct Renin Inhibitors as Antihypertensive Drugs (http:/ / pharmaxchange. info/ presentations/ dri. html) [8] Hamilton Regional Laboratory Medicine Program - Laboratory Reference Centre Manual. Renin Direct.
External links
• GeneReviews/NCBI/NIH/UW entry on Familial Juvenile Hyperuricemic Nephropathy Type 2 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK53700/) • OMIM entries on Familial Juvenile Hyperuricemic Nephropathy Type 2 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/omim/ 179820,613092) • The MEROPS online database for peptidases and their inhibitors: A01.007 (http://merops.sanger.ac.uk/ cgi-bin/merops.cgi?id=A01.007) • Renin (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2011/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Renin) at the US National Library of Medicine Medical Subject Headings (MeSH) • renin (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=renin) at eMedicine Dictionary
Macula densa
257
Macula densa
In the kidney, the macula densa is an area of closely packed specialized cells lining the wall of the distal tubule at the point of return of the nephron to the vascular pole of its parent glomerulus, (glomerular vascular pole). The cells of the macula densa are sensitive to the concentration of sodium chloride in the distal convoluted tubule. A decrease in sodium chloride concentration initiates a signal from the macula densa that has two effects: (1) it decreases resistance to blood flow in the afferent arterioles, which increases glomerular hydrostatic pressure Renal corpuscle. Macula densa is #7. and helps return glomerulus filtration rate (GFR) toward normal, and (2) it increases renin release from the juxtaglomerular cells of the afferent and efferent arterioles, which are the major storage sites for renin.[1] The release of renin is an essential component of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS), which regulates blood pressure and volume.
Histology
The cells of the macula densa are taller and have more prominent nuclei than surrounding cells of the distal straight tubule (cortical thick ascending limb). The close proximity and prominence of the nuclei cause this segment of the distal tubule wall to appear darker in microscopic preparations,[2] hence the name macula densa.
Function
A decrease in blood pressure causes a decrease in the GFR (glomerular filtration rate) which causes more reabsorption, resulting in a decreased concentration of sodium and chloride ions in the filtrate and/or decreased filtrate flow rate. The macula densa can sense this decrease and trigger an autoregulatory response to further increase reabsorption of ions and water in order to return blood pressure to normal. Reduced blood pressure means
Schematic depicting how the RAAS works. Here, activation of the RAAS is initiated by a low perfusion pressure in the juxtaglomerular apparatus
Macula densa decreased venous pressure and hence a decreased peritubular capillary pressure. This causes a smaller capillary hydrostatic pressure which causes an increased absorption of sodium ions into the vasa recta at the proximal tubule. Because of this increased absorption, less NaCl is present at the distal tubule where the macula densa is located. The macula densa senses this drop in salt concentration and responds through two mechanisms: first, it triggers dilation of the renal afferent arteriole, decreasing afferent arteriole resistance and thus offsetting the decrease in glomerular hydrostatic pressure caused by the drop in blood pressure. Second, macula densa cells release prostaglandins, which triggers granular juxtaglomerular cells lining the afferent arterioles to release renin into the bloodstream. (The juxtaglomerular cells can also release renin independently of the macula densa, as they are also triggered by baroreceptors lining the arterioles, and release renin if a fall in blood pressure in the arterioles is detected.) Furthermore, activation of the sympathetic nervous system stimulates renin release through activation of beta-1 receptors. The process triggered by the Macula densa helps keep the glomerular filtration rate (GFR) fairly steady in response to varying artery pressure, due to dilation of the afferent arterioles and the action of Renin, which triggers constriction of the efferent arterioles, both of which increase hydrostatic pressure in the glomerulus.
258
References
[1] Guyton & Hall Textbook Of Physiology, 11th Edition 2006 - pg 324
External links
• Organology at UC Davis Urinary/mammal/cortex1/cortex5 (http://trc.ucdavis.edu/mjguinan/apc100/modules/ Urinary/mammal/cortex1/cortex5.html) - "Mammal, kidney cortex (LM, Medium)" • Physiology at MCG 7/7ch03/7ch03p17 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section7/7ch03/7ch03p17.htm) - "The Nephron: Juxtaglomerular Apparatus"
Mesangial cell
259
Mesangial cell
Mesangial cells are specialized cells around blood vessels in the kidneys, at the mesangium. They are specialized smooth muscle cells that function to regulate blood flow through the capillaries, usually divided into two types, each having a very distinct function and location: • Extraglomerular mesangial cells • Intraglomerular mesangial cells
Keratinocyte
Keratinocyte is the predominant cell type in the epidermis, the outermost layer of the skin, constituting 90% of the cells found there.[1] Those keratinocytes found in the basal layer (Stratum germinativum) of the skin are sometimes referred to as "basal cells" or "basal keratinocytes".[1]
Function
The primary function of keratinocytes is the formation of a barrier against environmental damage such as pathogens (bacteria, fungi, parasites, viruses), heat, UV radiation and water loss. Once pathogens start to invade the upper layers of the epidermis, keratinocytes can react with the production of proinflammatory mediators and in particular chemokines such as CXCL10, CCL2 which attract leukocytes to the site of pathogen invasion. [citation needed]
Structure
A number of structural proteins (filaggrin, keratin), enzymes (proteases), lipids and antimicrobial peptides (defensins) contribute to maintain the important barrier function of the skin. Keratinization is part of the physical barrier formation (cornification), in which the keratinocytes produce more and more keratin and eventually undergo programmed cell death. The fully cornified keratinocytes that form the outermost layer are constantly shed off and replaced by new cells. [citation needed]
Cell differentiation
Keratinocytes are formed first by differentiation from epidermal stem cells (transit amplifying cells), residing in the lower part of the stratum basale of the epidermis, attached to the basement membrane through hemidesmosomes.[2] Those stem cells and their differentiated progeny are organized into columns named epidermal proliferation units.[3][4] Keratinocytes in the stratum basale layer of the epidermis are attached together through desmosomes and will proliferate through a few rounds of cell divisions within the stratum basale before moving up through the epidermis as they differentiate. During this differentiation process, keratinocytes permanently withdraw from the cell cycle, initiate expression of epidermal differentiation markers, and move suprabasally as they become part of the stratum spinosum, stratum granulosum and eventually become corneocytes in the stratum corneum. Corneocytes are keratinocytes that have completed their differentiation program and have lost their nucleus and cytoplasmic organelles.[5] Corneocytes will eventually be shed off through desquamation as new one come in. At each stage of differentiation, keratinocytes express specific keratins, such as keratin 1, keratin 5, keratin 10 and keratin 14, but also other markers such as involucrin, loricrin, transglutaminase, filaggrin and caspase 14. In humans, it is estimated that keratinocytes turnover from stem cells to desquamation every 40–56 days[6] whereas in mice the estimated turnover time is 8–10 days.[7]
Keratinocyte Factors promoting keratinocyte differentiation: • A calcium gradient, with the lowest concentration in the stratum basale and increasing concentrations until the outer stratum granulosum, where it reaches its maximum. Calcium concentration in the stratum corneum is very low in part because those relatively dry cells are not able to dissolve the ions.[] Those elevations of extracellular calcium concentrations induces an increase in intracellular free calcium concentrations in keratinocyte.[8] Part of that intracellular calcium increase comes from calcium released from intracellular stores[9] and another part comes from transmembrane calcium influx,[10] through both calcium-sensitive chloride channels[11] and voltage-independent cation channels permeable to calcium.[12] Moreover, it has been suggested that an extracellular calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR) also contributes to the rise in intracellular calcium concentration.[13] • Vitamin D3 (cholecalciferol) regulates keratinocyte proliferation and differentiation mostly by modulating calcium concentrations and regulating the expression of genes involved in keratinocytes differentiation.[14][15] Keratinocytes are the only cells in the body with the entire vitamin D metabolic pathway from vitamin D production to catabolism and Vitamin D receptor expression.[16] • Cathepsin E.[17] • TALE homeodomain transcription factors.[18] • Hydrocortisone.[] Since keratinocyte differentiation stops keratinocyte proliferation, factors that promote keratinocyte proliferation should be considered as preventing differentiation, such as: • • • • • The transcription factor p63, by preventing epidermal stem cells to differentiate into keratinocytes.[19] Vitamin A and its analogues.[20] Epidermal growth factor.[21] Tumor growth factor alpha.[22] Cholera toxin[]
260
Interaction with other cells
Within the epidermis keratinocytes are associated with other cell types such as melanocytes and Langerhans cells. Keratinocytes form tight junctions with the nerves of the skin and hold the Langerhans cells and intra-dermal lymphocytes in position within the epidermis. Keratinocytes also modulate the immune system: apart from the above mentioned antimicrobial peptides and chemokines they are also potent producers of anti-inflammatory mediators such as IL-10 and TGF-β. When activated, they can stimulate cutaneous inflammation and Langerhans cell activation via TNFα and IL-1β secretion.[citation needed] Keratinocytes contribute to protecting the body from ultraviolet radiation (UVR) by taking up melanosomes, vesicles containing the endogenous photoprotectant melanin, from epidermal melanocytes. Each melanocyte in the epidermis has several dendrites that stretch out to connect it with many keratinocytes. The melanin is then stored within keratinocytes and melanocytes in the perinuclear area as supranuclear “caps”, where it protects the DNA from UVR-induced damage.[23]
Keratinocyte
261
Role in wound healing
Wounds to the skin will be repaired in part by the migration of keratinocytes to fill in the gap created by the wound. The first set of keratinocytes to participate in that repair come from the bulge region of the hair follicle and will only survive transiently. Within the healed epidermis they will be replaced by keratinocytes originating from the epidermis.[24][25] At the opposite, epidermal keratinocytes, can contribute to de novo hair follicle formation during the healing of large wounds.[26] Keratinocytes migrate with a rolling motion during the process of wound healing.[27][28] Functional keratinocytes are needed for tympanic perforation healing. [29]
Sunburn cells
A sunburn cell is a keratinocyte with a pyknotic nucleus and eosinophilic cytoplasm that appears after exposure to UVC or UVB radiation or UVA in the presence of psoralens. It shows premature and abnormal keratinization, and has been described as an example of apoptosis.[30][31]
References
[29] Y Shen, Y Guo, C Du, M Wilczynska, S Hellström, T Ny, Mice Deficient in Urokinase-Type Plasminogen Activator Have Delayed Healing of Tympanic Membrane Perforations, PLOS ONE, 2012
External links
• L. Tang1, J.J. Wu2, Q. Ma1, T. Cui1, F.M. Andreopoulos3, J. Gil1, J. Valdes1, S.C. Davis1, J. Li1,4 "Human lactoferrin stimulates skin keratinocyte function and wound re-epithelialization", British Journal of Dermatology Volume 163, Issue 1, pages 38–47 (July 2010). Article first published online: 6 MAR 2010. (http://www3. interscience.wiley.com/journal/123313996/abstract) doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2133.2010.09748.x (http://dx.doi. org/10.1111/j.1365-2133.2010.09748.x)
Epidermis (skin)
262
Epidermis (skin)
Epidermis
Histologic image of epidermis, delimited by white bar.
Histologic image detailing epidermal layers. Stratum corneum appears more compact in this image than above because of different sample preparation. Latin Code Epidermis TH H13.12.00.1.01001 TA A16.0.00.009
The epidermis is composed of the outermost layers of cells in the skin,[1] "epi" in Greek meaning "over" or "upon", which together with the dermis forms the cutis. The epidermis is a stratified squamous epithelium,[1] composed of proliferating basal and differentiated suprabasal keratinocytes which acts as the body's major barrier against an inhospitable environment, by preventing pathogens from entering, making the skin a natural barrier to infection.[] It also regulates the amount of water released from the body into the atmosphere through transepidermal water loss (TEWL).[] In humans, it is thinnest on the eyelids at 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) and thickest on the palms and soles at 1.5 mm (0.059 in).[] It is ectodermal in origin.
Structure
Cellular components
The epidermis is avascular, nourished by diffusion from the dermis, constituted at 95% of keratinocytes[1] but also containing melanocytes, Langerhans cells, Merkel cells,[1] and inflammatory cells. Rete ridges ("rete tips"[2]) are epidermal thickenings that extend downward between dermal papillae.[3] Blood capillaries are found beneath the epidermis, and are linked to an arteriole and a venule. Arterial shunt vessels may bypass the network in ears, the nose and fingertips.[citation needed]
Epidermis (skin)
263
Layers
The epidermis is composed of 4 or 5 layers depending on the region of skin being considered.[4] Those layers in descending order are[]: • cornified layer (stratum corneum) Composed of 10 to 30 layers of polyhedral, anucleated corneocytes (final step of keratinocyte differentiation), with the palms and soles having the most layers. Corneocytes are surrounded by a protein envelope (cornified envelope proteins), filled with water-retaining keratin proteins, attached together through corneodesmosomes and surrounded in the extracellular space by stacked layers of lipids.[5] Most of the barrier functions of the epidermis localize to this layer.[] • clear/translucent layer (stratum lucidum, only in palms and soles) • granular layer (stratum granulosum) Keratinocytes lose their nuclei and their cytoplasm appears granular. Lipids, contained into those keratinocytes within lamellar bodies, are released into the extracellular space through exocytosis to form a lipid barrier. Those polar lipids are then converted into non-polar lipids and arranged parallel to the cell surface. For example glycosphingolipids become ceramides and phospholipids become free fatty acids.[5] • spinous layer (stratum spinosum) Keratinocytes become connected through desmosomes and start produce lamellar bodies, from within the Golgi, enriched in polar lipids, glycosphingolipids, free sterols, phospholipids and catabolic enzymes.[] Langerhans cells, immunologically active cells, are located in the middle of this layer.[5] • basal/germinal layer (stratum basale/germinativum). Composed mainly of proliferating and non-proliferating keratinocytes, attached to the basement membrane by hemidesmosomes. Melanocytes are present, connected to numerous keratinocytes in this and other strata through dendrites. Merkel cells are also found in the stratum basale with large numbers in touch-sensitive sites such as the fingertips and lips. They are closely associated with cutaneous nerves and seem to be involved in light touch sensation.[5] The term Malpighian layer (stratum malpighi) is usually defined as both the stratum basale and stratum spinosum.[1] The epidermis is separated from the dermis, its underlying tissue, by a basement membrane.
Schematic image showing a section of epidermis with epidermal layers labeled.
Cellular kinyotics
Cell division The stratified squamous epithelium is maintained by cell division within the stratum basale. Differentiating cell delaminate from the basement membrane and are displaced outwards through the epidermal layers, undergoing multiple stages of differentiation until, in the stratum corneum, losing their nucleus and fusing to squamous sheets, which are eventually shed from the surface (desquamation). Differentiated keratinocytes secrete keratin proteins which contribute to the formation of an extracellular matrix and is an integral part of the skin barrier function. In normal skin, the rate of keratinocyte production equals the rate of loss,[1] taking about two weeks for a cell to journey from the stratum basale to the top of the stratum granulosum, and an additional four weeks to cross the stratum corneum.[] The entire epidermis is replaced by new cell growth over a period of about 48 days.[]
Epidermis (skin) Calcium concentration Keratinocyte differentiation throughout the epidermis is in part mediated by a calcium gradient, increasing from the stratum basale until the outer stratum granulosum, where it reaches its maximum, and decreasing in the stratum corneum. Calcium concentration in the stratum corneum is very low in part because those relatively dry cells are not able to dissolve the ions. This calcium gradient parallels keratinocyte differentiation and as such is considered a key regulator in the formation of the epidermal layers.[] Elevation of extracellular calcium concentrations induces an increase in intracellular free calcium concentrations.[6] Part of that intracellular increase comes from calcium released from intracellular stores[7] and another part comes from transmembrane calcium influx,[8] through both calcium-sensitive chloride channels[9] and voltage-independent cation channels permeable to calcium.[10] Moreover, it has been suggested that an extracellular calcium-sensing receptor (CaSR) also contributes to the rise in intracellular calcium concentration.[11]
264
Organogenesis
Epidermal organogenesis, the formation of the epidermis, begins in the cells covering the embryo after neurulation, the formation of the central nervous system. In most vertebrates, this original one-layered structure quickly transforms into a two-layered tissue; a temporary outer layer, the periderm, which is disposed once the inner basal layer or stratum germinativum has formed. [] This inner layer is a germinal epithelium that give rise to all epidermal cells. It divides to form the outer spinous layer (stratum spinosum). The cells of these two layers, together called the Malpighian layer(s) after Marcello Malpighi, divide to form the superficial granular layer (Stratum granulosum) of the epidermis. [] The cells in the stratum granulosum do not divide, but instead form skin cells called keratinocytes from the granules of keratin. These skin cells finally become the cornified layer (stratum corneum), the outermost epidermal layer, where the cells become flattened sacks with their nuclei located at one end of the cell. After birth these outermost cells are replaced by new cells from the stratum granulosum and throughout life they are shed at a rate of 1.5 g (0.053 oz) per day. [] Epidermal development is a product of several growth factors, two of which are:[] • Transforming growth factor Alpha (TGFα) is an autocrine growth factor by which basal cells stimulate their own division. • Keratinocyte growth factor (KGF or FGF7) is a paracrine growth factor produced by the underlying dermal fibroblasts in which the proliferation of basal cells is regulated.
Function
Barrier
The epidermis serves as a barrier to protect the body against microbial pathogens, oxidant stress (UV light) and chemical compounds and provides mechanical resistance. Most of that function is played by the stratum corneum.[] Characteristics of the barrier • Physical barrier through keratinocytes attached together via cell–cell junctions and associated to cytoskeletal proteins, which gives the epidermis its mechanical strength.[] • Chemical barrier through the presence of highly organized lipids, acids, hydrolytic enzymes and antimicrobial peptides.[] • Immunologically active barrier through humoral and cellular constituents of the immune system.[] • Water content of the stratum corneum drops towards the surface, creating hostile conditions for pathogenic microorganism growth.[]
Epidermis (skin) • An acidic pH (around 5.0) and low amounts of water make it hostile to many microorganic pathogens.[] • The presence of non-pathogenic microorganism on the epidermis surface help defend against pathogenic one by limiting food availability and through chemical secretions.[] Factors that will alter the barrier • Psychological stress, through an increase in glucocorticoids, compromises the stratum corneum and thus the barrier function.[12] • Sudden and large shifts in humidity alter stratum corneum hydration in a way that could allow entry of pathogenic microorganisms.[13]
265
Skin hydration
The ability of the skin to hold water is primarily due to the stratum corneum and is critical for maintaining healthy skin.[14] Lipids arranged through a gradient and in an organized manner between the cells of the stratum corneum form a barrier to transepidermal water loss.[15][16]
Skin color
The amount and distribution of melanin pigment in the epidermis is the main reason for variation in skin color in Homo sapiens. Melanin is found in the small melanosomes, particles formed in melanocytes from where they are transferred to the surrounding keratinocytes. The size, number, and arrangement of the melanosomes varies between racial groups, but while the number of melanocytes can vary between different body regions, their numbers remain the same in individual body regions in all human beings. In white and oriental skin the melanosomes are packed in "aggregates", but in black skin they are larger and distributed more evenly. The number of melanosomes in the keratinocytes increases with UV radiation exposure, while their distribution remain largely unaffected. [17]
Culture
Laboratory culture of keratinocytes to form a 3D structure (artificial skin) recapitulating most of the properties of the epidermis is routinely used as a tool for drug development and testing.
Mouse embryonic stem cells with fluorescent marker
Human embryonic stem cell colony on mouse embryonic fibroblast feeder layer Latin Code cellula precursoria TH H2.00.01.0.00001
Stem cells are biological cells found in all multicellular organisms, that can divide (through mitosis) and differentiate into diverse specialized cell types and can self-renew to produce more stem cells. In mammals, there are two broad types of stem cells: embryonic stem cells, which are isolated from the inner cell mass of blastocysts, and adult stem cells, which are found in various tissues. In adult organisms, stem cells and progenitor cells act as a repair system for the body, replenishing adult tissues. In a developing embryo, stem cells can differentiate into all the specialized cells (these are called pluripotent cells), but also maintain the normal turnover of regenerative organs, such as blood, skin, or intestinal tissues. There are three accessible sources of autologous adult stem cells in humans: 1. Bone marrow, which requires extraction by harvesting, that is, drilling into bone (typically the femur or iliac crest), 2. Adipose tissue (lipid cells), which requires extraction by liposuction, and 3. Blood, which requires extraction through pheresis, wherein blood is drawn from the donor (similar to a blood donation), passed through a machine that extracts the stem cells and returns other portions of the blood to the donor. Stem cells can also be taken from umbilical cord blood just after birth. Of all stem cell types, autologous harvesting involves the least risk. By definition, autologous cells are obtained from one's own body, just as one may bank his or her own blood for elective surgical procedures. Highly plastic adult stem cells are routinely used in medical therapies, for example in bone marrow transplantation. Stem cells can now be artificially grown and transformed (differentiated) into specialized cell types with
Stem cell characteristics consistent with cells of various tissues such as muscles or nerves through cell culture. Embryonic cell lines and autologous embryonic stem cells generated through therapeutic cloning have also been proposed as promising candidates for future therapies.[1] Research into stem cells grew out of findings by Ernest A. McCulloch and James E. Till at the University of Toronto in the 1960s.[2][3]
268
Properties
The classical definition of a stem cell requires that it possess two properties: • Self-renewal: the ability to go through numerous cycles of cell division while maintaining the undifferentiated state. • Potency: the capacity to differentiate into specialized cell types. In the strictest sense, this requires stem cells to be either totipotent or pluripotent—to be able to give rise to any mature cell type, although multipotent or unipotent progenitor cells are sometimes referred to as stem cells. Apart from this it is said that stem cell function is regulated in a feed back mechanism.
Self-renewal
Two mechanisms exist to ensure that a stem cell population is maintained: 1. Obligatory asymmetric replication: a stem cell divides into one father cell that is identical to the original stem cell, and another daughter cell that is differentiated 2. Stochastic differentiation: when one stem cell develops into two differentiated daughter cells, another stem cell undergoes mitosis and produces two stem cells identical to the original.
Potency definitions
Potency specifies the differentiation potential (the potential to differentiate into different cell types) of the stem cell.[] • Totipotent (a.k.a. omnipotent) stem cells can differentiate into embryonic and extraembryonic cell types. Such cells can construct a complete, viable organism.[] These cells are produced from the fusion of an egg and sperm cell. Cells produced by the first few divisions of the fertilized egg are also totipotent.[4] • Pluripotent stem cells are the descendants of totipotent cells and can differentiate into nearly all cells,[] i.e. cells derived from any of the three germ layers.[5] • Multipotent stem cells can differentiate into a number of cells, but only those of a closely related family of cells.[]
Pluripotent, embryonic stem cells originate as inner cell mass (ICM) cells within a blastocyst. These stem cells can become any tissue in the body, excluding a placenta. Only cells from an earlier stage of the embryo, known as the morula, are totipotent, able to become all tissues in the body and the extraembryonic placenta.
Stem cell • Oligopotent stem cells can differentiate into only a few cells, such as lymphoid or myeloid stem cells.[] • Unipotent cells can produce only one cell type, their own,[] but have the property of self-renewal, which distinguishes them from non-stem cells (e.g., muscle stem cells).
269
Identification
The practical definition of a stem cell is the functional definition—a cell that has the potential to regenerate tissue over a lifetime. For example, the defining test for a bone marrow or hematopoietic stem cell (HSC) is the ability to transplant one cell and save an individual without HSCs. In this case, a stem cell must be able to produce new blood cells and immune cells over a long term, demonstrating potency. It should also be possible to isolate stem cells from the transplanted individual, which can themselves be transplanted into another individual without HSCs, demonstrating that the stem cell was able to self-renew. Properties of stem cells can be illustrated in vitro, using methods such as clonogenic assays, in which single cells are assessed for their ability to differentiate and self-renew.[6][7] Stem cells can also be isolated by their possession of a distinctive set of cell surface markers. However, in vitro culture conditions can alter the behavior of cells, making it unclear whether the cells will behave in a similar manner in vivo. There is considerable debate as to whether some proposed adult cell populations are truly stem cells.
Human embryonic stem cells A: Cell colonies that are not yet differentiated. B: Nerve cell
Embryonic
Embryonic stem (ES) cell lines are cultures of cells derived from the epiblast tissue of the inner cell mass (ICM) of a blastocyst or earlier morula stage embryos.[8] A blastocyst is an early stage embryo—approximately four to five days old in humans and consisting of 50–150 cells. ES cells are pluripotent and give rise during development to all derivatives of the three primary germ layers: ectoderm, endoderm and mesoderm. In other words, they can develop into each of the more than 200 cell types of the adult body when given sufficient and necessary stimulation for a specific cell type. They do not contribute to the extra-embryonic membranes or the placenta. The endoderm is composed of the entire gut tube and the lungs, the ectoderm gives rise to the nervous system and skin, and the mesoderm gives rise to muscle, bone, blood—in essence, everything else that connects the endoderm to the ectoderm. Nearly all research to date has made use of mouse embryonic stem cells (mES) or human embryonic stem cells (hES). Both have the essential stem cell characteristics, yet they require very different environments in order to maintain an undifferentiated state. Mouse ES cells are grown on a layer of gelatin as an extracellular matrix (for support) and require the presence of leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF).[9] Human ES cells are grown on a feeder layer of mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEFs) and require the presence of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFGF or FGF-2).[10] Without optimal culture conditions or genetic manipulation,[11] embryonic stem cells will rapidly differentiate. A human embryonic stem cell is also defined by the expression of several transcription factors and cell surface proteins. The transcription factors Oct-4, Nanog, and Sox2 form the core regulatory network that ensures the
Stem cell suppression of genes that lead to differentiation and the maintenance of pluripotency.[12] The cell surface antigens most commonly used to identify hES cells are the glycolipids stage specific embryonic antigen 3 and 4 and the keratan sulfate antigens Tra-1-60 and Tra-1-81. The molecular definition of a stem cell includes many more proteins and continues to be a topic of research.[13] There are currently no approved treatments using embryonic stem cells. The first human trial was approved by the US Food and Drug Administration in January 2009.[14] However, the human trial was not initiated until October 13, 2010 in Atlanta for spinal injury victims. On November 14, 2011 the company conducting the trial announced that it will discontinue further development of its stem cell programs.[15] ES cells, being pluripotent cells, require specific signals for correct differentiation—if injected directly into another body, ES cells will differentiate into many different types of cells, causing a teratoma. Differentiating ES cells into usable cells while avoiding transplant rejection are just a few of the hurdles that embryonic stem cell researchers still face.[16] Many nations currently have moratoria on either ES cell research or the production of new ES cell lines. Because of their combined abilities of unlimited expansion and pluripotency, embryonic stem cells remain a theoretically potential source for regenerative medicine and tissue replacement after injury or disease.
270
Fetal
The primitive stem cells located in the organs of fetuses are referred to as fetal stem cells.[]
Adult
Stem cell
271
Also known as somatic (from Greek Σωματικóς, "of the body") stem cells and germline (giving rise to gametes) stem cells, they can be found in children, as well as adults.[17] Pluripotent adult stem cells are rare and generally small in number but can be found in a number of tissues including umbilical cord blood.[18] Bone marrow has been found to be one of the rich sources of adult stem cells [19] which have been used in treating several conditions including Spinal cord injury,[20] Liver Cirrhosis,[21] Chronic Limb Ischemia [22] and Endstage heart failure.[23] The bone marrow stem cell quantity has been found to be declining with age and in reproductive age group of females it is relatively lesser than in males of same age group.[24] A great deal of adult stem cell research to date has had the aim of characterizing the capacity of the cells to divide or self-renew indefinitely and their differentiation potential.[25] In mice, pluripotent stem cells are directly generated from adult fibroblast cultures. Unfortunately, many mice do not live long with stem cell organs.[] Most adult stem cells are lineage-restricted (multipotent) and are generally referred to by their tissue origin (mesenchymal stem cell, adipose-derived stem cell, endothelial stem cell, dental pulp stem cell, etc.).[26][27] Adult stem cell treatments have been successfully used for many years to treat leukemia and related bone/blood cancers through bone marrow transplants.[28] Adult stem cells are also used in veterinary medicine to treat tendon and ligament injuries in horses.[29]
Stem cell division and differentiation. A: stem cell; B: progenitor cell; C: differentiated cell; 1: symmetric stem cell division; 2: asymmetric stem cell division; 3: progenitor division; 4: terminal differentiation
The use of adult stem cells in research and therapy is not as controversial as the use of embryonic stem cells, because the production of adult stem cells does not require the destruction of an embryo. Additionally, in instances where adult stem cells are obtained from the intended recipient (an autograft), the risk of rejection is essentially non-existent. Consequently, more US government funding is being provided for adult stem cell research.[30] An extremely rich source for adult mesenchymal stem cells is the developing tooth bud of the mandibular third molar.[31] The stem cells eventually form enamel (ectoderm), dentin, periodontal ligament, blood vessels, dental pulp, nervous tissues, and a minimum of 29 different end organs. Because of extreme ease in collection at 8–10 years of age before calcification and minimal to no morbidity, these will probably constitute a major source of cells for personal banking, research and current or future therapies. These stem cells have been shown capable of producing hepatocytes.[citation needed]
Amniotic
Multipotent stem cells are also found in amniotic fluid. These stem cells are very active, expand extensively without feeders and are not tumorigenic. Amniotic stem cells are multipotent and can differentiate in cells of adipogenic, osteogenic, myogenic, endothelial, hepatic and also neuronal lines.[32] All over the world, universities and research institutes are studying amniotic fluid to discover all the qualities of amniotic stem cells, and scientists such as Anthony Atala[33][34] and Giuseppe Simoni [35][36] have discovered important results. Use of stem cells from amniotic fluid overcomes the ethical objections to using human embryos as a source of cells. Roman Catholic teaching forbids the use of embryonic stem cells in experimentation; accordingly, the Vatican newspaper "Osservatore Romano" called amniotic stem cells "the future of medicine".[37]
Stem cell It is possible to collect amniotic stem cells for donors or for autologuous use: the first US amniotic stem cells bank [38][39] was opened in 2009 in Medford, MA, by Biocell Center Corporation[40][41][42] and collaborates with various hospitals and universities all over the world.[43]
272
Cord blood
A certain kind of cord blood stem cell (CB-SC) is multipotent and displays embryonic and hematopoietic characteristics. Phenotypic characterization demonstrates that (CB-SCs) display embryonic cell markers (e.g., transcription factors OCT-4 and Nanog, stage-specific embryonic antigen (SSEA)-3, and SSEA-4) and leukocyte common antigen CD45, but that they are negative for blood cell lineage markers (e.g., CD1a, CD3, CD4, CD8, CD11b, CD11c, CD13, CD14, CD19, CD20, CD34, CD41a, CD41b, CD83, CD90, CD105, and CD133).[44][] Additionally, CB-SCs display very low immunogenicity as indicated by expression of a very low level of major histocompatibility complex (MHC) antigens and failure to stimulate the proliferation of allogeneic lymphocytes.[44][45] They can give rise to three embryonic layer-derived cells in the presence of different inducers.[44][] More specifically, CB-SCs tightly adhere to culture dishes with a large rounded morphology and are resistant to common detaching methods (trypsin/EDTA).[44][45][] CB-SCs are the active agent in stem cell educator therapy, which has therapeutic potential against autoimmune diseases like type 1 diabetes according to studies by Yong Zhao et al.[][46][47][48]Wikipedia:Identifying reliable sources (medicine)
Induced pluripotent
These are not adult stem cells, but rather adult cells (e.g. epithelial cells) reprogrammed to give rise to pluripotent capabilities. Using genetic reprogramming with protein transcription factors, pluripotent stem cells equivalent to embryonic stem cells have been derived from human adult skin tissue.[][49][50] Shinya Yamanaka and his colleagues at Kyoto University used the transcription factors Oct3/4, Sox2, c-Myc, and Klf4[] in their experiments on cells from human faces. Junying Yu, James Thomson, and their colleagues at the University of Wisconsin–Madison used a different set of factors, Oct4, Sox2, Nanog and Lin28,[] and carried out their experiments using cells from human foreskin. As a result of the success of these experiments, Ian Wilmut, who helped create the first cloned animal Dolly the Sheep, has announced that he will abandon somatic cell nuclear transfer as an avenue of research.[51] Frozen blood samples can be used as a source of induced pluripotent stem cells, opening a new avenue for obtaining the valued cells.[52]
Lineage
To ensure self-renewal, stem cells undergo two types of cell division (see Stem cell division and differentiation diagram). Symmetric division gives rise to two identical daughter cells both endowed with stem cell properties. Asymmetric division, on the other hand, produces only one stem cell and a progenitor cell with limited self-renewal potential. Progenitors can go through several rounds of cell division before terminally differentiating into a mature cell. It is possible that the molecular distinction between symmetric and asymmetric divisions lies in differential segregation of cell membrane proteins (such as receptors) between the daughter cells.[53] An alternative theory is that stem cells remain undifferentiated due to environmental cues in their particular niche. Stem cells differentiate when they leave that niche or no longer receive those signals. Studies in Drosophila germarium have identified the signals decapentaplegic and adherens junctions that prevent germarium stem cells from differentiating.[54][55]
Stem cell The signals that lead to reprogramming of cells to an embryonic-like state are also being investigated. These signal pathways include several transcription factors including the oncogene c-Myc. Initial studies indicate that transformation of mice cells with a combination of these anti-differentiation signals can reverse differentiation and may allow adult cells to become pluripotent.[] However, the need to transform these cells with an oncogene may prevent the use of this approach in therapy. Challenging the terminal nature of cellular differentiation and the integrity of lineage commitment, it was recently determined that the somatic expression of combined transcription factors can directly induce other defined somatic cell fates; researchers identified three neural-lineage-specific transcription factors that could directly convert mouse fibroblasts (skin cells) into fully functional neurons. This "induced neurons" (iN) cell research inspires the researchers to induce other cell types. It implies that all cells are totipotent: with the proper tools, all cells may form all kinds of tissue.[56]
273
Treatments
Medical researchers believe that stem cell therapy has the potential to dramatically change the treatment of human disease. A number of adult stem cell therapies already exist, particularly bone marrow transplants that are used to treat leukemia.[58] In the future, medical researchers anticipate being able to use technologies derived from stem cell research to treat a wider variety of diseases including cancer, Parkinson's disease, spinal cord injuries, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, and muscle damage, amongst a number of other impairments and conditions.[59][60] However, there still [57] Diseases and conditions where stem cell treatment is promising or emerging. Bone exists a great deal of social and marrow transplantation is, as of 2009, the only established use of stem cells. scientific uncertainty surrounding stem cell research, which could possibly be overcome through public debate and future research, and further education of the public. One concern of treatment is the risk that transplanted stem cells could form tumors and become cancerous if cell division continues uncontrollably.[61] Stem cells are widely studied, for their potential therapeutic use and for their inherent interest.[62] Supporters of embryonic stem cell research argue that such research should be pursued because the resultant treatments could have significant medical potential. It has been proposed that surplus embryos created for in vitro fertilization could be donated with consent and used for the research. The recent development of iPS cells has been called a bypass of the legal controversy. Laws limiting the destruction of human embryos have been credited for being the reason for development of iPS cells, but it is still not completely clear whether hiPS cells are equivalent to hES cells. Recent work demonstrates hotspots of aberrant epigenomic reprogramming in hiPS cells (Lister, R., et al., 2011).
Stem cell
274
Toxicity screening
Hepatotoxicity and drug-induced liver injury account for a substantial number of failures of new drugs in development and market withdrawal, highlighting the need for screening assays such as stem cell-derived hepatocyte-like cells, that are capable of detecting toxicity early in the drug development process.[]
Research patents
The patents covering a lot of work on human embryonic stem cells are owned by the Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation (WARF). WARF does not charge academics to study human stem cells but does charge commercial users. WARF sold Geron Corp. exclusive rights to work on human stem cells but later sued Geron Corp. to recover some of the previously sold rights. The two sides agreed that Geron Corp. would keep the rights to only three cell types. In 2001, WARF came under public pressure to widen access to human stem-cell technology.[63] A request for reviewing the WARF patents 5,843,780; 6,200,806; 7,029,913 US Patent and Trademark Office were filed by non-profit patent-watchdogs The Foundation for Taxpayer & Consumer Rights [64], and the Public Patent Foundation as well as molecular biologist Jeanne Loring of the Burnham Institute. According to them, two of the patents granted to WARF are invalid because they cover a technique published in 1993 for which a patent had already been granted to an Australian researcher. Another part of the challenge states that these techniques, developed by James A. Thomson, are rendered obvious by a 1990 paper and two textbooks. Based on this challenge, patent 7,029,913 was rejected in 2010. The two remaining hES WARF patents are due to expire in 2015. The outcome of this legal challenge is particularly relevant to the Geron Corp. as it can only license patents that are upheld.[64]
Key research events
• 1908: The term "stem cell" was proposed for scientific use by the Russian histologist Alexander Maksimov (1874–1928) at congress of hematologic society in Berlin. It postulated existence of haematopoietic stem cells. • 1960s: Joseph Altman and Gopal Das present scientific evidence of adult neurogenesis, ongoing stem cell activity in the brain; their reports contradict Cajal's "no new neurons" dogma and are largely ignored. • 1963: McCulloch and Till illustrate the presence of self-renewing cells in mouse bone marrow. • 1968: Bone marrow transplant between two siblings successfully treats SCID. • 1978: Haematopoietic stem cells are discovered in human cord blood. • 1981: Mouse embryonic stem cells are derived from the inner cell mass by scientists Martin Evans, Matthew Kaufman, and Gail R. Martin. Gail Martin is attributed for coining the term "Embryonic Stem Cell". • 1992: Neural stem cells are cultured in vitro as neurospheres. • 1997: Leukemia is shown to originate from a haematopoietic stem cell, the first direct evidence for cancer stem cells. • 1998: James Thomson and coworkers derive the first human embryonic stem cell line at the University of Wisconsin–Madison.[] • 1998: John Gearhart (Johns Hopkins University) extracted germ cells from fetal gonadal tissue (primordial germ cells) before developing pluripotent stem cell lines from the original extract. • 2000s: Several reports of adult stem cell plasticity are published. • 2001: Scientists at Advanced Cell Technology clone first early (four- to six-cell stage) human embryos for the purpose of generating embryonic stem cells.[65] • 2003: Dr. Songtao Shi of NIH discovers new source of adult stem cells in children's primary teeth.[66] • 2004–2005: Korean researcher Hwang Woo-Suk claims to have created several human embryonic stem cell lines from unfertilised human oocytes. The lines were later shown to be fabricated.
Stem cell • 2005: Researchers at Kingston University in England claim to have discovered a third category of stem cell, dubbed cord-blood-derived embryonic-like stem cells (CBEs), derived from umbilical cord blood. The group claims these cells are able to differentiate into more types of tissue than adult stem cells. • 2005: Researchers at UC Irvine's Reeve-Irvine Research Center are able to partially restore the ability of rats with paralyzed spines to walk through the injection of human neural stem cells.[67] • April 2006 Scientists at the University of Illinois at Chicago identified novel stem cells from the umbilical cord blood with embryonic and hematopoietic characteristics.[44] • August 2006: Mouse Induced pluripotent stem cells: the journal Cell publishes Kazutoshi Takahashi and Shinya Yamanaka.[68] • November 2006: Yong Zhao et al. revealed the immune regulation of T lymphocytes by Cord Blood-Derived Multipotent Stem Cells (CB-SCs).[45] • October 2006: Scientists at Newcastle University in England create the first ever artificial liver cells using umbilical cord blood stem cells.[69][70]
275
• January 2007: Scientists at Wake Forest University led by Dr. Anthony Atala and Harvard University report discovery of a new type of stem cell in amniotic fluid.[71] This may potentially provide an alternative to embryonic stem cells for use in research and therapy.[72]
Yong Zhao, University of Illinois at Chicago
• June 2007: Research reported by three different groups shows that normal skin cells can be reprogrammed to an embryonic state in mice.[73] In the same month, scientist Shoukhrat Mitalipov reports the first successful creation of a primate stem cell line through somatic cell nuclear transfer[74] • October 2007: Mario Capecchi, Martin Evans, and Oliver Smithies win the 2007 Nobel Prize for Physiology or Medicine for their work on embryonic stem cells from mice using gene targeting strategies producing genetically engineered mice (known as knockout mice) for gene research.[] • November 2007: Human induced pluripotent stem cells: Two similar papers released by their respective journals prior to formal publication: in Cell by Kazutoshi Takahashi and Shinya Yamanaka, "Induction of pluripotent stem cells from adult human fibroblasts by defined factors",[75] and in Science by Junying Yu, et al., from the research group of James Thomson, "Induced pluripotent stem cell lines derived from human somatic cells":[76] pluripotent stem cells generated from mature human fibroblasts. It is possible now to produce a stem cell from almost any other human cell instead of using embryos as needed previously, albeit the risk of tumorigenesis due to c-myc and retroviral gene transfer remains to be determined. • January 2008: Robert Lanza and colleagues at Advanced Cell Technology and UCSF create the first human embryonic stem cells without destruction of the embryo[77]
Martin Evans, a co-winner of the Nobel Prize in recognition of his gene targeting work.
• January 2008: Development of human cloned blastocysts following somatic cell nuclear transfer with adult fibroblasts[78] • February 2008: Generation of pluripotent stem cells from adult mouse liver and stomach: these iPS cells seem to be more similar to embryonic stem cells than the previously developed iPS cells and not tumorigenic, moreover genes that are required for iPS cells do not need to be inserted into specific sites, which encourages the development of non-viral reprogramming techniques.[79]
Stem cell • March 2008-The first published study of successful cartilage regeneration in the human knee using autologous adult mesenchymal stem cells is published by clinicians from Regenerative Sciences[80] • October 2008: Sabine Conrad and colleagues at Tübingen, Germany generate pluripotent stem cells from spermatogonial cells of adult human testis by culturing the cells in vitro under leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) supplementation.[81] • 30 October 2008: Embryonic-like stem cells from a single human hair.[82] • January 2009: Yong Zhao and colleagues confirmed the reversal of autoimmune-caused type 1 diabetes by Cord Blood-Derived Multipotent Stem Cells (CB-SCs) in an animal experiment.[][46] • 1 March 2009: Andras Nagy, Keisuke Kaji, et al. discover a way to produce embryonic-like stem cells from normal adult cells by using a novel "wrapping" procedure to deliver specific genes to adult cells to reprogram them into stem cells without the risks of using a virus to make the change.[83][84][85] The use of electroporation is said to allow for the temporary insertion of genes into the cell.[86][87][88][89] • 28 May 2009 Kim et al. announced that they had devised a way to manipulate skin cells to create patient specific "induced pluripotent stem cells" (iPS), claiming it to be the 'ultimate stem cell solution'.[90] • 11 October 2010 First trial of embryonic stem cells in humans.[91] • 25 October 2010: Ishikawa et al. write in the Journal of Experimental Medicine that research shows that transplanted cells that contain their new host's nuclear DNA could still be rejected by the invidual's immune system due to foreign mitochondrial DNA. Tissues made from a person's stem cells could therefore be rejected, because mitochondrial genomes tend to accumulate mutations.[92] • 2011: Israeli scientist Inbar Friedrich Ben-Nun led a team which produced the first stem cells from endangered species, a breakthrough that could save animals in danger of extinction.[93] • January 2012: The human clinical trial of treating type 1 diabetes with lymphocyte modification using Cord Blood-Derived Multipotent Stem Cells (CB-SCs) achieved an improvement of C-peptide levels, reduced the median glycated hemoglobin A1C (HbA1c) values, and decreased the median daily dose of insulin in both human patient groups with and without residual beta cell function.[47][48] Yong Zhao's Stem Cell Educator Therapy appears "so simple and so safe"[94] • 2012: Katsuhiko Hayashi et al. reported in the Journal Science that they used mouse skin cells to create stem cells and then used these stem cells to create mouse eggs. These eggs were then fertilized and produced healthy baby offspring. These latter mice were able to have their own babies.[95]
276
References
[51] "His inspiration comes from the research by Prof Shinya Yamanaka at Kyoto University, which suggests a way to create human embryo stem cells without the need for human eggs, which are in extremely short supply, and without the need to create and destroy human cloned embryos, which is bitterly opposed by the pro life movement." [52] Frozen blood a source of stem cells, study finds (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20100703175036/ http:/ / www. newsdaily. com/ stories/ tre6604si-us-stemcells-frozen/ ). newsdaily.com (2010-07-01) [57] Diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, Parkinson's, Alzheimer's disease, osteoarthritis: • Cell Basics: What are the potential uses of human stem cells and the obstacles that must be overcome before these potential uses will be realized? (http:/ / stemcells. nih. gov/ info/ basics/ basics6Stem). In Stem Cell Information World Wide Web site. Bethesda, MD: National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2009. cited Sunday, April 26, 2009
Stroke and traumatic brain injury repair:
• Stem Cells Tapped to Replenish Organs (http:/ / www. mult-sclerosis. org/ news/ Dec2000/ StemCellDebatePartII. html) thescientist.com, Nov 2000. By Douglas Steinberg
Learning defects:
• ISRAEL21c: Israeli scientists reverse brain birth defects using stem cells (http:/ / www. israel21c. org/ health/ israeli-scientists-reverse-brain-birth-defects-using-stem-cells) December 25, 2008. (Researchers from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem-Hadassah Medical led by Prof. Joseph Yanai)
Spinal cord injury repair:
Stem cell Heart infarction: Anti-cancer:
• thescientist.com, Nov 2000. By Douglas Steinberg
Replace missing teeth: Repair hearing:
• Gene therapy is first deafness 'cure' – health – 14 February 2005 – New Scientist (http:/ / www. newscientist. com/ article/ dn7003)
Restore vision:
• BBC NEWS | England | Southern Counties | Stem cells used to restore vision (http:/ / news. bbc. co. uk/ 1/ hi/ england/ southern_counties/ 4495419. stm)
Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis:
• Drs. Gearhart and Kerr of Johns Hopkins University. April 4, 2001 edition of JAMA (Vol. 285, 1691–1693)
Crohn's disease: Wound healing:
[61] "Stem-cell therapy: Promise and reality." Consumer Reports on Health 17.6 (2005): 8–9. Academic Search Premier. EBSCO. Web. 5 Apr. 2010. [63] Regalado, Antonio, David P. Hamilton (July 2006). "How a University's Patents May Limit Stem-Cell Researcher." (http:/ / www. geneticsandsociety. org/ article. php?id=1896) The Wall Street Journal. Retrieved on July 24, 2006. [64] Kintisch, Eli (2006-07-18) "Groups Target Stem Cell Patents." (http:/ / news. sciencemag. org/ sciencenow/ 2006/ 07/ 18-02. html) ScienceNOW Daily News. Retrieved August 15, 2006. [90] (cited in lay summary, not read) [93] Shtull-Trauring, Asaf (2011-09-06) Israeli scientist leads breakthrough stem cell research on endangered species (http:/ / www. haaretz. com/ print-edition/ news/ israeli-scientist-leads-breakthrough-stem-cell-research-on-endangered-species-1. 382754)
External links
General • Stem Cell Basics (http://stemcells.nih.gov/info/basics/) • Nature Reports Stem Cells: Introductory material, research advances and debates concerning stem cell research. (http://www.nature.com/stemcells) • Understanding Stem Cells: A View of the Science and Issues from the National Academies (http://dels.nas.edu/ bls/stemcells/booklet.shtml) • Scientific American Magazine (June 2004 Issue) The Stem Cell Challenge (http://www.scientificamerican. com/article.cfm?id=the-stem-cell-challenge) • Scientific American Magazine (July 2006 Issue) Stem Cells: The Real Culprits in Cancer? (http://www. scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=stem-cells-the-real-culpr-2006-07) • Ethics of Stem Cell Research (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/stem-cells) entry by Andrew Siegel in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy • Isolation of amniotic stem cell lines with potential for therapy (http://www.nature.com/nbt/journal/v25/n1/ abs/nbt1274.html) • Children's Hospital Stem Cell Research (http://stemcell.childrenshospital.org) • Stem Cell Research and Industry Directory (http://stemcelllist.com) • Corneal endothelial and epithelial stem cell research and application (http://www.cesbank.org) • Stem Cell Consumer Progress and Research (http://www.stemcelltelevision.com) Peer-reviewed journals • Cytotherapy (http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/titles/14653249.asp)
Stem cell • • • • • Cloning and Stem Cells (http://www.liebertpub.com/products/product.aspx?pid=9) Journal of Stem Cells and Regenerative Medicine (http://www.pubstemcell.com) Stem Cells and Development (http://www.liebertpub.com/products/product.aspx?pid=125) Regenerative Medicine (http://www.futuremedicine.com/loi/rme) Stem Cell Research (http://www.elsevier.com/wps/find/journaldescription.cws_home/711630/ description#description) • StemBook (http://www.stembook.org)
278
Huxley's layer
279
Huxley's layer
Huxley's layer
Transverse section of hair follicle. Gray's subject #234 1068
[1]
The second layer of the inner root sheath of the hair consists of one or two layers of horny, flattened, nucleated cells, known as Huxley's layer.
Henle's layer
280
Henle's layer
Henle's layer
Transverse section of hair follicle. Gray's subject #234 1068
[1]
Henle's layer is the third layer of the inner root sheath of the hair, consisting of a single layer of cubical cells with clear flattened nuclei. It is named after German physician, pathologist and anatomist Friedrich Gustav Jakob Henle.
External links
• synd/649 [1] at Who Named It? This article incorporates text from a public domain edition of Gray's Anatomy.
Trichocyte (human)
In mammals, trichocytes are the specialized epithelial cells from which the highly mechanically resilient tissues hair and nails are formed. They can be identified by the fact that they express "hard", "trichocyte" or "hair" keratin proteins.[1] These are modified keratins containing large amounts of the amino acid cysteine, which facilitates chemical cross-linking of these proteins to form the tough material from which hair and nail is composed. These cells give rise to non-hair non-keratinized IRSC (inner root sheath cell) as well.
References
Epithelium
281
Epithelium
Epithelium
Latin Epithelium Code TH H2.00.02.0.00001 [1]
Epithelium is one of the four basic types of animal tissue, along with connective tissue, muscle tissue and nervous tissue. Epithelial tissues line the cavities and surfaces of structures throughout the body, and also form many glands. Functions of epithelial cells include secretion, selective absorption, protection, transcellular transport and detection of sensation. In Greek "ἐπί" ("epi") means "on" or "upon", and "θηλή" ("thēlē") means "nipple".[1] Epithelial layers are avascular, so they must receive nourishment via diffusion of substances from the underlying connective tissue, through the basement membrane.[][2] Epithelia can also be organized into clusters of cells that function as exocrine and endocrine glands.
Structure
Cells in epithelium are very densely packed together like bricks in a wall, leaving very little intercellular space. The cells can form continuous sheets which are attached to each other at many locations by adherens junctions, tight junctions and desmosomes.[]
Basement membrane
All epithelial cells rest on a basement membrane, which acts as a scaffolding on which epithelium can grow and regenerate after injuries.[3] Epithelial tissue is innervated, but avascular. This epithelial tissue must be nourished by substances diffusing from the blood vessels in the underlying tissue, but they don't have their own blood supply. The basement membrane acts as a selectively permeable membrane that determines which substances will be able to enter the epithelium.[][2]
Cell junctions
Cell junctions are especially abundant in epithelial tissues. They consist of protein complexes and provide contact between neighbouring cells, between a cell and the extracellular matrix, or they build up the paracellular barrier of epithelia and control the paracellular transport.[citation needed] Cell junctions are the contact points between plasma membrane and tissue cells. There are mainly 5 different types of cell junctions. They are tight junctions, adherens junctions, desmosomes, hemidesmosomes, and gap junctions. Tight junctions are a pair of trans-membranar protein fused on outer plasma membrane. Adherens junctions are a plaque (protein layer on the inside plasma membrane) which attaches both cells' microfilaments. Desmosomes attach to the microfilaments of cytoskeleton made up of keratin protein. Hemidesmosomes resemble desmosomes on a section. They are made up of the integrin (a transmembraner protein) instead of cadherin. They attach the epithelial cell to the basement membrane. Gap junctions connect the cytoplasm of two cells and are made up of proteins called connexins (six of which come together to make a connexon).
Epithelium
282
Classification
Tissues are generally classified by the morphology of their cells, and the number of layers they are composed of.[][][4] Epithelial tissue that is only one cell thick is known as simple epithelium.[5] If it is two or more cells thick, it is known as stratified epithelium.[6] However, when taller simple epithelial cells (see columnar, Types of epithelium below) are viewed in cross section with several nuclei appearing at different heights, they can be confused with stratified epithelia. This kind of epithelium is therefore described as "pseudostratified" epithelium.[7] There are three principal morphologies associated with epithelial cells. Squamous epithelium has cells which are wider than they are tall (flat and scale-like). Cuboidal epithelium has cells whose height and width are approximately the same (cube shaped). Columnar epithelium has cells taller than they are wide (column shaped). In addition, the morphology of the cells in transitional epithelium may vary from squamous to cuboidal, depending on the amount of tension on the epithelium.[8]
Simple epithelium
Simple epithelium is one cell thick, that is, every cell is in direct contact with the underlying basement membrane. It is generally found where absorption and filtration occur. The thinness of the epithelial barrier facilitates these processes.[] Simple epithelial tissues are generally classified by the shape of their cells. The four major classes of simple epithelium are: (1) simple squamous; (2) simple cuboidal; (3) simple columnar; (4) pseudostratified.[] Simple squamous epithelium is found lining areas where passive diffusion of gases occur, including the walls of capillaries, the linings of the alveoli of the lungs, and the linings of the pericardial, pleural, and peritoneal cavities.
Functions
The primary functions of epithelial tissues are: (1) to protect the tissues that lie beneath it from radiation, desiccation, toxins, invasion by pathogens, and physical trauma; (2) the regulation and exchange of chemicals between the underlying tissues and a body cavity; (3) the secretion of hormones into the blood vascular system, and/or the secretion of sweat, mucus, enzymes, and other products that are delivered by ducts glandular epithelium;[9] (4) to provide sensation [11].
Secretory epithelia
As stated above, secretion is one major function of epithelial cells. Glands are formed from the invagination / infolding of epithelial cells and subsequent growth in the underlying connective tissue. There are two major classifications of glands: endocrine glands and exocrine glands. Endocrine glands secrete their product into the extracellular space where it is rapidly taken up by the blood vascular system. The exocrine glands secrete their products into a duct that then delivers the product to the lumen of an organ or onto the free surface of the epithelium. In arthropods, the integument, or external "skin", consists of a single layer of epithelial ectoderm from which arises the cuticle,[] an outer covering of chitin the rigidity of which varies as per its chemical composition.
Epithelium
283
Sensing the extracellular environment
"Some epithelial cells are ciliated, and they commonly exist as a sheet of polarised cells forming a tube or tubule with cilia projecting into the lumen." Primary cilia on epithelial cells provide chemosensation, thermosensation and mechanosensation of the extracellular environment by playing "a sensory role mediating specific signalling cues, including soluble factors in the external cell environment, a secretory role in which a soluble protein is released to have an effect downstream of the fluid flow, and mediation of fluid flow if the cilia are motile."[]
Embryological development
In general, there are epithelial tissues deriving from all of the embryological germ layers[citation needed]: • from ectoderm (e.g., the epidermis); • from endoderm (e.g., the lining of the gastrointestinal tract); • from mesoderm (e.g., the inner linings of body cavities). However, it is important to note that pathologists do not consider endothelium and mesothelium (both derived from mesoderm) to be true epithelium. This is because such tissues present very different pathology. For that reason, pathologists label cancers in endothelium and mesothelium sarcomas, whereas true epithelial cancers are called carcinomas. Also, the filaments that support these mesoderm-derived tissues are very distinct. Outside of the field of pathology, it is, in general, accepted that the epithelium arises from all three germ layers.[citation needed]
Growing in culture
When growing epithelium in culture, one can determine whether or not a particular cell is epithelial by examining its morphological characteristics. Epithelial cells tend to cluster together, and have a "characteristic tight pavementlike appearance". But this is not always the case, such as when the cells are derived from a tumor. In these cases, it is often necessary to use certain biochemical markers to make a positive identification. The intermediate filament proteins in the cytokeratin group are almost exclusively found in epithelial cells, and so are often used for this purpose.[10]
Location
Epithelium lines both the outside (skin) and the inside cavities and lumen of bodies. The outermost layer of our skin is composed of dead stratified squamous, keratinized epithelial cells.[citation needed] Tissues that line the inside of the mouth, the esophagus and part of the rectum are composed of nonkeratinized stratified squamous epithelium. Other surfaces that separate body cavities from the outside environment are lined by simple squamous, columnar, or pseudostratified epithelial cells. Other epithelial cells line the insides of the lungs, the gastrointestinal tract, the reproductive and urinary tracts, and make up the exocrine and endocrine glands. The outer surface of the cornea is covered with fast-growing, easily regenerated epithelial cells. Endothelium (the inner lining of blood vessels, the heart, and lymphatic vessels) is a specialized form of epithelium. Another type, mesothelium, forms the walls of the pericardium, pleurae, and peritoneum.[citation needed]
Tissue blood vessels ducts of submandibular glands attached gingiva dorsum of tongue hard palate oesophagus stomach small intestine large intestine rectum anus Simple squamous Stratified columnar
reproductive - male reproductive - male reproductive - male reproductive - male reproductive - male reproductive - male (gland) reproductive - male (gland)
Human cheek cells (Nonkeratinized stratified squamous epithelium) 500x
Epithelium
286
References
Notes
[1] Epitheium at Wiktionary (http:/ / en. wiktionary. org/ wiki/ epithelium) [2] Freshney, 2002: p. 3 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=KqKNxeWlU6MC& pg=PA3) [5] van Lommel, 2002: p. 94 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=EvYjLNKLu9sC& pg=PA94) [6] van Lommel, 2002: p. 97 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=EvYjLNKLu9sC& pg=PA97) [9] van Lommel, 2002: p. 91 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=EvYjLNKLu9sC& pg=PA91) [10] Freshney, 2002: p. 9 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=KqKNxeWlU6MC& pg=PA9)
Bibliography
• Freshney, R.I. (2002). "Introduction" (http://books.google.com/books?id=KqKNxeWlU6MC&pg=PA1). In Freshney, R. Ian & Freshney, Mary. Culture of epithelial cells. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN 978-0-471-40121-6. • van Lommel, Alfons T.L. (2002). From cells to organs: a histology textbook and atlas (http://books.google. com/books?id=EvYjLNKLu9sC). Springer. ISBN 978-1-4020-7257-4.
Further reading
• Green H (September 2008). "The birth of therapy with cultured cells". BioEssays 30 (9): 897–903. doi: 10.1002/bies.20797 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/bies.20797). PMID 18693268 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/18693268). • Kefalides, Nicholas A. & Borel, Jacques P., ed. (2005). Basement membranes: cell and molecular biology (http:// books.google.com/books?id=RM-FVY47NEgC). Gulf Professional Publishing. ISBN 978-0-12-153356-4. • Nagpal R, Patel A, Gibson MC (March 2008). "Epithelial topology". BioEssays 30 (3): 260–6. doi: 10.1002/bies.20722 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/bies.20722). PMID 18293365 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/18293365). • Yamaguchi Y, Brenner M, Hearing VJ (September 2007). "The regulation of skin pigmentation" (http://www. jbc.org/cgi/pmidlookup?view=long&pmid=17635904) (Review). J. Biol. Chem. 282 (38): 27557–61. doi: 10.1074/jbc.R700026200 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1074/jbc.R700026200). PMID 17635904 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17635904).
Squamous epithelial cell
287
Squamous epithelial cell
Squamous epithelial cell
Squamous epithelium is one of several types of epithelia. Code TH H2.00.02.0.01027
[1]
In anatomy, squamous epithelium (from Latin squama, "scale") is an epithelium characterised by its most superficial layer consisting of flat, scale-like cells called squamous epithelial cells. Epithelium may be composed of one layer of these cells, in which case it is referred to as simple squamous epithelium, or it may possess multiple layers, referred to then as stratified squamous epithelium. Both types perform differing functions, ranging from nutrient exchange to protection.[citation needed] Cancers of the squamous epithelium include squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, and other adnexal tumors.[citation needed] Squamous epithelial cells have a polygonal appearance when viewed from above.[1]
References External links
• Histology at KUMC epithel-epith02 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/epithel/ epith02.htm) Simple squamous epithelium of the glomerulus (kidney) • Diagrams of simple squamous epithelium (http://www.lima.ohio-state.edu/academics/biology/images/ anatomy/Simple Squamous Epithelium 400X.jpg) • Histology at KUMC epithel-epith12 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/epithel/ epith12.htm) Stratified squamous epithelium of the vagina • Histology at KUMC epithel-epith14 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/epithel/ epith14.htm) Stratified squamous epithelium of the skin (thin skin) • Histology at KUMC epithel-epith15 (http://www.kumc.edu/instruction/medicine/anatomy/histoweb/epithel/ epith15.htm) Stratified squamous epithelium of the skin (thick skin) • Stratified squamous epithelium of the esophagus (http://bioweb.uwlax.edu/zoolab/Table_of_Contents/ Lab-1b/Cross_section_of_the_esophagou/Stratified_squamous_epithelium/stratified_squamous_epithelium. htm) • Research News about Squamous Cell (http://www.ningishzida.com/classifieds/Squamous_Cell.html)
Hair cell
288
Hair cell
Neuron: PswiandfSW
Section through the spiral organ of Corti. Magnified. ("Outer hair cells" labeled near top; "inner hair cells" labeled near center). Location Function Morphology Presynaptic connections Postsynaptic connections Gray's NeuroLex ID Cochlea Amplify sound waves and transduce auditory information to the Brain Stem Unique (see text) None Via auditory nerve to vestibulocochlear nerve to inferior colliculus subject #232 1057 nifext_61 [2] [1]
Hair cells are the sensory receptors of both the auditory system and the vestibular system in all vertebrates. In mammals, the auditory hair cells are located within the organ of Corti on a thin basilar membrane in the cochlea of the inner ear. They derive their name from the tufts of stereocilia that protrude from the apical surface of the cell, a structure known as the hair bundle, into the scala media, a fluid-filled tube within the cochlea. Mammalian cochlear hair cells come in two anatomically and functionally distinct types: the outer and inner hair cells. Damage to these hair cells results in decreased hearing sensitivity, i.e. sensorineural hearing loss.
Hair bundles as sound detectors and amplifiers
Research of the past decades has shown that outer hair cells do not send neural signals to the brain, but that they mechanically amplify low-level sound that enters the cochlea. The amplification may be powered by movement of their hair bundles, or by an electrically driven motility of their cell bodies. The inner hair cells transform the sound vibrations in the fluids of the cochlea into electrical signals that are then relayed via the auditory nerve to the auditory brainstem and to the auditory cortex. Results in recent years further indicate that mammals apparently have conserved an evolutionarily earlier type of hair-cell motility. This so-called hair-bundle motility amplifies sound in all non-mammalian land vertebrates. It is affected by the closing mechanism of the mechanical sensory ion channels at the tips of the hair bundles. Thus, the same hair-bundle mechanism that detects sound vibrations also actively "vibrates back" and thereby mechanically amplifies weak incoming sound.
Hair cell
289
Inner hair cells – from sound to nerve signal
The deflection of the hair-cell stereocilia opens mechanically gated ion channels that allow any small, positively charged ions (primarily potassium and calcium) to enter the cell.[1] Unlike many other electrically active cells, the hair cell itself does not fire an action potential. Instead, the influx of positive ions from the endolymph in Scala media depolarizes the cell, resulting in a receptor potential. This receptor potential opens voltage gated calcium channels; calcium ions then enter the cell and trigger the release of neurotransmitters at the basal end of the cell. The neurotransmitters diffuse across the narrow space between the hair cell and a nerve terminal, where they then bind to receptors and thus trigger action Section through the organ of corti, showing inner and outer hair cells potentials in the nerve. In this way, the mechanical sound signal is converted into an electrical nerve signal. The repolarization in the hair cell is done in a special manner. The Perilymph in Scala tympani has a very low concentration of positive ions. The electrochemical gradient makes the positive ions flow through channels to the Perilymph. Hair cells chronically leak Ca2+. This leakage causes a tonic release of neurotransmitter to the synapses. It is thought that this tonic release is what allows the hair cells to respond so quickly in response to mechanical stimuli. The quickness of the hair cell response may also be due to that fact that it can increase the amount of neurotransmitter release in response to a change as little as 100 μV in membrane potential.[2]
Outer hair cells – acoustical pre-amplifiers
In mammalian outer hair cells, the receptor potential triggers active vibrations of the cell body. This mechanical response to electrical signals is termed somatic electromotility[3] and drives oscillations in the cell’s length, which occur at the frequency of the incoming sound and provide mechanical feedback amplification. A movie clip showing an isolated outer hair cell moving in response to electrical stimulation can be seen here. [6] Outer hair cells have evolved only in mammals. While hearing sensitivity of mammals is similar to that of other classes of vertebrates, without functioning outer hair cells, the sensitivity decreases by approximately 50 dB. Outer hair cells extend the hearing range to about 200 kHz in some marine mammals.[4] They have also improved frequency selectivity (frequency discrimination), which is of particular benefit for humans, because it enabled sophisticated speech and music. The effect of this system is to non-linearly amplify quiet sounds more than large ones, so that a wide range of sound pressures can be reduced to a much smaller range of hair displacements.[] This property of amplification is called the cochlear amplifier. The molecular biology of hair cells has seen considerable progress in recent years, with the identification of the motor protein (prestin) that underlies somatic electromotility in the outer hair cells. Santos-Sacchi et al. have shown that prestin's function is dependent on chloride channel signalling and that it is compromised by the common marine pesticide tributyltin (TBT). Because this class of pollutant bioconcentrates up the food chain, the effect is pronounced in top marine predators such as orcas and toothed whales.[5]
Hair cell
290
Neural connection
Neurons of the auditory or vestibulocochlear nerve (the VIIIth cranial nerve) innervate cochlear and vestibular hair cells.[6] The neurotransmitter released by hair cells to stimulate the dendrites of afferent neurons is thought to be glutamate. At the presynaptic juncture, there is a distinct presynaptic dense body or ribbon. This dense body is surrounded by synaptic vesicles and is thought to aid in the fast release of neurotransmitter. Nerve fiber innervation is much denser for inner hair cells than for outer hair cells. A single inner hair cell is innervated by numerous nerve fibers, whereas a single nerve fiber innervates many outer hair cells. Inner hair cell nerve fibers are also very heavily myelinated, which is in contrast to the unmyelinated outer hair cell nerve fibers. The region of the basilar membrane supplying the inputs to a particular afferent nerve fibre can be considered to be its receptive field. Efferent projections from the brain to the cochlea also play a role in the perception of sound. Efferent synapses occur on outer hair cells and on afferent (towards the brain) dendrites under inner hair cells. The presynaptic terminal bouton is filled with vesicles containing acetylcholine and a neuropeptide called Calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP). The effects of these compounds varies, in some hair cells the acetylcholine hyperpolarized the cell, which reduces the sensitivity of the cochlea locally.
Regrowth
Research on the regrowth of cochlea cells may lead to medical treatments that restore hearing. Unlike fish, birds, and reptiles, post-birth humans and other mammals are normally unable to regrow the cells of the inner ear that convert sound into neural signals when those cells are damaged by age or disease.[7] There is some contradictory information regarding the possibility of hair cell regeneration in mature mammals.[8][9][10] Researchers are making progress toward gene and stem-cell therapies that may allow the damaged cells to be regenerated.[11] Researchers have identified a mammalian gene that normally acts as a molecular switch to block the regrowth of cochlear hair cells in adults.[12] The Rb1 gene encodes the retinoblastoma protein that performs several physiological functions.[13] Not only do hair cells in a culture dish regenerate when the Rb1 gene is deleted, but mice bred to be missing the gene grow more hair cells than control mice that have the gene. The cell cycle inhibitor p27kip1 has also been shown to allow regrowth of cochlear hair cells in mice following genetic deletion or knock down with siRNA targeting p27.[14][15][16]
References
• Coffin A, Kelley M, Manley GA, Popper AN. "Evolution of sensory hair cells". pp. 55–94. in Manley et al. (2004) • Fettiplace R, Hackney CM (2006). "The sensory and motor roles of auditory hair cells". Nature Reviews. Neuroscience 7 (1): 19–29. doi: 10.1038/nrn1828 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nrn1828). PMID 16371947 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16371947). • Kandel ER, Schwartz JH, Jessell TM (2000). Principles of Neural Science (4th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill. pp. 590–594. ISBN 0-8385-7701-6. • Manley GA, Popper AN, Fay RR (2004). Evolution of the Vertebrate Auditory System. New York: Springer-Verlag. ISBN 0-387-21093-8. • Manley GA. "Advances and perspectives in the study of the evolution of the vertebrate auditory system". pp. 360–368. in Manley et al. (2004) • Rabbitt RD, Boyle B, Highstein SM (1–5 February 2010). "Mechanical amplification by hair cells in the semicircular canals" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2840494). Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107 (8): 3864–9. doi: 10.1073/pnas0906765107 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/ pnas0906765107). PMC 2840494 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2840494). PMID 20133682 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/20133682). Lay summary (http://www.physorg.com/ news184935465.html). • Breneman KD, Brownell WE, Rabbitt RD (22 April 2009). "Hair cell bundles: flexoelectric motors of the inner ear" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2668172). In Brezina, Vladimir. PLOS One 4 (4): e5201. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0005201 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0005201). PMC 2668172 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2668172). PMID 19384413 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19384413). Lay summary (http://www.physorg.com/news159599814.html).
External links
• Molecular Basis of Hearing (http://www.ks.uiuc.edu/Research/hearing/) • Hair Cells at the University of Montpellier (http://www.iurc.montp.inserm.fr/cric51/audition/english/corti/ hcells/fhcells.htm) • Dancing OHC (http://www.yaleearlab.org/) video Yale Ear Lab • NIF Search - Hair Cell (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Hair Cell&t=data&s=cover&b=0& r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework • Hair-Tuning-Sound-Sensor (http://www.scribd.com/doc/96781099/Hair-Tuning-Sound-Sensor) A concise report on the recent development of sound sensors based on hair tuning by students of SMMEE, IIT Ropar (http:/ /www.iitrpr.ac.in/)
Sensory neuron
292
Sensory neuron
Sensory neurons are neurons responsible for converting various external stimuli that come from the environment into corresponding internal stimuli. They are activated by sensory input (vision, touch, hearing, etc.), and send projections to other elements of nervous system, ultimately conveying sensory information to the brain or spinal cord. Unlike neurons of the central nervous system, whose inputs come from other neurons, sensory neurons are activated by physical modalities such as light, sound, and temperature. In complex organisms, the central nervous system is the destination to which sensory neurons transmit their data; in the case of less complex organisms, such as the hydra, sensory neurons send their data to motor neurons and sensory neurons can also send data via electrical impulses to the brain. At the molecular level, sensory receptors located on the cell membrane of sensory neurons are responsible for the conversion of stimuli into electrical impulses. The type of receptor employed by a given sensory neuron determines the type of stimulus it will be sensitive to. For example, neurons containing mechanoreceptors are sensitive to tactile stimuli, while olfactory receptors make a cell sensitive to odors.[1]
Types and function
Somatic sensory system
The somatic sensory system includes the sensations of touch, pressure, vibration, limb position, heat, cold, and pain. The cell bodies of somatic sensory afferent fibers lie in ganglia throughout the spine. These neurons are responsible for relaying information about the body to the central nervous system. Neurons residing in ganglia of the head and body supply the central nervous system with information about the aforementioned external stimuli occurring to the body. Pseudounipolar neurons are located in the dorsal root ganglia (the head).[2] Mechanoreceptors Specialized receptor cells called mechanoreceptors often encapsulate afferent fibers to help tune the afferent fibers to the different types of somatic stimulation. Mechanoreceptors also help lower thresholds for action potential generation in afferent fibers and thus make them more likely to fire in the presence of sensory stimulation.[3] Proprioceptors are another type of mechanoreceptors which literally means "receptors for self." These receptors provide spatial information about limbs and other body parts.[4] Nociceptors are responsible for processing pain and temperature changes. The burning pain and irritation experienced after eating a chili pepper (due to its main ingredient, capsaicin), the cold sensation experienced after ingesting a chemical such as menthol or icillin, as well as the common sensation of pain are all a result of neurons with these receptors.[5] Problems with mechanoreceptors lead to disorders such as: • Neuropathic pain - a severe pain condition resulting from a damaged sensory nerve [6] • Hyperalgesia - an increased sensitivity to pain caused by sensory ion channel, TRPM8, which is typically responds to temperatures between 23 and 26 degrees, and provides the cooling sensation associated with menthol and icillin [7] • Phantom limb syndrome - a sensory system disorder where pain or movement is experienced in a limb that does not exist [8]
Sensory neuron
293
Vision
Vision is one of the most complex sensory systems. The eye has to first "see" via refraction of light. Then, light energy has to be converted to electrical signals by photoreceptor cells and finally these signals have to be refined and controlled by the synaptic interactions within the neurons of the retina. The five basic classes of neurons within the retina are photoreceptor cells, bipolar cells, ganglion cells, horizontal cells, and amacrine cells. The basic circuitry of the retina incorporates a three-neuron chain consisting of the photoreceptor (either a rod or cone), bipolar cell, and the ganglion cell. The first action potential occurs in the retinal ganglion cell. This pathway is the most direct way for transmitting visual information to the brain. Problems and decay of sensory neurons associated with vision lead to disorders such as: • Macular degeneration – degeneration of the central visual field due to either cellular debris or blood vessels accumulating between the retina and the choroid, thereby disturbing and/or destroying the complex interplay of neurons that are present there.[9] • Glaucoma – loss of retinal ganglion cells which causes some loss of vision to blindness.[10] • Diabetic retinopathy – poor blood sugar control due to diabetes damages the tiny blood vessels in the retina.[11]
Auditory
The auditory system is responsible for converting pressure waves generated by vibrating air molecules or sound into signals that can be interpreted by the brain. This mechanoelectrical transduction is mediated with hair cells within the ear. Depending on the movement, the hair cell can either hyperpolarize or depolarize. When the movement is towards the tallest stereocilia, the K+ cation channels open allowing K+ to flow into cell and the resulting depolarization causes the Ca2+ channels to open, thus releasing its neurotransmitter into the afferent auditory nerve. There are two types of hair cells: inner and outer. The inner hair cells are the sensory receptors while the outer hair cells are usually from efferent axons originating from cells in the superior olivary complex[12] Problems with sensory neurons associated with the auditory system leads to disorders such as: • Auditory Processing Disorder – auditory information in the brain is processed in an abnormal way. Patients with auditory processing disorder can usually gain the information normally, but their brain cannot process it properly, leading to hearing disability.[13] • Auditory verbal agnosia – comprehension of speech is lost but hearing, speaking, reading, and writing ability is retained. This is caused by damage to the posterior superior temporal lobes, again not allowing the brain to process auditory input correctly.[14]
Drugs
There are many drugs currently on the market that are used to manipulate or treat sensory system disorders. For instance, Gabapentin is a drug that is used to treat neuropathic pain by interacting with one of the voltage-dependent calcium channels present on non-receptive neurons.[15] Some drugs may be used to combat other health problems, but can have unintended side effects on the sensory system. Ototoxic drugs are drugs which affect the cochlea through the use of a toxin like aminoglycoside antibiotics, which poison hair cells. Through the use of these toxins, the K+ pumping hair cells cease their function. Thus, the energy generated by the endocochlear potential which drives the auditory signal transduction process is lost, leading to hearing loss.[16]
Sensory neuron
294
Plasticity (Neuroplasticity)
Ever since scientists observed cortical remapping in the brain of Taub’s Silver Spring monkeys, there has been a lot of research into sensory system plasticity. Huge strides have been made in treating disorders of the sensory system. Techniques such as constraint-induced movement therapy developed by Taub have helped patients with paralyzed limbs regain use of their limbs by forcing the sensory system to grow new neural pathways.[17] Phantom limb syndrome is a sensory system disorder in which amputees perceive that their amputated limb still exists and they may still be experiencing pain in it. The mirror box developed by V.S. Ramachandran, has enabled patients with phantom limb syndrome to realign their body map, the somatosensory system’s perception of where the body is in space with physical reality. It is a simple device which uses a mirror in a box to create an illusion in which the sensory system perceives that it is seeing two hands instead of one, therefore allowing the sensory system to control the "phantom limb". By doing this, the sensory system can gradually get acclimated to the amputated limb, and thus alleviate this syndrome.[18]
Fiber types
Peripheral nerve fibers can be classified based on axonal conduction velocity, mylenation, fiber size etc. For example, there are slow-conducting unmyelinated C fibers and faster-conducting myelinated Aδ fibers. These nerve fibers work with neurons to form the nervous system
Footnotes
[1] Purves et al., 207-392 [2] Purves et al., pg 207 [3] Purves et al., 209 [4] Purves et al., 215-216 [5] Lee 2005 [6] Lee 2005 [7] Lee 2005 [8] Halligan 1999 [9] de Jong 2006 [10] Alguire 1990 [11] Diabetic retinopathy 2005 [12] Purves et al., pg 327-330 [13] Auditory processing disorder, 2004 [14] Stefanatos et al., 2005 [15] Lee 2005 [16] Priuska and Schact 1997 [17] Schwartz and Begley 2002 [18] Ramachandran 1998
References
• Alguire P (1990). "The Eye Chapter 118 Tonometry>Basic Science". in Walker HK, Hall WD, Hurst JW. Clinical methods: the history, physical, and laboratory examinations (3rd ed.). London: Butterworths. ISBN 0-409-90077-X. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/bookshelf/br.fcgi?book=cm&partid=222#A3607. • "Auditory Processing Disorder (APD). Pamphlet, (2004).". British Society of Audiology APD Special Interest Group. MRC Institute of Hearing Research. http://www.ihr.mrc.ac.uk/research/apd.php/apd. php?page=apd_docs. • De Jong, Ptvm. "Mechanisms of Disease: Age-Related Macular Degeneration." New England Journal of Medicine 355 14 (2006): 1474-85. Print. • Halligan, P. W., A. Zeman, and A. Berger. "Phantoms in the Brain - Question the Assumption That the Adult Brain Is "Hard Wired"." British Medical Journal 319 7210 (1999): 587-88. Print.
Sensory neuron • Lee, Y., Lee, C. H., & Oh, U. (2005). Painful channels in sensory neurons. [Review]. Molecules and Cells, 20(3), 315-324. Print. • "NIHSeniorHealth: Diabetic Retinopathy - Causes and Risk Factors". Diabetic Retinopathy. NIHSenior Health. 2005. http://nihseniorhealth.gov/diabeticretinopathy/causesandriskfactors/02.html. • Priuska, E.M. and J. Schact (1997) Mechanism and prevention of aminoglycoside ototoxicity: Outer hair cells as targets and tools. Ear, Nose, Throat J. 76: 164-171. • Purves, D., Augustine, G.J., Fitzpatrick, D., Hall, W.C., LaMantia, A., McNamara, J.O., White, L.E. Neuroscience. Fourth edition. (2008). Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Mass. Print. • Ramachandran, V. S. and S. Blakeslee (1998), Phantoms in the brain: Probing the mysteries of the human mind., William Morrow & Company, ISBN 0-688-15247-3. Print. • Schwartz and Begley 2002, p. 160; "Constraint-Induced Movement Therapy", excerpted from "A Rehab Revolution," Stroke Connection Magazine, September/October 2004. Print. • Stefanatos GA, Gershkoff A, Madigan S (2005). "On pure word deafness, temporal processing, and the left hemisphere". Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society : JINS 11 (4): 456–70; discussion 455.
295
Merkel cell
296
Merkel cell
Neuron: Merkel cell
Diagram of human skin. In humans, Merkel cells (yellow dot) are found clustered beneath the epidermal ridges (aka fingerprints). NeuroLex ID nifext_87 [1]
Merkel cells or Merkel-Ranvier cells are oval receptor cells found in the skin of vertebrates that have synaptic contacts with somatosensory afferents. They are associated with the sense of light touch discrimination of shapes and textures. They can turn malignant and form the skin tumor known as Merkel cell carcinoma. There is evidence that they are derived from neural crest.[] More recent experiments in mammals have indicated that they are in fact epithelial in origin.[1]
Location
Merkel cells are found in the skin and some parts of the mucosa of all vertebrates. In mammalian skin, they are clear cells found in the stratum basale (at the bottom of sweat duct ridges) of the epidermis approximately 10 µm in diameter. They also occur in epidermal invaginations of the plantar foot surface called rete ridges.[2] Most often, they are associated with sensory nerve endings, when they are known as Merkel nerve endings (also called a Merkel cell-neurite complex). They are associated with slowly adapting (SA1) somatosensory nerve fibers.
Function
Friedrich Sigmund Merkel referred to these cells as Tastzellen or "touch cells" but this proposed function has been controversial as it has been hard to prove. However, genetic knockout mice have recently shown that Merkel cells are essential for the specialized coding by which afferent nerves resolve fine spatial details.[3] Merkel cells are sometimes considered APUD cells (an older definition. More commonly classified as a part of dispersed neuroendocrine system) because they contain dense core granules, and thus may also have a neuroendocrine function.
Merkel cell
297
Developmental origin
The origin of Merkel cells has been debated for over 20 years. Evidence from skin graft experiments in birds implies that they are neural crest derived, but experiments in mammals now demonstrate an epidermal origin.[4][5]
References External links
• MeSH A08.800.550.700.500.425 (http://www.nlm.nih.gov/cgi/mesh/2012/MB_cgi?mode=&term=Merkel+ Cells&field=entry#TreeA08.800.550.700.500.425) • NIF Search - Merckel Disc Cell (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Merkel Cell&t=data& s=cover&b=0&r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework
Labels in German. "Zellen" = "cell","riech" = "smell", "Riechnerv" = olfactory nerve, "cillien" = cilia. Location Function Neurotransmitter Morphology Presynaptic connections Postsynaptic connections Gray's NeuroLex ID Code olfactory epithelium in the nose Detect traces of chemicals in inhaled air (sense of smell) Glutamate Bipolar sensory receptor None Olfactory bulb subject #223 996 nifext_116 [1] [2] [1]
TH H3.11.07.0.01003
An olfactory receptor neuron (ORN), also called an olfactory sensory neuron (OSN), is a transduction cell within the olfactory system.[1]
Vertebrates
Humans have about 40 million olfactory receptors that detect up to 10,000 different odors. In vertebrates, ORNs are bipolar neurons with dendrites facing the inferior space of the nasal cavity and an axon that passes through the cribiform plate then travels along the olfactory nerve to the olfactory bulb. The ORNs are located in the olfactory epithelium in the nasal cavity. The cell bodies of the ORNs are distributed among all three of the stratified layers of the olfactory epithelium.[2]
Plan of olfactory neurons.
Structure
Many tiny hair-like cilia protrude from the olfactory receptor cell's dendrite into the mucus covering the surface of the olfactory epithelium. The surface of these cilia is covered with olfactory receptors, a type of G protein-coupled receptor. Each olfactory receptor cell expresses only one type of olfactory receptor (OR), but many separate olfactory receptor cells express ORs which bind the same set of odors. The axons of olfactory receptor cells which express the same OR converge to form glomeruli in the olfactory bulb.
Olfactory receptor neuron
299
Function
ORs, which are located on the membranes of the cilia have been classified as a complex type of ligand-gated metabotropic channels.[3] There are approximately 1000 different genes that code for the ORs, making them the largest gene family. An odorant will dissolve into the mucus of the olfactory epithelium and then bind to an OR. ORs can bind to a variety of odor molecules, with varying affinities. The difference in affinities causes differences in activation patterns resulting in unique odorant profiles.[4] [5] The activated OR in turn activates the intracellular G-protein, GOLF (GNAL), adenylate cyclase and production of cyclic AMP (cAMP) opens ion channels in the cell membrane, resulting in an influx of sodium and calcium ions into the cell, and an efflux of chloride ions. This influx of positive ions and efflux of negative ions causes the neuron to depolarize, generating an action potential.
Insects
In insects, olfactory receptor neurons typically reside on the antenna. Much like in vertebrates, axons from the sensory neurons converge into glomeruli in the antennal lobe.
References
[1] J. Rospars, (1998) Dendritic integration in olfactory sensory neurons: a steady-state analysis of how the neuron structure and neuron environment influence the coding of odor intensity. J Comput Neurosci. 5: 243-266. PMID 9663551 [2] A. Cunningham, P. Manis, P. Reed, G. Ronnett, (1999) Olfactory receptor neurons exist as distinct subclasses of immature and mature cells in primary culture. Neuroscience 93(4): 1301-1312. PMID 10501454 [3] K. Touhara, (2009) Insect olfactory receptor complex functions as a ligand-gated ionotropic channel 1170 International Symposium on Olfaction and Taste: Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 177-180 PMID 19686133 [4] S. Bieri, K. Monastyrskaia, B. Schilling, (2004) Olfactory receptor neuron profiling using sandalwood odorants. Chem. Senses 29:483-487 PMID 15269120 [5] J. Fan and J. Ngai, (2001) Onset of odorant receptor gene expression during olfactory sensory neuron regeneration. Dev Biol. 229: 119-127 PMID 11133158
External links
• olfactory+receptor+cells (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=olfactory+ receptor+cells) at eMedicine Dictionary • NIF Search - Olfactory receptor neuron (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Olfactory Receptor Neuron&t=data&s=cover&b=0&r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework • (http://www.olfacts.nl) Insect olfaction
Photoreceptor cell
300
Photoreceptor cell
Neuron: Photoreceptor Cell
NeuroLex ID sao1233810115 [1]
A photoreceptor cell is a specialized type of neuron found in the retina that is capable of phototransduction. The great biological importance of photoreceptors is that they convert light (visible electromagnetic radiation) into signals that can stimulate biological processes. To be more specific, photoreceptor proteins in the cell absorb photons, triggering a change in the cell's membrane potential. The two classic photoreceptor cells are rods and cones, each contributing information used by the visual system to form a representation of the visual world, sight. The rods are narrower than the cones and distributed differently across the retina, but the chemical process in each that supports phototransduction is similar.[1] A third class of photoreceptor cells was discovered during the 1990s:[] the photosensitive ganglion cells. These cells do not contribute to sight directly, but are thought to support circadian rhythms and pupillary reflex. There are major functional differences between the rods and cones. Rods are extremely sensitive, and can be triggered by as few as 6 photons.[] At very low light levels, visual experience is based solely on the rod signal. This explains why colors cannot be seen at low light levels: only one type of photoreceptor cell is active. Cones require significantly brighter light (i.e., a larger numbers of photons) in order to produce a signal. In humans, there are three different types of cone cell, distinguished by their pattern of response to different wavelengths of light. Color experience is calculated from these three distinct signals, perhaps via an opponent process.[] The three types of cone cell respond (roughly) to light of short, medium, and long wavelengths. Note that, due to the principle of univariance, the firing of the cell depends upon only the number of photons absorbed. The different responses of the three types of cone cells are determined by the likelihoods that their respective photoreceptor proteins will absorb photons of different wavelengths. So, for example, an L cone cell contains a photoreceptor protein that more readily absorbs long wavelengths of light (i.e., more "red"). Light of a shorter wavelength can also produce the same response, but it must be much brighter to do so. The human retina contains about 120 million rod cells and 6 million cone cells. The number and ratio of rods to cones varies among species, dependent on whether an animal is primarily diurnal or nocturnal. Certain owls, such as the tawny owl,[2] have a tremendous number of rods in their retinae. In addition, there are about 1.5 million ganglion cells in the human visual system, 1 to 2% of them photosensitive. Described here are vertebrate photoreceptors. Invertebrate photoreceptors in organisms such as insects and molluscs are different in both their morphological organization and their underlying biochemical pathways.
Photoreceptor cell
301
Histology
Rod and cone photoreceptors are found on the outermost layer of the retina; they both have the same basic structure. Closest to the visual field (and farthest from the brain) is the axon terminal, which releases a neurotransmitter called glutamate to bipolar cells. Farther back is the cell body, which contains the cell's organelles. Farther back still is the inner segment, a specialized part of the cell full of mitochondria. The chief function of the inner segment is to provide ATP (energy) for the sodium-potassium pump. Finally, closest to the brain (and farthest from the field of view) is the outer segment, the part of the photoreceptor that absorbs light. Outer segments are actually modified cilia [][] that contain disks filled with opsin, the molecule that absorbs photons, as well as voltage-gated sodium channels. The membranous photoreceptor protein opsin contains a pigment molecule called retinal. In rod cells, these together are called rhodopsin. In cone cells, there are different types of opsins that combine with retinal to form pigments called photopsins. Three different classes of photopsins in the cones react to different ranges of light frequency, a differentiation that allows the visual system to calculate color. The function of the photoreceptor cell is to convert the light energy of the photon into a form of energy communicable to the nervous system and readily usable to the organism: This conversion is called signal transduction.
Anatomy of a Rod Cell
[3]
The opsin found in the photosensitive ganglion cells of the retina that are involved in various reflexive responses of the brain and body to the presence of (day)light, such as the regulation of circadian rhythms, pupillary reflex and other non-visual responses to light, is called melanopsin. Atypical in vertebrates, melanopsin functionally resembles invertebrate opsins. In structure, it is an opsin, a retinylidene protein variety of G-protein-coupled receptor. When light activates the melanopsin signaling system, the melanopsin-containing ganglion cells discharge nerve impulses that are conducted through their axons to specific brain targets. These targets include the olivary pretectal nucleus (a center responsible for controlling the pupil of the eye), the LGN, and, through the retinohypothalamic tract (RHT), the suprachiasmatic nucleus of the hypothalamus (the master pacemaker of circadian rhythms). Melanopsin-containing ganglion cells are thought to influence these targets by releasing from their axon terminals the neurotransmitters glutamate and pituitary adenylate cyclase activating polypeptide (PACAP).
Photoreceptor cell
302
Humans
The human retina has approximately 6 million cones and 120 million rods.[] Signals from the rods and cones converge on ganglion and bipolar cells for preprocessing before they are sent to the lateral geniculate nucleus. At the "center" of the retina (the point directly behind the lens) is the fovea, which contains only cone photoreceptor cells; this is the region capable of producing the highest visual acuity. Across the rest of the retina, rods and cones are intermingled. No photoreceptors are found at the blind spot, the area where ganglion cell fibers are collected into the optic nerve and leave the eye.[]
Normalized human photoreceptor absorbances for different wavelengths of light
[4]
The photoreceptor proteins in the three types of cones differ in their sensitivity to photons of different wavelengths (see graph). Since cones respond to both the wavelength and intensity of light, the cone's sensitivity to wavelength is measured in terms of its relative rate of response if the intensity of a stimulus is held fixed, while the wavelength is varied. From this, in turn, is inferred the absorbance.[] The graph normalizes the degree of absorbance on a hundred point scale. For example, the S cone's relative response peaks around 420 nm (nanometers, a measure of wavelength). This tells us that an S cone is more likely to absorb a photon at 420 nm than at any other wavelength. If light of a different wavelength to which it is less sensitive, say 480 nm, is increased in brightness appropriately, however, it will produce exactly the same response in the S cone. So, the colors of the curves are misleading. Cones cannot detect color by themselves; rather, color vision requires comparison of the signal across different cone types.
Phototransduction
The process of phototransduction occurs in the retina.[5] The retina is thick with cells.[6] The photoreceptor cells (rods and cones) form the innermost layer.[7] The middle layer contains bipolar cells, which collect neural signals from the rods and the cones and then transmit them to the outermost layer of the retina[8] where the neurons called retinal ganglion cells (RGCs) organize the signals and send them to the brain.[9] The bundled RGC axons form the optic nerve, which leaves the eye through a hole in the retina creating the blind spot.[10] Activation of rods and cones is actually hyperpolarization; when they are not being stimulated, they depolarize and release glutamate continuously. In the dark, cells have a relatively high concentration of cyclic guanosine 3'-5' monophosphate (cGMP), which opens ion channels (largely sodium channels, though calcium can enter through these channels as well). The positive charges of the ions that enter the cell down its electrochemical gradient change the cell's membrane potential, cause depolarization, and lead to the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate. Glutamate can depolarize some neurons and hyperpolarize others. When light hits a photoreceptive pigment within the photoreceptor cell, the pigment changes shape. The pigment, called iodopsin or rhodopsin, consists of large proteins called opsin (situated in the plasma membrane), attached to a covalently bound prosthetic group: an organic molecule called retinal (a derivative of vitamin A). The retinal exists in the 11-cis-retinal form when in the dark, and stimulation by light causes its structure to change to all-trans-retinal. This structural change causes it to activate a regulatory protein called transducin, which leads to the activation of cGMP phosphodiesterase, which breaks cGMP down into 5'-GMP. Reduction in cGMP allows the ion channels to close, preventing the influx of positive ions, hyperpolarizing the cell, and stopping the release of neurotransmitters.[3]
Photoreceptor cell The entire process by which light initiates a sensory response is called visual phototransduction.
303
Dark current
Unstimulated (in the dark), cyclic-nucleotide gated channels in the outer segment are open because cyclic GMP (cGMP) is bound to them. Hence, positively charged ions (namely sodium ions) enter the photoreceptor, depolarizing it to about −40 mV (resting potential in other nerve cells is usually −65 mV). This depolarizing current is often known as dark current.
Signal transduction pathway
The signal transduction pathway is the mechanism by which the energy of a photon signals a mechanism in the cell that leads to its electrical polarization. This polarization ultimately leads to either the transmittance or inhibition of a neural signal that will be fed to the brain via the optic nerve. The steps, or signal transduction pathway, in the vertebrate eye's rod and cone photoreceptors are then: 1. The rhodopsin or iodopsin in the disc membrane of the outer segment absorbs a photon, changing the configuration of a retinal Schiff base cofactor inside the protein from the cis-form to the trans-form, causing the retinal to change shape. 2. This results in a series of unstable intermediates, the last of which binds stronger to the G protein in the membrane and activates transducin, a protein inside the cell. This is the first amplification step – each photoactivated rhodopsin triggers activation of about 100 transducins. (The shape change in the opsin activates a G protein called transducin.) 3. Each transducin then activates the enzyme cGMP-specific phosphodiesterase (PDE). 4. PDE then catalyzes the hydrolysis of cGMP to 5' GMP. This is the second amplification step, where a single PDE hydrolyses about 1000 cGMP molecules. 5. The net concentration of intracellular cGMP is reduced (due to its conversion to 5' GMP via PDE), resulting in the closure of cyclic nucleotide-gated Na+ ion channels located in the photoreceptor outer segment membrane. 6. As a result, sodium ions can no longer enter the cell, and the photoreceptor outer segment membrane becomes hyperpolarized, due to the charge inside the membrane becoming more negative. 7. This change in the cell's membrane potential causes voltage-gated calcium channels to close. This leads to a decrease in the influx of calcium ions into the cell and thus the intracellular calcium ion concentration falls. 8. A decrease in the intracellular calcium concentration means that less glutamate is released via calcium-induced exocytosis to the bipolar cell (see below). (The decreased calcium level slows the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate, which can either excite or inhibit the postsynaptic bipolar cells.) 9. Reduction in the release of glutamate means one population of bipolar cells will be depolarized and a separate population of bipolar cells will be hyperpolarized, depending on the nature of receptors (ionotropic or metabotropic) in the postsynaptic terminal (see receptive field). Thus, a rod or cone photoreceptor actually releases less neurotransmitter when stimulated by light. Less neurotransmitter could either stimulate (depolarize) or inhibit (hyperpolarize) the bi-polar cell it synapses with, dependent on the nature of the receptor on the bipolar cell. This ability is integral to the center on/off mapping of visual units.[citation needed] ATP provided by the inner segment powers the sodium-potassium pump. This pump is necessary to reset the initial state of the outer segment by taking the sodium ions that are entering the cell and pumping them back out. Although photoreceptors are neurons, they do not conduct action potentials with the exception of the photosensitive ganglion cell – which are involved mainly in the regulation of circadian rhythms, melatonin, and pupil dilation.
Photoreceptor cell
304
Advantages
Phototransduction in rods and cones is unique in that the stimulus (in this case, light) actually reduces the cell's response or firing rate, which is unusual for a sensory system where the stimulus usually increases the cell's response or firing rate. However, this system offers several key advantages. First, the classic (rod or cone) photoreceptor is depolarized in the dark, which means many sodium ions are flowing into the cell. Thus, the random opening or closing of sodium channels will not affect the membrane potential of the cell; only the closing of a large number of channels, through absorption of a photon, will affect it and signal that light is in the visual field. Hence, the system is noiseless. Second, there is a lot of amplification in two stages of classic phototransduction: one pigment will activate many molecules of transducin, and one PDE will cleave many cGMPs. This amplification means that even the absorption of one photon will affect membrane potential and signal to the brain that light is in the visual field. This is the main feature that differentiates rod photoreceptors from cone photoreceptors. Rods are extremely sensitive and have the capacity of registering a single photon of light, unlike cones. On the other hand, cones are known to have very fast kinetics in terms of rate of amplification of phototransduction, unlike rods.
Difference between rods and cones
Comparison of human rod and cone cells, from Eric Kandel et al. in Principles of Neural Science.[3]
Rods Used for scotopic vision (vision under low light conditions) Very light sensitive; sensitive to scattered light Loss causes night blindness Low visual acuity Not present in fovea Slow response to light, stimuli added over time Have more pigment than cones, so can detect lower light levels Cones Used for photopic vision (vision under high light conditions) Not very light sensitive; sensitive to only direct light Loss causes legal blindness High visual acuity; better spatial resolution Concentrated in fovea Fast response to light, can perceive more rapid changes in stimuli Have less pigment than rods, require more light to detect images
Stacks of membrane-enclosed disks are unattached to cell membrane directly Disks are attached to outer membrane About 120 million rods distributed around the retina One type of photosensitive pigment Confer achromatic vision [11] [12] About 6 million cones distributed in each retina Three types of photosensitive pigment in humans Confer color vision
Function
Photoreceptors do not signal color; they only signal the presence of light in the visual field. A given photoreceptor responds to both the wavelength and intensity of a light source. For example, red light at a certain intensity can produce the same exact response in a photoreceptor as green light of a different intensity. Therefore, the response of a single photoreceptor is ambiguous when it comes to color. To determine color, the visual system compares responses across a population of photoreceptors (specifically, the three different cones with differing absorption spectra). To determine intensity, the visual system computes how many photoreceptors are responding. This is the mechanism that allows trichromatic color vision in humans and some other animals.
Photoreceptor cell
305
Development
The key events mediating rod versus S cone versus M cone differentiation are induced by several transcription factors, including RORbeta, OTX2, NRL, CRX, NR2E3 and TRbeta2. The S cone fate represents the default photoreceptor program, however differential transcriptional activity can bring about rod or M cone generation. L cones are present in primates, however there is not much known for their developmental program due to use of rodents in research. There are five steps to developing photoreceptors: proliferation of multi-potent retinal progenitor cells (RPCs); restriction of competence of RPCs; cell fate specification; photoreceptor gene expression; and lastly axonal growth, synapse formation and outer segment growth. Early Notch signaling maintains progenitor cycling. Photoreceptor precursors come about through inhibition of Notch signaling and increased activity of various factors including achaete-scute homologue 1. OTX2 activity commits cells to the photoreceptor fate. CRX further defines the photoreceptor specific panel of genes being expressed. NRL expression leads to the rod fate. NR2E3 further restricts cells to the rod fate by repressing cone genes. RORbeta is needed for both rod and cone development. TRbeta2 mediates the M cone fate. If any of the previously mentioned factors' functions are ablated, the default photoreceptor is a S cone. These events take place at different time periods for different species and include a complex pattern of activities that bring about a spectrum of phenotypes. If these regulatory networks are disrupted, retinitis pigmentosa, macular degeneration or other visual deficits may result.[13]
Signaling
The rod and cone photoreceptors signal their absorption of photons via a decrease in the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate to bipolar cells at its axon terminal. Since the photoreceptor is depolarized in the dark, a high amount of glutamate is being released to bipolar cells in the dark. Absorption of a photon will hyperpolarize the photoreceptor and therefore result in the release of less glutamate at the presynaptic terminal to the bipolar cell. Every rod or cone photoreceptor releases the same neurotransmitter, glutamate. However, the effect of glutamate differs in the bipolar cells, depending upon the type of receptor imbedded in that cell's membrane. When glutamate binds to an ionotropic receptor, the bipolar cell will depolarize (and therefore will hyperpolarize with light as less glutamate is released). On the other hand, binding of glutamate to a metabotropic receptor results in a hyperpolarization, so this bipolar cell will depolarize to light as less glutamate is released. In essence, this property allows for one population of bipolar cells that gets excited by light and another population that gets inhibited by it, even though all photoreceptors show the same response to light. This complexity becomes both important and necessary for detecting color, contrast, edges, etc. Further complexity arises from the various interconnections among bipolar cells, horizontal cells, and amacrine cells in the retina. The final result is differing populations of ganglion cells in the retina, a sub-population of which is also intrinsically photosensitive, using the photopigment melanopsin.
Ganglion cell (non-rod non-cone) photoreceptors
A non-rod non-cone photoreceptor in the eyes of mice, which was shown to mediate circadian rhythms, was discovered in 1991 by Foster et al.[] These neuronal cells, called intrinsically photosensitive retinal ganglion cells (ipRGC), are a small subset (~1–3%) of the retinal ganglion cells located in the inner retina, that is, in front[14] of the rods and cones located in the outer retina. These light sensitive neurons contain a photopigment, melanopsin,[15][][16][17][] which has an absorption peak of the light at a different wavelength (~480 nm[]) than rods and cones. Beside circadian / behavioral functions, ipRGCs have a role in initiating the pupillary light reflex.[] Dennis Dacey with colleagues showed in a species of Old World monkey that giant ganglion cells expressing melanopsin projected to the lateral geniculate nucleus (LGN).[18] Previously only projections to the midbrain (pre-tectal nucleus) and hypothalamus (suprachiasmatic nucleus) had been shown. However a visual role for the
Photoreceptor cell receptor was still unsuspected and unproven. In 2007, Farhan H. Zaidi and colleagues published pioneering work using rodless coneless humans. Current Biology subsequently announced in their 2008 editorial, commentary and despatches to scientists and ophthalmologists, that the non-rod non-cone photoreceptor had been conclusively discovered in humans using landmark experiments on rodless coneless humans by Zaidi and colleagues[][19][20][21] As had been found in other mammals, the identity of the non-rod non-cone photoreceptor in humans was found to be a ganglion cell in the inner retina. The workers had tracked down patients with rare diseases wiping out classic rod and cone photoreceptor function but preserving ganglion cell function.[19][20][21] Despite having no rods or cones the patients continued to exhibit circadian photoentrainment, circadian behavioural patterns, melanopsin suppression, and pupil reactions, with peak spectral sensitivities to environmental and experimental light matching that for the melanopsin photopigment. Their brains could also associate vision with light of this frequency. In humans the retinal ganglion cell photoreceptor contributes to conscious sight as well as to non-image-forming functions like circadian rhythms, behaviour and pupil reactions.[] Since these cells respond mostly to blue light, it has been suggested that they have a role in mesopic vision.[citation needed] Zaidi and colleagues' work with rodless coneless human subjects hence also opened the door into image-forming (visual) roles for the ganglion cell photoreceptor. It was discovered that there are parallel pathways for vision – one classic rod and cone-based pathway arising from the outer retina, and the other a rudimentary visual brightness detector pathway arising from the inner retina, which seems to be activated by light before the other.[] Classic photoreceptors also feed into the novel photoreceptor system, and colour constancy may be an important role as suggested by Foster. The receptor could be instrumental in understanding many diseases including major causes of blindness worldwide like glaucoma, a disease that affects ganglion cells, and the study of the receptor offered potential as a new avenue to explore in trying to find treatments for blindness. It is in these discoveries of the novel photoreceptor in humans and in the receptors role in vision, rather than its non-image-forming functions, where the receptor may have the greatest impact on society as a whole, though the impact of disturbed circadian rhythms is another area of relevance to clinical medicine. Most work suggests that the peak spectral sensitivity of the receptor is between 460 and 482 nm. Steven Lockley et al. in 2003 showed that 460 nm wavelengths of light suppress melatonin twice as much as longer 555 nm light. However, in more recent work by Farhan Zaidi et al., using rodless coneless humans, it was found that what consciously led to light perception was a very intense 481 nm stimulus; this means that the receptor, in visual terms, enables some rudimentary vision maximally for blue light.[]
306
References
[1] "eye, human." Encyclopædia Britannica. Encyclopaedia Britannica Ultimate Reference Suite. Chicago: Encyclopædia Britannica, 2010. [2] "Owl Eyesight" (http:/ / www. owls. org/ Information/ eyesight. htm) at owls.org [3] Human Physiology and Mechanisms of Disease by Arthur C. Guyton (1992) ISBN 0-7216-3299-8 p. 373 [11] Schacter, Daniel L., Daniel T. Gilbert, and Daniel M. Wegner. "Sensation and Perception, Phototransduction in the Retina." Psychology. ; Second Edition. New York: Worth, Incorporated, 2011. 136-37. Print. [12] Schacter, Daniel L., Daniel T. Gilbert, and Daniel M. Wegner. "Sensation and Perception, Phototransduction in the Retina." Psychology. ; Second Edition. New York: Worth, Incorporated, 2011. 136-37. Print. [14] See retina for information on the retinal layer structure. [19] Genova, Cathleen, Blind humans lacking rods and cones retain normal responses to nonvisual effects of light (http:/ / www. eurekalert. org/ pub_releases/ 2007-12/ cp-bhl121307. php). Cell Press, December 13, 2007. [20] Coghlan A. Blind people 'see' sunrise and sunset (http:/ / www. newscientist. com/ article/ mg19626354. 100-blind-people-see-sunrise-and-sunset. html). New Scientist, 26 December 2007, issue 2635. [21] Medical News Today. Normal Responses To Non-visual Effects Of Light Retained By Blind Humans Lacking Rods And Cones (http:/ / www. medicalnewstoday. com/ articles/ 91836. php). 14 December 2007.
Photoreceptor cell
307
Bibliography
• Campbell, Neil A., and Reece, Jane B. (2002). Biology. San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings. pp. 1064–1067. ISBN 0-8053-6624-5. • Freeman, Scott (2002). Biological Science (2nd Edition). Englewood Cliffs, N.J: Prentice Hall. pp. 835–837. ISBN 0-13-140941-7.
External links
• NIF Search – Photoreceptor Cell (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Photoreceptor Cell& t=data&s=cover&b=0&r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework
Rod cell
308
Rod cell
Neuron: Rod cell
Cross section of the retina. Rods are visible at far right. Location Function Morphology Presynaptic connections Retina Low light photoreceptor rod shaped None
Postsynaptic connections Bipolar Cells and Horizontal cells NeuroLex ID Code sao1458938856 [1] [2]
TH H3.11.08.3.01030
Rod cells, or rods, are photoreceptor cells in the retina of the eye that can function in less intense light than the other type of visual photoreceptor, cone cells. Rods are concentrated at the outer edges of the retina and are used in peripheral vision. On average, there are approximately 125 million rod cells in the human retina.[1] More sensitive than cone cells, rod cells are almost entirely responsible for night vision.
Structure and function
Rods are a little longer and leaner than cones but have the same structural basis. The pigment is on the outer side, lying on the pigment epithelium, completing the cell's homeostasis. This epithelium end contains many stacked disks. Rods have a high area for visual pigment and thus substantial efficiency of light absorption. Because they have only one type of light-sensitive pigment, rather than the three types that human cone cells have, rods have little, if any, role in colored vision. Like cones, rod cells have a synaptic terminal, an inner segment, and an outer segment. The synaptic terminal forms a synapse with another neuron, for example a bipolar cell. The inner and outer segments are connected by a cilium,[2] which lines the distal segment.[3] The inner segment contains organelles and the cell's nucleus, while the rod outer segment (abbreviated to ROS), which is pointed toward the back of the eye, contains the light-absorbing materials.[2]
Sensitivity
A rod cell is sensitive enough to respond to a single photon of light[] and is about 100 times more sensitive to a single photon than cones. Since rods require less light to function than cones, they are the primary source of visual information at night (scotopic vision). Cone cells, on the other hand, require tens to hundreds of photons to become activated. Additionally, multiple rod cells converge on a single interneuron, collecting and amplifying the signals. However, this convergence comes at a cost to visual acuity (or image resolution) because the pooled information from multiple cells is less distinct than it would be if the visual system received information from each rod cell individually.
Rod cell
309
Rod cells also respond slower to light than cones and the stimuli they receive are added over roughly 100 milliseconds. While this makes rods more sensitive to smaller amounts of light, it also means that their ability to sense temporal changes, such as quickly changing images, is less accurate than that of cones.[2] Experiments by George Wald and others showed that rods are most sensitive to wavelengths of light around 498 nm (green-blue), and insensitive to wavelengths Wavelength responsiveness of rods compared to that of three types of cones. The [4] longer than about 640 nm (red). This fact is dashed gray curve is for rods. responsible for the Purkinje effect: as intensity dims at twilight, the rods take over, and before color disappears completely, peak sensitivity of vision shifts towards the rods' peak sensitivity (blue-green).
Response to light
In vertebrates, activation of a photoreceptor cell is actually a hyperpolarization (inhibition) of the cell. When they are not being stimulated, such as in the dark, rod cells and cone cells depolarize and release a neurotransmitter spontaneously. This neurotransmitter hyperpolarizes the bipolar cell. Bipolar cells exist between photoreceptors and ganglion cells and act to transmit signals from the photoreceptors to the ganglion cells. As a result of the bipolar cell being hyperpolarized, it does not release its transmitter at the bipolar-ganglion synapse and the synapse is not excited. Activation of photopigments by light sends a signal by hyperpolarizing the rod cell, leading to the rod cell not sending its neurotransmitter, which leads to the bipolar cell then releasing its transmitter at the bipolar-ganglion synapse and exciting the synapse.
Anatomy of a Rod Cell
[5]
Depolarization of rod cells (causing release of their neurotransmitter) occurs because in the dark, cells have a relatively high concentration of cyclic guanosine 3'-5' monophosphate (cGMP), which opens ion channels (largely sodium channels, though calcium can enter through these channels as well). The positive charges of the ions that enter the cell down its electrochemical gradient change the cell's membrane potential, cause depolarization, and lead to the release of the neurotransmitter glutamate. Glutamate can depolarize some neurons and hyperpolarize others, allowing photoreceptors to interact in an antagonistic manner. When light hits photoreceptive pigments within the photoreceptor cell, the pigment changes shape. The pigment, called rhodopsin (photopsin is found in cone cells) comprises a large protein called opsin (situated in the plasma membrane), attached to which is a covalently bound prosthetic group: an organic molecule called retinal (a derivative of vitamin A). The retinal exists in the 11-cis-retinal form when in the dark, and stimulation by light causes its structure to change to all-trans-retinal. This structural change causes a series of changes in the opsin that
Rod cell ultimately lead it to activate a regulatory protein called transducin (a type of G protein), which leads to the activation of cGMP phosphodiesterase, which breaks cGMP down into 5'-GMP. Reduction in cGMP allows the ion channels to close, preventing the influx of positive ions, hyperpolarizing the cell, and stopping the release of neurotransmitters (Kandel et al., 2000). Though cone cells primarily use the neurotransmitter substance acetylcholine, rod cells use a variety. The entire process by which light initiates a sensory response is called visual phototransduction. Activation of a single unit of rhodopsin, the photosensitive pigment in rods, can lead to a large reaction in the cell because the signal is amplified. Once activated, rhodopsin can activate hundreds of transducin molecules, each of which in turn activates a phosphodiesterase molecule, which can break down over a thousand cGMP molecules per second (Kandel et al. 2000). Thus, rods can have a large response to a small amount of light. As the retinal component of rhodopsin is derived from vitamin A, a deficiency of vitamin A causes a deficit in the pigment needed by rod cells. Consequently, fewer rod cells are able to sufficiently respond in darker conditions, and as the cone cells are poorly adapted for sight in the dark, blindness can result. This is night-blindness.
310
Revert to the resting state
Rods make use of three inhibitory mechanisms (negative feedback mechanisms) to allow a rapid revert to the resting state after a flash of light. Firstly, there exists a rhodopsin kinase (RK) which would phosphorylate the cytosolic tail of the activated rhodopsin on the multiple serines, partially inhibiting the activation of transducin. Also, an inhibitory protein - arrestin then binds to the phosphorylated rhodopsins to further inhibit the rhodopsin's activity. While arrestin shuts off rhodopsin, an RGS protein (functioning as a GTPase-activating proteins(GAPs)) drives the transducin (G-protein) into an "off" state by increasing the rate of hydrolysis of the bounded GTP to GDP. Also as the cGMP sensitive channels allow not only the influx of sodium ions, but also calcium ions, with the decrease in concentration of cGMP, cGMP sensitive channels are then closed and reducing the normal influx of calcium ions. The decrease in the concentration of calcium ions stimulates the calcium ion-sensitive proteins, which would then activate the guanylyl cyclase to replenish the cGMP, rapidly restoring its original concentration. The restoration opens the cGMP sensitive channels and causes a depolarization of the plasma membrane.[6]
Desensitization
When the rods are exposed to a high concentration of photons for a prolonged period, they become desensitized (adapted) to the environment. As rhodopsin is phosphorylated by rhodopsin kinase (a member of the GPCR kinases(GRKs)), it binds with high affinity to the arrestin. The bound arrestin can contribute to the desensitization process in at least two ways. First, it prevents the interaction between the G protein and the activated receptor. Second, it serves as an adaptor protein to aid the receptor to the clathrin-dependent endocytosis machinery (to induce receptor-mediated endocytosis).[6]
Rod cell
311
References
[1] [2] [3] [5] [6] Curcio, C. A., K. R. Sloan, et al. (1990). "Human photoreceptor topography." The Journal of Comparative Neurology 292(4): 497-523. Kandel E.R., Schwartz, J.H., Jessell, T.M. (2000). Principles of Neural Science, 4th ed., pp.507-513. McGraw-Hill, New York. "Photoreception" McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science & Technology, vol. 13, p.460 2007 Human Physiology and Mechanisms of Disease by Arthur C. Guyton (1992) p.373 Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts, Peter Walter (2008). Molecular Biology of The Cell, 5th ed., pp.919-921. Garland Science.
External links
• NIF Search - Rod Cell (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Rod Cell&t=data&s=cover&b=0& r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework
Cone cell
312
Cone cell
Neuron: Cone cell
Normalized responsivity spectra of human cone cells, S, M, and L types Function NeuroLex ID Code Color vision sao1103104164 [1] [2]
TH H3.11.08.3.01046
Cone cells, or cones, are one of the two types of photoreceptor cells that are in the retina of the eye which are responsible for color vision as well as eye color sensitivity; they function best in relatively bright light, as opposed to rod cells that work better in dim light. Cone cells are densely packed in the fovea centralis a 0.3 mm diameter rod-free area with very thin, densely packed cones, but quickly reduce in number towards the periphery of the retina. There are about six to seven million cones in a human eye and are most concentrated towards the macula. [1] A commonly cited figure of six million in the human eye was found by Osterberg in 1935.[2] Oyster's textbook (1999)[3] cites work by Curcio et al. (1990) indicating an average close to 4.5 million cone cells and 90 million rod cells in the human retina.[4] Cones are less sensitive to light than the rod cells in the retina (which support vision at low light levels), but allow the perception of colour. Cone cell structure They are also able to perceive finer detail and more rapid changes in images, because their response times to stimuli are faster than those of rods.[2] As opposed to rods, cones consist one of the three types of pigment namely: S-cones (absorbs blue), M-cones (absorbs green) and L-cones (absorbs red). Each cone is therefore sensitive to visible wavelengths of light that correspond to red (long-wavelength), green (medium-wavelength), or blue (short-wavelength) light.[5] Because humans usually have three kinds of cones with different photopsins, which have different response curves and thus respond to variation in colour in different ways, we have trichromatic vision. Being colour blind can change this, and there have been some unverified reports of people with four or more types of cones, giving them tetrachromatic vision.[6][7][8] Destruction to the cone cells from disease would result in blindness.
Cone cell
313
Types
Humans normally have three kinds of cones. The first responds the most to light of long wavelengths, peaking at a reddish colour; this type is sometimes designated L for long. The second type responds the most to light of medium-wavelength, peaking at a green colour, and is abbreviated M for medium. The third type responds the most to short-wavelength light, of a bluish colour, and is designated S for short. The three types have peak wavelengths near 564–580 nm, 534–545 nm, and 420–440 nm, respectively.[][9] The difference in the signals received from the three cone types allows the brain to perceive all possible colours, through the opponent process of colour vision. (Rod cells have a peak sensitivity at 498 nm, roughly halfway between the peak sensitivities of the S and M cones.) All of the receptors contain the pigment photopsin, with variations in its conformation causing differences in the optimum wavelengths absorbed. The colour yellow, for example, is perceived when the L cones are stimulated slightly more than the M cones, and the colour red is perceived when the L cones are stimulated significantly more than the M cones. Similarly, blue and violet hues are perceived when the S receptor is stimulated more than the other two. The S cones are most sensitive to light at wavelengths around 420 nm. However, the lens and cornea of the human eye are increasingly absorptive to shorter wavelengths, and this sets the short wavelength limit of human-visible light to approximately 380 nm, which is therefore called 'ultraviolet' light. People with aphakia, a condition where the eye lacks a lens, sometimes report the ability to see into the ultraviolet range.[10] At moderate to bright light levels where the cones function, the eye is more sensitive to yellowish-green light than other colors because this stimulates the two most common (M and L) of the three kinds of cones almost equally. At lower light levels, where only the rod cells function, the sensitivity is greatest at a blueish-green wavelength. Cones also tend to possess a significantly elevated visual acuity because each cone cell has a lone connection to the optic nerve, therefore, the cones have an easier time telling that two stimuli are isolated. Separate connectivity is established in the inner plexiform layer so that each connection is parallel. [11] While it has been discovered that there exists a mixed type of bipolar cells that bind to both rod and cone cells, bipolar cells still predominantly receive their input from cone cells.[12]
Structure
Cone cells are somewhat shorter than rods, but wider and tapered, and are much less numerous than rods in most parts of the retina, but greatly outnumber rods in the fovea. Structurally, cone cells have a cone-like shape at one end where a pigment filters incoming light, giving them their different response curves. They are typically 40–50 µm long, and their diameter varies from 0.5 to 4.0 µm, being smallest and most tightly packed at the center of the eye at the fovea. The S cones are a little larger than the others.[citation needed] Photobleaching can be used to determine cone arrangement. This is done by exposing dark-adapted retina to a certain wavelength of light that paralyzes the particular type of cone sensitive to that wavelength for up to thirty minutes from being able to dark-adapt making it appear white in contrast to the grey dark-adapted cones when a picture of the retina is taken. The results illustrate that S cones are randomly placed and appear much less frequently than the M and L cones. The ratio of M and L cones varies greatly among different people with regular
Bird, reptilian, and monotreme cone cells.
Cone cell vision (e.g. values of 75.8% L with 20.0% M versus 50.6% L with 44.2% M in two male subjects).[13] Like rods, each cone cell has a synaptic terminal, an inner segment, and an outer segment as well as an interior nucleus and various mitochondria. The synaptic terminal forms a synapse with a neuron such as a bipolar cell. The inner and outer segments are connected by a cilium.[2] The inner segment contains organelles and the cell's nucleus, while the outer segment, which is pointed toward the back of the eye, contains the light-absorbing materials.[2] Like rods, the outer segments of cones have invaginations of their cell membranes that create stacks of membranous disks. Photopigments exist as transmembrane proteins within these disks, which provide more surface area for light to affect the pigments. In cones, these disks are attached to the outer membrane, whereas they are pinched off and exist separately in rods. Neither rods nor cones divide, but their membranous disks wear out and are worn off at the end of the outer segment, to be consumed and recycled by phagocytic cells. The response of cone cells to light is also directionally nonuniform, peaking at a direction that receives light from the center of the pupil; this effect is known as the Stiles–Crawford effect.
314
Diseases
One of the diseases related to cone cells present in retina is retinoblastoma. Retinoblastoma is a rare cancer of the retina, caused by the mutation of both copies of retinoblastoma genes (RB1). Most cases of Retinablastoma occur during early childhood, because it is commonly found in children.[14] One or both eyes may be affected. The protein encoded by RB1 regulates a signal transduction pathway while controlling the cell cycle progression as normally. Retinoblastoma seems to originate in cone precursor cells present in the retina that consist of natural signalling networks which restrict cell death and promote cell survival after losing the RB1, or having both the RB1 copies mutated. It has been found that TRβ2 which is a transcription factor specifically affiliated with cones is essential for rapid reproduction and existence of the retinoblastoma cell.[] A drug that can be useful in the treatment of this disease is MDM2 (murine double minute 2) gene. Knockdown studies have shown that the MDM2 gene silences ARF-induced apoptosis in retinoblastoma cells and that MDM2 is necessary for the survival of cone cells.[] Although research and scientist have been able to discover a lot about this type of disease, there is still much to understand. It is unclear at this point why the retinoblastoma in humans is sensitive to RB1 inactivation. [15] The pupil may appear white or have white spots. A white glow in the eye is often seen in photographs taken with a flash, instead of the typical "red eye" from the flash, and the pupil may appear white or distorted. Other symptoms can include crossed eyes, double vision, eyes that do not align, eye pain and redness, poor vision or differing iris colours in each eye. If the cancer has spread, bone pain and other symptoms may occur.[][]
Color Afterimage
Sensitivity to a prolonged stimulation tends to decline over time, leading to neural adaptation. An interesting effect occurs when staring at a particular color for too long. Such action leads to an exhaustion of the cone cells that respond to that color - resulting in the afterimage. This vivid color aftereffect can last for a minute or more. [16]
References
[2] G. Osterberg (1935). “Topography of the layer of rods and cones in the human retina,” Acta Ophthalmol., Suppl. 13:6, pp. 1–102. [5] Schacter,Gilbert, Wegner, "Psychology", New York: Worth Publishers,2009. [10] Let the light shine in: You don't have to come from another planet to see ultraviolet light (http:/ / education. guardian. co. uk/ higher/ medicalscience/ story/ 0,9837,724257,00. html) EducationGuardian.co.uk, David Hambling (May 30, 2002) [11] Strettoi, E., et all; Complexity of retinal cone bipolar cells. Progress in Retinal and Eye Research (2010), 29 (4), pg. 272-283 [12] Strettoi et al. (2010), "Complexity of retinal cone bipolar cells", Progress in Retinal and Eye Research, 29 (4), pg. 272–283. [15] http:/ / www. nature. com. myaccess. library. utoronto. ca/ nrc/ index. html [16] Schacter, Daniel L. Psychology: the second edition. Chapter 4.9.
Cone cell
315
External links
• Cell Centered Database – Cone cell (http://ccdb.ucsd.edu/sand/main?stype=lite&keyword=cone& Submit=Go&event=display&start=1) • Webvision's Photoreceptors (http://webvision.umh.es/webvision/photo1.html) • NIF Search – Cone Cell (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Cone Cell&t=data&s=cover&b=0& r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework • Model and image of cone cell (http://www.nanobotmodels.com/node/33)
Carotid body
316
Carotid body
Carotid body
Section of part of human glomus caroticum. Highly magnified. Numerous blood vessels are seen in section among the gland cells.
Diagram showing the origins of the main branches of the carotid arteries. Latin Gray's glomus caroticum subject #277 1281
[1]
The carotid body (carotid glomus or glomus caroticum) is a small cluster of chemoreceptors and supporting cells located near the fork (bifurcation) of the carotid artery (which runs along both sides of the throat). The carotid body detects changes in the composition of arterial blood flowing through it, mainly the partial pressure of oxygen, but also of carbon dioxide. Furthermore, it is also sensitive to changes in pH and temperature.
Composition
The carotid body is made up of two types of cells, called glomus cells: glomus type I (chief) cells, and glomus type II (sustentacular) cells. • Glomus type I/chief cells are derived from neural crest,[] which, in turn are derived from neuroectoderm. They release a variety of neurotransmitters, including acetylcholine, ATP, and dopamine that trigger EPSPs in synapsed neurons leading to the respiratory center. • Glomus type II/sustentacular cells resemble glia, express the glial marker S100 and act as supporting cells. The carotid body contains the most vascular tissue in the human body. The thyroid gland is very vascular, but not quite as much as the carotid body.
Carotid body
317
Function
The carotid body functions as a sensor: it responds to a stimulus, primarily O2 partial pressure, which is detected by the type I (glomus) cells, and triggers an action potential through the afferent fibers of the glossopharyngeal nerve, which relays the information to the central nervous system.
Stimulus
While the central chemoreceptors in the brainstem are highly sensitive to CO2 the carotid body is a peripheral chemoreceptor that mainly provides afferent input to the respiratory center that is highly O2 dependent. However, the carotid body also senses increases in CO2 partial pressure and decreases in arterial pH, but to a lesser degree than for O2 The output of the carotid bodies is low at an oxygen partial pressure above about 100 mmHg (13,3 kPa) (at normal physiological pH), but below this the activity of the type I (glomus) cells increases rapidly.
Detection
The mechanism for detecting reductions in PO2 has yet to be identified, there may be multiple mechanisms[] and could vary between species. Hypoxia detection has been shown to depend upon increased Hydrogen sulfide generation produced by cystathionine gamma-lyase as hypoxia detection is reduced in mice in which this enzyme is knocked out or pharmacologically inhibited. The process of detection involves the interaction of cystathionine gamma-lyase with hemeoxygenase-2 and the production of carbon monoxide.[1] Other theories suggest it may involve mitochondrial oxygen sensors and the haem-containing cytochromes that undergo reversible one-electron reduction during oxidative-phosphorylation. Haem reversibly binds O2 with an affinity similar to that of the carotid body, suggesting that haem containing proteins may have a role in O2, potentially this could be one of the complexes involved in oxidative-phosphorylation. This leads to increases in reactive oxygen species and rises in intracellular Ca2+. However, whether hypoxia leads to an increase or decrease in reactive oxygen species is unknown. The role of reactive oxygen species in hypoxia sensing is also under question.[] The oxygen dependent enzyme haem-oxidase has also been put forward as a hypoxia sensor. In normoxia, haem-oxygenase generates carbon monoxide (CO), CO activates the large conductance calcium-activated potassium channel, BK. Falls in CO that occur as a consequence of hypoxia would lead to closure of this potassium channel and this would lead to membrane depolarisation and consequence activation of the carotid body.[] A role for the "energy sensor" AMP-activated protein kinase (AMPK) has also been proposed in hypoxia sensing. This enzyme is activated during times of net energy usage and metabolic stress, including hypoxia. AMPK has a number of targets and it appears that, in the carotid body, when AMPK is activated by hypoxia, it leads to downstream potassium channel closure of both O2-sentive TASK-like and BK channels [] An increased PCO2 is detected because the CO2 diffuses into the cell, where it increases the concentration of carbonic acid and thus protons. The precise mechanism of CO2 sensing is unknown, however it has been demonstrated that CO2 and low pH inhibit a TASK-like potassium conductance, reducing potassium current. This leads to depolarisation of the cell membrane which leads to Ca2+ entry, excitation of glomus cells and consequent neurotransmitter release.[] Arterial acidosis (either metabolic or from altered PCO2) inhibits acid-base transporters (e.g. Na+-H+) which raise intracellular pH, and activates transporters (e.g. Cl--HCO3-) which decrease it. Changes in proton concentration caused by acidosis (or the opposite from alkalosis) inside the cell stimulates the same pathways involved in PCO2 sensing. Another mechanism is through oxygen sensitive potassium channels. A drop in dissolved oxygen lead to closing of these channels which results in depolarization. This leads to release of the neurotransmitter dopamine in the glossopharengeal and vagus afferente to the vasomotor area.
Carotid body
318
Action potential
The type I (glomus) cells in the carotid (and aortic bodies) are derived from neuroectoderm and are thus electrically excitable. A decrease in oxygen partial pressure, an increase in carbon dioxide partial pressure, and a decrease in arterial pH can all cause depolarization of the cell membrane, and they affect this by blocking potassium currents. This reduction in the membrane potential opens voltage-gated calcium channels, which causes a rise in intracellular calcium concentration. This causes exocytosis of vesicles containing a variety of neurotransmitters, including acetylcholine, noradrenaline, dopamine, adenosine, ATP, substance P, and met-enkephalin. These act on receptors on the afferent nerve fibres which lie in apposition to the glomus cell to cause an action potential.
Relay
The feedback from the carotid body is sent to the cardiorespiratory centers in the medulla oblongata via the afferent branches of the Glossopharyngeal nerve. The efferent fibres of the aortic body chemoreceptors are relayed by the Vagus nerve. These centers, in turn, regulate breathing and blood pressure.
Disorders
A paraganglioma is a tumor that may involve the carotid body and is usually benign. Rarely, a malignant neuroblastoma may originate from the carotid body.
References
[1] Peng Y-J, Nanduri J, Raghuraman G, Souvannakitti D, Gadalla M.M, Kumar GK, Snyder SH, Prabhakar NR. (2010). H2S mediates O2 sensing in the carotid body PNAS 107 (23) 10719-10724.
Micrograph of a carotid body tumor.
External links
• Carotid+body (http://www.emedicinehealth.com/script/main/srchcont_dict.asp?src=Carotid+body) at eMedicine Dictionary
Taste bud
319
Taste bud
Taste buds
Semidiagrammatic view of a portion of the mucous membrane of the tongue. Two fungiform papillæ are shown. On some of the filiform papillæ the epithelial prolongations stand erect, in one they are spread out, and in three they are folded in. Latin Gray's MeSH Code caliculus gustatorius subject #222 991 Taste+Buds
[2] [3] [1]
TH H3.04.01.0.02116 [3] TH H3.04.01.0.03013
Taste buds contain the receptors for taste. They are located around the small structures on the upper surface of the tongue, soft palate, upper esophagus and epiglottis, which are called papillae.[1] These structures are involved in detecting the five (known) elements of taste perception: salty, sour, bitter, sweet, and umami. Via small openings in the tongue epithelium, called taste pores, parts of the food dissolved in saliva come into contact with taste receptors. These are located on top of the taste receptor cells that constitute the taste buds. The taste receptor cells send information detected by clusters of various receptors and ion channels to the gustatory areas of the brain via the seventh, ninth and tenth cranial nerves. On average, the human tongue has 2,000–8,000 taste buds.[2]
Types of papillae
The majority of taste buds on the tongue sit on raised protrusions of the tongue surface called papillae. There are four types of papillae present in the human tongue: • Fungiform papillae - as the name suggests, these are slightly mushroom-shaped if looked at in longitudinal section. These are present mostly at the dorsal surface of the tongue, as well as at the sides. Innervated by facial nerve. • Filiform papillae - these are thin, long papillae "V"-shaped cones that don't contain taste buds but are the most numerous. These papillae are mechanical and not involved in gustation. They are characterized by increased keratinization. • Foliate papillae - these are ridges and grooves towards the posterior part of the tongue found at the lateral borders. Innervated by facial nerve (anterior papillae) and glossopharyngeal nerve (posterior papillae). • Circumvallate papillae - there are only about 10 to 14 of these papillae on most people, and they are present at the back of the oral part of the tongue. They are arranged in a circular-shaped row just in front of the sulcus terminalis of the tongue. They are he associated with ducts of Von Ebner's glands, and are innervated by the glossopharyngeal nerve.
Taste bud Salts, sweet, sour and umami tastes causes depolarization of the taste cells, although different mechanisms are applied. Bitter causes an internal release of Ca2+, no external Ca2+ is required. The bud is formed by two kinds of cells: supporting cells and gustatory cells. The supporting (sustentacular) cells are mostly arranged like the staves of a cask, and form an outer envelope for the bud. Some, however, are found in the interior of the bud between the gustatory cells. The gustatory (taste) cells, a chemoreceptor, occupy the central portion of the bud; they are spindle-shaped, and each possesses a large spherical nucleus near the middle of the cell. The peripheral end of the cell terminates at the gustatory pore in a fine hair filament, the gustatory hair. The central process passes toward the deep extremity of the bud, and there ends in single or bifurcated varicosities. The nerve fibrils after losing their medullary sheaths enter the taste bud, and end in fine extremities between the gustatory cells; other nerve fibrils ramify between the supporting cells and terminate in fine extremities; these, however, are believed to be nerves of ordinary sensation and not gustatory. The average life of a taste bud is 10 days.
External links
• Taste Perception: Cracking the Code (http://biology.plosjournals.org/perlserv/?request=get-document& doi=10.1371/journal.pbio.0020064) • Scientists Explore the Workings of Taste Buds (http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story. php?storyId=4766647) from National Public Radio's Talk of the Nation, July 22, 2005 • http://kidshealth.org/kid/talk/qa/taste_buds.html For kids about taste buds! • http://www.newser.com/story/103744/your-lungs-have-their-own-taste-buds.html
Schwann cell
321
Schwann cell
Structure of a typical neuron
Schwann cells wrapped around an axon
Schwann cells (named after physiologist Theodor Schwann) or neurolemmocytes are the principal glia of the peripheral nervous system (PNS). Glial cells function to support neurons and in the PNS, also include satellite cells, olfactory ensheathing cells, enteric glia and glia that reside at sensory nerve endings, such as the Pacinian corpuscle. There are two types of Schwann cell, myelinating and nonmyelinating. Myelinating Schwann cells wrap around axons of motor and sensory neurons to form the myelin sheath. Schwann cells are involved in many important aspects of peripheral nerve biology—the conduction of nervous impulses along axons, nerve development and regeneration, trophic support for neurons, production of the nerve extracellular matrix, modulation of neuromuscular synaptic activity, and presentation of antigens to T-lymphocytes. Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease (CMT), Guillain-Barré syndrome (GBS), schwannomatosis and chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP) are all neuropathies involving Schwann cells.
Schwann cell
322
Description
Named after the German physiologist Theodor Schwann, Schwann cells are a variety of glial cell that keep peripheral nerve fibres (both myelinated and unmyelinated) alive. In myelinated axons, Schwann cells form the myelin sheath (see above). The sheath is not continuous. Individual myelinating Schwann cells cover about 100 micrometres of an axon—equating to approximately 10,000 Schwann cells along a 1 metre length of the axon—which can be up to a metre or more in length. The gaps between adjacent Schwann cells are called nodes of Ranvier (see above). The vertebrate nervous system relies on the myelin sheath for insulation and as a method of decreasing membrane capacitance in the axon. The action potential jumps from node to node, in a process called saltatory conduction, which can increase conduction velocity up to ten times, without an increase in axonal diameter. In this sense, Schwann cells are the peripheral nervous system's analogues of the central nervous system's oligodendrocytes. However, unlike oligodendrocytes, each myelinating Schwann cell provides insulation to only one axon (see image). This arrangement permits saltatory conduction of action potentials with repropagation at the nodes of Ranvier. In this way, myelination greatly increases speed of conduction and saves energy.[1] Non-myelinating Schwann cells are involved in maintenance of axons and are crucial for neuronal survival. Some group around smaller axons (External image here [2]) and form Remak bundles.[2] Myelinating Schwann cells begin to form the myelin sheath in mammals during fetal development and work by spiraling around the axon, sometimes with as many A Schwann cell in culture. as 100 revolutions. A well-developed Schwann cell is shaped like a rolled-up sheet of paper, with layers of myelin in between each coil. The inner layers of the wrapping, which are predominantly membrane material, form the myelin sheath while the outermost layer of nucleated cytoplasm forms the neurolemma. Only a small volume of residual cytoplasm communicates the inner from the outer layers. This is seen histologically as the Schmidt-Lantermann incisure. A number of experimental studies since 2001 have implanted Schwann cells in an attempt to induce remyelination in multiple sclerosis-afflicted patients.[3] In the past two decades, many studies have demonstrated positive results and potential for Schwann cell transplantation as a therapy for spinal cord injury, both in aiding regrowth and myelination of damaged CNS axons.[4] Indeed, Schwann cells are known for their roles in supporting nerve regeneration.[5] Nerves in the PNS consist of many axons myelinated by Schwann cells. If damage occurs to a nerve, the Schwann cells will aid in digestion of its axons (phagocytosis). Following this process, the Schwann cells can guide regeneration by forming a type of tunnel that leads toward the target neurons. The stump of the damaged axon is able to sprout, and those sprouts that grow through the Schwann-cell “tunnel” do so at the rate of approximately 1mm/day in good conditions. The rate of regeneration decreases with time. Successful axons can therefore reconnect with the muscles or organs they previously controlled with the help of Schwann cells, however, specificity is not maintained and errors are frequent, especially when long distances are involved.[6] If Schwann cells are prevented from associating with axons, the axons die. Regenerating axons will not reach any target unless Schwann cells are there to support them and guide them. They have been shown to be in advance of the growth cones. Schwann cells are essential for the maintenance of healthy axons. They produce a variety of factors, including neurotrophins, and also transfer essential molecules across to axons.
Schwann cell
323
Schwann cell lineage
Schwann cells are of neural crest origin. During mouse embryonic development, neural crest cells first differentiate into Schwann cell precursors (SCPs) at around embryonic day (E) 12–13. These precursor cells subsequently differentiate into immature Schwann cells at approximately E15–16, persisting until birth. The postnatal fate of the immature Schwann cell depends on its random association with axons. In a process called radial sorting, whereby Schwann cells segregate axons by extending processes into axon bundles, the Schwann cells that happen to associate with a large diameter axon (>1 μm) will develop into myelinating Schwann cells. Small diameter axons become entrenched in the invaginations of non-myelinating Schwann cells, also called Remak bundles. A key regulator of this process is the axonally-derived signal Neuregulin-1, which binds to cell surface receptors on the Schwann cell and promotes myelination of large diameter axons and sorting of small diameter axons in Remak bundles, dependent on the activity of the β-secretase BACE1 ([7][8][9][10][11]). A further class of non-myelinating Schwann cell, the terminal (or perisynaptic) Schwann cell, exists at the neuromuscular junction, in close proximity to the neuron-muscle synapse. The transition from immature Schwann cell to myelinating/non-myelinating Schwann cell is reversible. When the nerve is injured, Schwann cells can dedifferentiate to form a cell type resembling the immature Schwann cell, often referred to as a denervated or dedifferentiated Schwann cell. This allows them to re-enter the cell cycle in order to proliferate and aid nerve regeneration.[12]
Immunoreactivity
The different classes of Schwann cells express characteristic antigenic markers that can be targeted with antibodies. Myelinating Schwann cells can be visualised by immunohistochemistry using antibodies against the proteins S-100, Myelin protein zero (P-Zero) and Myelin basic protein (MBP). Non-myelinating Schwann cells such as those that form Remak bundles and terminal Schwann cells are positive for S-100 and Glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP).
External links
• Diagram at clc.uc.edu (http://biology.clc.uc.edu/courses/bio105/nervous.htm) • BU Histology Learning System: 21301loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/21301loa.htm)—"Ultrastructure of the Cell: myelinated axon and Schwann cell" • Cell Centered Database - Schwann cell (http://ccdb.ucsd.edu/sand/main?stype=lite&keyword=schwann& Submit=Go&event=display&start=1)
Satellite glial cell
324
Satellite glial cell
Neuron: Satellite Cell
NeuroLex ID sao792373294 [1] Code Latin TH H2.00.06.2.02002 gliocytus ganglionicus [1]
Satellite glial cells are a type of glial cell that line the exterior surface of neurons in the peripheral nervous system (PNS). Satellite glial cells (SGCs) also surround neuron cell bodies within ganglia.[][] They are of a similar embryological origin to Schwann cells of the PNS, as they are both derived from the neural crest of the embryo during development.[] SGCs have been found to hold a variety of roles, including control over the microenvironment of sympathetic ganglia.[] They are thought to have a similar role to astrocytes in the central nervous system (CNS).[] They supply nutrients to the surrounding neurons and also have some structural function. Satellite cells also act as protective, cushioning cells. Additionally, they express a variety of receptors that allow for a range of interactions with neuroactive chemicals.[] Many of these receptors and other ion channels have recently been implicated in health issues including chronic pain[] and herpes simplex.[] There is much more to be learned about these cells, and research surrounding additional properties and roles of the SGCs is ongoing.[]
Anatomy
Satellite glial cells are the principle glial cells found in the peripheral nervous system, specifically in sensory,[] sympathetic, and parasympathetic ganglia.[] They compose the thin cellular sheaths that surround the individual neurons in these ganglia. In an SGC, the cell body is denoted by the region containing the single, relatively large nucleus. Each side of the cell body extends outward, forming perineuronal processes. The region containing the nucleus has the largest volume of cytoplasm, making this region of the SGC sheath thicker.[] The sheath can be even thicker if multiple SGCs are layered on top of one another, each measuring 0.1 micrometres (3.9×10−6 in).[] Despite their flattened shape, satellite glial cells contain all common organelles necessary to make cellular products and to maintain the homeostatic environment of the cell. The plasma membrane of SGCs is thin and not very dense,[] and it is associated with adhesion molecules,[] receptors for neurotransmitters and other molecules,[] and ion channels, specifically potassium ion channels.[] Within individual Satellite glial cells are expressed throughout the SGCs, there is both rough endoplasmic reticulum[] and smooth sympathetic and parasympathetic ganglia in their [] endoplasmic reticulum, but the latter is much less abundant.[] Most respective nervous system divisions. often the Golgi apparatus and the centrioles in an SGC are found in a region very close to the cell’s nucleus. On the other hand, mitochondria are found throughout the cytoplasm[] along with the organelles involved in autophagy and other forms of catabolic degradation, such as lysosomes, lipofuscin granules, and peroxisomes.[] Both microtubules and intermediate filaments can be seen throughout the cytoplasm, and most often they lie parallel to the SGC sheath. These filaments are found in greater concentrations at the axon
Satellite glial cell hillock and at the beginning portion of an axon in an SGC of the sympathetic ganglia.[] In some SGCs of the sensory ganglia researchers have seen a single cilium that extends outward from the cell surface near the nucleus and into the extracellular space of a deep indentation in the plasma membrane.[] The cilium, however, only has the nine pairs of peripheral microtubules while it lacks the axial pair of microtubules, making its structure very similar to the cilia of neurons, Schwann cells, and astrocytes of the CNS.[]
325
In sensory ganglia
Satellite glial cells in sensory ganglia are laminar cells that most often lack any true processes extending from the cell body. In general an envelope of multiple SGCs completely surrounds each sensory neuron.[] The number of SGCs that make up the sheath increases proportionately with the volume of the neuron which it surrounds. Additionally, the volume of the sheath itself increases proportionately with the volume and surface area of the neuron’s somata. The distance of extracellular space between the sheath and the neuronal plasma membrane measures 20 nanometres (7.9×10−7 in), allowing the neuron and its SGC sheath to form a single anatomical and functional unit.[] These individual units are separated by areas of connective tissue. However, there are some sensory neurons that occupy the same space within connective tissue and are therefore grouped together in a “cluster” of two or three neurons. Most often each individual neuron in a cluster is still surrounded by its own SGC sheath, but in some cases it is missing.[] Some sensory neurons have small projections called microvilli that extend outward from their cell surfaces. Due to their close proximity to the SGC sheath, these microvilli of the neuronal plasma membrane reach into the grooves of the sheath, allowing for possible exchange of materials between the cells.[]
In sympathetic ganglia
In the sympathetic ganglia, satellite glial cells are one of three main types of cells, the other two being the sympathetic ganglion neurons and small intensely fluorescent (SIF) cells.[] SIF cells of sympathetic ganglia are separated into groups, each of which is surrounded by an SGC sheath.[] The SGCs of the sympathetic ganglia come from the neural crest and do not proliferate during embryonic development until the neurons are present and mature, indicating that the neurons signal the division and maturation of the SGCs.[] The SGCs of sympathetic ganglia follow the same basic structure as the SGCs of sensory ganglia, except that sympathetic ganglia also receive synapses. Therefore, the SGC sheath of sympathetic neurons must extend even further to cover the axon hillock near the somata.[] Like the regions of the sheath near the glial nucleus, the regions of the sheath at the axon hillocks are thicker than those surrounding the rest of the neuron. This indicates that the SGCs play a role in the synaptic environment, thereby influencing synaptic transmission.
Differences from other glial cells
Many people liken SGCs to the astrocytes of the CNS because they share certain anatomical and physiological properties, such as the presence of neurotransmitter transporters and the expression of glutamine synthetase.[] However, there are distinguishing factors that put SGCs in their own distinct category of glial cells. SGCs most often surround individual sensory and parasympathetic neurons with a complete, unbroken sheath while most neurons of sympathetic ganglia lack a completely continuous SGC sheath, allowing for limited direct exchange of materials between the extracellular space of the neuron and the space within the connective tissue where the SGCs are situated.[] Furthermore, gap junctions exist between SGCs in the sheaths of adjacent neurons as well as between SGCs in the same sheath (reflexive gap junctions).[] These gap junctions have been identified through the use of electron microscopy and weight tracer markers, such as Lucifer yellow or neurobiotin. The degree to which SGCs are coupled to SGCs of another sheath or to SGCs of the same sheath is dependent on the pH of the cellular environment.[] From studies on rats and mice, researchers have found that satellite glial cells express many neurotransmitter receptors, such as muscarinic acetylcholine and erythropoietin receptors.[] In order to differentiate between SGCs
Satellite glial cell and other glial cells researchers have used markers to identify which proteins are found in different cells. Although SGCs express glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP)[]and different S-100 proteins,[] the most useful marker available today for SGC identification is glutamine synthetase (GS). The levels of GS are relatively low at rest, but they greatly increase if the neuron undergoes axonal damage.[] Furthermore, SGCs also possess mechanisms to release cytokines, adenosine triphosphate (ATP), and other chemical messengers.[]
326
Function
Research is currently ongoing in determining the physiological role of satellite glial cells. Current theories suggest that SGCs have a significant role in controlling the microenvironment of the sympathetic ganglia. This is based on the observation that SGCs almost completely envelop the neuron and can regulate the diffusion of molecules across the cell membrane.[] It has been previously shown that when fluorescent protein tracers are injected into the cervical ganglion in order to bypass the circulatory system, they are not found on the neuron surface. This suggests that the SGCs can regulate the extracellular space of individual neurons.[] Some speculate that SGCs in the autonomic ganglia have a similar role to the blood–brain barrier as a functional barrier to large molecules.[] SGCs role as a regulator of neuronal microenvironment is further characterized by its electrical properties which are very similar to that of astrocytes.[] Astrocytes have a well studied and defined role in controlling the microenvironment within the brain, therefore researchers are investigating any homologous role of SGCs within the sympathetic ganglia. An established mode of controlling the microenvironment in sensory ganglia is the uptake of substances by specialized transporters which carry neurotransmitters into cells when coupled with Na+ and Cl−.[] Transporters for glutamate and gamma-Aminobutyric acid (GABA)[] have been found in SGCs. They appear to be actively engaged in the control of the composition of the extracellular space of the ganglia. The enzyme glutamine synthetase, which catalyzes the conversion of glutamate into glutamine, is found in large amounts in SGCs.[] Additionally, SGCs contain the glutamate related enzymes glutamate dehydrogenase and pyruvate carboxylase, and thus can supply the neurons not only with glutamine, but also with malate and lactate.[]
Molecular properties
Unlike their adjacent neurons, SGCs do not have synapses but are equipped with receptors for a variety of neuroactive substances that are analogous to those found in neurons.[] Axon terminals as well as other parts of the neuron carry receptors to substances such as acetylcholine (ACh), GABA, glutamate, ATP, noradrenaline, substance P, and capsaicin that directly affect the physiology of these cells.[] Current research is revealing that SGCs are also able to respond to some of the same chemical stimuli as neurons. The research is ongoing and SGCs role in injury repair mechanisms is not yet fully understood. Molecular characteristics of SGCs
Molecule [] Type of Ganglia Method of Detection Comments
Glutamine synthetase Mouse TG GFAP Rat DRG, TG Rat DRG Rat, rabbit DRG Rat DRG
IHC IHC
Catalyzes the condensation of glutamate and ammonia to form glutamine Upregulated by nerve damage
Cytokine released during inflammation, increased by UV irradiation Involved in functions including the regulation of meiosis, and mitosis Signaling protein apart of the type II cytokine receptor family Somatostatin inhibits the release of many hormones and other secretory proteins
Rat DRG Rat DRG
Autoradiography mRNA (ISH), IHC, Autoradiography IHC for cGMP Terminates the excitatory neurotransmitter signal by removal (uptake) of glutamate Second messenger that internalizes the message carried by intercellular messengers such as peptide hormones and NO Known to function as a neuromodulator as well as a trophic factor in the central nervous system
Rat DRG, TG Chick DRG
PGD synthase
IHC
Roles in health issues
Chronic pain
Glial cells, including SGCs, have long been recognized for their roles in response to neuronal damage and injury. SCGs have specifically been implicated in a new role involving the creation and persistence of chronic pain, which may involve hyperalgesia and other forms of spontaneous pain.[] Secretion of bioactive molecules SGCs have the ability to release cytokines and other bioactive molecules that transmit pain neuronally.[] Neurotrophins and tumor necrosis factor α (TNFα) are other cellular factors that work to sensitize neurons to pain.[] SGCs are present in the PNS in fewer numbers than other more well-known types of glial cells, like astrocytes, but have been determined to have an impact on nociception because of some of their physiological and pharmacological properties.[] In fact, just like astrocytes, SGCs have the ability to sense and regulate neighboring neuronal activity.[] First, after a period of nerve cell injury, SGCs are known to up-regulate GFAP and to undergo cell division. They have the ability to release chemoattractants, which are analogous to those released by Schwann cells and contribute to the recruitment and proliferation of macrophages. Additionally, several research groups have found that SGC coupling increases after nerve damage, which has an effect on the perception of pain, likely for several reasons. Normally, the gap junctions between SGCs are used in order to redistribute potassium ions between adjacent cells. However, in coupling of SGCs, the number of gap junctions greatly increases. This may possibly be to deal with larger amounts of ATP and glutamate, which eventually leads to increased recycling of the glutamate. The increased levels of glutamate lead to over excitation and an increase in nociception.[]
Satellite glial cell Expression of receptors and ion channels Various neuronal receptors present on SGCs have been named as participants in ATP-evoked pain signals, particularly the homomultimer P2X3 and the heteromultimer P2X2/3 purinoceptors. In general, the P2X family of receptors responds to neuronally released ATP. Each of the P2X subtypes are found in sensory neurons with the exception of the P2X7 receptor, which is selectively expressed by glial cells, including SGCs. The receptor has been implicated in the release of interleukin IL-1β from macrophages or microglia and astrocytes. The receptor likely has a part in the cascade of events that end with inflammation and neuropathic pain. It has been discovered that this receptor has an antagonist in the form of A-317491, which, when present, has the ability to reduce both the evoked and unprompted firing of various classes of spinal neurons, as well as to inhibit release of IL-1β. However, the outside influences of receptors P2X3 and P2Y1 are believed to complicate the interactions between P2X7 and its antagonist, making it a non-ideal target when using pharmacological strategy.[]
328
Representation of a typical P2X receptor subunit associated with the plasma membrane.
P2Y receptors are also found on both neurons and glial cells. Their role is less clear than that of the P2X receptors, but it has been noted they have several conflicting functions. In some cases, these receptors act as analgesics, as P2Y1 has the ability to inhibit the action of P2X3. In other cases, the receptors contribute to nociception through the modulation of the extracellular concentration of calcitonin gene related peptide (CGRP). These conflicting roles are being researched further so that they may serve as potential targets for the development of a variety of therapeutic drugs.[] SGCs also express a specific type of channel, the Kir4.1 channel, which works to maintain the desired low extracellular K+ concentration in order to control hyperexcitability, which is known to cause migraines. Additionally, extracellular K+ concentration has been found to be controlled by guanine nucleoside guanosine (Guo). Guo, which may be involved in neuron-to-SGC communication and interaction in sensory ganglia, is also a potential target that could control the alterations of extracellular K+ concentration associated with chronic pain.[]
Satellite glial cell
329
Herpes simplex
Sensory ganglia have been associated with infections from viruses like herpes simplex, which can exist in a dormant state within the ganglia for decades after the primary infection.[] When the virus becomes reactivated, blisters on the skin and mucous membranes appear. During the latent stage of the virus, the viruses are rarely located in the SGCs within the sensory ganglia, but the SGCs may still play an important role within the disease.[] It has been proposed that SGCs act to create walls to prevent the spread of the virus from infected to uninfected neurons.[][] If this wall of protection was to break down, then the infection could become more widespread.[] This property may be explained by looking at the location and arrangement of the SGCs, as they are centered on the neurons, allowing them to protect the neurons. It has also been proposed that SGCs may have a job in ridding the ganglia of the virus and in protecting and repairing the nervous system after the virus has left the dormant stage.[]
Herpes simplex virions.
Research directions
The majority of the information available on the subject of SGCs comes from research which was focused on the sensory neurons that the SGCs surround rather than the SGCs themselves. In the future, researchers plan to give more time and attention to the SGCs, which have many supportive and protective functions essential for life.[] Neurotransmitter and hormone receptors on SGCs in situ rather than in culture will likely be explored and definitively characterized.[] Changes in the receptors caused by various mutations and diseases will also be explored in order to determine the impact of these conditions.[] Additionally, the mechanisms behind neuronal-SGC communication is essentially unidentified, though it is likely that the various receptors both the neurons and SGCs have are used for chemical signaling, perhaps with P2Y.[] Ca2+ and NO and their impacts must also be observed to gain further understanding of interactions between the two types of cells.[] Finally, the possibility of an influence of SGCs on synaptic transmission within autonomic ganglia provides another direction for future research.[]
Glial cells, sometimes called neuroglia or simply glia (Greek γλία, γλοία "glue"; pronounced in English as either /ˈɡliːə/ or /ˈɡlaɪə/), are non-neuronal cells that maintain homeostasis, form myelin, and provide support and protection for neurons in the brain, and for neurons in other parts of the nervous system such as in the autonomic nervous system.[1] As the Greek name implies, glia are commonly known as the glue of the nervous system; however, this is not fully accurate. Neuroscience currently identifies four main functions of glial cells: 1. To surround neurons and hold them in place, 2. To supply nutrients and oxygen to neurons, 3. To insulate one neuron from another, 4. To destroy pathogens and remove dead neurons. For over a century, it was believed that they did not play any role in neurotransmission. That idea is now discredited;[] they do modulate neurotransmission, although the mechanisms are not yet well understood.[][][]
Neuroglia of the brain shown by Golgi's method.
Functions
Astrocytes can be identified in culture because, unlike other mature
glia, they express glial fibrillary acidic protein. Some glial cells function primarily as the physical support for neurons. Others regulate the internal environment of the brain, especially the fluid surrounding neurons and their synapses, and nutrify neurons. During early embryogenesis glial cells direct the migration of neurons and produce molecules that modify the growth of axons and dendrites. Recent researchWikipedia:Avoid weasel words indicates that glial cells of the hippocampus and cerebellum participate in synaptic transmission, regulate the clearance of neurotransmitters from the synaptic cleft, and release gliotransmitters such as ATP, which modulate synaptic function.
Neuroglia
331
Glial cells are known to be capable of mitosis. By contrast, scientific understanding of whether neurons are permanently post-mitotic,[2] or capable of mitosis,[3] is still developing. In the past, glia had been consideredWikipedia:Avoid weasel words to lack certain features of neurons. For example, glial cells were not believed to have chemical synapses or to release transmitters. They were considered to be the passive bystanders of neural transmission. However, recent studies have shown this to be untrue.[4] For example, astrocytes are crucial in clearance of neurotransmitters from within the synaptic cleft, which provides distinction between arrival of action potentials and prevents toxic build-up of certain neurotransmitters such as glutamate (excitotoxicity). It is also thought that glia play a role in many neurological diseases, including Alzheimer's disease. Furthermore, at least in vitro, astrocytes can release gliotransmitter glutamate in response to certain stimulation. Another unique type of glial cell, the oligodendrocyte precursor cells or OPCs, have very well-defined and functional synapses from at least two major groups of neurons.[citation needed] The only notable differences between neurons and glial cells are neurons' possession of axons and dendrites, and capacity to generate action potentials.
Glial cells in a rat brain stained with an antibody against GFAP.
23 week fetal brain culture astrocyte
Glia ought not to be regarded as "glue" in the nervous system as the name implies; rather, they are more of a partner to neurons.[5] They are also crucial in the development of the nervous system and in processes such as synaptic plasticity and synaptogenesis. Glia have a role in the regulation of repair of neurons after injury. In the CNS (Central Nervous System), glia suppress repair. Glial cells known as astrocytes enlarge and proliferate to form a scar and produce inhibitory molecules that inhibit regrowth of a damaged or Neoplastic glial cells stained with an antibody against GFAP severed axon. In the PNS (Peripheral Nervous System), (brown). Brain biopsy. glial cells known as Schwann cells promote repair. After axonal injury, Schwann cells regress to an earlier developmental state to encourage regrowth of the axon. This difference between PNS and CNS raises hopes for the regeneration of nervous tissue in the CNS. For example a spinal cord may be able to be repaired following injury or severance.
Neuroglia
332
Types
Microglia
Microglia are specialized macrophages capable of phagocytosis that protect neurons of the central nervous system.[6] They are derived from hematopoietic precursors rather than ectodermal tissue; they are commonly categorized as such because of their supportive role to neurons. These cells are found in all regions of the brain and spinal cord. Microglial cells are small relative to macroglial cells, with changing shapes and oblong nuclei. They are mobile within the brain and multiply when the brain is damaged. In the healthy central nervous system, microglia processes constantly sample all aspects of their environment (neurons, macroglia and blood vessels).
Macroglia
Location Name CNS Astrocytes Description The most abundant type of macroglial cell, astrocytes (also called astroglia) have numerous projections that anchor neurons to their blood supply. They regulate the external chemical environment of neurons by removing excess ions, notably potassium, and recycling neurotransmitters released during synaptic transmission. The current theory suggests that astrocytes may be the predominant "building blocks" of the blood–brain barrier. Astrocytes may regulate vasoconstriction and vasodilation by producing substances such as arachidonic acid, whose metabolites are vasoactive. Astrocytes signal each other using calcium. The gap junctions (also known as electrical synapses) between astrocytes allow the messenger molecule IP3 to diffuse from one astrocyte to another. IP3 activates calcium channels on cellular organelles, releasing calcium into the cytoplasm. This calcium may stimulate the production of more IP3. The net effect is a calcium wave that propagates from cell to cell. Extracellular release of ATP, and consequent activation of purinergic receptors on other astrocytes, may also mediate calcium waves in some cases. In general, there are two types of astrocytes, protoplasmic and fibrous, similar in function but distinct in morphology and distribution. Protoplasmic astrocytes have short, thick, highly branched processes and are typically found in gray matter. Fibrous astrocytes have long, thin, less branched processes and are more commonly found in white matter. It has recently been shown that astrocyte activity is linked to blood flow in the brain, and that this is what is actually [7] being measured in fMRI. They also have been involved in neuronal circuits playing an inhibitory role after [8] sensing changes in extracellular calcium. CNS Oligodendrocytes Oligodendrocytes are cells that coat axons in the central nervous system (CNS) with their cell membrane forming a specialized membrane differentiation called myelin, producing the so-called myelin sheath. The myelin sheath [9] provides insulation to the axon that allows electrical signals to propagate more efficiently. Ependymal cells Ependymal cells, also named ependymocytes, line the cavities of the CNS and make up the walls of the ventricles. These cells create and secrete cerebrospinal fluid(CSF) and beat their cilia to help circulate the CSF and make up the [10] Blood-CSF barrier. They are also thought to act as neural stem cells. Radial glia cells arise from neuroepithelial cells after the onset of neurogenesis. Their differentiation abilities are more restricted than those of neuroepithelial cells. In the developing nervous system, radial glia function both as neuronal progenitors and as a scaffold upon which newborn neurons migrate. In the mature brain, the cerebellum and retina retain characteristic radial glial cells. In the cerebellum, these are Bergmann glia, which regulate synaptic plasticity. In the retina, the radial Müller cell is the principal glial cell, and participates in a bidirectional [11] communication with neurons. Similar in function to oligodendrocytes, Schwann cells provide myelination to axons in the peripheral nervous system (PNS). They also have phagocytotic activity and clear cellular debris that allows for regrowth of PNS [12] neurons.
CNS
CNS
Radial glia
PNS
Schwann cells
Neuroglia
[13] Satellite glial cells are small cells that surround neurons in sensory, sympathetic and parasympathetic ganglia. These cells help regulate the external chemical environment. Like astrocytes, they are interconnected by gap junctions and respond to ATP by elevating intracellular concentration of calcium ions. They are highly sensitive to [14] injury and inflammation, and appear to contribute to pathological states, such as chronic pain.
333
Satellite cells
PNS
PNS
Enteric glial cells Are found in the intrinsic ganglia of the digestive system.They are thought to have many roles in the enteric system, [15] some related to homeostasis and muscular digestive processes.
Other
Pituicytes from the posterior pituitary are glia cells with characteristics in common to astrocytes.[16] Tanycytes from the hypothalamus descend from radial glia.[17]
Capacity to divide
Glia retain the ability to undergo cell division in adulthood, whereas most neurons cannot. The view is based on the general deficiency of the mature nervous system in replacing neurons after an injury, such as a stroke or trauma, while very often there is a profound proliferation of glia, or gliosis near or at the site of damage. However, detailed studies found no evidence that 'mature' glia, such as astrocytes or oligodendrocytes, retain the ability of mitosis. Only the resident oligodendrocyte precursor cells seem to keep this ability after the nervous system matures. On the other hand, there are a few regions in the mature nervous system, such as the dentate gyrus of the hippocampus and the subventricular zone, where generation of new neurons can be observed.[18]
Embryonic development
Most glia are derived from ectodermal tissue of the developing embryo, in particular the neural tube and crest. The exception is microglia, which are derived from hemopoietic stem cells. In the adult, microglia are largely a self-renewing population and are distinct from macrophages and monocytes, which infiltrate the injured and diseased CNS. In the central nervous system, glia develop from the ventricular zone of the neural tube. These glia include the oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, and astrocytes. In the peripheral nervous system, glia derive from the neural crest. These PNS glia include Schwann cells in nerves and satellite glial cells in ganglia.
History
Glia were first described in 1856 by the pathologist Rudolf Virchow in a comment to his 1846 publication on connective tissue. In his 1858 publication `Cellularpathology´, he described glial cells in more detail. [19]
Numbers
Neuroglial cells are generally smaller than neurons and outnumber them by five to ten times; they comprise about half the total volume of the brain and spinal cord.(Clinical Neuro-Anatomy, Richard S. Snell, 7th edition) [] The ratio differs from one part of the brain to another. The glia/neuron ratio in the cerebral cortex is 3.72 (60.84 billion glia; 16.34 billion neurons) while that of the cerebellum is only 0.23 (16.04 billion glia; 69.03 billion neurons). The ratio in the cerebral cortex gray matter is 1.48 (the white matter part has few neurons). The ratio of the basal ganglia, diencephalon and brainstem combined is 11.35.[] Most cerebral cortex glia are oligodendrocytes (75.6%); astrocytes account for 17.3% and microglia (6.5%)[20] The amount of brain tissue that is made up of glial cells increases with brain size: the nematode brain contains only a few glia; a fruitfly's brain is 25% glia; that of a mouse, 65%; a human, 90%; and an elephant, 97%.Wikipedia:Please clarify[21]
Neuroglia
334
Additional images
Oligodendrocyte
Section of central canal of medulla spinalis, showing ependymal and neuroglial cells.
Transverse section of a cerebellar folium.
References
Notes
[1] Jessen, Kristjan R. & Mirsky, Rhona Glial cells in the enteric nervous system contain glial fibrillary acidic protein Nature 286, 736–737 (14 August 1980); [2] Nature Reviews Neuroscience 8, 368–378 (May 2007) | [3] ; ; . [4] The Other Brain, by R. Douglas Fields, Ph. D. Simon & Schuster, 2009 [5] The Root of Thought: Unlocking Glia, by Andrew Koob, FT Science Press, 2009 [6] Brodal, 2010: p. 19 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=iJjI6yDNmr8C& pg=PA19) [9] Baumann, Nicole; Pham-Dinh, Danielle (2001), "Biology of Oligodendrocyte and Myelin in the Mammalian Central Nervous System", Physiological Reviews 18 (2): 871–927 [12] Jessen, K. R. & Mirsky, R. (2005), "The origin and development of glial cells in peripheral nerves", Nature Reviews Neuroscience 6 (9): 671–682 [13] Hanani, M. Satellite glial cells in sensory ganglia: from form to function. Brain Res. Rev. 48:457–476, 2005 [14] Ohara PT et al., Evidence for a role of connexin 43 in trigeminal pain using RNA interference in vivo. J Neurophysiol 2008;100:3064–3073 [15] Bassotti, G. et al, Laboratory Investigation (2007) 87, 628–632 [18] David R. Kornack*, Pasko Rakic (2008). Continuation of neurogenesis in the hippocampus of the adult macaque monkey Section of Neurobiology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT 06510- (http:/ / www. pnas. org/ content/ 96/ 10/ 5768. abstract) [20] (figures given are those for females)
Bibliography
• Brodal, Per (2010). "Glia" (http://books.google.com/books?id=iJjI6yDNmr8C&pg=PA19). The central nervous system: structure and function. Oxford University Press. p. 19. ISBN 978-0-19-538115-3. • Kettenmann and Ransom, Neuroglia, Oxford University Press, 2012, ISBN13: 9780199794591 |http:// ukcatalogue.oup.com/product/9780199794591.do#.UVcswaD3Ay4|
Further reading
• "The Mystery and Magic of Glia: A Perspective on Their Roles in Health and Disease." (http://download.cell. com/images/edimages/neuron/pdf/barres.pdf) Neuron 60, November 6, 2008 by Ben Barres • Role of glia in synapse development (http://pfrieger.gmxhome.de/work/publications/pfrieger_2002.pdf) • Overstreet L (2005). "Quantal transmission: not just for neurons". Trends Neurosci 28 (2): 59–62. doi: 10.1016/j.tins.2004.11.010 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.tins.2004.11.010). PMID 15667925 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15667925). article (http://www.sciencedirect.com/science?_ob=ArticleURL&
Neuroglia _udi=B6T0V-4F05G3W-1&_coverDate=02/01/2005&_alid=242540802&_rdoc=1&_fmt=&_orig=search& _qd=1&_cdi=4872&_sort=d&view=c&_acct=C000006078&_version=1&_urlVersion=0&_userid=75682& md5=a6462b73c196ee912e6ea3407462f0b3) Peters A (2004). "A fourth type of neuroglial cell in the adult central nervous system". J Neurocytol 33 (3): 345–57. doi: 10.1023/B:NEUR.0000044195.64009.27 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1023/B:NEUR.0000044195. 64009.27). PMID 15475689 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15475689). Volterra A, Steinhäuser C (2004). "Glial modulation of synaptic transmission in the hippocampus". Glia 47 (3): 249–57. doi: 10.1002/glia.20080 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/glia.20080). PMID 15252814 (http://www. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15252814). Huang Y, Bergles D (2004). "Glutamate transporters bring competition to the synapse". Curr Opin Neurobiol 14 (3): 346–52. doi: 10.1016/j.conb.2004.05.007 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.conb.2004.05.007). PMID 15194115 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15194115). Artist ADSkyler (http://www.anioman.com/Profile.php?viewedArtistID=1793201250&gallery=&page=1& back=1)(uses concepts of neuroscience and found inspiration from Glia)
335
•
•
•
•
External links
Audio • "The Other Brain" (http://www.wnyc.org/shows/lopate/2010/jan/22/the-other-brain/)—The Leonard Lopate Show (WNYC) "Neuroscientist Douglas Field, explains how glia, which make up approximately 85 percent of the cells in the brain, work. In The Other Brain: From Dementia to Schizophrenia, How New Discoveries about the Brain Are Revolutionizing Medicine and Science, he explains recent discoveries in glia research and looks at what breakthroughs in brain science and medicine are likely to come." • "Network Glia" (http://www.networkglia.eu/en/) A homepage devoted to glial cells
Astrocyte
336
Astrocyte
For the cell in the gastrointestinal tract, see Interstitial cell of Cajal.
Neuron: Astrocyte
Immunocytochemical staining of Astrocytes in culture using an antibody against glial fibrillary acidic protein. NeuroLex ID Dorlands/Elsevier sao1394521419 12165688 [2] [1]
Astrocytes (etymology: astron gk. star, cyte gk. cell), also known collectively as astroglia, are characteristic star-shaped glial cells in the brain and spinal cord. They are the most abundant cell of the human brain. They perform many functions, including biochemical support of endothelial cells that form the blood–brain barrier, provision of nutrients to the nervous tissue, maintenance of extracellular ion balance, and a role in the repair and scarring process of the brain and spinal cord following traumatic injuries. Research since the mid-1990s has shown that astrocytes propagate intercellular Ca2+ waves over long distances in response to stimulation, and, similar to neurons, release transmitters (called gliotransmitters) in a Ca2+-dependent manner. Data suggest that astrocytes also signal to neurons through Ca2+-dependent release of glutamate.[] Such discoveries have made astrocytes an important area of research within the field of neuroscience.
Description
Astrocytes are a sub-type of glial cells in the central nervous system. They are also known as astrocytic glial cells. Star-shaped, their many processes envelope synapses made by neurons. Astrocytes are classically identified using histological analysis; many of these cells express the intermediate filament glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP). Several forms of astrocytes exist in the Central Nervous System including fibrous (in white matter), protoplasmic (in grey matter), and radial. The fibrous glia are usually located within white matter, have relatively few organelles, and exhibit long unbranched cellular processes. This type often has "vascular feet" that physically connect the cells to the outside of capillary walls when they are in close proximity to them. The protoplasmic glia are the most prevalent and are found in grey matter tissue, possess a
Isolated Astrocyte shown with confocal microscopy. Image: Nathan S. Ivey and Andrew G. MacLean
Astrocyte
337
larger quantity of organelles, and exhibit short and highly branched tertiary processes. The radial glia are disposed in a plane perpendicular to axis of ventricles. One of their processes about the pia mater, while the other is deeply buried in gray matter. Radial glia are mostly present during development, playing a role in neuron migration. Mueller cells of retina and Bergmann glia cells of cerebellar cortex represent an exception, being present still during adulthood. When in proximity to the pia mater, all three forms of astrocytes send out processes to form the pia-glial membrane.
Astrocyte - rodent cell culture stained for GFAP (red)
23 weeks fetal brain culture human astrocyte
Astrocytes - rat spinal cord stained for GFAP (green)
Astrocytes (red) among neurons in the living cerebral cortex
Astrocyte
338
Functions
Previously in medical science, the neuronal network was considered the only important one, and astrocytes were looked upon as gap fillers. More recently, the function of astrocytes has been reconsidered,[1] and are now thought to play a number of active roles in the brain, including the secretion or absorption of neural transmitters and maintenance of the blood–brain barrier.[2] Following on this idea the concept of a "tripartite synapse" has been proposed, referring to the tight relationship occurring at synapses among a presynaptic element, a postsynaptic element and a glial element.[3]
• Structural: They are involved in the physical structuring of the brain. Astrocytes get their name because they are "star-shaped". They are the most abundant glial cells in the brain that are closely associated with neuronal synapses. They regulate the transmission of electrical impulses within the brain. • Glycogen fuel reserve buffer: Astrocytes contain glycogen and are capable of glycogenesis. The astrocytes next to neurons in the frontal cortex and hippocampus store and release glycogen. Thus, Astrocytes can fuel neurons with glucose during periods of high rate of glucose consumption and glucose shortage. Recent research suggests there may be a connection between this activity and exercise. [4] • Metabolic support: They provide neurons with nutrients such as lactate. • Blood–brain barrier: The astrocyte end-feet encircling endothelial cells were thought to aid in the maintenance of the blood–brain barrier, but recent research indicates that they do not play a substantial role; instead, it is the tight junctions and basal lamina of the cerebral endothelial cells that play the most substantial role in maintaining the barrier.[5] However, it has recently been shown that astrocyte activity is linked to blood flow in the brain, and that this is what is actually being measured in fMRI.[6] [7] • Transmitter uptake and release: Astrocytes express plasma membrane transporters such as glutamate transporters for several neurotransmitters, including glutamate, ATP, and GABA. More recently, astrocytes were shown to release glutamate or ATP in a vesicular, Ca2+-dependent manner.[8] (This has been disputed for hippocampal astrocytes.)[9] • Regulation of ion concentration in the extracellular space: Astrocytes express potassium channels at a high density. When neurons are active, they release potassium, increasing the local extracellular concentration. Because astrocytes are highly permeable to potassium, they rapidly clear the excess accumulation in the extracellular space.[10] If this function is interfered with, the extracellular concentration of potassium will rise, leading to neuronal depolarization by the Goldman equation. Abnormal accumulation of extracellular potassium is well known to result in epileptic neuronal activity.[citation needed] • Modulation of synaptic transmission: In the supraoptic nucleus of the hypothalamus, rapid changes in astrocyte morphology have been shown to affect heterosynaptic transmission between neurons.[11] In the hippocampus, astrocytes suppress synaptic transmission by releasing ATP, which is hydrolyzed by ectonucliotidases to yield adenosine. Adenosine acts on neuronal adenosine receptors to inhibit synaptic transmission, thereby increasing the dynamic range available for LTP.[12] • Vasomodulation: Astrocytes may serve as intermediaries in neuronal regulation of blood flow.[13]
Metabolic interactions between astrocytes and neurons. From a computational study by Çakιr et al., 2007.
Astrocyte • Promotion of the myelinating activity of oligodendrocytes: Electrical activity in neurons causes them to release ATP, which serves as an important stimulus for myelin to form. However, the ATP does not act directly on oligodendrocytes. Instead, it causes astrocytes to secrete cytokine leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), a regulatory protein that promotes the myelinating activity of oligodendrocytes. This suggest that astrocytes have an executive-coordinating role in the brain.[14] • Nervous system repair: Upon injury to nerve cells within the central nervous system, astrocytes fill up the space to form a glial scar, repairing the area and replacing the CNS cells that cannot regenerate.[citation needed] • Long-term potentiation: Scientists continue to argue back and forth as to whether or not astrocytes integrate learning and memory in the hippocampus. It is known that glial cells are included in neuronal synapses, but many of the LTP studies are performed on slices, so scientists disagree on whether or not astrocytes have a direct role of modulating synaptic plasticity.
339
Recent studies
A recent study, done in November 2010 and published March 2011, was done by a team of scientists from the University of Rochester and University of Colorado School of Medicine They did an experiment to attempt to repair trauma to the Central Nervous System of an adult rat by replacing the glial cells. When the glial cells were injected into the injury of the adult rat’s spinal cord, astrocytes were generated by exposing human glial precursor cells to bone morphogenetic protein (Bone morphogenetic protein is important because it is considered to create tissue architecture throughout the body). So, with the bone protein and human glial cells combined, they promoted significant recovery of conscious foot placement, axonal growth, and obvious increases in neuronal survival in the spinal cord laminae. On the other hand, human glial precursor cells and astrocytes generated from these cells by being in contact with ciliary neurotrophic factors, failed to promote neuronal survival and support of axonal growth at the spot of the injury.[] One study done in Shanghai had two types of hippocampal neuronal cultures: In one culture, the neuron was grown from a layer of astrocytes and the other culture was not in contact with any astrocytes, but they were instead fed a Glial Conditioned Medium (GCM), which inhibits the rapid growth of cultured astrocytes in the brains of rats in most cases. In their results they were able to see that astrocytes had a direct role in Long-term potentiation with the mixed culture (which is the culture that was grown from a layer of astrocytes) but not in GCM cultures.[] Recent studies have shown that astrocytes play an important function in the regulation of neural stem cells. Research from the Schepens Eye Research Institute at Harvard shows the human brain to abound in neural stem cells, which are kept in a dormant state by chemical signals (ephrin-A2 and ephrin-A3) from the astrocytes. The astrocytes are able to activate the stem cells to transform into working neurons by dampening the release of ephrin-A2 and ephrin-A3.[citation needed] Furthermore, studies are underway to determine whether astroglia play an instrumental role in depression, based on the link between diabetes and depression. Altered CNS glucose metabolism is seen in both these conditions, and the astroglial cells are the only cells with insulin receptors in the brain. In a study published in a 2011 issue of Nature Biotechnology[15] and reported in lay science article,[16] a group of researchers from the University of Wisconsin reports that it has been able to direct embryonic and induced human stem cells to become astrocytes. A 2012 study[17] of the effects of marijuana on short term memories found that THC activates CB1 receptors of astrocytes which cause receptors for AMPA to be removed from the membranes of associated neurons.
Astrocyte
340
Calcium waves
Astrocytes are linked by gap junctions, creating an electrically coupled (functional) syncytium.[18] Because of this ability of astrocytes to communicate with their neighbors, changes in the activity of one astrocyte can have repercussions on the activities of others that are quite distant from the original astrocyte. An influx of Ca2+ ions into astrocytes is the essential change that ultimately generates calcium waves. Because this influx is directly caused by an increase in blood flow to the brain, calcium waves are said to be a kind of hemodynamic response function. An increase in intracellular calcium concentration can propagate outwards through this functional syncytium. Mechanisms of calcium wave propagation include diffusion of calcium ions and IP3 through gap junctions and extracellular ATP signalling.[19] Calcium elevations are the primary known axis of activation in astrocytes, and are necessary and sufficient for some types of astrocytic glutamate release.[20]
Development
Astrocytes are macroglial cells in the central nervous system. Astrocytes are derived from heterogeneous populations of progenitor cells in the neuroepithelium of the developing central nervous system. Recent works, summarized in a review by Rowitch and Kriegstein,[21] indicate that there is remarkable similarity between the well known genetic mechanisms that specify the lineage of diverse neuron subtypes and that of macroglial cells. Just as with neuronal cell specification, canonical signaling factors like Sonic hedgehog (SHH), Fibroblast growth factor (FGFs), WNTs and bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), provide positional information to developing macroglial cells through morphogen gradients along the dorsal–ventral, anterior–posterior and medial–lateral axes. The resultant patterning along the neuraxis leads to segmentation of the neuroepithelium into progenitor domains (p0, p1 p2, p3 and pMN) for distinct neuron types in the developing spinal cord. On the basis of several studies it is now believed that that this model also applies to macroglial cell specification. Studies carried out by Hochstim and colleagues have demonstrated that three distinct populations of astrocytes arise from the p1, p2 and p3 domains.[22] These subtypes of astrocytes can be identified on the basis of their expression of different transcription factors (PAX6, NKX6.1) and cell surface markers (reelin and SLIT1). The three populations of astrocyte subtypes which have been identified are 1) dorsally located VA1 astrocytes, derived from p1 domain, express PAX6 and reelin 2) ventrally located VA3 astrocytes, derived from p3, express NKX6.1 and SLIT1 and 3) and intermediate white-matter located VA2 astrocyte, derived from the p2 domain, which express PAX6, NKX6.1, reelin and SLIT1.[23] After astrocyte specification has occurred in the developing CNS, it is believed that astrocyte precursors migrate to their final positions within the nervous system before the process of terminal differentiation occurs.
Classification
There are several different ways to classify astrocytes.
Lineage and antigenic phenotype
These have been established by classic work by Raff et al. in early 1980s on Rat optic nerves. • Type 1: Antigenically Ran2+, GFAP+, FGFR3+, A2B5-, thus resembling the "type 1 astrocyte" of the postnatal day 7 rat optic nerve. These can arise from the tripotential glial restricted precursor cells (GRP), but not from the bipotential O2A/OPC (oligodendrocyte, type 2 astrocyte precursor, also called Oligodendrocyte progenitor cell) cells. • Type 2: Antigenically A2B5+, GFAP+, FGFR3-, Ran 2-. These cells can develop in vitro from the either tripotential GRP (probably via O2A stage) or from bipotential O2A cells (which some peopleWikipedia:Avoid weasel words think may in turn have been derived from the GRP) or in vivo when these progenitor cells are transplanted into lesion sites (but probably not in normal development, at least not in the rat optic nerve). Type-2 astrocytes are the major astrocytic component in postnatal optic nerve cultures that are generated by O2A
Astrocyte cells grown in the presence of fetal calf serum but are not thought to exist in vivo (Fulton et al., 1992).
341
Anatomical classification
• Protoplasmic: found in grey matter and have many branching processes whose end-feet envelop synapses. Some protoplasmic astrocytes are generated by multipotent subventricular zone progenitor cells.[][] • Gömöri-positive astrocytes. These are a subset of protoplasmic astrocytes that contain numerous cytoplasmic inclusions, or granules, that stain positively with Gömöri's chrome-alum hematoxylin stain. It is now known that these granules are formed from the remnants of degenerating mitochondria engulfed within lysosomes,[24] Some type of oxidative stress appears to be responsible for the mitochondrial damage within these specialized astrocytes. Gömöri-positive astrocytes are much more abundant within the arcuate nucleus of the hypothalamus and in the hippocampus than in other brain regions. They may have a role in regulating the response of the hypothalamus to glucose.[25][26] • Fibrous: found in white matter and have long thin unbranched processes whose end-feet envelop nodes of Ranvier.[27] Some fibrous astrocytes are generated by radial glia.[][][][][]
Transporter/receptor classification
• GluT type: express glutamate transporters (EAAT1/ SLC1A3 [30] and EAAT2/ SLC1A2 [31]) and respond to synaptic release of glutamate by transporter currents • GluR type: express glutamate receptors (mostly mGluR and AMPA type) and respond to synaptic release of glutamate by channel-mediated currents and IP3-dependent Ca2+ transients
Bergmann glia
Bergmann glia, a type of glia[28][29] also known as radial epithelial cells (as named by Camillo Golgi) or Golgi epithelial cells (GCEs; not to be mixed up with Golgi cells), are astrocytes in the cerebellum that have their cell bodies in the Purkinje cell layer and processes that extend into the molecular layer, terminating with bulbous endfeet at the pial surface. Bergmann glia express high densities of glutamate transporters that limit diffusion of the neurotransmitter glutamate during its release from synaptic terminals. Besides their role in early development of the cerebellum, Bergmann glia are also required for the pruning or addition of synapses.[citation needed]
Pathology
SLC1A3 expression highlights Bergmann glia in the brain of a mouse at 7th postnatal day, sagittal section.
Astrocytomas are primary intracranial tumors derived from astrocytes cells of the brain. It is also possible that glial progenitors or neural stem cells give rise to astrocytomas. Astrocytomas are brain tumors that develop from astrocytes. They may occur in many parts of the brain and sometimes in the spinal cord. They can occur at any age but they primarily occur in males. Astrocytomas are divided into two categories: Low grade (I and II) and High Grade (III and IV). Low grade tumors are more common in children and high grade tumors are more common in adults.[30] Pilocytic Astrocytoma are Grade I tumors. They are considered benign and slow growing tumors. Pilocytic Astrocytomas frequently have cystic portions filled with fluid and a nodule, which is the solid portion. Most are located in the cerebellum. Therefore, most symptoms are related to balance or coordination difficulties.[30] They also
Astrocyte occur more frequently in children and teens.[31] Grade II Tumors grow relatively slow but invade surrounding healthy tissue. Usually considered benign but can grow into malignant tumors. Other names that are used are Fibrillary or Protoplasmic astrocytomas. They are prevalent in younger people who are often present with seizures.[31] Anaplastic astrocytoma is classified as grade III and are malignant tumors. They grow more rapidly than lower grade tumors and tend to invade nearby healthy tissue. Anaplastic astrocytomas recur more frequently than lower grade tumors because of their tendency to spread into surrounding tissue makes them difficult to completely remove surgically.[30] Glioblastoma Multiforme is also a malignant tumor and classified as a grade IV. Glioblastomas can contain more than one cell type (i.e., astrocytes, oligondroctyes). Also, while one cell type may die off in response to a particular treatment, the other cell types may continue to multiply. Glioblastomas are the most invasive type of glial tumors. Grows rapidly and spreads to nearby tissue. Approximately 50% of astrocytomas are glioblastomas and are very difficult to treat.[30]
342
Tripartite synapse
Within the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, activated astrocytes have the ability to respond to almost all neurotransmitters (Haydon, 2001) and, upon activation, release a multitude of neuroactive molecules such as glutamate, ATP, nitric oxide (NO), prostaglandins (PG), and D-serine, which in turn influences neuronal excitability. The close association between astrocytes and presynaptic and postsynaptic terminals as well as their ability to integrate synaptic activity and release neuromodulators has been termed the "tripartite synapse" (Araque et al., 1999). Synaptic modulation by astrocytes takes place because of this 3-part association.
Astrocytes in chronic pain sensitization
Under normal conditions, pain conduction begins with some noxious signal followed by an action potential carried by nociceptive (pain sensing) afferent neurons, which elicit excitatory postsynaptic potentials (EPSP) in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord. That message is then relayed to the cerebral cortex, where we translate those EPSPs into "pain". Since the discovery of astrocytic influence, our understanding of the conduction of pain has been dramatically complicated. Pain processing is no longer seen as a repetitive relay of signals from body to brain, but as a complex system that can be up- and down-regulated by a number of different factors. One factor at the forefront of recent research is in the pain-potentiating synapse located in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord and the role of astrocytes in encapsulating these synapses. Garrison and co-workers (Garrison, 1991)Wikipedia:Citing sources#What information to include were the first to suggest association when they found a correlation between astrocyte hypertrophy in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord and hypersensitivity to pain after peripheral nerve injury, typically considered an indicator of glial activation after injury. Astrocytes detect neuronal activity and can release chemical transmitters, which in turn control synaptic activity (Volters and Meldolesi, 2005; Haydon, 2001; Fellin, et al., 2006). In the past, hyperalgesia was thought to be modulated by the release of substance P and excitatory amino acids (EAA), such as glutamate, from the presynaptic afferent nerve terminals in the spinal cord dorsal horn. Subsequent activation of AMPA (α-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazole proprionic acid), NMDA (N-methyl-D-aspartate) and kainate subtypes of ionotropic glutamate receptors follows. It is the activation of these receptors that potentiates the pain signal up the spinal cord. This idea, although true, is an oversimplification of pain transduction. A litany of other neurotransmitter and neuromodulators, such as calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP), adenosine triphosphate (ATP), brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP), galanin, and vasopressin are all synthesized and released in response to noxious stimuli. In addition to each of these regulatory factors, several other interactions between pain-transmitting neurons and other neurons in the dorsal horn have added impact on pain pathways.
Astrocyte
343
Two states of persistent pain
After persistent peripheral tissue damage there is a release of several factors from the injured tissue as well as in the spinal dorsal horn. These factors increase the responsiveness of the dorsal horn pain-projection neurons to ensuing stimuli, termed "spinal sensitization," thus amplifying the pain impulse to the brain. Release of glutamate, substance P, and calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) mediates NMDAR activation (originally silent because it is plugged by Mg2+), thus aiding in depolarization of the postsynaptic pain-transmitting neurons (PTN). In addition, activation of IP3 signaling and MAPKs (mitogen-activated protein kinases) such as ERK and JNK, bring about an increase in the synthesis of inflammatory factors that alter glutamate transporter function. ERK also further activates AMPARs and NMDARs in neurons. Nociception is further sensitized by the association of ATP and substance P with their respective receptors, P<sub>2</sub>X<sub>3</sub>, and neurokinin 1 receptor (NK1R), as well as activation of metabotropic glutamate receptors and release of BDNF. Persistent presence of glutamate in the synapse eventually results in dysregulation of GLT1 and GLAST, crucial transporters of glutamate into astrocytes. Ongoing excitation can also induce ERK and JNK activation, resulting in release of several inflammatory factors. As noxious pain is sustained, spinal sensitization creates transcriptional changes in the neurons of the dorsal horn that lead to altered function for extended periods. Mobilization of Ca2+ from internal stores results from persistent synaptic activity and leads to the release of glutamate, ATP, tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α), interleukin 1β (IL-1β), IL-6, nitric oxide (NO), and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2). Activated astrocytes are also a source of matrix metalloproteinase 2 (MMP2), which induces pro-IL-1β cleavage and sustains astrocyte activation. In this chronic signaling pathway, p38 is activated as a result of IL-1β signaling, and there is a presence of chemokines that trigger their receptors to become active. In response to nerve damage, heat shock proteins (HSP) are released and can bind to their respective TLRs, leading to further activation.
References
[2] Kolb & Whishaw: Fundamentals of Human Neuropsychology, 2008 [15] http:/ / www. nature. com/ nbt/ journal/ vaop/ ncurrent/ abs/ nbt. 1877. html [16] http:/ / www. sciencedebate. com/ science-blog/ human-astrocytes-cultivated-stem-cells-lab-dish-u-wisconsin-researchers [19] Newman, EA.(2001) "Propagation of intercellular calcium waves in retinal astrocytes and Müller cells." (http:/ / www. pubmedcentral. nih. gov/ articlerender. fcgi?tool=pubmed& pubmedid=11264297)J Neurosci. 21(7):2215-23 [25] Young JK, McKenzie JC (2004) " GLUT2 immunoreactivity in Gömöri-positive astrocytes of the hypothalamus (http:/ / www. jhc. org/ cgi/ content/ full/ 52/ 11/ 1519)."J. Histochemistry & Cytochemistry 52: 1519-1524 PMID [30] Astrocytomas. (2010). Retrieved 2011, from IRSA: http:/ / www. irsa. org/ astrocytoma. html [31] Astrocytoma Tumors (2005, August). Retrieved 2011, from American Association of Neurological Surgeons: http:/ / www. aans. org/ Patient%20Information/ Conditions%20and%20Treatments/ Astrocytoma%20Tumors. aspx.
• Halassa, M.M., Fellin, T., and Haydon, P.G. (2006). "The tripartite synapse: roles for gliotransmission in health and disease". Trends in Mol. Sci 13 (2): 54–63. doi: 10.1016/j.molmed.2006.12.005 (http://dx.doi.org/10. 1016/j.molmed.2006.12.005). PMID 17207662 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17207662). • White, F.A., Jung, H. and Miller, R.J. (2007). "Chemokines and the pathophysiology of neuropathic pain" (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2154400). Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 104 (51): 20151–20158. doi: 10.1073/pnas.0709250104 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1073/pnas.0709250104). PMC 2154400 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2154400). PMID 18083844 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ 18083844). • Milligan, E.D. and Watson, L.R. (2009). "Pathological and protective roles of glia in chronic pain". Neuron-Glia Interactions 10: 23–36. • Watkins, L.R., Milligan, E.D. and Maier, S.F. (2001). "Glial activation: a driving force for pathological pain". Trends in Neurosci. 24 (8): 450–455. doi: 10.1016/S0166-2236(00)01854-3 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/ S0166-2236(00)01854-3). • Volterra, A. and Meldolesi, J. (2005). "Astrocytes, from brain glue to communication elements: the revolution continues". Nat. Rev Neurosci. 6 (8): 626–640. doi: 10.1038/nrn1722 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/nrn1722).
Astrocyte PMID 16025096 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16025096). • Freeman, M. R. (2010). "Specification and Morphogenesis of Astrocytes". Science 330 (6005): 774–8. doi: 10.1126/science.1190928 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1126/science.1190928). PMID 21051628 (http://www.ncbi. nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21051628).
344
External links
• Cell Centered Database - Astrocyte (http://ccdb.ucsd.edu/sand/main?stype=lite&keyword=protoplasmic astrocyte&Submit=Go&event=display&start=1) • UIUC Histology Subject 57 (https://histo.life.illinois.edu/histo/atlas/oimages.php?oid=57) • "Astrocytes" (http://www.sfn.org/index.cfm?pagename=brainBriefings_astrocytes) at Society for Neuroscience • The Department of Neuroscience at Wikiversity • NIF Search - Astrocyte (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Astrocyte&t=data&s=cover&b=0& r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework
Neuron
Neuron: nerve cell
Drawing by Santiago Ramón y Cajal of neurons in the pigeon cerebellum. (A) Denotes Purkinje cells, an example of a multipolar neuron. (B) Denotes granule cells, which are also multipolar. NeuroLex ID sao1417703748 [1]
A neuron (pron.: /ˈnjʊərɒn/ NYEWR-on or pron.: /ˈnʊərɒn/ NEWR-on; also known as a neurone or nerve cell) is an electrically excitable cell that processes and transmits information through electrical and chemical signals. A chemical signal occurs via a synapse, a specialized connection with other cells. Neurons connect to each other to form neural networks. Neurons are the core components of the nervous system, which includes the brain, spinal cord, and peripheral ganglia. A number of specialized types of neurons exist: sensory neurons respond to touch, sound, light and numerous other stimuli affecting cells of the sensory organs that then send signals to the spinal cord and brain. Motor neurons receive signals from the brain and spinal cord, cause muscle contractions, and affect glands. Interneurons connect neurons to other neurons within the same region of the brain or spinal cord. A typical neuron possesses a cell body (often called the soma), dendrites, and an axon. Dendrites are thin structures that arise from the cell body, often extending for hundreds of micrometres and branching multiple times, giving rise to a complex "dendritic tree". An axon is a special cellular extension that arises from the cell body at a site called the axon hillock and travels for a distance, as far as 1 meter in humans or even more in other species. The cell body of a neuron frequently gives rise to multiple dendrites, but never to more than one axon, although the axon may branch hundreds of times before it terminates. At the majority of synapses, signals are sent from the axon of one neuron to a
Neuron dendrite of another. There are, however, many exceptions to these rules: neurons that lack dendrites, neurons that have no axon, synapses that connect an axon to another axon or a dendrite to another dendrite, etc. All neurons are electrically excitable, maintaining voltage gradients across their membranes by means of metabolically driven ion pumps, which combine with ion channels embedded in the membrane to generate intracellular-versus-extracellular concentration differences of ions such as sodium, potassium, chloride, and calcium. Changes in the cross-membrane voltage can alter the function of voltage-dependent ion channels. If the voltage changes by a large enough amount, an all-or-none electrochemical pulse called an action potential is generated, which travels rapidly along the cell's axon, and activates synaptic connections with other cells when it arrives. Neurons do not undergo cell division. In most cases, neurons are generated by special types of stem cells. Astrocytes, a type of glial cell, have also been observed to turn into neurons by virtue of the stem cell characteristic pluripotency. In humans, neurogenesis largely ceases during adulthood—but in two brain areas, the hippocampus and olfactory bulb, there is strong evidence for generation of substantial numbers of new neurons.[1][]
345
Overview
Structure of a typical neuron
Neuron (peripheral nervous system)
A neuron is a specialized type of cell found in the bodies of most animals (all members of the group Eumetazoa). Only sponges and a few other simpler animals have no neurons. The features that define a neuron are electrical excitability and the presence of synapses, which are complex membrane junctions that transmit signals to other cells. The body's neurons, plus the glial cells that give them structural and metabolic support, together constitute the nervous system. In vertebrates, the majority of neurons belong to the central nervous system, but some reside in peripheral ganglia, and many sensory neurons are situated in sensory organs such as the retina and cochlea. Although neurons are very diverse and there are exceptions to nearly every rule, it is convenient to begin with a schematic description of the structure and function of a "typical" neuron. A typical neuron is divided into three parts: the soma or cell body, dendrites, and axon. The soma is usually compact; the axon and dendrites are filaments that extrude from it. Dendrites typically branch profusely, getting thinner with each branching, and extending their farthest branches a few hundred micrometres from the soma. The axon leaves the soma at a swelling called the axon hillock, and can extend for great distances, giving rise to hundreds of branches. Unlike dendrites, an axon usually maintains the same diameter as it extends. The soma may give rise to numerous dendrites, but never to more than one axon. Synaptic signals from other neurons are received by the soma and dendrites; signals to other neurons are transmitted by the axon. A typical synapse, then, is a contact between the axon of one neuron and a dendrite or soma of another. Synaptic signals may be excitatory or inhibitory. If the net excitation received by a neuron over a short
Neuron period of time is large enough, the neuron generates a brief pulse called an action potential, which originates at the soma and propagates rapidly along the axon, activating synapses onto other neurons as it goes. Many neurons fit the foregoing schema in every respect, but there are also exceptions to most parts of it. There are no neurons that lack a soma, but there are neurons that lack dendrites, and others that lack an axon. Furthermore, in addition to the typical axodendritic and axosomatic synapses, there are axoaxonic (axon-to-axon) and dendrodendritic (dendrite-to-dendrite) synapses. The key to neural function is the synaptic signaling process, which is partly electrical and partly chemical. The electrical aspect depends on properties of the neuron's membrane. Like all animal cells, every neuron is surrounded by a plasma membrane, a bilayer of lipid molecules with many types of protein structures embedded in it. A lipid bilayer is a powerful electrical insulator, but in neurons, many of the protein structures embedded in the membrane are electrically active. These include ion channels that permit electrically charged ions to flow across the membrane, and ion pumps that actively transport ions from one side of the membrane to the other. Most ion channels are permeable only to specific types of ions. Some ion channels are voltage gated, meaning that they can be switched between open and closed states by altering the voltage difference across the membrane. Others are chemically gated, meaning that they can be switched between open and closed states by interactions with chemicals that diffuse through the extracellular fluid. The interactions between ion channels and ion pumps produce a voltage difference across the membrane, typically a bit less than 1/10 of a volt at baseline. This voltage has two functions: first, it provides a power source for an assortment of voltage-dependent protein machinery that is embedded in the membrane; second, it provides a basis for electrical signal transmission between different parts of the membrane. Neurons communicate by chemical and electrical synapses in a process known as synaptic transmission. The fundamental process that triggers synaptic transmission is the action potential, a propagating electrical signal that is generated by exploiting the electrically excitable membrane of the neuron. This is also known as a wave of depolarization.
346
Anatomy and histology
Neurons are highly specialized for the processing and transmission of cellular signals. Given the diversity of functions performed by neurons in different parts of the nervous system, there is, as expected, a wide variety in the shape, size, and electrochemical properties of neurons. For instance, the soma of a neuron can vary from 4 to 100 micrometers in diameter.[2] • The soma is the central part of the neuron. It contains the nucleus of the cell, and therefore is where most protein synthesis occurs. The nucleus ranges from 3 to 18 micrometers in diameter.[3]
Diagram of a typical myelinated vertebrate motoneuron
• The dendrites of a neuron are cellular extensions with many branches, and metaphorically this overall shape and structure is referred to as a dendritic tree. This is where the majority of input to the neuron occurs via the dendritic spine.
Neuron • The axon is a finer, cable-like projection that can extend tens, hundreds, or even tens of thousands of times the diameter of the soma in length. The axon carries nerve signals away from the soma (and also carries some types of information back to it). Many neurons have only one axon, but this axon may—and usually will—undergo extensive branching, enabling communication with many target cells. The part of the axon where it emerges from the soma is called the axon hillock. Besides being an anatomical structure, the axon hillock is also the part of the neuron that has the greatest density of voltage-dependent sodium channels. This makes it the most easily excited part of the neuron and the spike initiation zone for the axon: in electrophysiological terms it has the most negative action potential threshold. While the axon and axon hillock are generally involved in information outflow, this region can also receive input from other neurons. • The axon terminal contains synapses, specialized structures where neurotransmitter chemicals are released to communicate with target neurons. Although the canonical view of the neuron attributes dedicated functions to its various anatomical components, dendrites and axons often act in ways contrary to their so-called main function. Axons and dendrites in the central nervous system are typically only about one micrometer thick, while some in the peripheral nervous system are much thicker. The soma is usually about 10–25 micrometers in diameter and often is not much larger than the cell nucleus it contains. The longest axon of a human motoneuron can be over a meter long, reaching from the base of the spine to the toes. Sensory neurons have axons that run from the toes to the dorsal columns, over 1.5 meters in adults. Giraffes have single axons several meters in length running along the entire length of their necks. Much of what is known about axonal function comes from studying the squid giant axon, an ideal experimental preparation because of its relatively immense size (0.5–1 millimeters thick, several centimeters long). Fully differentiated neurons are permanently postmitotic;[4] however, recent research shows that additional neurons throughout the brain can originate from neural stem cells found throughout the brain but in particularly high concentrations in the subventricular zone and subgranular zone through the process of neurogenesis.[5]
347
Histology and internal structure
Nerve cell bodies stained with basophilic dyes show numerous microscopic clumps of Nissl substance (named after German psychiatrist and neuropathologist Franz Nissl, 1860–1919), which consists of rough endoplasmic reticulum and associated ribosomal RNA. The prominence of the Nissl substance can be explained by the fact that nerve cells are metabolically very active, and hence are involved in large amounts of protein synthesis. The cell body of a neuron is supported by a complex meshwork of structural proteins called neurofilaments, which are assembled into larger neurofibrils. Some Golgi-stained neurons in human hippocampal tissue neurons also contain pigment granules, such as neuromelanin (a brownish-black pigment, byproduct of synthesis of catecholamines) and lipofuscin (yellowish-brown pigment that accumulates with age). There are different internal structural characteristics between axons and dendrites. Typical axons almost never contain ribosomes, except some in the initial segment. Dendrites contain granular endoplasmic reticulum or ribosomes, with diminishing amounts with distance from the cell body.
Neuron
348
Classes
Neurons exist in a number of different shapes and sizes and can be classified by their morphology and function. The anatomist Camillo Golgi grouped neurons into two types; type I with long axons used to move signals over long distances and type II with short axons, which can often be confused with dendrites. Type I cells can be further divided by where the cell body or soma is located. The basic morphology of type I neurons, represented by spinal motor neurons, consists of a cell body called the soma and a long thin axon covered by the myelin sheath. Around the cell body is a branching dendritic tree that receives signals from other neurons. The end of the axon has branching terminals (axon terminal) that release neurotransmitters into a gap called the synaptic cleft between the terminals and the dendrites of the next neuron.
Image of pyramidal neurons in mouse cerebral cortex expressing green fluorescent protein. The red staining indicates GABAergic [6] interneurons.
Structural classification
SMI32-stained pyramidal neurons in cerebral cortex
Neuron Polarity Most neurons can be anatomically characterized as: • Unipolar or pseudounipolar: dendrite and axon emerging from same process. • Bipolar: axon and single dendrite on opposite ends of the soma. • Multipolar: more than two dendrites: • Golgi I: neurons with long-projecting axonal processes; examples are pyramidal cells, Purkinje cells, and anterior horn cells. • Golgi II: neurons whose axonal process projects locally; the best example is the granule cell. Other Furthermore, some unique neuronal types can be identified according to their location in the nervous system and distinct shape. Some examples are: • Basket cells, interneurons that form a dense plexus of terminals around the soma of target cells, found in the cortex and cerebellum. • Betz cells, large motor neurons. • Medium spiny neurons, most neurons in the corpus striatum. • Purkinje cells, huge neurons in the cerebellum, a type of Golgi I multipolar neuron. • Pyramidal cells, neurons with triangular soma, a type of Golgi I. • Renshaw cells, neurons with both ends linked to alpha motor neurons. • Granule cells, a type of Golgi II neuron. • Anterior horn cells, motoneurons located in the spinal cord. • Spindle cells, interneurons that connect widely separated areas of the brain
Different kinds of neurons: 1 Unipolar neuron 2 Bipolar neuron 3 Multipolar neuron 4 Pseudounipolar neuron
349
Functional classification
Direction • Afferent neurons convey information from tissues and organs into the central nervous system and are sometimes also called sensory neurons. • Efferent neurons transmit signals from the central nervous system to the effector cells and are sometimes called motor neurons. • Interneurons connect neurons within specific regions of the central nervous system. Afferent and efferent also refer generally to neurons that, respectively, bring information to or send information from the brain region. Action on other neurons A neuron affects other neurons by releasing a neurotransmitter that binds to chemical receptors. The effect upon the postsynaptic neuron is determined not by the presynaptic neuron or by the neurotransmitter, but by the type of receptor that is activated. A neurotransmitter can be thought of as a key, and a receptor as a lock: the same type of key can here be used to open many different types of locks. Receptors can be classified broadly as excitatory (causing an increase in firing rate), inhibitory (causing a decrease in firing rate), or modulatory (causing long-lasting effects not directly related to firing rate).
Neuron The two most common neurotransmitters in the brain, glutamate and GABA, have actions that are largely consistent. Glutamate acts on several different types of receptors, and have effects that are excitatory at ionotropic receptors and a modulatory effect at metabotropic receptors. Similarly GABA acts on several different types of receptors, but all of them have effects (in adult animals, at least) that are inhibitory. Because of this consistency, it is common for neuroscientists to simplify the terminology by referring to cells that release glutamate as "excitatory neurons," and cells that release GABA as "inhibitory neurons." Since over 90% of the neurons in the brain release either glutamate or GABA, these labels encompass the great majority of neurons. There are also other types of neurons that have consistent effects on their targets, for example "excitatory" motor neurons in the spinal cord that release acetylcholine, and "inhibitory" spinal neurons that release glycine. The distinction between excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmitters is not absolute, however. Rather, it depends on the class of chemical receptors present on the postsynaptic neuron. In principle, a single neuron, releasing a single neurotransmitter, can have excitatory effects on some targets, inhibitory effects on others, and modulatory effects on others still. For example, photoreceptor cells in the retina constantly release the neurotransmitter glutamate in the absence of light. So-called OFF bipolar cells are, like most neurons, excited by the released glutamate. However, neighboring target neurons called ON bipolar cells are instead inhibited by glutamate, because they lack the typical ionotropic glutamate receptors and instead express a class of inhibitory metabotropic glutamate receptors.[7] When light is present, the photoreceptors cease releasing glutamate, which relieves the ON bipolar cells from inhibition, activating them; this simultaneously removes the excitation from the OFF bipolar cells, silencing them. It is possible to identify the type of inhibitory effect a presynaptic neuron will have on a postsynaptic neuron, based on the proteins the presynaptic neuron expresses. Parvalbumin-expressing neurons typically dampen the output signal of the postsynaptic neuron in the visual cortex, whereas somatostatin-expressing neurons typically block dendritic inputs to the postsynaptic neuron.[8] Discharge patterns Neurons can be classified according to their electrophysiological characteristics: • Tonic or regular spiking. Some neurons are typically constantly (or tonically) active. Example: interneurons in neurostriatum. • Phasic or bursting. Neurons that fire in bursts are called phasic. • Fast spiking. Some neurons are notable for their high firing rates, for example some types of cortical inhibitory interneurons, cells in globus pallidus, retinal ganglion cells.[9][10] Classification by neurotransmitter production Neurons differ in the type of neurotransmitter they manufacture. Some examples are: • Cholinergic neurons—acetylcholine. Acetylcholine is released from presynaptic neurons into the synaptic cleft. It acts as a ligand for both ligand-gated ion channels and metabotropic (GPCRs) muscarinic receptors. Nicotinic receptors, are pentameric ligand-gated ion channels composed of alpha and beta subunits that bind nicotine. Ligand binding opens the channel causing influx of Na+ depolarization and increases the probability of presynaptic neurotransmitter release. • GABAergic neurons—gamma aminobutyric acid. GABA is one of two neuroinhibitors in the CNS, the other being Glycine. GABA has a homologous function to ACh, gating anion channels that allow Cl- ions to enter the post synaptic neuron. Cl- causes hyperpolarization within the neuron, decreasing the probability of an action potential firing as the voltage becomes more negative (recall that for an action potential to fire, a positive voltage threshold must be reached). • Glutamatergic neurons—glutamate. Glutamate is one of two primary excitatory amino acids, the other being Aspartate. Glutamate receptors are one of four categories, three of which are ligand-gated ion channels and one of which is a G-protein coupled receptor (often referred to as GPCR).
350
Neuron 1. AMPA and Kainate receptors both function as cation channels permeable to Na+ cation channels mediating fast excitatory synaptic transmission 2. NMDA receptors are another cation channel that is more permeable to Ca2+. The function of NMDA receptors is dependant on Glycine receptor binding as a co-agonist within the channel pore. NMDA receptors do not function without both ligands present. 3. Metabotropic receptors, GPCRs modulate synaptic transmission and postsynaptic excitability. Glutamate can cause excitotoxicity when blood flow to the brain is interrupted, resulting in brain damage. When blood flow is suppressed, glutamate is released from presynaptic neurons causing NMDA and AMPA receptor activation moreso than would normally be the case outside of stress conditions, leading to elevated Ca2+ and Na+ entering the post synaptic neuron and cell damage. • Dopaminergic neurons—dopamine. Dopamine is a neurotransmitter that acts on D1 type (D1 and D5) Gs coupled receptors, which increase cAMP and PKA, and D2 type (D2, D3, and D4) receptors, which activate Gi-coupled receptors that decrease cAMP and PKA. Dopamine is connected to mood and behavior, and modulates both pre and post synaptic neurotransmission. Loss of dopamine neurons in the substantia nigra has been linked to Parkinson's disease. • Serotonergic neurons—serotonin. Serotonin,(5-Hydroxytryptamine, 5-HT), can act as excitatory or inhibitory. Of the four 5-HT receptor classes, 3 are GPCR and 1 is ligand gated cation channel. Serotonin is synthesized from tryptophan by tryptophan hydroxylase, and then further by aromatic acid decarboxylase. A lack of 5-HT at postsynaptic neurons has been linked to depression. Drugs that block the presynaptic serotonin transporter are used for treatment, such as Prozac and Zoloft.
351
Connectivity
Neurons communicate with one another via synapses, where the axon terminal or en passant boutons (terminals located along the length of the axon) of one cell impinges upon another neuron's dendrite, soma or, less commonly, axon. Neurons such as Purkinje cells in the cerebellum can have over 1000 dendritic branches, making connections with tens of thousands of other cells; other neurons, such as the magnocellular neurons of the supraoptic nucleus, have only one or two dendrites, each of which receives thousands of synapses. Synapses can be excitatory or inhibitory and either increase or decrease activity in the target neuron. Some neurons also communicate via electrical synapses, which are direct, electrically conductive junctions between cells. In a chemical synapse, the process of synaptic transmission is as follows: when an action potential reaches the axon terminal, it opens voltage-gated calcium channels, allowing calcium ions to enter the terminal. Calcium causes synaptic vesicles filled with neurotransmitter molecules to fuse with the membrane, releasing their contents into the synaptic cleft. The neurotransmitters diffuse across the synaptic cleft and activate receptors on the postsynaptic neuron. The human brain has a huge number of synapses. Each of the 1011 (one hundred billion) neurons has on average 7,000 synaptic connections to other neurons. It has been estimated that the brain of a three-year-old child has about 1015 synapses (1 quadrillion). This number declines with age, stabilizing by adulthood. Estimates vary for an adult, ranging from 1014 to 5 x 1014 synapses (100 to 500 trillion).[11]
Neuron
352
Mechanisms for propagating action potentials
In 1937, John Zachary Young suggested that the squid giant axon could be used to study neuronal electrical properties.[12] Being larger than but similar in nature to human neurons, squid cells were easier to study. By inserting electrodes into the giant squid axons, accurate measurements were made of the membrane potential. The cell membrane of the axon and soma contain voltage-gated ion channels that allow the neuron to generate and propagate an electrical signal (an action potential). These signals are generated and propagated by charge-carrying ions including sodium (Na+), potassium (K+), chloride (Cl-), and calcium (Ca2+). There are several stimuli that can activate a neuron leading to electrical activity, including pressure, stretch, chemical transmitters, and changes of the electric potential across the cell membrane.[13] Stimuli cause specific ion-channels within the cell membrane to open, leading to a flow of ions through the cell membrane, changing the membrane potential.
A signal propagating down an axon to the cell body and dendrites of the next cell
Thin neurons and axons require less metabolic expense to produce and carry action potentials, but thicker axons convey impulses more rapidly. To minimize metabolic expense while maintaining rapid conduction, many neurons have insulating sheaths of myelin around their axons. The sheaths are formed by glial cells: oligodendrocytes in the central nervous system and Schwann cells in the peripheral nervous system. The sheath enables action potentials to travel faster than in unmyelinated axons of the same diameter, whilst using less energy. The myelin sheath in peripheral nerves normally runs along the axon in sections about 1 mm long, punctuated by unsheathed nodes of Ranvier, which contain a high density of voltage-gated ion channels. Multiple sclerosis is a neurological disorder that results from demyelination of axons in the central nervous system. Some neurons do not generate action potentials, but instead generate a graded electrical signal, which in turn causes graded neurotransmitter release. Such nonspiking neurons tend to be sensory neurons or interneurons, because they cannot carry signals long distances.
Neuron
353
Neural coding
Neural coding is concerned with how sensory and other information is represented in the brain by neurons. The main goal of studying neural coding is to characterize the relationship between the stimulus and the individual or ensemble neuronal responses, and the relationships amongst the electrical activities of the neurons within the ensemble.[] It is thought that neurons can encode both digital and analog information.[14]
All-or-none principle
The conduction of nerve impulses is an example of an all-or-none response. In other words, if a neuron responds at all, then it must respond completely. Greater intensity of stimulation does not produce a stronger signal but can produce a higher frequency of firing. There are different types of receptor response to stimulus, slowly adapting or tonic receptors respond to steady stimulus and produce a steady rate of firing. These tonic receptors most often respond to increased intensity of stimulus by increasing their firing frequency, usually as a power function of stimulus plotted against impulses per second. This can be likened to an intrinsic property of light where to get greater intensity of a specific frequency (color) there have to be more photons, as the photons can't become "stronger" for a specific frequency. There are a number of other receptor types that are called quickly adapting or phasic receptors, where firing decreases or stops with steady stimulus; examples include: skin when touched by an object causes the neurons to fire, but if the object maintains even pressure against the skin, the neurons stop firing. The neurons of the skin and muscles that are responsive to pressure and vibration have filtering accessory structures that aid their function. The pacinian corpuscle is one such structure. It has concentric layers like an onion, which form around the axon terminal. When pressure is applied and the corpuscle is deformed, mechanical stimulus is transferred to the axon, which fires. If the pressure is steady, there is no more stimulus; thus, typically these neurons respond with a transient depolarization during the initial deformation and again when the pressure is removed, which causes the corpuscle to change shape again. Other types of adaptation are important in extending the function of a number of other neurons.[15]
History
The term neuron was coined by the German anatomist Heinrich Wilhelm Waldeyer. The neuron's place as the primary functional unit of the nervous system was first recognized in the early 20th century through the work of the Spanish anatomist Santiago Ramón y Cajal.[] Ramón y Cajal proposed that neurons were discrete cells that communicated with each other via specialized junctions, or spaces, between cells.[] This became known as the neuron doctrine, one of the central tenets of modern neuroscience.[] To observe the structure of individual neurons, Ramón y Cajal improved a silver staining process Drawing by Camillo Golgi of a hippocampus stained with the silver nitrate method known as Golgi's method, which had been developed by his rival, Camillo Golgi.[] Cajal's improvement, which involved a technique he called "double impregnation", is still in use. The silver impregnation stains are an extremely useful method for neuroanatomical investigations because, for reasons unknown, it stains a very small percentage of cells in a tissue, so one is able to see the complete micro structure of individual neurons without much overlap from other cells in the densely packed brain.[]
Neuron
354
The neuron doctrine
The neuron doctrine is the now fundamental idea that neurons are the basic structural and functional units of the nervous system. The theory was put forward by Santiago Ramón y Cajal in the late 19th century. It held that neurons are discrete cells (not connected in a meshwork), acting as metabolically distinct units. Later discoveries yielded a few refinements to the simplest form of the doctrine. For example, glial cells, which are not considered neurons, play an essential role in information processing.[16] Also, electrical synapses are more common than previously thought,[17] meaning that there are direct, cytoplasmic connections between neurons. In fact, there are examples of neurons forming even tighter coupling: the squid giant axon arises from the fusion of multiple axons.[18] Ramón y Cajal also postulated the Law of Dynamic Polarization, which states that a neuron receives signals at its dendrites and cell body and transmits them, as action potentials, along the axon in one direction: away from the cell body.[19] The Law of Dynamic Polarization has important exceptions; dendrites can serve as synaptic output sites of neurons[20] and axons can receive synaptic inputs.[21]
Drawing of a Purkinje cell in the cerebellar cortex done by Santiago Ramón y Cajal, demonstrating the ability of Golgi's staining method to reveal fine detail
Neurons in the brain
The number of neurons in the brain varies dramatically from species to species.[] One estimate puts the human brain at about 100 billion (1011) neurons and 100 trillion (1014) synapses.[] A lower 2012 estimate is 86 billion neurons, of which 16.3 billion are in the cerebral cortex, and 69 billion in the cerebellum.[] By contrast, the nematode worm Caenorhabditis elegans has just 302 neurons, making it an ideal experimental subject as scientists have been able to map all of the organism's neurons. The fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster, a common subject in biological experiments, has around 100,000 neurons and exhibits many complex behaviors. Many properties of neurons, from the type of neurotransmitters used to ion channel composition, are maintained across species, allowing scientists to study processes occurring in more complex organisms in much simpler experimental systems.
Neurological disorders
Charcot–Marie–Tooth disease (CMT), also known as hereditary motor and sensory neuropathy (HMSN), hereditary sensorimotor neuropathy and peroneal muscular atrophy, is a heterogeneous inherited disorder of nerves (neuropathy) that is characterized by loss of muscle tissue and touch sensation, predominantly in the feet and legs but also in the hands and arms in the advanced stages of disease. Presently incurable, this disease is one of the most common inherited neurological disorders, with 37 in 100,000 affected. Alzheimer's disease (AD), also known simply as Alzheimer's, is a neurodegenerative disease characterized by progressive cognitive deterioration together with declining activities of daily living and neuropsychiatric symptoms or behavioral changes. The most striking early symptom is loss of short-term memory (amnesia), which usually manifests as minor forgetfulness that becomes steadily more pronounced with illness progression, with relative preservation of older memories. As the disorder progresses, cognitive (intellectual) impairment extends to the domains of language (aphasia), skilled movements (apraxia), and recognition (agnosia), and functions such as decision-making and planning become impaired.
Neuron Parkinson's disease (PD), also known as Parkinson disease, is a degenerative disorder of the central nervous system that often impairs the sufferer's motor skills and speech. Parkinson's disease belongs to a group of conditions called movement disorders. It is characterized by muscle rigidity, tremor, a slowing of physical movement (bradykinesia), and in extreme cases, a loss of physical movement (akinesia). The primary symptoms are the results of decreased stimulation of the motor cortex by the basal ganglia, normally caused by the insufficient formation and action of dopamine, which is produced in the dopaminergic neurons of the brain. Secondary symptoms may include high level cognitive dysfunction and subtle language problems. PD is both chronic and progressive. Myasthenia gravis is a neuromuscular disease leading to fluctuating muscle weakness and fatigability during simple activities. Weakness is typically caused by circulating antibodies that block acetylcholine receptors at the post-synaptic neuromuscular junction, inhibiting the stimulative effect of the neurotransmitter acetylcholine. Myasthenia is treated with immunosuppressants, cholinesterase inhibitors and, in selected cases, thymectomy.
355
Demyelination
Demyelination is the act of demyelinating, or the loss of the myelin sheath insulating the nerves. When myelin degrades, conduction of signals along the nerve can be impaired or lost, and the nerve eventually withers. This leads to certain neurodegenerative disorders like multiple sclerosis and chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy.
Axonal degeneration
Although most injury responses include a calcium influx signaling to promote resealing of severed parts, axonal injuries initially lead to acute axonal degeneration (AAD), which is rapid separation of the proximal and distal ends within 30 minutes of injury. Degeneration follows with swelling of the axolemma, and eventually leads to bead like formation. Granular disintegration of the axonal cytoskeleton and inner organelles occurs after axolemma degradation. Early changes include accumulation of mitochondria in the paranodal regions at the site of injury. Endoplasmic reticulum degrades and mitochondria swell up and eventually disintegrate. The disintegration is dependent on Ubiquitin and Calpain proteases (caused by influx of calcium ion), suggesting that axonal degeneration is an active process. Thus the axon undergoes complete fragmentation. The process takes about roughly 24 hrs in the PNS, and longer in the CNS. The signaling pathways leading to axolemma degeneration are currently unknown.
Nerve regeneration
It has been demonstrated that neurogenesis can sometimes occur in the adult vertebrate brain, a finding that led to controversy in 1999.[22] However, more recent studies of the age of human neurons suggest that this process occurs only for a minority of cells, and the overwhelming majority of neurons comprising the neocortex were formed before birth and persist without replacement.[] It is often possible for peripheral axons to regrow if they are severed. A report in Nature suggested that researchers had found a way to transform human skin cells into working nerve cells using a process called transdifferentiation in which "cells are forced to adopt new identities."[]
Neuron
356
References
[14] Thorpe, SJ (1990) Spike arrival times: A highly efficient coding scheme for neural networks (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20120215151304/ http:/ / pop. cerco. ups-tlse. fr/ fr_vers/ documents/ thorpe_sj_90_91. pdf). In R. Eckmiller, G. Hartmann, & G. Hauske (Eds.) Parallel processing in neural systems, Elsevier, pp. 91–94 ISBN 0444883908 [19] Sabbatini R.M.E. April–July 2003. Neurons and Synapses: The History of Its Discovery (http:/ / www. cerebromente. org. br/ n17/ history/ neurons3_i. htm). Brain & Mind Magazine, 17. Retrieved on March 19, 2007.
Further reading
• Kandel E.R., Schwartz, J.H., Jessell, T.M. 2000. Principles of Neural Science, 4th ed., McGraw-Hill, New York. • Bullock, T.H., Bennett, M.V.L., Johnston, D., Josephson, R., Marder, E., Fields R.D. 2005. The Neuron Doctrine, Redux, Science, V.310, p. 791–793. • Ramón y Cajal, S. 1933 Histology, 10th ed., Wood, Baltimore. • Richard S. Snell: Clinical neuroanatomy (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Ed.6th 2006) Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York, London. ISBN 978-963-226-293-2 • Roberts A., Bush B.M.H. 1981. Neurones Without Impulses. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. • Peters, A., Palay, S.L., Webster, H, D., 1991 The Fine Structure of the Nervous System, 3rd ed., Oxford, New York
External links
• IBRO (International Brain Research Organization) (http://www.ibro.info). Fostering neuroscience research especially in less well-funded countries. • NeuronBank (http://NeuronBank.org) an online neuromics tool for cataloging neuronal types and synaptic connectivity. • High Resolution Neuroanatomical Images of Primate and Non-Primate Brains (http://brainmaps.org). • The Department of Neuroscience at Wikiversity, which presently offers two courses: Fundamentals of Neuroscience and Comparative Neuroscience. • NIF Search – Neuron (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q=Neuron&t=data&s=cover&b=0& r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework • Cell Centered Database – Neuron (http://ccdb.ucsd.edu/sand/main?event=showMPByType&typeid=0& start=1&pl=y) • Complete list of neuron types (http://neurolex.org/wiki/Category:Neuron) according to the Petilla convention, at NeuroLex. • NeuroMorpho.Org (http://NeuroMorpho.org) an online database of digital reconstructions of neuronal morphology. • Immunohistochemistry Image Gallery: Neuron (http://www.immunoportal.com/modules. php?name=gallery2&g2_view=keyalbum.KeywordAlbum&g2_keyword=Neuron)
Oligodendrocyte
357
Oligodendrocyte
Oligodendrocyte
Oligodendrocyte
Oligodendrocytes form the electrical insulation around the axons of CNS nerve cells. Latin Code oligodendrocytus TH H2.00.06.2.01018
[1]
Oligodendrocytes (from Greek, meaning cells with a few branches), or oligodendroglia (Greek, few tree glue),[1] are a type of brain cell. They are a variety of neuroglia. Their main functions are to provide support and to insulate the axons (the long projection of nerve cells) in the central nervous system (the brain and spinal cord) of some vertebrates. (The same function is performed by Schwann cells in the peripheral nervous system.) Oligodendrocytes do this by creating the myelin sheath, which is 80% lipid and 20% protein.[2] A single oligodendrocyte can extend its processes to 50 axons, wrapping approximately 1 μm of myelin sheath around each axon; Schwann cells, on the other hand, can wrap around only 1 axon. Each oligodendrocyte forms one segment of myelin for several adjacent axons.[2]
Origin
Oligodendroglia, types of glial cells, arise during development from oligodendrocyte precursor cells, which can be identified by their expression of a number of antigens, including the ganglioside GD3,[3] the NG2 chondroitin sulfate proteoglycan,[4] and the platelet-derived growth factor-alpha receptor subunit PDGF-alphaR.[5] Most oligodendrocytes develop during embryogenesis and early postnatal life from restricted periventricular germinal regions.[6] They are the last cell type to be generated in the CNS.[7] Myelination is only prevalent in a few brain regions at birth and continues into adulthood. The entire process is not complete until about 25–30 years of age.[8] Oligodendrocyte formation in the adult brain is associated with glial-restricted progenitors cells, known as oligodendrocyte progenitor cells (OPCs).[9] SVZ cells migrate away from germinal[10] zones to populate both developing white and gray matter, where they differentiate and mature into myelin-forming oligodendroglia.[11]
Oligodendrocyte However, it is not clear whether all oligodendroglial progenitors undergo this sequence of events. It has been suggested that some undergo apoptosis [12] and others fail to differentiate into mature oligodendroglia but persist as adult oligodendroglial progenitors.[13]
358
Function
As part of the nervous system, oligodendrocytes are closely related to nerve cells, and, like all other glial cells, oligodendrocytes provide a supporting role for neurons. In addition, the nervous system of mammals depends crucially on myelin sheaths, which reduce ion leakage and decrease the capacitance of the cell membrane.[14] Myelin also increases impulse speed, as saltatory propagation of action potentials occurs at the nodes of Ranvier in between Schwann cells (of the PNS) and oligodendrocytes (of the CNS). Oligodendrocytes provide the same functionality as the insulation on a household electrical wire (with the rather large difference that, while household An oligodendrocyte seen myelinating several axons. electrical wires are in a non-conducting medium - air - the axons run in a solution of water and ions, which conducts electrical current well). Furthermore, impulse speed of myelinated axons increases linearly with the axon diameter, whereas the impulse speed of unmyelinated cells increases only with the square root of the diameter. The insulation must be proportional to the diameter of the fiber inside. The optimal ratio of axon diameter divided by the total fiber diameter (which includes the myelin) is 0.6.[8] In contrast, Satellite oligodendrocytes are functionally distinct from most oligodendrocytes. They are not attached to neurons and, therefore, do not serve an insulating role. They remain apposed to neurons and regulate the extracellular fluid.[15] Satellite oligodendrocytes are considered to be a part of the gray matter whereas myelinating oligodendrocytes are a part of the white matter. Myelination is an important component of intelligence. Neuroscientist Vincent J. Schmithorst found that there is a correlation with white matter and intelligence. People with greater white matter had higher IQ's.[8] A study done with rats by Janice M Juraska showed that rats that were raised in an enriched environment had more myelination in their corpus callosum.[16]
Pathology
Diseases that result in injury to the oligodendroglial cells include demyelinating diseases such as multiple sclerosis and leukodystrophies. Trauma to the body, e.g. spinal cord injury, can also cause demyelination. Cerebral palsy (periventricular leukomalacia) is caused by damage to developing oligodendrocytes in the brain areas around the cerebral ventricles. In cerebral palsy, spinal cord injury, stroke and possibly multiple sclerosis, oligodendrocytes are thought to be damaged by excessive release of the neurotransmitter glutamate.[17] Damage has also been shown to be mediated by N-methyl-d-aspartate receptors.[17] Oligodendrocyte dysfunction may also be implicated in the pathophysiology of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder.[18] Oligodendroglia are also susceptible to infection by the JC virus, which causes progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), a condition that specifically affects white matter, typically in immunocompromised patients. Tumors of oligodendroglia are called oligodendrogliomas. The chemotherapy agent Fluorouracil (5-FU) causes damage to the oligodendrocytes in mice, leading to both acute central nervous system (CNS) damage and progressively worsening delayed degeneration of the CNS.[19]
Oligodendrocyte
359
Notes
[1] . [2] Carlson, Physiology of Behavior, 2010 [3] Curtis et al., 1988; LeVine and Goldman, 1988; Hardy and Reynolds, 1991; Levine et al., 1993 [4] Levine et al., 1993 [5] Pringle et al., 1992 [6] Vallstedt et al., 2004 [7] Thomas et al., Spatiotemporal development of oligodendrocytes in the embryonic brain., 2000 [8] Fields, 2008 [9] Menn, et al., Origin of Oligodendrocytes in the Subventricular Zone of the Adult Brain, 2006 [10] Menn, et al., 2006 [11] Hardy and Reynolds, 1991; Levison and Goldman, 1993 [12] Barres et al., 1992 [13] Wren et al., 1992 [14] Sokol, 2009 [15] Baumann and Pham-Dinh, 2001 [17] Káradóttir et al., 2007 [18] Tkachev et al., 2003 [19] "Chemotherapy-induced Damage to the CNS as a Precursor Cell Disease" (http:/ / www. urmc. rochester. edu/ biomedical-genetics/ faculty/ chemotherapy-induced-damage-to-cns. cfm) by Dr. Mark D. Noble, University of Rochester
References
• Baumann, N; Pham-Dinh, D (2001). "Biology of Oligodendrocyte and Myelin in the Mammalian Central Nervous System" (http://physrev.physiology.org/cgi/content/full/81/2/871). Physiological Reviews 18 (2): 871–927. PMID 11274346 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/11274346). Retrieved 2007-07-13 More than one of |surname1= and |last1= specified (help); More than one of |given1= and |first1= specified (help); More than one of |surname2= and |last2= specified (help); More than one of |given2= and |first2= specified (help) • Ragheb, Fadi (1999). The M3 Muscarinic Acetylcholine Receptor Mediates p42mapk Activation and c-fos mRNA Expression in Oligodendrocyte Progenitors (http://www.collectionscanada.ca/obj/s4/f2/dsk1/tape9/ PQDD_0025/MQ50862.pdf). Ottawa: National Library of Canada. Retrieved 2006-03-07 • Raine, C.S. (1991). Oligodendrocytes and central nervous system myelin. In Textbook of Neuropathology, second edition, R.L. Davis and D.M. Robertson, eds. (Baltimore, Maryland: Williams and Wilkins), pp. 115–141. • Tkachev D, Mimmack ML, Ryan MM, et al. (September 2003). "Oligodendrocyte dysfunction in schizophrenia and bipolar disorder". Lancet 362 (9386): 798–805. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(03)14289-4 (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1016/S0140-6736(03)14289-4). PMID 13678875 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/13678875). • Káradóttir, R.; D. Attwell (14). "Neurotransmiter receptors in the life and death of oligodendrocytes" (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2173944). Neuroscience 145 (4): 1426–1438. doi: 10.1038/bjc.1990.391 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1038/bjc.1990.391). PMC 2173944 (http://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2173944). PMID 2173944 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/2173944). • Carlson, Neil (2010). Physiology of Behavior. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon. pp. 38–39. ISBN 0-205-66627-2. • Sokol, Stacey. "The Physiology and Pathophysiology of Multiple Sclerosis" (http://mylifehealthandprosperity. com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=65&Itemid=160). Multiple Sclerosis: Physiological Tutorial. Retrieved 2012-04-29. • Fields, Douglas (18). "White Matter Matters" (http://www.scientificamerican.com/article. cfm?id=white-matter-matters). Scientific American 298 (March 2008): 54–61. Bibcode: 2008SciAm.298c..54D (http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/2008SciAm.298c..54D). doi: 10.1038/scientificamerican0308-54 (http://dx. doi.org/10.1038/scientificamerican0308-54). Retrieved 2012-04-29.
Oligodendrocyte • Menn, Benedicte; Jose Manuel Garcia-Verdugo, Cynthia Yaschine, Oscar Gonzalez-Perez, David Rowitch, Arturo Alvarez-Buylla (26). "Origin of Oligodendrocytes in the Subventricular Zone of the Adult Brain" (http:// www.jneurosci.org/content/26/30/7907.full). The Journal of Neuroscience 26 (30): 7907–7918. doi: 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1299-06.2006 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.1299-06.2006). PMID 16870736 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16870736). Retrieved 2012-04-29. • Vallstedt, A; Klos JM, Ericson F (6). "Multiple dorsoventral origins of oligodendrocyte generation in the spinal cord and hindbrain". Neuron. 1 45 (1): 55–67. doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2004.12.026 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j. neuron.2004.12.026). PMID 15629702 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/15629702). • Thomas, JL; Spassky N, Perez Villegas EM, Olivier C, Cobos I, Goujet-Zalc C, Martínez S, Zalc B. (15). "Spatiotemporal development of oligodendrocytes in the embryonic brain" (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed/10679785). Journal of Neuroscience Research 59 (4): 471–476. doi: 10.1002/(SICI)1097-4547(20000215)59:4<471::AID-JNR1>3.0.CO;2-3 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/ (SICI)1097-4547(20000215)59:4<471::AID-JNR1>3.0.CO;2-3). PMID 10679785 (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih. gov/pubmed/10679785). Retrieved 2012-04-29.
360
External links
• The Department of Neuroscience at Wikiversity • NIF Search - Oligodendrocyte (https://www.neuinfo.org/mynif/search.php?q="Oligodendrocyte"&t=data& s=cover&b=0&r=20) via the Neuroscience Information Framework
Spindle neuron
361
Spindle neuron
Neuron: Spindle neuron
Cartoon of a spindle cell (right) compared to a normal pyramidal cell (left). Location Function Morphology Presynaptic connections Anterior cingulate cortex and Fronto-insular cortex Global firing rate regulation and regulation of emotional state Unique spindle-shaped projection neuron Local input to ACC and FI
Postsynaptic connections Frontal and temporal cortex.
Spindle neurons, also called von Economo neurons (VENs), are a specific class of neurons that are characterized by a large spindle-shaped soma, gradually tapering into a single apical axon in one direction, with only a single dendrite facing opposite. Whereas other types of cells tend to have many dendrites, the polar shaped morphology of spindle neurons is unique. They are found in two very restricted regions in the brains of hominids – the family of species comprising humans and other great apes – the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) and the fronto-insular cortex (FI). Recently they have been Micrograph showing a spindle neuron of the discovered in the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex of humans.[] Spindle cingulate. HE-LFB stain. cells are also found in the brains of the humpback whales, fin whales, killer whales, sperm whales,[1][] bottlenose dolphin, Risso’s dolphin, beluga whales,[] and the African and Asian elephants.[] The name von Economo neuron comes from their discoverer, Constantin von Economo (1876–1931) who described them in 1929.[2]
Function of spindle neurons
Spindle neurons are relatively enormous cells that may allow rapid communication across the relatively large brains of great apes, Elephantidaes, and Cetacea. Spindle neurons have been implicated by scientists as having an important role in many cognitive abilities and disabilities generally unique to humans, ranging from savant perceptiveness and perfect pitch to dyslexia and autism. While rare in comparison to other neurons, spindle neurons are abundant, and large, in humans. However, the concentration of spindle cells has been measured to be three times higher in Cetaceans in comparison to humans.[][3] They have only been found thus far in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC), fronto-insular cortex (FI), and the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.
Spindle neuron
362
Evolutionary significance
The observation that spindle neurons only occur in a highly significant group of animals (from a human point of view) has led to speculation that they are of great importance in human evolution and/or brain function. Their restriction (among the primates) to great apes leads to the hypothesis that they developed no earlier than 15-20 million years ago, prior to the divergence of orangutans from the African great apes. The discovery of spindle neurons in diverse whale species[][] has led to the suggestion that they are "a possible obligatory neuronal adaptation in very large brains, permitting fast information processing and transfer along highly specific projections and that evolved in relation to emerging social behaviors."[]p. 254 Their presence in the brains of these species supports this theory, pointing towards the existence of these specialized neurons only in highly intelligent mammals, and may be an example of convergent evolution.[4] Recently, primitive forms of spindle neurons have also been discovered in macaque monkey brains.[5]
ACC spindle neurons
In 1999, Professor John Allman, a neuroscientist, and colleagues at the California Institute of Technology first published a report on spindle neurons found in the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) of hominids, but not in any other species. Neuronal volumes of ACC spindle neurons were larger in humans and the gracile (slender) chimpanzees than the spindle neurons of the robust gorillas and orangutans. Allman and his colleagues have delved beyond the level of brain infrastructure to investigate how spindle neurons function at the superstructural level, focusing on their role as 'air traffic controllers' for emotions. Allman's team reports that spindle neurons help channel neural signals from deep within the cortex to relatively distant parts of the brain. Specifically, Allman's team found signals from the ACC are received in Brodmann's area 10, in the frontal polar cortex, where regulation of cognitive dissonance (disambiguation between alternatives) is thought to occur. According to Allman, this neural relay appears to convey motivation to act, and concerns the recognition of error. Self-control – and avoidance of error – is thus facilitated by the executive gatekeeping function of the ACC, as it regulates the interference patterns of neural signals between these two brain regions. In humans, intense emotion activates the anterior cingulate cortex, as it relays neural signals transmitted from the amygdala (a primary processing center for emotions) to the frontal cortex, perhaps by functioning as a sort of lens to focus the complex texture of neural signal interference patterns. The ACC is also active during demanding tasks requiring judgment and discrimination, and when errors are detected by an individual. During difficult tasks, or when experiencing intense love, anger, or lust, activation of the ACC increases. In brain imaging studies, the ACC has specifically been found to be active when mothers hear infants cry, underscoring its role in affording a heightened degree of social sensitivity. The ACC is a relatively ancient cortical region, and is involved with many autonomic functions, including motor and digestive functions, while also playing a role in the regulation of blood pressure and heart rate. Significant olfactory and gustatory capabilities of the ACC and fronto-insular cortex appear to have been usurped, during recent evolution, to serve enhanced roles related to higher cognition – ranging from planning and self-awareness to role playing and deception. The diminished olfactory function of humans, compared to other primates, may be related to the fact that spindle cells located at crucial neural network hubs have only two dendrites rather than many, resulting in reduced neurological integration.
Spindle neuron
363
Fronto-insular spindle neurons
At a Society for Neuroscience meeting in 2003, Allman reported on spindle cells his team found in another brain region, the fronto-insular cortex, a region which appears to have undergone significant evolutionary adaptations in mankind – perhaps as recently as 100,000 years ago. This fronto-insular cortex is closely connected to the insula, a region that is roughly the size of a thumb in each hemisphere of the human brain. The insula and fronto-insular cortex are part of the orbitofrontal cortex, wherein the elaborate circuitry associated with spatial awareness and the sense of touch are found, and where self awareness and the complexities of emotion are thought to be generated and experienced. Moreover, this region of the right hemisphere is crucial to navigation and perception of three dimensional rotations.
Spindle neuron concentrations
ACC
The largest number of ACC spindle neurons are found in humans, fewer in the gracile great apes, and fewest in the robust great apes. In both humans and bonobos they are often found in clusters of 3 to 6 neurons. They are found in humans, bonobos, common chimpanzees, gorillas, orangutans, some cetaceans, and elephants.[6]:245 While total quantities of ACC spindle neurons were not reported by Allman in his seminal research report (as they were in a later report describing their presence in the frontoinsular cortex, below), his team's initial analysis of the ACC layer V in hominids revealed an average of ~9 spindle neurons per section for orangutans (rare, 0.6% of section cells), ~22 for gorillas (frequent, 2.3%), ~37 for chimpanzees (abundant, 3.8%), ~68 for bonobos (abundant/clusters, 4.8%), ~89 for humans (abundant/clusters, 5.6%).[7]
Fronto-insula
All of the primates examined had more spindle cells in the fronto-insula of the right hemisphere than in the left. In contrast to the higher number of spindle cells found in the ACC of the gracile bonobos and chimpanzees, the number of fronto-insular spindle cells was far higher in the cortex of robust gorillas (no data for Orangutans was given). An adult human had 82,855 such cells, a gorilla had 16,710, a bonobo had 2,159, and a chimpanzee had a mere 1,808 – despite the fact that chimpanzees and bonobos are great apes most closely related to humans.
Dorsolateral PFC
Von Economo neurons have been located in the Dorsolateral prefrontal cortex of humans[] and elephants.[] In humans they have been observed in higher concentration in Brodmann area 9 (BA9) – mostly isolated or in clusters of 2, while in Brodmann area 24 (BA24) they have been found mostly in clusters of 2-4.[]
Related pathologies
Abnormal spindle neuron development may be linked to several psychotic disorders, typically those characterized by distortions of reality, disturbances of thought, disturbances of language, and withdrawal from social contact. Altered spindle neuron states have been implicated in both schizophrenia and autism, but research into these correlations remains at a very early stage. An initial study suggested that Alzheimer's disease specifically targeted Von Economo neurons, however, this study was performed with end-stage Alzheimer brains in which cell destruction was widespread. Later, it was found that Alzheimer's disease doesn't affect the VENS, but behavioral variant frontotemporal lobe degeneration specifically targets these cell populations in the anterior cingulate cortex and the anterior insula early in the disease. [8]
Spindle neuron
364
References
[2] von Economo, C., & Koskinas, G. N. (1929). The cytoarchitectonics of the human cerebral cortex. London: Oxford University Press [5] http:/ / www. sciencedaily. com/ releases/ 2012/ 05/ 120521115353. htm
General References
• Allman J, Hakeem A, Watson K (Aug 2002). "Two phylogenetic specializations in the human brain" (http://nro. sagepub.com/cgi/pmidlookup?view=long&pmid=12194502). Neuroscientist 8 (4): 335–46. doi: 10.1177/107385840200800409 (http://dx.doi.org/10.1177/107385840200800409). PMID 12194502 (http:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/12194502).
External links
• TaipeiTimes.com (http://www.taipeitimes.com/News/feat/archives/2003/12/10/2003079090/ print)Wikipedia:Link rot – Know Thyself and Others • "Well-wired whales" (http://sciencenow.sciencemag.org/cgi/content/full/2006/1127/1) Michael Balter (2006) ScienceNOW Daily News. 27 November • "Brain Cells for Socializing" (http://www.smithsonianmag.com/science-nature/The-Social-Brain.html?c=y& story=fullstory) Smithsonian, June 2009
Hepatocyte
365
Hepatocyte
Template:PAGE,n kgmkjNAME
Hepatocyte and sinusoid (blood vessel) in a rat liver with fenestrated endothelial cells. Fenestration are approx 100 nm diameter, and the sinusoidal width 5 µm.
Cross-section of the human liver. Latin Code hepatocytus TH H3.04.05.0.00006
A hepatocyte is a cell of the main tissue of the liver. Hepatocytes make up 70-85% of the liver's cytoplasmic mass. These cells are involved in: • • • • • Protein synthesis Protein storage Transformation of carbohydrates Synthesis of cholesterol, bile salts and phospholipids Detoxification, modification, and excretion of exogenous and endogenous substances
The hepatocyte also initiates formation and secretion of bile.
Hepatocyte
366
Structure
The typical hepatocyte forms a cubical cell of 15 µm sides (in comparison, a human hair has a diameter of 17 to 180 µm). The typical volume of a hepatocyte is 3.4 x 10-9 cm3. [1] The smooth endoplasmic reticulum (Smooth ER) is an abundant organelle in hepatocytes, whereas most cells in the body have small amounts of smooth ER. [2]
Histology
Hepatocytes display an eosinophilic cytoplasm, reflecting numerous mitochondria, and basophilic stippling due to large amounts of rough endoplasmic reticulum and free ribosomes. Brown lipofuscin granules are also observed (with increasing age) together with irregular unstained areas of cytoplasm; these correspond to cytoplasmic glycogen and lipid stores removed during histological preparation. The average life span of the hepatocyte is 5 months; they are able to regenerate. Hepatocyte nuclei are round with dispersed chromatin and prominent nucleoli. Anisokaryosis is common and often reflects tetraploidy and other degrees of polyploidy, a normal feature of 30-40% of hepatocytes in adult human liver.[3] Binucleate cells are also common. Hepatocytes are organised into plates separated by vascular channels (sinusoids), an arrangement supported by a reticulin (collagen type III) network. The hepatocyte plates are one cell thick in mammals and two cells thick in the chicken. Sinusoids display a discontinuous, fenestrated endothelial cell lining. The endothelial cells have no basement membrane and are separated from the hepatocytes by the space of Disse, which drains lymph into the portal tract lymphatics. Kupffer cells are scattered between endothelial cells; they are part of the reticuloendothelial system and phagocytose spent erythrocytes. Stellate (Ito) cells store vitamin A and produce extracellular matrix and collagen; they are also distributed amongst endothelial cells but are difficult to visualise by light microscopy. Hepatocytes are an important physiological example for evalutation of both biological and metabolic effects of xenobiotics. They are separated from the liver by collagenase digestion, which is a two step process. In the first step, the liver is placed in an isotonic solution, in which calcium is removed to disrupt cell-cell tight junctions by the use of a calcium chelating agent. Next, a solution containing collagenase is added to separate the hepatocytes from the liver stroma. This process creates a suspension of hepatocytes, which can be cultured and plated on 96 well plates for immediate use, or cryopreserved by freezing.[4] They do not proliferate in culture. Hepatocytes are intensely sensitive to damage during the cycles of cryopreservation including freezing and thawing. Even after the addition of classical cryoprotectants there is still damage done while being cryopreserved. [5]
Protein synthesis
The hepatocyte is a cell in the body that manufactures serum albumin, fibrinogen, and the prothrombin group of clotting factors (except for Factors 3 and 4). It is the main site for the synthesis of lipoproteins, ceruloplasmin, transferrin, complement, and glycoproteins. Hepatocytes manufacture their own structural proteins and intracellular enzymes. Synthesis of proteins is by the rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER), and both the rough and smooth endoplasmic reticulum (SER) are involved in secretion of the proteins formed. The endoplasmic reticulum (ER) is involved in conjugation of proteins to lipid and carbohydrate moieties synthesized by, or modified within, the hepatocytes.
Hepatocyte
367
Carbohydrate metabolism
The liver forms fatty acids from carbohydrates and synthesizes triglycerides from fatty acids and glycerol. Hepatocytes also synthesize apoproteins with which they then assemble and export lipoproteins (VLDL, HDL). The liver is also the main site in the body for gluconeogenesis, the formation of carbohydrates from precursors such as alanine, glycerol, and oxaloacetate.
Lipid metabolism
The liver receives many lipids from the systemic circulation and metabolizes chylomicron remnants. It also synthesizes cholesterol from acetate and further synthesizes bile salts. The liver is the sole site of bile salts formation.
Detoxification
Hepatocytes have the ability to metabolize, detoxify, and inactivate exogenous compounds such as drugs, (drug metabolism), and insecticides, and endogenous compounds such as steroids. The drainage of the intestinal venous blood into the liver requires efficient detoxification of miscellaneous absorbed substances to maintain homeostasis and protect the body against ingested toxins. One of the detoxifying functions of hepatocytes is to modify ammonia into urea for excretion. The most abundant organelle in liver cell is the smooth endoplasmic reticulum.
Additional images
Schemic diagram of Biliary system
Hepatocyte
368
References
[1] Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S. L., Matsudaira, P., Baltimore, D., Darnell, J. E. Molecular Cell Biology (Fifth Edition). W. H. Freeman and Company. New York, 2000, pp 10. [2] Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S. L., Matsudaira, P., Baltimore, D., Darnell, J. E. Molecular Cell Biology (Fifth Edition). W. H. Freeman and Company. New York, 2000, pp 168. [4] Li, Albert P.; "Screening for human ADME/Tox drug properties in Drug Discovery": Drug Discovery Today, Vol. 6, No. 7, April 2001, pp. 357-366 [5] Hamel et al.; "Wheat Extracts as an Efficient Cryoprotective Agent for Primary Cultures of Rat Hepatocytes": published online 21 Aug 2006 in Wiley Interscience www.interscience.wiley.com. Department des sciences bogiques, Montreal University.
External links
• BU Histology Learning System: 22101ooa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/22101ooa.htm) - "Ultrastructure of the Cell: hepatocytes and sinusoids" • Hepatic Histology: Hepatocytes (Colorado State University (http://www.vivo.colostate.edu/hbooks/pathphys/ digestion/liver/histo_hcytes.html) • The use of hepatocytes to measure clearance (http://www.cyprotex.com/admepk/in-vitro-metabolism/ hepatocyte-stability/) The performance of in vitro hepatic clearance studies including analysis of the data.
Adipocyte
369
Adipocyte
Adipocyte
Yellow adipose tissue in paraffin section Latin Code adipocytus TH H2.00.03.0.01005
[1]
Adipocytes, also known as lipocytes and fat cells, are the cells that primarily compose adipose tissue, specialized in storing energy as fat. There are two types of adipose tissue, white adipose tissue (WAT) and brown adipose tissue (BAT), which are also known as white fat and brown fat, respectively, and comprise two types of fat cells. Most recently presence of beige adipocytes with gene expression pattern distinct from either white or brown adipocytes has been described.[1]
White fat cells (unilocular cells)
White fat cells or monovacuolar cells contain a large lipid droplet surrounded by a layer of cytoplasm. The nucleus is flattened and located on the periphery. A typical fat cell is 0.1mm in diameter with some being twice that size and others half that size. The fat stored is in a semi-liquid state, and is composed primarily of triglycerides and cholesteryl ester. White fat cells secrete many proteins acting as adipokines such as resistin, adiponectin, leptin and Apelin. An average adult has 30 billion fat cells with a weight of 30 lbs or 13.5 kg. If excess weight is gained as an adult, fat cells increase in size about fourfold before dividing and increasing the absolute number of fat cells present.[2]
Brown fat cells (multilocular cells)
Brown fat cells or plurivacuolar cells are polygonal in shape. Unlike white fat cells, these cells have considerable cytoplasm, with lipid droplets scattered throughout. The nucleus is round, and, although eccentrically located, it is not in the periphery of the cell. The brown color comes from the large quantity of mitochondria. Brown fat, also known as "baby fat," is used to generate heat.
Lineage
Although the lineage of adipocytes is still unclear, pre-adipocytes are undifferentiated fibroblasts that can be stimulated to form adipocytes. Mesenchymal stem cells can differentiate into adipocytes, connective tissue, muscle or bone. Areolar connective tissue is composed of adipocytes. The term "lipoblast" is used to describe the precursor of the adult cell. The term "lipoblastoma" is used to describe a tumor of this cell type.[]
Adipocyte
370
Cell turnover
After marked weight loss the number of fat cells does not decrease (the cells contain less fat). Fat cells swell or shrink but remain constant in number. However, the number of fat cells may increase once existing fat cells are sufficiently full. Adult rats of various strains became obese when they were fed a highly palatable diet for several months. Analysis of their adipose tissue morphology revealed increases in both adipocyte size and number in most depots. Reintroduction of an ordinary chow diet to such animals precipitated a period of weight loss during which only mean adipocyte size returned to normal. Adipocyte number remained at the elevated level achieved during the period of weight gain.[3] However, in some reports and textbooks, the number of fat cell (adipocytes) increased in childhood and adolescence. The total number is constant in both obese and lean adult. Individuals who become obese as adults have no more fat cell than they had before.[] People who have been fat since childhood generally have an inflated number of fat cells. People who become fat as adults may have no more fat cells than their lean peers, but their fat cells are larger. In general, people with an excess of fat cells find it harder to lose weight and keep it off than the obese who simply have enlarged fat cells.[4] According to a research by Tchoukalova et al., 2010, it has been reported that the body fat cells could have regional responses to the overfeeding studied in adult subjects. In upper body, an increasing of the adipocyte size was correlated with upper-body fat gain; however, the total fat cells were not significantly changed. In contrast to the upper body fat cell responses, a number of lower-body adipocytes were significantly increased during the course of experiment but there was no change in the cell size.[5] Approximately 10% of fat cells are renewed annually at all adult ages and levels of body mass index without a significant increase in the overall number of adipocytes in adulthood.[]
Endocrine functions
Adipocytes can synthesize estrogens from androgens,[6] potentially being the reason why being underweight or overweight are risk factors for infertility.[7] Additionally, adipocytes are responsible for the production of the hormone leptin. Leptin is important in regulation of appetite and acts as a satiety factor.[8]
References
[1] Wu J, Bostrom P, Sparks LM, Ye L, Choi JH, Giang AH, et al. Beige adipocytes are a distinct type of thermogenic fat cell in mouse and human. Cell 2012; 150:366-76. [7] UNIQ-nowiki-0-b868a355cd8ea4cc-QINU FERTILITY FACT > Female Risks By the American Society for Reproductive Medicine (ASRM). Retrieved on Jan 4, 2009
White adipose tissue
White adipose tissue
Latin textus adiposus albus Code TH H2.00.04.0.0002 [1]
White adipose tissue (WAT) or white fat is one of the two types of adipose tissue found in mammals. The other kind of adipose tissue is brown adipose tissue. In healthy, non-overweight humans, white adipose tissue composes as much as 20% of the body weight in men and 25% of the body weight in women. Its cells contain a single large fat droplet, which forces the nucleus to be squeezed into a thin rim at the periphery. They have receptors for insulin, growth hormones, norepinephrine and glucocorticoids. White adipose tissue is used as a store of energy. Upon release of insulin from the pancreas, white adipose cells' insulin receptors cause a Distribution of white adipose tissue in the human dephosphorylation cascade that lead to the inactivation of body. hormone-sensitive lipase. It was previously thought that upon release of glucagon from the pancreas, glucagon receptors cause a phosphorylation cascade that activates hormone-sensitive lipase, causing the breakdown of the stored fat to fatty acids, which are exported into the blood and bound to albumin, and glycerol, which is exported into the blood freely.There is actually no evidence at present that glucagon has any effect on white adipose tissue.[1] Glucagon is now thought to act exclusively on the liver to trigger glycogenolysis and gluconeogenesis.[] The trigger for this process in white adipose tissue is instead now thought to be adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), adrenaline and noradrenaline[citation needed]. Fatty acids are taken up by muscle and cardiac tissue as a fuel source, and glycerol is taken up by the liver for gluconeogenesis. White adipose tissue also acts as a thermal insulator, helping to maintain body temperature. The hormone leptin is primarily manufactured in the adipocytes of white adipose tissue.
References
Brown adipose tissue
372
Brown adipose tissue
Brown adipose tissue
Brown adipose tissue in a woman shown in a PET/CT exam Latin Code textus adiposus fuscus TH H2.00.04.0.0004
[1]
Brown adipose tissue (BAT) or brown fat is one of two types of fat or adipose tissue (the other being white adipose tissue) found in mammals. It is especially abundant in newborns and in hibernating mammals.[] Its primary function is to generate body heat in animals or newborns that do not shiver. In contrast to white adipocytes (fat cells), which contain a single lipid droplet, brown adipocytes contain numerous smaller droplets and a much higher number of (iron containing) mitochondria, which make it brown.[] Brown fat also contains more capillaries than white fat, since it has a greater need for oxygen than most tissues.
Biochemistry
The mitochondria in a eukaryotic cell utilize fuels to produce energy (in the form of ATP). This process involves storing energy as a proton gradient, also known as the proton motive force (PMF), across the mitochondrial inner membrane. This energy is used to synthesize ATP when the protons flow across the membrane (down their concentration gradient) through the ATP synthase enzyme; this is known as chemiosmosis. In warm-blooded animals, body heat is maintained by signaling the mitochondria to allow protons to run back along the gradient without producing ATP.[citation needed] This can occur since an alternative return route for the protons exists through an uncoupling protein in the inner membrane. This protein, known as uncoupling protein 1 (thermogenin), facilitates the return of the protons after they have been actively pumped out of the mitochondria by the electron transport chain. This alternative route for protons uncouples oxidative phosphorylation and the energy in the PMF is instead released as heat. To some degree, all cells of endotherms give off heat, especially when body temperature is below a regulatory threshold. However, brown adipose tissue is highly specialized for this non-shivering thermogenesis. First, each cell has a higher number of mitochondria compared to more typical cells. Second, these mitochondria have a higher-than-normal concentration of thermogenin in the inner membrane.
Brown adipose tissue
373
Function in infants
In neonates (newborn infants), brown fat, which then makes up about 5% of the body mass and is located on the back, along the upper half of the spine and toward the shoulders, is of great importance to avoid lethal cold (hypothermia is a major death risk for premature neonates). Numerous factors make infants more susceptible to cold than adults: • • • • • • The higher ratio of body surface (proportional to heat loss) to body volume (proportional to heat production) The higher proportional surface area of the head The low amount of musculature and the inability or reluctance to shiver A lack of thermal insulation, e.g., subcutaneous fat and fine body hair (especially in prematurely born children) The inability to move away from cold areas, air currents or heat-draining materials The inability to use additional ways of keeping warm (e.g., drying their skin, putting on clothing, moving into warmer areas, or performing physical exercise) • The nervous system is not fully developed and does not respond quickly and/or properly to cold (e.g., by contracting blood vessels in and just below the skin; vasoconstriction). Heat production in brown fat provides an infant with an alternative means of heat regulation.
Presence in adults
It was believed that after infants grow up, most of the mitochondria (which are responsible for the brown color) in brown adipose tissue disappear, and the tissue becomes similar in function and appearance to white fat. However, more recent research has shown that brown fat is related not to white fat, but to skeletal muscle.[][1][2] Further, recent studies using Positron Emission Tomography scanning of adult humans have shown that it is still present in adults in the upper chest and neck. The remaining deposits become more visible Micrograph of a hibernoma, a benign tumour (increasing tracer uptake, that is, more metabolically active) with cold thought to arise from brown fat. H&E stain. exposure, and less visible if an adrenergic beta blocker is given before the scan. The recent study could lead to a new method of weight loss, since brown fat takes calories from normal fat and burns it. Scientists were able to stimulate brown fat growth in mice, but human trials have not yet begun.[3][4] In rare cases, brown fat continues to grow, rather than involuting; this leads to a tumour known as a hibernoma.
Embryology
Brown fat cells and muscle cells both seem to be derived from the same stem cells in the embryo. Both have the same marker on their surface (Myf5, myogenic factor), which white fat cells do not have.[] Brown fat cells and muscle cells both come from the middle embryo layer. The three layers of the embryo during the gastrulation stage are ectoderm, mesoderm, endoderm. Mesoderm is the source of myocytes (muscle cells), adipocytes, and chondrocytes (cartilage cells). Adipocytes give rise to white fat cells and brown fat cells. Researchers found that both muscle and brown fat cells expressed the same muscle factor Myf5, whereas white fat cells did not. This suggested that muscle cells and brown fat cells were both derived from the same stem cell. Furthermore, muscle cells that were cultured with the transcription factor PRDM16 were converted into brown fat cells, and brown fat cells without PRDM16 were converted into muscle cells.[] However, there may be two types of brown fat cells—with and without Myf5. The other type, without Myf5, may share the same origin as white fat cells. They both seem to be derived from pericytes, the cells which surround the blood vessels that run through white fat tissue.[]
Brown adipose tissue
374
References
[1] Brown adipose tissue -- when it pays to be inefficient, Francesco S. Celi, N Engl J Med, 360:1553, Apr. 9, 2009 [4] Scientists Create Energy-burning Brown Fat In Mice (http:/ / www. sciencedaily. com/ releases/ 2009/ 07/ 090729132109. htm) Science Daily, July 30, 2009
Schematic presentation of hepatic stellate cells (HSC) located in the vicinity of adjacent hepatocytes (PC) beneath the sinusoidal endothelial cells (EC). S – liver sinusoids; KC – Kupffer cells. Down left shows cultured HSC at light-microscopy, whereas at down right electron microscopy (EM) illustrates numerous fat vacuoles (L) in a HSC, in which retinoids are stored.
Hepatic stellate cells (here HSC), also known as perisinusoidal cells or Ito cells (earlier lipocytes or fat-storing cells), are pericytes found in the perisinusoidal space (a small area between the sinusoids and hepatocytes) of the liver also known as the space of Disse. The stellate cell is the major cell type involved in liver fibrosis, which is the formation of scar tissue in response to liver damage.
Staining
Ito cells can be selectively stained with gold chloride, but their distinguishing feature in routine histological preparations is the presence of multiple lipid droplets in their cytoplasm.[] Reelin expressed by Ito cells has been shown to be a reliable marker in discerning them from other myofibroblasts.[1] The expression of reelin is increased after liver injury.
Function
In normal liver, stellate cells are described as being in a quiescent state. Quiescent stellate cells represent 5-8% of the total number of liver cells.[2] Each cell has several long protrusions that extend from the cell body and wrap around the sinusoids. The lipid droplets in the cell body store vitamin A as retinol ester. The function and role of quiescent hepatic stellate cells is unclear. Recent evidence suggests a role as a liver-resident antigen-presenting cell, presenting lipid antigens to and stimulating proliferation of NKT cells.[] When the liver is damaged, stellate cells can change into an activated state. The activated stellate cell is characterized by proliferation, contractility, and chemotaxis. The amount of stored vitamin A decreases progressively in liver injury.[] The activated stellate cell is also responsible for secreting collagen scar tissue, which can lead to cirrhosis. More recent studies have also shown that in vivo activation of hepatic stellate cells by agents
Hepatic stellate cell causing liver fibrosis can eventually lead to senescence of these cells, marked by increased SA-beta-galactosidase staining, as well as p53 accumulation and activation of Rb–hallmarks of cellular senescence. The senescent hepatic stellate cells have been demonstrated to limit liver fibrosis by activating the immune system by activating interactions with the NK cells.[]
376
Eponym
The cells of Ito were named for Toshio Ito, a twentieth century Japanese physician.[3]
References External links
• MedEd at Loyola orfpath/murali2.htm (http://www.meddean.luc.edu/Lumen/MedEd/orfpath/murali2.htm) • Liver Research at AU-KBC Stellate cell biology (http://bio.au-kbc.org/faculty/suvro/liver.php?go=hepatic)
Podocyte
377
Podocyte
Podocyte
Renal corpuscle structure Blood flows in the afferent arteriole (9) at the top, and out the efferent arteriole (11) at the bottom. Blood flows through the capillaries of the glomerulus (10), where it is filtered by pressure. The podocytes (3a and 3b, green) are wrapped around the capillaries. Blood is filtered through the slit diaphragm (or filtration slit), between the feet or processes of the podocytes. The filtered urine passes out the proximal tubule (B, yellow) on the right. A - Renal corpuscle B - Proximal tubule C - Distal convoluted tubule D - Juxtaglomerular apparatus 1. Basement membrane (Basal lamina) 2. Bowman's capsule - parietal layer) 3. Bowman's capsule - visceral layer 3a. Podocyte 3b. Pedicels (podocyte processes) 4. Bowman's space (urinary space) 5a. Mesangium - Intraglomerular cell 5b. Mesangium - Extraglomerular cell 6. Granular cells (Juxtaglomerular cells) 7. Macula densa 8. Myocytes (smooth muscle) 9. Afferent arteriole 10. Glomerulus capillaries 11. Efferent arteriole
Glomerulus. (Diagram in French, but "Membrane basale glomerulaire et ses podocytes" labeled near center.) Latin Dorlands/Elsevier podocytus Podocyte
[1]
Podocytes (or visceral epithelial cells) are cells in the Bowman's capsule in the kidneys that wrap around the capillaries of the glomerulus.[1] The Bowman's capsule filters blood, holding back large molecules such as proteins, and passing through small molecules such as water, salts, and sugar, as the first step in forming urine. The long processes, or "foot projections," of the podocytes wrap around the capillaries, and leave slits between them. Blood is filtered through these slits, each known as a slit diaphragm or filtration slit. Several proteins are required for the foot projections to wrap around the capillaries and function. When infants are born with certain defects in these proteins, such as nephrin and CD2AP, their kidneys cannot function. People have variations in these proteins, and
Podocyte some variations may predispose them to kidney failure later in life. Nephrin is a zipper-like protein that forms the slit diaphragm, with spaces between the teeth of the zipper, big enough to allow sugar and water through, but too small to allow proteins through. Nephron defects are responsible for congenital kidney failure. CD2AP regulates the podocyte cytoskeleton and stabilizes the slit diaphragm.[2][3]
378
Function
Adjacent podocytes interdigitate to cover the basal lamina which is intimately associated with the glomerular capillaries, but the podocytes leave gaps or thin filtration slits. The slits are covered by slit diaphragms which are composed of a number of cell-surface proteins including nephrin, podocalyxin, and P-cadherin, which ensure that large macromolecules such as serum albumin and gamma globulin remain in the bloodstream. Small molecules such as water, glucose, and ionic salts are able to pass through the slit diaphragms and form an ultrafiltrate[4] which is further processed by the nephron to produce urine. Podocytes are also involved in regulation of glomerular filtration rate (GFR). When podocytes contract, they cause closure of filtration slits. This decreases the GFR by reducing the surface area available for filtration.
Structure features
Structural features of podocytes indicate a high rate of vesicular traffic in these cells. Many coated vesicles and coated pits can be seen along the basolateral domain of the podocytes. In their cell bodies, podocytes possess a well-developed endoplasmic reticulum and a large Golgi apparatus, indicative of a high capacity for protein synthesis and post-translational modifications. There is also growing evidence of a large number of multivesicular bodies and other lysosomal components seen in these cells, indicating a high endocytic activity. "Pedicels" (or "foot processes") extend from the podocyte and increase the surface area which is crucial for the efficiency of ultrafiltration.[5]
Pathology
Disruption of the slit diaphragms or destruction of the podocytes can lead to massive proteinuria where large amounts of protein are lost from the blood. An example of this occurs in the congenital disorder Finnish-type nephrosis, which is characterised by neonatal proteinuria leading to end-stage renal failure. This disease has been found to be caused by a mutation in the nephrin gene.
Podocyte
379
Additional images
Filtration barrier
References
[2] First components found for key kidney filter, Ingrid Wickelgren, Science, 8 October 1999, 286:225
External links
• Organology at UC Davis Urinary/mammal/vasc1/vasc1 (http://trc.ucdavis.edu/mjguinan/apc100/modules/ Urinary/mammal/vasc1/vasc1.html) - "Mammal, renal vasculature (EM, High) • BU Histology Learning System: 22401loa (http://www.bu.edu/histology/p/22401loa.htm) - ". Ultrastructure of the Cell: podocytes and glomerular capillaries" • UIUC Histology Subject 1400 (https://histo.life.illinois.edu/histo/atlas/oimages.php?oid=1400) • podocyte.ca (http://www.podocyte.ca/) at Samuel Lunenfeld Research Institute
The proximal tubule is the portion of the duct system of the nephron of the kidney which leads from Bowman's capsule to the loop of Henle.
Structure and appearance
The most distinctive characteristic of the proximal tubule is its brush border (or "striated border").
Brush border cell
The luminal surface of the epithelial cells of this segment of the nephron is covered with densely packed microvilli forming a border readily visible under the light microscope giving the brush border cell its name. The microvilli greatly increase the luminal surface area of the cells, presumably facilitating their resorptive function as well as putative flow sensing within the lumen.[1] The cytoplasm of the cells is densely packed with mitochondria, which are largely found in the basal region within the infoldings of the basal plasma membrane. The high quantity of mitochondria gives the cells an acidophilic appearance. The mitochondria are needed in order to supply the energy for the active transport of sodium ions out of the proximal tubule. Water passively follows the sodium out of the cell along its concentration gradient. Cuboidal epithelial cells lining the proximal tubule have extensive lateral interdigitations between neighboring cells, which lend an appearance of having no discrete cell margins when viewed with a light microscope.
Proximal convoluted tubule Agonal resorption of the proximal tubular contents after interruption of circulation in the capillaries surrounding the tubule often leads to disturbance of the cellular morphology of the proximal tubule cells, including the ejection of cell nuclei into the tubule lumen. This has led some observers to describe the lumen of proximal tubules as occluded or "dirty-looking," in contrast to the "clean" appearance of distal tubules, which have quite different properties.
381
Divisions
The proximal tubule as a part of the nephron can be divided into two sections, pars convoluta and pars recta. Differences in cell outlines exist between these segments, and therefore presumably in function too. Regarding ultrastructure, it can be divided into three segments, S1, S2, and S3:
Segment Gross divisions Ultrastructure divisions Description S1 S2 S3 [2] [2] [2] Lower cell complexity [2] Higher cell complexity [2]
Proximal tubule convoluted
straight
Pars convoluta
The "Pars convoluta" is the initial convoluted portion. In relation to the morphology of the kidney as a whole, the convoluted segments of the proximal tubules are confined entirely to the renal cortex. Some investigators on the basis of particular functional differences have divided the convoluted part into two segments designated S1 and S2.
Pars recta
The "Pars recta" is the following straight (descending) portion. Straight segments descend into the outer medulla. They terminate at a remarkably uniform level and it is their line of termination that establishes the boundary between the inner and outer stripes of the outer zone of the renal medulla. As a logical extension of the nomenclature described above, this segment is sometimes designated as S3.
Absorption
The proximal tubule regulates the pH of the filtrate by exchanging hydrogen ions in the interstitium for bicarbonate ions in the filtrate; it is also responsible for secreting organic acids, such as creatinine and other bases, into the filtrate. Fluid in the filtrate entering the proximal convoluted tubule is reabsorbed into the peritubular capillaries. This is driven by sodium transport from the lumen into the blood by the Na+/K+ ATPase in the basolateral membrane of the epithelial cells. Sodium reabsorption is primarily driven by this P-type ATPase. This is the most important transport mechanism in the PCT.
Proximal convoluted tubule
382
Substance
% of filtrate reabsorbed approximately two-thirds
Comments
salt and water
Much of the mass movement of water and solutes occurs through the cells, passively across the lumenal membrane via transcellular transport, which is then actively resorbed across the basolateral membrane via the Na/K/ATPase pump. The solutes are absorbed isotonically, in that the osmotic potential of the fluid leaving the proximal tubule is the same as that of the initial glomerular filtrate. Glucose, amino acids, inorganic phosphate, and some other solutes are reabsorbed via secondary active transport through cotransport channels driven by the sodium gradient out of the nephron.
organic solutes (primarily glucose and amino acids) potassium
100%
approximately 65% approximately 50% approximately 80%
Most of the filtered potassium is reabsorbed by two paracellular mechanisms - solvent drag and simple [3] diffusion. Paracellular fluid reabsorption sweeps some urea with it via solvent drag. As water leaves the lumen, the [4] concentration of urea increases, which facilitates diffusion in the late proximal tubule. Parathyroid hormone reduces reabsorption of phosphate in the proximal tubules, but, because it also enhances the uptake of phosphate from the intestine and bones into the blood, the responses to PTH cancel each other out, and the serum concentration of phosphate remains approximately the same. Acidosis increases absorption. Alkalosis decreases absorption.
urea
phosphate
citrate
70%–90%
[5]
Secretion
Many types of medications are secreted in the proximal tubule. Further reading: Table of medication secreted in kidney Most of the ammonium that is excreted in the urine is formed in the proximal tubule via the breakdown of glutamine to alpha-ketoglutarate.[] This takes place in two steps, each of which generates an ammonium anion: the conversion of glutamine to glutamate and the conversion of glutamate to alpha-ketoglutarate. [] The alpha-ketoglutarate generated in this process is then further broken down to form two bicarbonate anions,[] which are pumped out of the basolateral portion of the tubule cell by cotransport with sodium ions.
Pathophysiology in kidney disease
Proximal tubular epithelial cells (PTECs) have a pivotal role in kidney disease.
Malignant
Most renal cell carcinoma, the most common form of kidney cancer, arises from the convoluted tubules.[6]
Non-malignant
Acute tubular necrosis occurs when PTECs are directly damaged by Immunohistochemical staining of the convoluted toxins such as antibiotics (e.g., gentamicin), pigments (e.g., myoglobin tubules and glomeruli with CD10. and sepsis (e.g., mediated by lipopolysaccharide from gram-negative bacteria). Renal tubular acidosis (proximal type) (Fanconi syndrome) occurs when the PTECs are unable to properly reabsorb glomerular filtrate so that there is increased loss of bicarbonate, glucose, amino acids, and phosphate. PTECs also participate in the progression of tubulointerstitial injury due to glomerulonephritis, ischemia, interstitial nephritis, vascular injury, and diabetic nephropathy. In these situations, PTECs may be directly affected by protein
Proximal convoluted tubule (e.g., proteinuria in glomerulonephritis), glucose (in diabetes mellitus), or cytokines (e.g., interferon-γ and tumor necrosis factors). There are several ways in which PTECs may respond: producing cytokines, chemokines, and collagen; undergoing epithelial mesenchymal trans-differentiation; necrosis or apoptosis.
383
Additional images
Distribution of blood vessels in cortex of kidney.
Glomerulus.
TEM of negatively stained proximal convoluted tubule of Rat kidney tissue at a magnification of ~55,000x and 80KV with Tight junction.
External links
• 1771700264 (http://www.gpnotebook.co.uk/simplepage.cfm?ID=1771700264) at GPnotebook • Organology at UC Davis Urinary/mammal/cortex1/cortex6 (http://trc.ucdavis.edu/mjguinan/apc100/modules/ Urinary/mammal/cortex1/cortex6.html) - "Mammal, kidney cortex (LM, Medium)" • Physiology at MCG 7/7ch03/7ch03p14 (http://web.archive.org/web/20080401093403/http://www.lib.mcg. edu/edu/eshuphysio/program/section7/7ch03/7ch03p14.htm) - "The Nephron: Proximal Tubule, Pars Convoluta & Pars Recta" • Swiss embryology (from UL, UB, and UF) turinary/urinhaute02 (http://www.embryology.ch/anglais/turinary/ urinhaute02.html) This article incorporates text from a public domain edition of Gray's Anatomy.
Thin segment
384
Thin segment
The thin segment is a segment of the nephron, which consists of: • thin descending limb of loop of Henle • thin ascending limb of loop of Henle
Histology
The basement membrane of the thin limb in humans has very uniform nodular thickenings that form a network that surrounds the tubule and acts as a support structure that is homologous to the collenchyma in plants. Smith, RA et al. (Arch Pathol Lab Med Vol 108, May 1984) have designated these nodules "Belliveau Bodies" after Robert Belliveau the pathologist who originally described these structures. The epithelium is Simple squamous epithelium.[1]
References
[1] - "University of Illinois College of Medicine"
Section of cortex of human kidney. Latin Gray's Precursor MeSH tubulus contortus distalis subject #253 1223
[1]
Metanephric blastema Distal+Kidney+Tubule
[1]
The distal convoluted tubule (DCT) is a portion of kidney nephron between the loop of Henle and the collecting duct system.
Physiology
It is partly responsible for the regulation of potassium, sodium, calcium, and pH. It is the primary site for the kidneys' hormone based regulation of calcium (Ca). On its apical surface (lumen side), cells of the DCT have a thiazide-sensitive Na-Cl cotransporter and are permeable to Ca, via TRPV5 channel. On the basolateral surface (blood) there is an ATP dependent Na/K antiport pump, a secondary active Na/Ca transporter-- antiport, and an ATP dependent Ca transporter. The basolateral ATP dependent Na/K pump produces the gradient for Na to be absorbed from the apical surface via the Na/Cl synport and for Ca to be reclaimed into the blood by the Na/Ca basolateral antiport. • It regulates pH by absorbing bicarbonate and secreting protons (H+) into the filtrate, or by absorbing protons and secreting bicarbonate into the filtrate. • Sodium and potassium levels are controlled by secreting K+ and absorbing Na+. Sodium absorption by the distal tubule is mediated by the hormone aldosterone. Aldosterone increases sodium reabsorption. Sodium and chloride (salt) reabsorption is also mediated by a group of kinases called WNK kinases. There are 4 different WNK
Distal convoluted tubule kinases, WNK1 [2], WNK2 [3], WNK3 [4], and WNK4 [5]. • It also participates in calcium regulation by reabsorbing Ca2+ in response to parathyroid hormone. [1] PTH effect is mediated through phosphorylation of regulatory proteins and enhancing the synthesis of all transporters within the distal convoluted tubule. • Arginine vasopressin receptor 2 is also expressed in the DCT.
386
Clinical significance
Thiazide diuretics inhibit Na+/Cl- reabsorption from the DCT by blocking the thiazide-sensitive Na-Cl cotransporter. By inhibiting the cotransporter, thiazide diuretics increase the gradient potential for Na. This increases the activity of the basolateral Na/Ca antiport and causes the increase in calcium reclamation associated with thiazide diuretics.
Histology
The DCT is lined with simple cuboidal cells that are shorter than those of the proximal convoluted tubule (PCT). The lumen appears larger in DCT than the PCT lumen because the PCT has a brush border (microvilli). DCT can be recognized by its numerous mitochondria, basal infoldings and lateral membrane interdigitations with neighboring cells. The point where DCT contacts afferent arteriole of renal corpuscle is called macula densa. It has tightly packed columnar cells which display reversed polarity and may monitor the osmolarity of blood. Histologically, cells of the DCT can be differentiated from cells of the proximal convoluted tubule:
Characteristic Apical brush border Eosinophilicity Cytoplasm PCT DCT
Usually present Not present More More Less Less More likely
Readily discernible nuclei Less likely
Additional images
1 Glomerulus, 2 proximal tubule, 3 distal tubule
Transverse section of pyramidal substance of kidney of pig, the bloodvessels of which are injected.
Renal corpuscle
Diagram outlining movement of ions in nephron.
Distal convoluted tubule
387
References External links
• Histology at OU 35_19 (http://w3.ouhsc.edu/histology/Glass slides/3